Finance





MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - Sept. 8, 2014

This week’s Municipal Market Advisors issuer brief takes a look at which of the seven bigger budget states that have reported their annual earnings actually made their revenue projections for the 2014 fiscal year that ended on June 30. The report found that California, Massachusetts and Ohio reported actual revenues above their projections while New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Connecticut and Florida revenues came in below forecasts (even though these states still outperformed the previous fiscal year’s actual performance). “The takeaway here,” said MMA, “is that the estimates in these states were overly aggressive, possibly to use revenue to ‘balance’ the budget while spending more in the interim.”

Whether a state makes its revenue target is important to investors and credit analysts. But it also sends a crucial signal to localities within a state. “Revenue performance can indicate whether shortfalls (or surpluses) are in the future, possibly meaning painful budget cuts and even rating downgrades,” MMA said.




Scranton Stalked by Bankruptcy Mulls Selling Sewers: Muni Credit.

Scranton, with the weakest pension plan among Pennsylvania’s cities, is trying to prop up its retirement funds to avoid becoming the first U.S. municipality since Detroit to file for bankruptcy.

The former manufacturing community will tax commuters starting next month and may sell its sewer system to buttress its retirement funds. The city has 23 cents for every dollar in retiree obligations, down from 47 cents in 2009, according to state data. Without a fix, Scranton may go bankrupt in less than five years, said Pennsylvania Auditor General Eugene DePasquale.

Cities and towns nationwide are coping with paying for pension benefits agreed to in more robust fiscal times. Pennsylvania ranks among the states of most concern since it has allowed municipalities to underfund mounting obligations, said Tamara Lowin, director of research at White Plains, New York-based Belle Haven Investments, which manages about $2 billion of municipal bonds.

“Without union cooperation, it would be incredibly difficult for them to resolve their liability problem outside of bankruptcy,” she said.

National Deficit

Localities in Pennsylvania face at least $6.7 billion in unfunded pension liabilities, DePasquale said. The state, home to more than a quarter of U.S. public-employee plans, should consolidate systems and limit the local pension costs that it reimburses, he said.

Across the country, municipal officials have altered pensions, from Washington’s repeal of some workers’ cost-of-living adjustments, upheld by its Supreme Court this year, to Rhode Island’s hike in retirement ages in 2011. States and local governments had about $1.4 trillion less than they needed as of the end of March to pay for promised benefits, according to the Federal Reserve Board.

Scranton, about 125 miles (201 kilometers) northwest of New York, is considering changes to its plans, said David Bulzoni, the business administrator.

“We would like to be in a position to try to solve as many problems that we can, with assistance from the commonwealth, without having to look at that option,” he said of bankruptcy.

Distressed Program

The city has been in Pennsylvania’s program for fiscally distressed municipalities, called Act 47, since 1992. At the time, it was racking up budget deficits and had lost 21 percent of its population over two decades, according to the state’s Community and Economic Development Department.

Dwindling coal and railroad industries took a toll, said Jason Shrive, the city’s lawyer. The community is still shrinking: its population fell 0.4 percent from 2010 to 2013, to about 76,000 residents, even as Pennsylvania’s grew 0.6 percent, Census data show. About 21 percent of Scranton residents live in poverty, compared with 13 percent statewide.

The city, with an annual budget of about $130 million, has about $99 million of debt, financial filings show. None of the three biggest ratings companies grade the bonds.

Scranton general obligations maturing in September 2028 and insured by Ambac traded Sept. 5 at an average yield of 6 percent, or 3.5 percentage points above benchmark munis, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

Three Funds

The city runs three pension funds, one each for police officers, firefighters and non-uniformed personnel. The police and fire plans have fewer active employees than retirees, according to the auditor general’s report. Combined, the funding status is 23 percent, weakest among Pennsylvania cities, data from the state’s Public Employee Retirement Commission show.

The funds for fire personnel and municipal workers will run out of money in about three years and for the police, in about five, DePasquale’s report said.

Scranton “will be facing bankruptcy within five years, potentially sooner without a fix to this,” he said by telephone.

Municipal bankruptcies are rare, with 291 since 1980 and no filing by a community since Detroit’s record case in July 2013, said James Spiotto, a bankruptcy specialist and managing director at Chicago’s Chapman Strategic Advisors LLC, which advises on financial restructuring.

Wake Up

“Detroit has been a wake-up call for others to address their problems,” he said. “Chapter 9 is a process, not a solution. It is time-consuming and uncertain, and you may wind up in a place where you may not want to be.”

Scranton’s pension costs are rising. The city’s contribution next year will reach $15.8 million, from $3.4 million in 2008, data from the city and the auditor general show. Pension expenses will take up 16 percent of the budget in 2018, from 9 percent in 2006, according to a July presentation by Hackensack, New Jersey-based financial consultant HJA Strategies LLC.

The seat of Lackawanna County, Scranton passed a 0.75 percent income tax on nonresident commuters effective Oct. 1. The measure would generate at least $5 million annually, based on county data on tax collections, and the funds would go toward pensions, Bulzoni said.

Besides the local and federal governments, top employers include health-care centers, a bond document shows. Opponents have sued to prevent the levy, which they consider illegal.

Sewer Sale

Another option is to sell the sewer authority, which has started a review of the proposal, Bulzoni said. In addition, municipal officials this month met with union representatives to discuss contract features that are depleting pension assets, Bulzoni said. He declined to elaborate because he said some solutions will involve bargaining.

“There has to be some collective agreement to help shore up the plan’s solvency,” he said.

John J. Judge IV, president of the International Association of Fire Fighters Local 60, said he’s optimistic officials will solve the fiscal crisis.

“It’s going to take a little bit of time to turn it around,” Judge said.

By Romy Varghese Sep 14, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Romy Varghese in Philadelphia at rvarghese8@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Stacie Sherman




Chicago Water Bonds Seen Shielded From Pension Woes: Muni Credit.

Chicago, bearing the biggest pension burden among the nation’s most-indebted localities, is selling water bonds for the first time since 2012. Investors say the deal’s strengths outweigh the city’s fiscal woes.

Tomorrow’s planned sale of about $372 million of debt will pay for work on pumping stations and the replacement of water mains, some of which are more than a century old, according to bond documents and the city. Mayor Rahm Emanuel in 2011 set in motion an almost doubling of water and sewer rates over four years. The move has bolstered the system’s finances, earning the debt a AA- grade, Standard & Poor’s fourth-highest level.

While Emanuel pushed through higher rates, he has failed to contain the swelling pension costs that led Moody’s Investors Service to cut Chicago’s general-obligation rating to the lowest among the 90 most-populous U.S. cities, excluding Detroit. Paul Mansour of Conning and Patrick Morrissey of Great Lakes Advisors LLC are considering buying the water bonds, in part with the expectation that the association with Chicago will boost yields on an otherwise healthy issuer.

“The water enterprise bonds are among the best that Chicago can offer,” said Richard Ciccarone, the Chicago-based chief executive officer of Merritt Research Services LLC, which analyzes municipal finance. “Even though Chicago has been in the news and has some fiscal challenges, the enterprise itself has been well-supported.”

Chicago faced heightened scrutiny in the $3.7 trillion municipal market after Moody’s in July 2013 lowered the city’s grade three levels the same week that Detroit filed for bankruptcy. The New York-based company dropped Chicago again in March, to Baa1, three steps above junk.

The park district, board of education and transit authority also had their ratings cut by Moody’s. The same goes for the water and sewer system: its A3 mark for second-lien bonds, the fourth-lowest investment grade, is down three levels from 14 months ago.

Moody’s may be too punitive, said Morrissey, who helps oversee $3.8 billion of fixed income at Great Lakes Advisors in Chicago. S&P ranks the second-lien water and sewer bonds three levels higher than Moody’s.

Payoff Time

S&P’s rating shows that “Chicago’s efforts are paying off with respect to increased service coverage and better financial oversight of our utilities,” Emanuel, a 54-year-old Democrat who is up for re-election next year, said in a Sept. 2 statement. S&P also rates the city’s general obligations three steps higher than Moody’s.

The water system’s finances have improved. Revenue is projected to double by 2016 from 2009 after the rate increases, while cash reserves are expected to hold at three months of operating expenses through fiscal 2016, bond documents show.

While Chicago’s rates rose 25 percent in 2012, with planned increases of 15 percent in each of the following three years, residents in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco face higher charges, bond documents show. A family’s cost per 7,500 gallons of water in Chicago was below $30 in 2013, compared with more than $50 in San Francisco, according to the documents.

Chicago’s system, whose source is Lake Michigan, supplies and treats water for about 5.4 million people in Chicago and its environs. Suburban customers made up about 47 percent of net sales in 2013, bond documents show.

880 Miles

The 10-year project that Emanuel introduced in 2011 will improve pumping stations, replace 880 miles (1,416 kilometers) of water main and install 204,000 meters.

This is the first sale of water debt for the city since May 2012, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. The bonds are federally tax-exempt though subject to state levies.

Among the most-traded Chicago water and sewer bonds in the past week have been wastewater securities callable in January 2017, Bloomberg data show. A customer bought the debt Sept. 2 with a 1.57 percent yield, or about 1.2 percentage points above benchmark debt, the narrowest gap since July.

Chicago also plans to sell $301 million of second-lien wastewater bonds next week to fund sewer improvements, according to deal documents and Bloomberg data.

While the water system’s customer base and the city’s control over rates buoy the bonds, investors have to consider Chicago’s risk of fiscal distress, said Mansour, head of muni research in Hartford, Connecticut, at Conning, which oversees about $11 billion of local debt.

Association Eyed

“There has to be some premium associated with this credit because of the outside chance the city of Chicago’s ratings could fall again, and this credit could go along with it,” he said by telephone.

Chicago’s pension liabilities represented 678 percent of revenue in fiscal 2011, according to a Moody’s study released in September 2013. The city found a partial solution in June to address the $19.2 billion shortfall across its four retirement funds. Illinois lawmakers restructured two of the systems, which had a combined $9.4 billion in unfunded liabilities for about 60,000 municipal workers and retirees.

The water system pays into the pension fix, showing it’s not immune to the city’s financial pressures. The measures increase the system’s yearly pension contributions, which were $13 million in fiscal 2013, by an average of 25 percent a year until fiscal 2019, bond documents show. The additional revenue from rate boosts is projected to “more than offset increases in retirement costs,” the documents say.

“The water and wastewater credits are largely insulated from the city’s general finances,” Libby Langsdorf, a city spokeswoman, said in an e-mail.

Any yield premium on the water bonds may make the debt more attractive, said Ciccarone.

“The most important takeaway is they’re revenue-based,” Morrissey of Great Lakes Advisors said of the bonds. “There’s so much less risk of people not paying their water bills here, and the revenue increases have already been put in place.”

By Elizabeth Campbell and Brian Chappatta Sep 8, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporters on this story: Elizabeth Campbell in Chicago at ecampbell14@bloomberg.net; Brian Chappatta in New York at bchappatta1@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Pete Young




Send Letters to Congress Supporting the Modernizing American Manufacturing Bonds Act.

Call to Action:

CDFA has begun a targeted letter-writing campaign. We ask that industry stakeholders send letters to the House and Senate members to support CDFA’s Modernizing American Manufacturing Bonds Act and the suggested reforms to modernize and revolutionize Qualified Small Issue Manufacturing Bonds. To make this process easier, we have created sample letters for your use.

Download the sample letters provided below and modify them to fit your letterhead. Email and fax letters to your representatives ASAP. Please also copy CDFA on any correspondence, and we will follow-up with the appropriate office holder.

The following letters should be used to help CDFA’s legislative efforts:

Sample House Letter

When sending letters please follow these instructions:




Feds Step Up Quest for Private Infrastructure Financing.

The Obama administration is pushing ahead with its campaign to draw more private dollars to narrow the huge U.S. infrastructure-finance gap, announcing on Sept. 9 a flurry of project-funding actions.

Officials made the announcements at a Washington, D.C., “summit,” at which Cabinet secretaries heard ideas from public and private officials on further ways to spark increased private investment in highways, bridges and other infrastructure.

Transportation Secretary Anthony Foxx told attendees at the meeting that his department had approved a $950-million Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act loan for the Interstate 4 project in Orlando, Fla. The loan is the largest to a public-private-partnership project in the TIFIA program’s 16-year-history.

Foxx also said DOT had approved a $1.2-billion allocation of federal private-activity bonds to the Pennsylvania Dept. of Transportation for its ambitious program to replace 600 bridges in 42 months, using a single public-private partnership (P3).

Moreover, he said DOT is providing $20 million for a new transit-oriented-development pilot program.

Other agencies are taking infrastructure-related action, too. Treasury Secretary Jacob Lew said his department will commission an independent report to identify planned transportation and water infrastructure projects that are judged to have the greatest economic impact.

The White House said that the Agriculture Dept. had approved $518 million in loans for rural electricity projects.

In the nongovernment sector, the California State Teachers’ Retirement System is forming a consortium with other pension funds to invest in U.S. infrastructure, Christopher Ailman, chief investment officer, said at the summit, which was held at Treasury’s headquarters.

The White House also said the Ford and Rockefeller foundations are teaming up on a new effort to stimulate innovation in infrastructure projects.

As part of President Obama’s “Build America Investment Initiative,” announced on July 17, he directed Lew and Foxx to lead an interagency infrastructure-finance working group to identify ways to overcome hurdles to private financing and to speed projects to completion.

They are to produce recommendations by Nov. 14. The summit, part of the two secretaries’ search for suggestions, drew more than 100 top infrastructure-finance officials from the public and private sectors.

Much of the discussion at the public portion of the meeting centered on the transportation sector, which has had more P3 and related types of private participation than other markets.

Infrastructure’s financial needs are immense. Lew said the U.S. faces a $1-trillion infrastructure-funding gap by 2020, counting all major sectors.

Commerce Secretary Penny Pritzker, who also addressed the gathering, said the stock of all public infrastructure was valued at nearly $10.8 trillion in 2012, according to Commerce’s Bureau of Economic Analysis. It will take $360 billion per year just to maintain that infrastructure’s current condition, she added.

Lew said that “while direct federal spending on infrastructure is indispensible, we recognize the reality that budget limitations at every level of government make it all the more important to come up with fresh, innovative ways to unlock capital and get more projects under way.”

Summit participants gave the meeting positive reviews. Ananth Prasad, secretary of the Florida DOT—a leader in transportation P3s—told ENR that the summit was helpful in hearing what private investors are looking for from owners. Those factors, hes said, include creating a marketplace for P3-type projects and agreeing on “some sort of standardization“ in that sector.

Private investors don’t view all projects as good prospects, Prasad notes. “So project selection is key, engaging the industry…and early, and trying to have a predictability is the bottom line of success,” he says.

Some panel members at the conference outlined projects on which they had worked. Jim Tymon, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials director of management and program finance, says it was beneficial to hear about individual projects that went well. But moving forward, he says, “Let’s find ways to take those successes and replicate them nationwide.”

Jane Garvey, North American fund chairman of Meridiam, New York City, says that the meeting elicited “some very concrete suggestions, specific ideas.”

Garvey, former chief of the Federal Aviation Administration and acting head of the Federal Highway Administration, adds that the next step is “translating that into action items…many of which can be acted on administratively,” rather than through a probably lengthy legislative process.

Former U.S. DOT Secretary Rodney Slater, now a partner with law firm Squire Patton Boggs LLP, says that after the meeting, “I think that you’re probably going to see something happen on the private side, where they say, ‘Look, with all this effort on the public side, what can we do to match that energy?’”

Tyler Duvall, a principal in McKinsey & Co.’s Washington office, says he thinks the Lew-Foxx report will include recommendations on project prioritization and projects’ pre-development phases.

Duvall, a former top U.S. DOT policy official, sees the main challenges for innovative financing center on management, process, and politics.

“I don’t think we need 50 new financing tools,” he adds. “I think we’ve got a good set of tools today. And we’ve got a lot of people who want to invest in this country.”

ENGINEERING NEWS-RECORD

09/09/2014

By Tom Ichniowski




Moody's Predicts Huge Potential for Public-Private Partnerships.

Public-private partnerships are still relatively new for most U.S. states, but analysts anticipate they will become more common.

The United States could soon become the biggest market for public-private partnerships in the world, analysts from Moody’s Investors Service said in a recent analysis of trends around the globe.

Thirty-three states now permit the partnerships for transportation projects, the credit rating agency noted, and many of those states adopted those laws within the last five years.

The way those partnerships are structured is also shifting. Many high-profile partnerships, such as the Indiana Toll Road, allow investors to make money based on the how well their asset performs. If a lot of people use a toll road, the investors make a handsome profit. But if traffic doesn’t meet expectations, the investors could lose money instead.

Increasingly, though, U.S. governments are using an arrangement that is more common in Britain and Canada, where P3s are more common than in the U.S. Under the arrangement, governments regularly pay operators fees, called availability payments. That makes the arrangement less risky for investors but more risky for the government.

Nine deals in the U.S. using that arrangement have been inked. Three of them — the Long Beach courthouse in California, Miami’s port tunnel and the I-595 managed lanes in south Florida — are operational. Another nine projects are expected to close in the next 18 months, according to Moody’s.

Moody’s analysts predicted that public-private partnerships would become more common for “social infrastructure,” like schools and courthouses and, eventually for water-related projects. The ratings agency also noted that private investors are developing more expertise on public-private partnerships, which they use when interacting with state finance and transportation agencies.

GOVERNING.COM

BY DANIEL C. VOCK | SEPTEMBER 9, 2014

dvock@governing.com | https://twitter.com/danvock




A Better Way to Manage Government’s Underutilized Property.

A startup emerging from academia wants to help cities get more value from publicly owned land.

Government owns 10 to 30 percent of the footprint of most cities, and the public sector is the nation’s largest property owner. But property management is hardly a core function of government, so it’s not surprising that many jurisdictions don’t even have an accurate inventory of their own property. The data is often scattered across the various agencies in charge of different parcels.

Much public land is underutilized and expensive for taxpayers. The Office of Management and Budget estimates, for example, that it costs about $1.7 billion per year to maintain and secure underutilized federal properties. For municipal governments, there’s also foregone property tax revenue and wasted opportunities to use the land to support local economic development.

A Boston-based start-up is looking to change all that. OpportunitySpace has its roots in the master’s thesis of two Harvard Kennedy School students. It is a data hub and information platform that offers both municipalities and citizens consolidated, standardized data on government-owned land. Parcels are mapped geographically. By clicking on one, users can learn its square footage and assessed value.

The company has completed a pilot project with four Rhode Island municipalities including Providence, where the city’s 1,363 publicly owned parcels are now posted online. OpportunitySpace is also operating in Louisville, Ky.

In addition to cutting municipal costs and boosting local tax revenues, the company hopes to increase transparency and the amount of creativity that surrounds development issues. In most cases, a sign in the ground is the only way to know a city is looking to sell a piece of property. At best, the property might be posted somewhere deep within a municipal website. OpportunitySpace hopes to make the information available to those who don’t know their way around city hall or tax-assessor databases–to “democratize the sale of government-owned property,” in the words of co-founder Cristina Garamendia.

As the fledgling company nears the end of its incubation period at the Harvard Innovation Lab, it expects to begin charging municipal clients a manageable subscription fee. The plan is for more of its revenue to be generated by selling sophisticated information to the private sector.

OpportunitySpace is working on adding information to its database, such as how to connect with experts and gain a better understanding of potential funding sources and redevelopment incentives. It also is adding zoning maps and information about where public investments, subsidies and tax abatements are focused.

OpportunitySpace has received a couple of boosts recently. Last month it was the subject of a New York Times article. This month it is one of the ideas recognized in the annual Better Government Competition sponsored by the Pioneer Institute, a Boston-based public-policy think tank. (I am affiliated with Pioneer as a senior fellow but was not involved with the competition).

It grabs people’s attention when they can pay a highway toll electronically without slowing down. But technology is also enhancing government operations in ways that are less visible, though just as important. If it succeeds, OpportunitySpace will be a prime example of that, helping reduce municipal costs, hike revenues and broaden the marketplace of development ideas.

GOVERNING.COM

BY CHARLES CHIEPPO | SEPTEMBER 11, 2014

Charlie_Chieppo@hks.harvard.edu




Pensions' Unfunded Liabilities Still Going Up.

A new survey finds that pension funding levels across all states and major cities inched downward in 2013 and that cities are bearing a greater burden in their budgets than states.

A new survey has found that pensions’ unfunded liabilities across all states and major cities inched up in 2013 and that cities are bearing a greater financial burden than states.

State pensions averaged a funded level of 73.1 percent in 2013, down from 73.5 percent in 2012, a Loop Capital Markets report released this week found. In cities, that ratio of the value of money in the pension fund compared to the cost of benefits already promised to retirees was 65.3 percent, down from 65.6 percent in 2012. (Actuaries tend to rate anything above 80 percent funded as an acceptable level.)

Additionally, cities face about three times the pension burden in their budgets that states do, Managing Director Chris Meir said during a conference call with investors Wednesday. On average, annual pension payments make up 4 percent of state budgets and 12 percent of city budgets, the report found. The budget strain doesn’t correlate with how well a pension is funded. Cities like Philadelphia, Jacksonville and Phoenix all spend more than 20 percent of their budgets on pensions while Memphis and Little Rock spend 3 percent or less. All five of those cities have plans that are less than 75 percent funded.

Meir cautioned that a plan can appear healthy on paper but still be in trouble. For example, before filing for bankruptcy, Detroit had pension funds that were 91 percent funded and its pension payments accounted for 7 percent of the city budget. But Detroit had also assumed huge debt in 2006 to sell bonds that went directly into the city’s pensions as a way to eliminate its then-unfunded liability. In essence, the city transferred its debt from one part of its books to another.

“Management skill and a culture of debt avoidance also very important factors,” Meir said.

On the state level, funded ratios for 19 states improved in fiscal 2013, up from five states in 2012 and 14 states in 2011. Those that showed the biggest improvement (at least a 7 percentage point jump in funded levels) were Montana, Oregon, South Dakota and Ohio. The report found some similar attributes between these and other states that showed bigger improvements last year, including having a generally smaller population or one with lower union concentration (Ohio is an exception). “Right-to-work” states, in particular, tend to avoid such pension problems.

The report found fewer similar attributes between the 26 states that saw their funded levels decrease in 2013. But Meir said there are still some generalities among the states that saw the biggest declines. New Jersey pensions declined the most in 2013, dropping 7 percentage points in the average funded level. The next-biggest drops were in Massachusetts, New York and Virginia, which all dropped by 5 percentage points. Except for New York, states with funded ratios that have deteriorated the most in fiscal 2013 were weak pension performing states to begin with. And, the report noted, these are mostly “older” states in the Northeast and mid-Atlantic. More established states tend to have older — and therefore more expensive to maintain — infrastructure, which adds to their burden.

The conference call ended on an optimistic note. Meir noted that pension reforms have helped eat away at unfunded liabilities in many states and localities, albeit slowly. Thanks to each state’s particular legal and economic structure, he said, the reform process has been a “state-by-state skirmish,” thus dragging out the process.

“Therefore, we do not believe is a systemic problem,” he said. “It is a state-by-state problem with a state-by-state solution.”

GOVERNING.COM

BY LIZ FARMER | SEPTEMBER 12, 2014

lfarmer@governing.com | @LizFarmerTweets




Puerto Rico Utility Bond Agreement Limits Disclosure, MMA Says.

An agreement between Puerto Rico’s junk-rated power utility and investors holding the bulk of its debt gives the agency time to mend its finances. It also offers some bondholders non-public information, says Municipal Market Advisors’ Bob Donahue.

The Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority, called Prepa, the main supplier of electricity on the island, last month entered into an agreement with investors who collectively hold more than 60 percent of the utility’s $8.3 billion of debt. For signing on to the contract, those bondholders will receive monthly cash statements and financing plans, according to the document for the deal, known as a forbearance agreement.

Such an arrangement is typical in the $3.7 trillion municipal-bond market, yet the amount of Prepa’s obligations makes the situation unique, said Donahue, managing director at Concord, Massachusetts-based MMA. If the utility restructures its debt, it would be the biggest ever in the municipal market.

“The many disclosures that they will receive, that will create a real asymmetry in the market between those in the agreement and those outside,” he said.

Lawmakers in June approved a law that would allow certain public corporations, including Prepa, to ask bondholders to take a loss. The commonwealth and its agencies have $73 billion of debt. The island’s economy has struggled to expand since 2006, fueling speculation that Puerto Rico will be unable to repay all of its obligations on time and in full.

Restructuring Chief

Prepa last week picked Lisa Donahue, managing director at New York-based turnaround firm AlixPartners LLP, as chief restructuring officer to cut expenses and improve its finances. As part of its agreement with creditors, Prepa must release a five-year business strategy by Dec. 15 and create a debt-restructuring plan by March 2.

Members of the forbearance group can sell only to other bondholders in the group or to investors who agree to join it, according to the agreement.

Being privy to detail on Prepa’s finances gives investors insight into other Puerto Rico credits, said Daniel Solender, who helps manage $15.5 billion of munis at Lord Abbett & Co. in Jersey City, New Jersey.

“It makes it a strange way to approach it, given how many different types of bonds are outstanding,” Solender said. “If you have privileged information on Prepa, it affects the trading of all Puerto Rico bonds.”

Prepa Rally

Lord Abbett held Prepa debt as of July 31, Solender said. He declined to say if the firm is part of the forbearance group.

Prepa has rallied since Donahue’s appointment. The bonds are gaining in part because the universe of investors who can trade the securities has become limited by the agreement, MMA’s Donahue said.

Prepa bonds maturing in July 2040 traded yesterday at an average price of 57.03 cents on the dollar, the highest since June 18, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

With Prepa’s debt load and its financial challenges, the utility should disclose information to all investors at the same time through the Electronic Municipal Market Access website, known as EMMA, MMA’s Donahue said.

“Given the high stakes and the difficulty that Prepa’s facing, transparency would be the best antidote,” he said.

David Millar, a New York-based spokesman for Puerto Rico’s Government Development Bank, which handles commonwealth debt sales, didn’t immediately respond to an e-mail and phone message. Abimael Lisboa Felix, a spokesman for Prepa in San Juan, didn’t immediately respond to an e-mail and phone message.

By Michelle Kaske Sep 12, 2014 10:39 AM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Michelle Kaske in New York at mkaske@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Mark Schoifet




Chicago at Brink of Swaps Fee as Bond Ratings Fall: Muni Credit.

Chicago’s deteriorating credit quality has pushed taxpayers to the brink of paying almost $400 million to Wall Street banks on derivatives contracts that are backfiring.

The city and Chicago Public Schools, both at risk of rating reductions as pension obligations mount, agreed to interest-rate swaps with companies including Bank of America Corp., Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (GS) and Loop Capital Markets LLC last decade as part of debt sales. The accords were designed to cap expenses in case interest rates rose. The deals went awry as the Federal Reserve cut borrowing costs during the recession.

The issuers’ combined bill to exit the deals has reached about $400 million, almost two-thirds more than the metropolis spent on streets and sanitation in 2013. The contracts on the derivatives stipulate that the banks can demand payment when the issuers’ credit rating falls to a specified level. For the city, that trigger is one level away on most contracts after Moody’s Investors Service cut it to three steps above junk.

“These governments are in a precarious position,” said Laurence Msall, president of the Civic Federation, a Chicago watchdog on government finance. “Hundreds of millions of dollars are at stake.”

Derivatives Trail

States and cities in the $3.7 trillion municipal market have paid at least $5 billion to banks to end interest-rate swaps, data compiled by Bloomberg show. The contracts contributed to the bankruptcies of Detroit and Jefferson County, Alabama.

In Chicago this week, Alderman Roderick Sawyer introduced a resolution in the city council calling for Mayor Rahm Emanuel to file an arbitration claim with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority to recover payments the city and school district have made on swaps. That could generate more than $600 million and eliminate the need for termination payments, said Jackson Potter, an official with the Chicago Teachers Union.

“The mayor has made a commitment that the city will not enter into any new debt swaps of this kind and has enacted measures to modify and reduce risk to protect the taxpayers of Chicago,” Carl Gutierrez, spokesman for the city’s budget office, said in an e-mailed statement.

“We monitor our swap liability carefully and are in continuing conversations with our swap counterparties to manage the risks of our derivative portfolio,” Bill McCaffrey, a schools spokesman, said via e-mail.

March Cut

The city had its general-obligation rating lowered to Baa1 in March by Moody’s, which cited “massive” pension liabilities. The company also assigned a negative outlook, meaning more cuts are possible. A credit grade one level lower could trigger swaps termination fees of about $173 million, according to documents for a March bond sale.

The school system, the nation’s third-largest, has more breathing room. It needs two rating companies to reach a predetermined rating level for a possible payment of about $224 million. It’s Moody’s rating is two levels from that point.

The potential payments increase pressure on state lawmakers, Governor Pat Quinn and Emanuel to reduce pension obligations, said Richard Ciccarone, Chicago-based president of Merritt Research Services. As the city and school system use reserves to balance budgets, they may have to look for new tax revenue, he said.

“There’s not a lot of room for comfort at the schools or the city,” Ciccarone said. “The parties need to work together to resolve a very pressing issue. Politics will just make it more difficult.”

Illinois Bill

Quinn, a Democrat seeking re-election this year, signed a bill in June that partially addresses Chicago’s $19.2 billion pension shortfall. The law, which cuts benefits and makes employees pay more for retirement, restructures two of the city’s plans, for about 60,000 municipal workers and retirees. The law doesn’t affect the police or firefighter obligations or lower retirement costs for the schools.

While those changes haven’t faced legal challenges, a state judge halted the implementation in May of an overhaul of the state retirement system after unions questioned its constitutionality.

‘Political Mess’

The political calendar may complicate matters.

Emanuel, a first-term Democrat, faces a potential challenge in February elections from Karen Lewis, president of the teachers union. Emanuel closed 49 underperforming elementary schools last year, hurting his approval rating, according to a Chicago Tribune poll released last month. That signals the difficulty he may face in addressing the district’s budget and pension issues.

Duane McAllister, who helps oversee about $5 billion of munis at BMO Asset Management Corp. in Milwaukee, said the pressures are keeping his company from buying.

“Chicago is sort of still mired in the political mess that seems to be Illinois politics,” said McAllister.

Some city debt is gaining in the face of the stress. Bonds maturing in January 2040 traded yesterday at an average yield of 4.72 percent, compared with an average of about 5 percent since March, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. Yesterday’s yield was about 2.6 percentage points above benchmark debt.

Moody’s in August warned of the “narrow distance to rating triggers” for the school system’s swaps. The district has 10 fixed-rate swaps with potential triggers if two of the three biggest rating companies cut the debt to the equivalent of Baa3, which is one step above junk, or lower.

Triggers Below

Moody’s grades it Baa1, two levels above the trigger. Fitch Ratings is at A-, three levels above the trigger, and Standard & Poor’s is at A+, which is five levels above. Moody’s and Fitch both have negative outlooks.

“There will be formidable pressure going forward,” said Mark Lazarus, a Moody’s analyst in Chicago. “It’s something you factor into future ratings.”

Hitting the trigger levels wouldn’t automatically mean the city or school district would have to pay to end the swaps; the banks would have the option to force payment. The companies could also take steps such as having the issuers put up collateral to secure the payments, as banks did to Detroit with taxes on its casinos.

Goldman Sachs declined to comment on the contracts, said Michael DuVally, a spokesman in New York. William Halldin at Charlotte-based Bank of America also declined to comment. James Reynolds, chief executive officer at Chicago-based Loop, didn’t respond to e-mails and a phone call seeking comment.

Reserve Stash

For Chicago, a termination payment would be manageable, said Ty Schoback, a senior analyst in Minneapolis at Columbia Management Advisors, which oversees $30 billion of munis.

“Chicago has got quite a bit of reserves stashed away,” Schoback said.

The city has reserves of about $625 million from leasing a tollway and parking system, according to a February S&P report.

Chicago’s payments for pensions are set to reach $1.1 billion in 2015 from about $478 million in 2014, according to financial documents.

The “aggregate amounts are not catastrophic,” said Arlene Bohner, a senior director at Fitch. Though “it is of concern given the other spending pressures they’re under.”

School Burden

For the school system, a termination payment would be “far more burdensome,” Schoback said.

The district, with about 400,000 students, has tapped reserves to balance its budget as pension costs rose. Swaps payments of $224 million would exceed the $216 million it has in debt-service reserves, according to Moody’s. The system is using about $862 million of budgetary reserves in its fiscal 2015 budget, leaving it with about $300 million, projections show.

Its pension contributions in fiscal 2014 and 2015 tally more than $600 million each year, up from about $200 million the previous three years, according to budget documents.

The city has modified some swaps, according to Bohner and its 2013 financial report, released in June. In March, it reduced the rating at which two of its 11 general-obligation swaps could be triggered, by one level to Baa3, according to the disclosure statement.

The efforts are a “work in progress,” said Fitch’s Bohner. “It’s definitely on their radar screen.”

By Darrell Preston and Elizabeth Campbell

Sep 11, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporters on this story: Darrell Preston in Dallas at dpreston@bloomberg.net; Elizabeth Campbell in Chicago at ecampbell14@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Mark Schoifet




Reinventing Democracy through Participatory Budgeting.

For all the hype surrounding democracy as a concept, in practice it has fallen short of expectations. Americans are proud of the strength and resilience of their democratic institutions, and yet they are deeply distrustful of their elected officials and turning out to vote at ever lower rates. But the lofty goal of reinventing democracy appears infinitely more achievable when we have a mechanism for doing so. Participatory budgeting is coming to the fore as one of the most promising ways to change the relationship between citizens and government, as part of a wave of new democratic innovations.

Participatory budgeting offers a fundamentally different interpretation of democracy than what we have become accustomed to. What if instead of voting to give officials the right to make decisions on our behalf, there were forums that put decision-making authority directly into the hands of citizens? Participatory budgeting, or PB, is a process that allows ordinary people to decide how part of a public budget should be spent.

A PB process begins with community meetings where residents are invited to come together and share their ideas. Next, volunteers take on the task of refining those ideas to develop project proposals. Finally, residents vote for the projects that they most wish to see funded. The results of the vote are binding, making PB a significant departure from forums that involve consultation but not action.

The Participatory Budgeting Project (PBP) has supported processes that have allocated over $45 million from public purses across the U.S. Those funds have brought to life more than 250 individual projects, designed by residents and chosen by over 50,000 voters.

Born in the Brazilian city of Porto Alegre in 1989, PB is now practiced in over 1500 cities around the world, and in over 40 communities across the US. In Chicago, where the US experience of PB began in 2009, more than 250,000 residents now have the opportunity to decide the allocation of $5 million.

In New York City, PB started in 2011 with the discretionary capital works budgets of four inspired city council members. It has since grown to include nearly half of the city’s council districts. A city-wide youth PB process has been launched in Boston, giving young Bostonians aged 12–25 the opportunity to decide how to spend $1 million.

But PB is more than raw numbers: it matters who participates. Partnerships with local community organizations and targeted outreach have been crucial to ensuring that PB does not merely attract the “usual suspects” – residents who are white, middle to upper class, and highly educated. Instead, PB aims to give real decision-making power to all members of the community.

Furthermore, the process itself is as meaningful as the outcomes it generates. PB provides neighbours with the opportunity to learn from one another. It ignites discussions around whose interests are being served, and whose aren’t. It provides a platform for residents to develop leadership skills that can be taken and applied in new contexts. Research in the U.S. to date suggests that these experience have powerful impacts on many PB participants, including those who don’t typically get involved in political processes.

PB processes are growing across the U.S. Since we first worked with Chicago Alderman Joe Moore in Chicago in 2009, we have partnered with dozens of other elected officials to launch PB in their community. Last fall, the White House began promoting PB as a best practice of civic engagement, and we have worked with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development to share PB resource on their website.

At the Participatory Budgeting Project, we are proud to continue to partner with national and local organizations to develop new tools, launch new PB processes, and improve existing PB processes, because we believe that transparent and engaged democracy makes our communities stronger. Join us in Austin to learn how to bring this exciting innovation in democracy to your communities, to engage constituents in making real decisions about real money.

SEPTEMBER 8, 2014
By Josh Lerner and Madeleine Pape

Josh Lerner will serve as a presenter and facilitator for the interactive NLC University Seminar, “Participatory Budgeting – How to Build Deep Community Engagement in Real Budget Decisions (201)” at the Congress of Cities and Exposition on November 19th in Austin, Texas.




NYT: Detroit’s Bankruptcy Deal Hinges on 2 Banks.

The future of Detroit’s pensioners may depend on an insurer’s resolution of a dispute with Bank of America and UBS.

Syncora Guarantee, Detroit’s most vociferous adversary in bankruptcy, is close to a breakthrough settlement with the city, but before it can close the deal it must resolve a related dispute with two big banks, Bank of America and UBS.

The bankruptcy judge, Steven Rhodes, has adjourned a trial in the case until Monday. If Syncora cannot reach an agreement with the banks by then, it will face a breakdown of its whole deal with Detroit, which would give it a stake in vehicle tolls from the tunnel that runs between Detroit and Windsor, Ontario, as well as some nearby land.

Syncora’s dispute with the banks goes back to a $1.4 billion borrowing by Detroit in 2005. The city was already in dire financial straits and did not have enough to make its required pension contributions. After city unions sued, Detroit decided to borrow the money, and UBS and a precursor to Bank of America underwrote the deal. Syncora insured it along with another bond insurer, the Financial Guaranty Insurance Company.

The $1.4 billion did not solve Detroit’s problems, though — it merely bought the city some time and labor peace. Ultimately, it increased the amount of debt Detroit now has to deal with in its historic Chapter 9 bankruptcy case. In the bankruptcy framework, the borrowing has turned out to be so messy and intractable for the municipal bond market that it almost seems to stand as an example of why it is a bad idea to fund public pensions with borrowed money. Such deals continue to be done in many places, however.

In bankruptcy, Detroit’s approach to the 2005 debt has been to argue that the whole borrowing was illegal from the start because the city had reached its debt ceiling. It contends the deal should be voided, which would result in hundreds of millions of dollars in losses for both Syncora and Financial Guaranty.

In fact, until Syncora’s announcement on Tuesday that it had an agreement in principle with Detroit, both insurers stood to receive one of the lowest recoveries of the bankruptcy. That outcome would have significant negative implications for the municipal bond industry because it would leave Detroit’s pensioners higher on the creditors’ pecking order than the investors who bought Detroit’s debt in 2005.

The investors had no idea Detroit would later call the borrowing illegal, because the underwriters obtained legal opinions from both the state and independent bond counsel that the debt was valid, binding and enforceable.

It would be highly unusual for a government to repudiate debt marketed with such assurances. Municipal bond analysts have been warning that if Detroit prevails, it will cast a shadow over every other city bringing debt to market in the future.

Complicating matters, when Detroit borrowed in 2005, it tried to hold down the cost by issuing variable-rate debt, then hedging it with a type of derivative called interest-rate swaps. The swaps were intended to protect Detroit if interest rates rose — but if they fell, the city would have to pay the swap counterparties, which happened to be Bank of America and UBS.

The two insurers wrote guarantees for both the debt instruments, called certificates of participation, and for the interest-rate swaps. That protected the investors who bought the certificates and Bank of America and UBS from any missed payments on the swaps.

The borrowing was considered so innovative in 2005 that it won a Deal of the Year award from The Bond Buyer, a trade publication, and was said to have solved Detroit’s pension problem once and for all. But by 2009, interest rates had plunged, and Detroit’s mandatory swap payments to the two banks ballooned beyond anybody’s expectations.

With cash flying out the door, the city’s fiscal problems grew bad enough to activate provisions requiring it to terminate the swaps — but that required Detroit to buy out the two banks at the full present value of all the swap payments it would otherwise have to make for the life of the certificates. Once again, it did not have the money.

Detroit bought some time by restructuring the swaps and backstopped its obligations to the banks by pledging the cash it receives from a tax on casinos, an important source of revenue for the city.

After that, Detroit kept right on paying the swaps, even after declaring bankruptcy last year, when it estimated the cost of terminating its swaps at about $345 million. The city and the banks did reach a proposed settlement of $165 million, but the judge rejected it.

“It’s just too much money,” Judge Rhodes said at the time, and he ordered both sides to negotiate a lower deal. A few weeks later, the banks accepted $85 million.

Syncora’s lawyers saw that the banks planned on turning their losses on the swaps into insurance claims that it and Financial Guaranty would be expected to pay.

That is what Syncora and the two banks will be thrashing out in their closed-door sessions this week. Financial Guaranty is not participating in those talks but has been in touch with Detroit about other possible settlements.

Both insurers say that if the 2005 borrowing was in fact illegal, as the city says, then they were fraudulently induced to insure it. If so, then their policies are also void, they say, and they do not owe the banks any money.

No one wants to touch the third rail underlying all this: If the 2005 borrowing was truly illegal, and must therefore be voided, then the city pension system should be required to give the investors back the $1.4 billion they provided back in 2005. That would sink Detroit’s hard-won exit strategy.

THE NEW YORK TIMES
By MARY WILLIAMS WALSH
SEPTEMBER 10, 2014 7:10 PM




August Muni Volume Rises 7%.

Municipal bond volume increased in August from the same month in 2013, raising expectations that issuance may inch closer to normal in the fourth quarter.

Monthly Data

Long term bond sales for August totaled $24.4 billion, a 7% increase from August last year, according to Thomson Reuters. This is the second time in three months that volume has come in higher than the same month of 2013, after June issuance rose 16%.

Municipal bond supply has been scarce all year, totaling $177.2 billion as of July 31, 15.3% below 2013’s level for the same period, according to data provided by The Bond Buyer and Ipreo. Some analysts said that August’s strength is an indication the drought will finally end and issuance will pick up during the fourth quarter.

“The amount of issuance this year has been startlingly low,” Jim Colby, chief municipal strategist at Van Eck Global, said in an interview. “Given where rates are I can’t imagine we won’t see issuance pickup in Q4, with issuers taking advantage of rates.”

Colby pointed to declines in municipal yields as an indication of a the seller’s market that will exist for the rest of the year. The benchmark 10-year triple-A general obligation bond has fallen by 71 basis points to 2.08% as of Aug. 28, from Jan. 2, according to Municipal Market Data.

From Aug. 1 alone the benchmark 10-year bond’s yield dropped by 21 basis points.

John Dillon, managing director at Morgan Stanley Wealth Management, said in an interview that he doesn’t predict a substantial turnaround in volume for the rest of the year. Volume looks good only in comparison to a weak period for issuance last year, he said.

Volume plunged in the middle of 2013 as the Federal Reserve signaled it would end its economic stimulus program and Detroit’s bankruptcy fanned credit concerns.

“I think given the major downshift we saw in volume in May and June of last year, gives us better optics now,” he said. “So the market looks like there’s better volume now. Its not August volume being good, just last year’s comparison’s being easier to beat.”

He said, though, that the lower interest rates create an opportunity for refundings to pick up during the fourth quarter. Refundings totaled $9 billion in August, more than double the volume in the same month in 2013.

“We will continue to see refundings pick up a little bit more, especially during the end of the year, when we will have more refundings on the table,” he said.

Refunding volume in August was boosted by the $1.8 billion Detroit Water and Sewage Department deal Citigroup priced on Aug. 26.

Many of the Detroit Water and Sewer bonds came wrapped in bond insurance from Assured Guaranteed and National Financial, helping boost bond insurance volume by 174.4% to $2.5 billion. Last year insured bond volume totaled $896.6 million for August.

“It could just be because of Detroit, that would obviously be a factor, but it’s still positive momentum” for bond insurers, Dillon said.

New money issuance stayed low and was 15.3% below the August 2013 amount, totaling $10.1 billion.

Both negotiated and competitive issuance increased from the same period last year, by 18.3% to $18.2 billion and 2.8% to $5.8 billion, respectively.

Colby said issuance is likely to pick up after the midterm elections, as politicians, who had shied away from borrowings that could be portrayed during reelection campaigns as increasing the debt burden, return to the market.

He said during elections voters are often asked to approve additional funding for road repairs, schools, and other such projects.

“What does happen when you go into fourth quarter for the calendar year is that local and state officials start looking at what want to accomplish before end of calendar year and say ‘we have all this authorized but unused capacity, maybe should raise our issuance level because interest rates are favorable and demand is there’,” Colby said. “I’ve seen it occur in past years.”

THE BOND BUYER
BY HILLARY FLYNN
AUG 29, 2014 1:42pm ET




Muni Managers Unearth Secondary Market for Price Discovery.

Some municipal fund managers are finding it’s possible to use the secondary market to help determine fair bond pricing after a drop in new issuance has limited their reliance on the primary market as a benchmark.

While many market participants prefer to gauge prices in the secondary market against large, recognizable, liquid new issues, they said current secondary trading levels and trade history provide a reasonable alternative, thanks to strong demand for paper.

“There is enough going on in the secondary market for reasonable price discovery,” said Jim Colby, chief municipal strategist at Van Eck Global, in an interview Aug. 28. Price discovery in the secondary market often comes via the strength of the bid-offered side of the market – which Colby described as “pretty firm” from June through last week. “If we are evidencing demand by searching for bonds, that’s every bit an effective and an important way of determining value,” he said.

Long term bond issuance has declined 12% this year through August to $203.25 billion, according to Thomson Reuters figures, even after increases in two of the last three months. At the same time demand for tax-free yields has propelled inflows into muni funds for much of the year, including an eight week stretch through Sept. 3, according to Lipper FMI.

“Secondary market price discovery is not necessarily difficult because customers who are putting bonds out for the bid are getting pretty decent numbers,” a New York trader at a Wall Street firm said. “It’s hard to keep bonds on the shelf.”

New issuance of familiar names is what really aids price discovery and establishes a benchmark, Colby said.

“When it’s Texas, California, or New York, those issuers are trend-setters or market-setters in terms of valuation – everybody will readjust their views based on what those scales look like,” Colby said.

“Those not involved on a day to day basis might think less of that process, but I’m looking for a big New York State or Maryland deal to be representative” of value, Colby said.

The New York trader agreed that most municipal participants view the primary market as the main driver of the municipal industry, when it comes to pricing and establishing relatively attractive levels to entice investors. “Most deals have been well-received and have later traded up in the secondary,” the trader said.

“If there’s a lot of relative value in the primary, investors will forgo the secondary,” where he said higher prices can sometimes prevail in the absence of healthy new issue volume, the trader said.

Some participants, meanwhile, prefer to negotiate for what they deem a fair price in the secondary market based on recent trade history, thereby, creating the two-way, bid-wanted and bid-offered sides of the secondary market.

“There is a basis for narrowing down some sort of value and I think that can happen on any given day” in the secondary market – even when new issuance is lackluster, Colby said.

Others said price discovery and value in the secondary has recently been possible due to the strong investor appetite for municipal bonds and steady support from the bid-offered side of the market at a time when new issuance has lagged.

“I think with the Street not heavy and with last week clearly having a holiday feel and not a lot of issuance, it’s not necessarily difficult finding a bid for bonds,” the New York trader said.

“The market is pretty apathetic after last week,” he said on Tuesday, referring to the post-Labor Day market climate.

Meanwhile, the pace of the new-issue market often affects ebbs and flows of the secondary market, experts said.

“To the extent the volume is lower on the new-issue side, it tends to slow down activity in the secondary,” said Tom Dalpiaz, managing director at Granite Springs Asset Management LLC said in an interview on Thursday. “When new issuance is robust and there’s a lot of deals you tend to see more things out for the bid in the secondary market as people sell bonds to make room for new issues.”

He said traders, analysts, and investors are still able to uncover value in the secondary in the absence of large, benchmark deals in the primary market.

“When big deals are priced – people view it somewhat as a benchmark for levels, but with diligence you can find some good value in the secondary,” Dalpiaz said in an interview on Thursday.

Dalpiaz is part of a team that manages $200 million in total assets under management, two-thirds of which is municipal assets.

He focuses much of his attention in the secondary market, and said he tries to analyze comparisons to big new issues in the primary market -if and when available.

“The new issue market is a sign post which can be very active, or very quiet, but the secondary market grinds along and goes about its business,” regardless of the pulse of the primary market, Dalpiaz said.

In fact, many portfolio managers that do heavy credit surveillance, he said, are often less reliant on the “deal of the week” in the primary and are more accustomed to “looking under every rock” to reveal value in the secondary, Dalpiaz said.

In addition, many municipal players also use the benchmark scales published by Municipal Market Data to gauge the accuracy of pricing and value in the secondary market on a daily basis, managers said.

Others take their cue from municipal pricing and valuation services, like Interactive Data Corp. and Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluation, often known by its original branding, J.J. Kenny, sources said.

IDC offer millions of independent evaluations of fixed income securities, while Standard & Poors Securities Evaluation offers advisory services, including evaluated pricing and model valuation of fixed-income securities.

The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board also offers a price discovery tool on EMMA that allows retail investors to view the prices and yields of up to five securities in a side-by-side comparison, as well as daily highs and lows trading trends in a move that satisfies regulators’ demand for more price transparency.

“Secondary market trading has flurries and moments of activity when new deals have come into the marketplace,” Colby said. “Traders have supported that after-market activity and are very supportive of sellers looking to reposition or raise cash for new issues.”

In addition, he said sellers can feel “pretty confident” putting bonds out for bid when they know there’s not going to be “a wave of bonds coming into the new-issue marketplace that diminishes the bid side.”

Dan Heckman, senior fixed income strategist at U.S. Bank Wealth Management, said investors can either use historical data to gauge the price and valuation of a bond, or use the new issue market as a benchmark.

“We would probably prefer price discovery via where new issues are,” he said in an Aug. 29th interview. “We shy away from just solely accepting pricing in the secondary market [as a gauge of value] – unless we know what someone paid for it.”

“We certainly would want to look at other benchmarks, like the new-issue market, because you can look at new issues today, yesterday, and last week that are pretty current as a better way of how pricing can get done,” Heckman said.

THE BOND BUYER
BY CHRISTINE ALBANO
SEP 5, 2014 11:58am ET




New Borrowing Drags Down U.S. Municipal Bond Sales in August.

(Reuters) – Issuance of U.S. municipal bonds edged down last month as new borrowing saw the slowest August in 17 years, Thomson Reuters data released on Tuesday shows.

Debt sales totaled $24.1 billion in 834 deals, compared with $24.72 billion in 795 deals in July. A year earlier in August, issuance was only $20.97 billion in 733 deals. Altogether, issuance for the year through Aug. 31 was 12.5 percent behind the same period in 2013.

New borrowing totaled $9.79 billion in 449 deals, the smallest August since 1997 when new debt totaled $9.27 billion in 693 deals. In July, borrowers sold $10.5 billion new bonds in 399 deals.

Refunding, on the other hand, ticked up in August. Refinancing totaled $14.31 billion in 385 deals, compared with $9.75 billion in 245 deals in August 2013. That was also stronger than July, when there were 396 refunding deals totaling $14.22 billion.

Last year, as interest rates began rising from historic lows, cities, states and other public authorities ended their refinancing binge. But recently rates have fallen as demand for municipal bonds picks up.

On Municipal Market Data’s benchmark scale, yields on top-rated 10-year municipal bonds fell 20 basis points over the course of August to end the month at 2.07 percent, the lowest level since May 2013.

Yields on highly rated 30-year bonds fell to 3.03 percent on the last trading day of August, also the lowest since May 2013, according to MMD, a unit of Thomson Reuters.

Sep 2, 2014 11:39am EDT

(Reporting by Lisa Lambert; Editing by Leslie Adler)




Ballard Spahr: Congress Passes Highway Funding Bill; Includes Pension Funding Relief.

Last week, Congress gave final approval to a $10.8 billion bill that will keep federal highway funds flowing to states through the busy summer construction season. While this short-term “patch” offers some relief, it is now the responsibility of the new Congress that will be sworn in next year to fashion legislation that can offer a long-term solution to pay for mass transit systems and repairs to bridges and highways across the country.

The vote came after weeks of debate regarding appropriate funding mechanisms for the struggling Highway Trust Fund (Fund), and hours before the government was set to begin cutting payments to state construction projects. The Fund was created as a user-supported fund. Simply, the revenues of the Fund were intended to finance infrastructure projects, with the taxes dedicated to the Fund paid by the users of the infrastructure. The Fund pays for highway and mass transit projects across the country, but it is now nearly exhausted because gasoline taxes—which finance the Fund—have not been able to keep up with spending. President Obama has indicated he will sign the bill into law.

A number of factors have contributed to the Fund’s struggles, and for years lawmakers have sparred over how to deal with the annual funding shortfalls. The federal gasoline tax of 18.4 cents a gallon has remained unchanged since 1993, and has not been able to keep pace with the rising costs of construction and rehabilitation of transportation projects. Adjusted for inflation, the tax should now be approximately 29 cents a gallon. Further, with crumbling highways and bridges and greater demand for transportation infrastructure, the needs have grown, but the dramatic advances in fuel efficiency have substantially eroded the amount of gasoline tax funds coming in. The value will erode much further as new fuel efficiency standards take effect over the next decade.

The measure passed by Congress transfers $10.8 billion into the Fund and reauthorizes it through May 2015. More than half of the cost is offset by changes to the pension funding rules for private sector pension plans, which would allow companies to assume higher interest rates in measuring pension liabilities. Higher rates will reduce pension liabilities, which, in turn, will reduce the tax-deductible minimum required contributions that companies must make to fund their pension plans. Reducing the tax-deductible contributions that are expected to be made to pension plans over the next few years will bring new tax revenue to the federal government. Of course, this short-term pension funding relief comes at the possible expense of the long-term financial stability of employer-sponsored defined benefit pension plans.

August 4, 2014

by Brian Walsh, William C. Rhodes, Steve T. Park, Christopher R. Sullivan, and Brian M. Pinheiro

Attorneys in Ballard Spahr’s P3/Infrastructure Group routinely monitor and report on new developments in federal and state infrastructure programs. For more information, please contact P3/Infrastructure Practice Leader Brian Walsh at 215.864.8510 or walsh@ballardspahr.com, William C. Rhodes at 215.864.8534 or rhodes@ballardspahr.com, Steve T. Park at 215.864.8533 or parks@ballardspahr.com, Christopher R. Sullivan at 215.864.8508 or sullivanc@ballardspahr.com, or the member of the Group with whom you work.

Ballard Spahr’s Employee Benefits and Executive Compensation Group regularly advises clients on the design, implementation, operation, and communication of employee pension and benefit plans. For more information, please contact Employee Benefits and Executive Compensation Practice Leader Brian M. Pinheiro at 215.864.8511 or pinheiro@ballardspahr.com, or the member of the Group with whom you work.

Copyright © 2014 by Ballard Spahr LLP.
www.ballardspahr.com




CA Passes Enhanced Infrastructure Financing Districts Legislation.

It looks like Governor Jerry Brown’s vision for Enhanced Infrastructure Financing Districts will become law. Meanwhile, a minor revival of redevelopment has also reached the Governor’s desk but Brown appears likely to veto it.

In the closing days of the California legislative session, a bill expressing Brown’s longstanding goals for Infrastructure Financing Districts (IFDs) came to the floor through a gut-and-amend of SB 628, by State Sen. Jim Beall, D-Campbell. The substitute amendment went on the record Tuesday, August 26. It passed the Legislature without further amendment in the year’s closing session early Saturday morning, August 30, and was sent on to the Governor.

If, as expected, the Governor signs it, SB 628 would expand the existing but underused mechanism of IFDs, with the idea that they could take up some former functions of the state’s abolished local redevelopment districts. The mechanism would be simpler, more focused on infrastructure, and more dependent on electoral approval, without the flexibility or protections for the existing urban public that were built and bashed into Redevelopment over the years.

The bill’s language reportedly came from the Governor’s office. It was supported energetically by the California Economic Summit organization. (The Summit’s op-ed-style case for the bill, which Beall linked to prominently on his legislative Web site, is at http://bit.ly/1pfneLr.) But the bill alarmed housing advocates, who warned that it could lead to displacement of poorer neighborhoods as in the redevelopment “blight” clearances of the middle 20th century. And while the League of California Cities supported SB 628, the League’s legislative director, Dan Carigg, described it as a “helpful” tool that should be one of several, saying it did not by itself replace the usefulness of redevelopment funding mechanisms to serve populated urban areas.

The Governor’s press office, in response to a detailed request for comment, wrote: “SB 628 is consistent with the administration’s previous proposal regarding infrastructure financing districts.”

A very different bill, AB 2280 by Assemblymember Luis Alejo, D-Salinas, made it to the Governor’s desk as of August 27 after extended negotiations (partly through its 2013 predecessor, AB 1080) that gathered support from business, local government and housing advocates. But the odds were still running against the Governor’s signing it. AB 2280 would revive redevelopment-style tax-increment financing in narrowly chosen urban areas, with 25% affordable housing set-asides. Those provisions are more reassuring to housing and local-government advocates but more likely to trigger the Governor’s opposition to former redevelopment mechanisms and his skepticism toward housing affordability restrictions.

Compared with its last formal expression in the May budget proposal revision, the Enhanced IFD’s legislative language picked up two major changes in SB 628.

The bill removed a prior 55% popular vote requirement to create an Enhanced IFD, though it still requires a 55% vote for any such district to issue bonds. Carigg characterized this as the major change since May. But he still said the 55% requirement for bond issues made Enhanced IFDs more likely to be created where “it’s less populated, or on the edge of town.”

Legislative staff veteran Fred Silva, now a senior fiscal policy advisor to California Forward and staff to the California Economic Summit “infrastructure action team”, said his group and the League had each advocated for the single 55% vote, to be required only at the stage of issuing bonds, rather than requiring two votes, first to create the district and then to issue the bonds.

Brian Augusta, a legislative advocate with the Western Center on Law and Poverty, noted SB 628 also softened a requirement on post-redevelopment disputes, appearing in the bill’s proposed new Sec. 53398.54 of the Government Code. As of the May revise this provision would have blocked local governments and/or special districts from making use of the Enhanced IFD mechanism unless they first had “resolved all litigation” with the state over specified statutes related to the redevelopment dissolution process, involving either themselves or their successor redevelopment agencies. But in the parallel SB 628 provision, as Augusta noted, “it says that they can’t use any assets of a former redevelopment agency that are the subject of litigation [involving the state] to ‘benefit’ the new IFD entity.”

The requirement remains in place in SB 628 that each would-be Enhanced IFD creator must first receive a Department of Finance “finding of completion” regarding assets managed by the successor agency for its former redevelopment agency.

Augusta wrote that the requirement to resolve litigation “was a big sticking point, I am told, in discussions between the Governor’s office and legislative leaders. Apparently the revised language was satisfactory to both sides.”

The Governor had been pushing all year to expand the IFD mechanism to perform selected redevelopment functions, rather than re-enact the old Redevelopment laws and processes. (See http://www.cp-dr.com/node/3480 on the post-Redevelopment picture as of mid-spring, http://www.cp-dr.com/node/3492 on the IFDs proposal in the May revise.)

The relevant May Revise language is at http://bit.ly/1qqn4ol. For comparison the SB 628 bill as passed is on the state legislative tracking site at http://bit.ly/Z38wlC.

Silva said the May revise already reflected a policy his group had supported: authorization to include vehicle license fee “backfill” funds as a source of IFD financing.

Carigg said that over the Legislature’s summer break the League sought something more along the lines of Sen. Lois Wolk’s SB 33, which was not successful in the 2013-14 session. He still saw a need to have some financing mechanism available that is patterned after “the proven tool of the past, which is redevelopment.” He said, “If you’re going to be realistic about the challenges of urban California,” addressing them would take more than SB 628.

Housing advocates said the bill did not contain adequate protections against displacement, nor any requirements to fund or build affordable housing. They warned that housing protections of these types were painstakingly added to redevelopment law because of lessons learned from the slum-clearance devastations of the twentieth century, and dropping them risked having to learn those lessons over again.

Augusta’s concern was for the possible loss of affordability and anti-displacement legal protections reflecting 70 years of lessons learned on redevelopment. He said it took creation of Redevelopment’s low- and moderate-income housing fund and the 20-percent housing set-aside obligation to stop the program’s original gentrifying effects, together with replacement housing requirements and housing production requirements assuring that affordable housing would be built in redevelopment areas. Although SB 628 does include some housing replacement and relocation protections, he described it as a redevelopment tool of a type “that often drives gentrification, displacement” without including the old tools that were developed to prevent it. Hence he called it “kind of half a loaf.”

He said those concerns were expressed to the Assembly and the Governor’s office but word came back that SB 628 in its current form was what the Governor was willing to sign.

The bill does provide some anti-displacement and relocation provisions, including that if an IFD removes affordable housing, it must be replaced within two years by “the construction or rehabilitation, for rent or sale to persons or families of low or moderate income” of an equal number of units if the removed units were home to people of “low or moderate income,” or 25% of the units if the residents themselves were not of “low or moderate income.” Affordability restrictions are to apply for 55 years to rentals or for 45 years to “owner-occupied units,” with an alternative option to set up an equity-sharing agreement.

Silva said housing advocates were concerned, though, he argued, unduly so, about the bill’s definition of “low or moderate income” by reference to Health and Safety Code Sec. 50093.

Section 50093 under current law defines “Persons and families of low or moderate income” as “persons and families whose income does not exceed 120 percent of area median income,” adjusted for family size. The current official state income limits under Sec. 50093 appear at http://www.hcd.ca.gov/hpd/hrc/rep/state/inc2k14.pdf. They give San Francisco’s area median income for a four-person household in 2014 as $103,000 per year and Los Angeles County’s as $64,800 per year. As of early 2013 the maximum CalWORKS cash aid payment for a household with four eligible persons was $762 per month. (See http://bit.ly/1pvGGtf.)

While some spoke of fixing the legislation in a later cleanup bill, policy director John Bauters of Housing California sent a furious series of Twitter messages during the SB 628 gut-and-amend’s brief pendency to liberal legislative leaders, once calling it a “horrible bill” and repeatedly saying “#SB628 will displace people of color from their communities. Vote NO!”

Arriving on the floor late and suddenly, the bill was not amended. Housing advocates had hoped to add an anti-displacement amendment but could not. Silva said in addition to housing relocation provisions, he expected cleanup legislation on the process for forming districts and setting up their financing with public participation — especially the question of whether a city that initiated formation of a district should be the only author of its financing plan, if the district included other local governments or districts as partners.

Silva said the bill’s history was an instance of “one of the dilemmas where the Administration is working through the elements of a proposal and is not prepared to have a proposal heard and worked on by a legislative policy committee.”

Augusta said work on a cleanup bill was likely to start in January, with any cleanup amendments likely to take effect in the fall of 2015 — timing that might not be a huge problem because he didn’t expect “a gold rush” to create IFDs after the bill’s signing.

He said, “The administration and the Speaker have committed to working next year to clean up the relocation and replacement housing provisions, and that’s good. We are also looking to have the broader conversation about putting in place requirements and funding for affordable housing, because that is a key anti-displacement tool that is missing from this.”

Silva argued that the objectives of the new Enhanced IFDs would be to create infrastructure, not so much to build housing. He suggested the example of a five-square-mile district, partly within a city limit, for which a city, its surrounding county, and the local water district might choose to layer together their tax increment eligibilities to cooperate on financing a stormwater capture project. Multiple districts would be most likely to agree on infrastructure types of projects, he suggested.

Silva noted that cities have extremely varied policy positions on whether to favor affordable housing, and said “we’re silent on that question because the Economic Summit wanted to [make] tools available as opposed to requirements that said, ‘whatever you’re going to do, you have to set money aside for a particular purpose’,” because “purposes are always going to be different.” He said his own group and the Governor’s office had concluded adequate tools were needed for infrastructure investment, not “the old redevelopment model that had more of a target to reduce blight.”

Responses by the Western Center on Law and Poverty to relevant parts of the May Revise are at http://bit.ly/1lT16rZ and http://bit.ly/1lAtRqo.

The League of California Cities’ response to the May Revise is at http://bit.ly/1lDa76W.

California Planning & Development Report
By Martha Bridegam
31 August 2014 – 2:35pm




Public Employees’ Pension Dilemma.

The story has played out repeatedly in recent years. As unfunded pension liabilities rise, financially stressed local governments seek to move employees toward 401(k)-type retirement systems to get out from under crippling long-term commitments, but public employee unions fight to maintain their defined-benefit plans.

As the municipal landscape becomes more fiscally precarious, public employees might want to rethink the traditional strategy.

A couple of decades ago, it was almost unheard of for a municipality to declare bankruptcy. But fast forward to today and Bridgeport, Conn., Detroit and Stockton, Calif., and are just a few of the cities that have descended into bankruptcy. Pension problems even have Vallejo, Calif., which emerged from bankruptcy in 2011, in danger of declaring for a second time.

In Detroit, U.S. Bankruptcy Court Judge Steven Rhodes ruled that pension promises are not sacred in the city’s bankruptcy proceedings, and the city’s pensioners voted overwhelmingly to accept cuts. The city plans to pay most pensioners 95.5 percent of their promised monthly benefit and eliminate cost-of-living adjustments (COLAs) entirely. Police and firefighters would fare somewhat better; they would get 100 percent of their monthly benefit, but the annual COLAs would be cut from 2.25 percent to 1 percent. Rhode Island and the city of Providence are among other jurisdictions that have gone after COLAs in pension-overhaul legislation.

Given the spate of municipal bankruptcies and the fact that so many of them are pension-related, there’s little doubt that moving toward 401(k)-style or defined-contribution plans, in which employers contribute to an employee’s pension fund each pay period rather than promising a set benefit upon retirement, would help steady municipal finances. But it’s also becoming clear that defined-benefit promises on which municipalities can’t deliver don’t help workers, who may well be better served by getting their employers’ pension contributions through a defined-contribution plan.

Guaranteeing all previously promised pension payouts in return for substantial concessions from new hires is an approach that a number of cities have used to ease their pension problems. Atlanta saved $25 million annually by raising its retirement age for new hires. Lexington, Ky. extended its retirement age and also increased the period new employees have to work before vesting in the city’s pension plan from 20 years to 25. And even if those Detroit retirees see their pensions cut and COLAs eliminated, they’ll still make out better than new city workers. After 30 years, those new employees’ pensions are projected to be worth about 40 percent less in inflation-adjusted dollars than those of city workers who retired in 2011.

The problem with this approach is that future public employees are the ones who would be most hurt by it, and they’re not represented when the agreements are being negotiated.

Unfunded pension liabilities are one of the main reasons why municipal finances have become so precarious in recent years, and moving to defined-contribution plans would ease the fiscal pressure on cities. While the switch might not be the first choice for many employees of the nation’s most troubled municipalities, it’s a lot better than facing unilateral benefit cuts after they’ve already retired or as they near retirement.

But for municipalities facing pension woes that are serious but not yet at the crisis stage, it’s tempting to solve the problem by shifting the burden to future employees who have no voice in current negotiations. That option isn’t fair and would make the already formidable task of attracting and retaining top-flight public workers even harder in the future.

Governing.com

Charles Chieppo | Contributor
Charlie_Chieppo@hks.harvard.edu

SEPTEMBER 2, 2014




Driving Muni Bond Rally: Communities Reluctant to Borrow.

Rob Rapheal, president of the school board in Forest Lake, Minn., wants to tap the bond market to fix the community’s aging public schools.

Earlier this year, he helped a team of parents, teachers and administrators put forward a proposal that aimed to raise $188 million to repair crumbling roofs, replace aging boilers and reduce debt-service costs.

“It was a real deal for the public,” Mr. Rapheal said.

But the proposal was shot down in a special election, with 60% of voters rejecting the plan.

The vote reflects a force behind this year’s rally in the $3.7 trillion municipal-bond market: states, cities and communities are unwilling or unable to borrow in the wake of the recession. That means the supply of securities available for investors is dwindling, driving prices higher.

“The market would welcome that paper, but if they can’t issue it, we can’t buy it,” said Tom Metzold, vice president and senior portfolio adviser at Boston-based Eaton Vance Corp., which manages about $26 billion in municipal assets.

It isn’t just voters constricting the market; state and city budgets in many regions remain austere since the recession ended in 2009 and officials may be reluctant to propose new taxes ahead of November elections. Others are concentrating on paying down unfunded pension obligations or other critical needs. Meanwhile, municipal-bond issuers already have refinanced large portions of their debt over the past several years, capturing low interest rates, and summer is typically a slow season for new bond sales.

As a result, there are many communities making the same choice as Forest Lake despite borrowing costs that are near generational lows. With or without input from voters, cities and states issued about $29.7 billion less debt during the first eight months of this year than in the same portion of 2013, according to data from the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, with about $203.5 billion issued through last month.

Many cities and states were burned in the financial crisis by bad deals on municipal bonds sold to pay for everything from highways in Massachusetts to renovations on Louisiana’s Mercedes-Benz Superdome. Taxpayers refinanced billions in securities after auctions for variable-rate bonds collapsed, for example, and spent billions more to get out of derivatives that are often bought to hedge the same deals.

In 2006, politicians sought voter approval on a record $109 billion in bonds, according to Bond Buyer data. By 2009, that was down to $19.4 billion, with voters approving just $12.7 billion, the lowest amount since 1995. Presidential elections typically include many bond measures as public officials take advantage of high voter turnout, but 2012 resulted in the lowest value of new bonds of any presidential cycle since 2000. Last year, voters approved about $22.9 billion, around half the average of the previous 10 years.

“There’s a genuine demonstrated need for infrastructure, and yet states and municipalities are just extremely cautious about borrowing,” said Scott Pattison, executive director of the National Association of State Budget Officers. “From their perspective, revenue is coming in below expectations, growth is slow compared to before the recession, the feds are creating uncertainty, so we’re going to continue to be cautious.”

Water damage at the high school Jenn Ackerman for The Wall Street Journal
The caution is likely to persist, say some analysts. Municipal-bond issuance will decrease to as low as $175 billion in 2017, Tom Kozlik and Alan Schankel said in a Janney Montgomery Scott LLC research report. They attributed the stagnation to interest rates that will eventually rise, austerity measures, high fixed costs for local governments and the lack of broad public policy supporting public works.

“There is nothing politically sexy about infrastructure spending,” they said in the report.

Many municipalities are cautious to take on new debt because economic growth in their regions is still slow, said John Bonow, chief executive of Philadelphia-based PFM Group, which advises cities and states on bond deals.

Texas, which includes seven of the nation’s 15 most rapidly growing cities, has sold the most debt in the U.S.—some $20.7 billion worth of bonds through mid-July. By comparison, the state issued $30.9 billion in all of 2013. California, meanwhile, has sold only $19.8 billion in bonds in the same time, trailing the pace that gave it a nationwide-high $47 billion last year, according to Ipreo data.

Officials are postponing anything that isn’t critical or important to public safety for a year or two until economic conditions improve, said Jamison Feheley, head of banking for public finance at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Even when public officials push ahead, voters are rejecting more debt, with the value of approved bonds falling to about two-thirds of those proposed in the three years immediately after the crisis, from an average of more than three-quarters in the three years prior. And while that total rose to 72.7% in 2013, school districts were still below that level and less likely to get voter approval than utilities, transportation or general-purpose debt, according to Bond Buyer data.

Voters in Neosho, Mo., have twice this year rejected a plan to raise property taxes to pay for a new junior high school. In central Ohio last month, two plans to improve facilities at local school districts went down in defeat.

In Forest Lake, the school board hasn’t had a bond referendum pass since Bill Clinton was president. The area is part of Minnesota’s Sixth congressional district, and represented in Washington by former presidential hopeful Michele Bachmann, known for taking a stance against raising taxes. Many Forest Lake schools are now about a half-century old, with antiquated fire and security systems and leaky roofs. A high-school running track hasn’t been usable in a decade. After a $24 million bond proposal failed in 2010, the district built a community task force that toured the schools and spent about eight months developing a plan for how to approach repairs and renovations.

Those included redesigning entrances for better security, closing outdated buildings, repairing roofs, replacing ancient boilers, merging two junior high schools and expanding the high school.

If voters had approved the debt, the district would have made all necessary repairs by 2018, adding arts facilities, a new pool, a track and a football field. The plan would have increased taxes on the average area household by about $200 a year, according to the district. The current levy generates about $850 per student, the lowest in the district’s athletic conference.

The school district’s superintendent Linda Madsen said the area’s residents didn’t oppose the plan in an organized way, and state legislators wrote letters of support to the local papers. But, as the results began to roll in on the evening of Election Day, she said it was clear the plan wouldn’t pass.

The district’s schools are making do by not using the track and planning to use fans instead of new air conditioning.

“Nothing’s changed,” Mr. Rapheal said. “The type of repairs we need to do are still there. Unless we address them, we’re going to end up having catastrophic failures. Really, bonds are a very good way to finance building.”

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
By AARON KURILOFF
Sept. 4, 2014 6:17 p.m. ET




GFOA Award for Best Practices in School Budgeting.

GFOA is a leader in developing, communicating, and encouraging best practice implementation in budgeting and financial planning. GFOA’s most recent project is to enhance the existing Distinguished Budget Presentation Award for school districts and community colleges. Through this project and with the help of some of the best minds in the field, GFOA will develop best practices for resource alignment, as well as criteria by which districts and colleges can demonstrate budget process excellence.

Over two years, GFOA’s Research and Consulting Center will be working with practitioners, researchers, and other education finance experts to identify the best ways for PK-12 and community college institutions to leverage the budget process to align their resources to student outcomes. In addition, GFOA will also develop award criteria that allow districts and colleges to demonstrate process excellence and receive the recognition they deserve. GFOA will then observe the outputs in practice through a number of pilot projects in order to test the best practices and award criteria. Based on the lessons learned during the pilots, GFOA will finalize the criteria and incorporate them into the Distinguished Budget Presentation Award program criteria for the 2016-2017 budget year.

Read more.




More Detail Needed in GSA ‘Swap-Construct’ Exchanges, GAO Concludes.

The General Services Administration (GSA) needs to do a better job of outlining what the government hopes to gain when it offers “swap-construct” exchanges for federal properties, according to a new report from the Government Accountability Office (GAO).

Since 2012, the GSA has offered six swap-construct exchanges, which would allow the GSA to swap the titles of federal properties for construction services or assets. However, the agency has only completed two of the deals since 2000.

The companies told the GAO the exchanges, which took three years in one case and five years in the other, took longer than expected.

Other companies told the GAO they were concerned about the lack of detail from the GSA’s construction needs.

The report recommends that the GSA include more detail on what it is seeking in exchange for a federal property when it proposes a swap-construct exchange. Further, it should develop criteria for when to pursue such exchanges rather than simply disposing of unneeded of federal property.

The GSA is currently considering a swap-construct exchange for the FBI headquarters in Washington, D.C., and has narrowed its choice to three options, Greenbelt Metro and Landover in Maryland, and the other at the GSA Franconia Warehouse Complex in Springfield, Va.




WSJ: Mow-Down in Motown.

Bond insurers have a good case against Detroit for unfair treatment in bankruptcy.

Federal Judge Steven Rhodes will begin hearings Tuesday to determine whether Detroit’s readjustment plan fulfills the legal and fiscal requirements to exit Chapter 9 bankruptcy. The trial may provide investors a lesson, instructive but painful, in how politics can override law in municipal bankruptcies.

Since declaring bankruptcy in July 2013, Detroit has cut deals with nearly all of its major creditors. Workers, retirees and most bondholders this summer voted to accept the plan. Yet Judge Rhodes must still validate that the plan is “fair and equitable” and was proposed in good faith, among other standards of Chapter 9.

The reality is that some creditors are making out far better than others with similar legal standing. The city has offered general-obligation bondholders 34 to 74 cents on the dollar. Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Associations will administer reduced health benefits, and pensions will be modestly trimmed under a deal negotiated by the court’s mediator.

The state, the Detroit Institute of Art and some philanthropies have pledged $816 million to shield the city’s artwork from monetization. These proceeds will exclusively fund pensions and minimize benefit cuts. Accruals for non-public safety workers will be pared by 4.5% in lieu of the 26% emergency manager Kevyn Orr proposed earlier this year. The city has even agreed to restore cost-of-living adjustments and accruals in nine years if the pension funds are flush.

In other words, the plan patently favors workers and retirees over bond insurers Syncora and Financial Guaranty Insurance Company that have similar legal standing. To their current regret, the two companies insured $1.4 billion in certificates of participation (COPs), a common form of government financing, that the city issued last decade to shore up its pension funds. According to the city’s calculations, insurers stand to recover at most 10 cents on the dollar, which is 30 to 50 cents less than the pension funds. Does the city really consider this distribution equitable and fair?

Under Chapter 9, a city isn’t required to monetize its assets. However, it can’t requisition assets to goose the recovery of a single creditor as Detroit has done with its art. As a counter-example, imagine the political blowback if the city had decided to sell its Belle Island to make bond insurers whole and no one else.

Detroit has tried to browbeat Syncora and Financial Guaranty into settling for the mere 10% by suing to void the COPs. In 2005 Detroit politicians circumvented their state-imposed debt limit by creating “service corporations” and intermediary pension-fund trusts to issue the COPs. They provided third-party legal opinions to investors validating the framework.

But earlier this year the city sued its service corporations to undo the COPs transaction, even as it wants to keep the $1.4 billion it borrowed. If the transaction was invalid, then the city can’t retain the proceeds. This would be as if Argentina sued itself in international court for issuing bonds in alleged violation of its sovereign laws and then refused to repay its lenders. The legal terms for this are fraud and theft.

Detroit is supposedly seeking to rehabilitate its political culture, so it’s not a good sign that it’s trying to pull a fast one on creditors. The cynicism is reinforced by the city’s agreement to pay banks 30 cents on the dollar for interest-rate swaps tied to the COPs. If the COPs are invalid, why aren’t the swaps too?

Retirees and unsecured GO-bond holders have also been promised a higher recovery if courts undo the COPs transaction. By dangling this fillip, the city induced the unsecured bondholders to support the plan.

Trouble is, if courts void the COPs, the pension funds may be required to disgorge the $1.4 billion and interest. That could render the pension funds insolvent. Since the COPs litigation could extend past bankruptcy, Detroit might face another fiasco down the road.

Bankruptcy allows municipalities to break contracts and restructure obligations, but in return they are required to treat creditors fairly. Institutions and individuals lend on the presumption that courts will enforce the law. If municipalities can mow over creditors and the rule of law in bankruptcy, they deserve to pay a political-risk premium to borrow, assuming anyone is still foolish enough to lend.

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
Updated Sept. 1, 2014 5:55 p.m. ET




SEC Rating Agency Reforms Positive for Munis.

WASHINGTON – The Securities and Exchange Commission’s new credit rating agency reforms seem to make some positive strides for the muni market by creating parity between municipal and corporate bond ratings and increasing rating methodology transparency, sources said.

The rule, adopted on Wednesday by a 3-2 vote, codifies requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010 that were put in place because of mistrust stemming from credit rating agencies giving high ratings to securities that ended up defaulting and contributing to the financial crisis.

The rules for rating agencies, designated by the SEC as nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, or NRSROs, require them to put in place policies and procedures designed to ensure quality control of the ratings, publish a certificate with every rating that discloses the methodology used and limitations or uncertainties of the score, and apply rating symbols universally for all obligations.

The reforms of most concern to the muni market are effective nine months days after publication in the Federal Register.

Under the new rules, the rating agencies will have to have policies and procedures in place designed to assess the probability than an issuer will default, a positive for munis, which have lower default rates than corporate bonds.

Dustin McDonald, director of the Federal Liaison Center at the Government Finance Officers Association, said issuers had been eager to see munis rated the same way as corporate bonds.

Because muni defaults are extremely rarely relative to corporates, market participants and lawmakers including retired Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass., pushed for a universal scale. A BNY Mellon analysis published last year showed that three years after being rated A, muni bonds had a default rate of about one in 10,000, versus about 41 out 10,000 A-rated corporate bonds. The NRSROs also will have to publish material changes to their procedures or methodologies, the reason for the change, and the likelihood that the change will cause current ratings to change.

“I would definitely view that as a positive,” McDonald said.

Other aspects of the rule are designed to curtail potential conflicts of interest, and forbid rating analysts from participating in sales and marketing activities. The agencies must also perform “look backs” and revise ratings that were improperly influenced by business considerations, such as the prospect of future work for the issuer.

SEC chairman Mary Jo White, who joined with commissioners Kara Stein and Luis Aguilar in approving the rule, said it was necessary to crack down on compensation arrangements or performance review procedures that incentivize analysts to award inflated ratings.

“We must address these channels of influence if we are to prevent the full range of potential conflicts of interest that can lead to deficient credit ratings,” she said.

Aguilar said the SEC could go even further by evaluating the “issuer pays” system, which is common in the muni market. Issuers pay the rating agencies a fee in return for getting a rating, which they need in order to effectively market their bonds.

“The commission should consider proposing rules that would more directly address the conflicts that arise when rating agencies are paid by the very issuers of the products they rate,” Aguilar said. “This conflict of interest continues to jeopardize the quality of credit ratings today. If we are to restore integrity to the ratings process, the commission must address this conflict of interest in a meaningful and effective way.”

Commissioners Daniel Gallagher and Michael Piwowar voted against the rule, saying it created a compliance nightmare, particularly the prohibition on marketing activities influencing analysts.

“This new prohibition is solely based on state of mind – there is no requirement that any action be taken,” Gallagher said. “Even if the rating process is effectuated without any abuse, we could theoretically still pursue the analyst unfortunate enough to display evidence that a stray thought related to sales and marketing considerations crossed his or her mind.”

Piwowar sounded similar concerns, and also voiced disagreement with the idea of a universal rating standard for all securities.

“I agree with the concern that credit ratings may be confusing and even downright misleading if they are not applied consistently,” Piwowar said of the rating symbols. “But academic research indicates that trying to achieve perfectly comparable rating scales is not only impractical – it is impossible. Despite any efforts by the credit rating agencies to maintain ratings comparability, the risk profiles of distinct asset classes are significantly different and thus result in varied performance of the instruments.”

Rating agencies, which have waited for the rules for more than four years, expressed a readiness to comply.

“The markets must have clear and consistent rules for credit-rating agencies, and the SEC’s regulatory framework will help ensure investors have confidence in the rating process,” said Daniel Noonan, managing director at Fitch Ratings.

David Wargin, a spokesman for Standard & Poor’s, said his agency is determining what impact the new rule would have.

“We are evaluating the new regulations to determine what changes to our operations may be required,” he said. “We are committed to the highest standards in our ratings activities and complying with the new requirements.”

Moody’s Investors Service declined to respond to a request for comments.

THE BOND BUYER
BY KYLE GLAZIER
AUG 27, 2014 5:12pm ET




Derivative Deals Making Comeback for Municipalities.

Local governments in Pennsylvania are turning again to the kinds of derivative deals that backfired during the credit crunch, as the lure of up-front cash and the potential to cut costs prove hard to resist.

Dauphin County, for example, has cleared the way to enter an interest-rate swap on a deal that helped settle the debt of the once-insolvent state capital, Harrisburg. Berks County, which in 2009 spent roughly its parks and library budgets to end swaps, agreed to a new contract in March.

The governments are tapping swaps even as municipal borrowers, from Philadelphia’s school district to California’s water-resources department, have paid to end money-losing derivatives banks pitched as tools to lower borrowing expenses.

In 2009, Pennsylvania had the most local governments using swaps on variable-rate debt, Moody’s Investors Service says.

“You’ve got to think long and hard before you take a risk that you have no control over,” said Steven Goldfield of New York-based Public Resources Advisory Group, who helped develop Harrisburg’s recovery plan. “As a governmental official with public funds, you want to preserve the funds.”

Even after federal regulators pushed through rules sparked by the swaps fallout, public money remains at risk, say Pennsylvania state senators backing stronger restrictions. The measures, up for a vote as soon as September, would have barred the latest deals.

The swaps are contracts, typically between a bank and a borrower, to exchange interest payments. The agreements were intended to shield issuers from the risk of rising interest rates.

Yet market convulsions during the financial crisis often spurred expenses in excess of payments. Localities nationwide have paid more than $4 billion to Wall Street to terminate the derivatives, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

Swaps figured in the fiscal woes of Harrisburg, forced into the state’s first receivership in 2011 after skipping debt payments on an incinerator project. A 2012 audit said derivatives tied to the deal boosted fees and risk.

Dauphin County backed the incinerator debt and made payments the city skipped. As part of the settlement that allowed Harrisburg to exit receivership in March, the county contributes a portion of the interest rate on $24 million in fixed-rate bonds that financed the incinerator’s December sale, said Jay Wenger of Susquehanna Group Advisors, the county’s financial adviser.

Last month, county commissioners approved an ordinance authorizing a deal called a swaption involving an up-front payment to the county Wenger says would go toward debt service. Royal Bank of Canada would have the right at a future date to compel the county to pay a floating rate in exchange for fixed payments until 2033.

Transactions involving immediate cash have “been the cause of 99 percent of the abuse in the market,” said Lucien Calhoun of Flourtown-based Calhoun Baker, administrator of the Delaware Valley Regional Finance Authority, which provides municipal loans.

Dauphin has not entered into the contract. In 2011, it agreed to two swaps with RBC, effective in 2015 and 2016, that would cost about $626,000 combined to terminate, according to Susquehanna. Wenger said commissioners would do the third swap to manage their interest-rate risk, the same reason for the 2011 deals.

Berks County returned to the swaps market after losing money on earlier deals. In 2009, it paid termination fees totaling $13.8 million, filings show.

The March structure is a basis swap – the county pays a variable rate based on tax-exempt municipal bonds and receives from PNC an amount based on a taxable variable rate, documents show.

The March swap would save at least $2.6 million over its 23-year term, and reserves would cover exit payments, Finance Director Robert Patrizio said.

BLOOMBERG NEWS
ROMY VARGHESE
Friday, August 29, 2014, 1:08 AM




S&P: Detroit Water & Sewerage Department Bonds Undergo Various Rating Actions after Expiration of Tender Period.

(Editor’s note: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services intends to assign a ‘BBB+’
rating to the untendered portion of the cusips of Detroit’s outstanding bonds
issued for the Detroit Water and Sewerage Authority (DWSD). In our media
release related to the issue of series 2014C&D Michigan Finance Authority
(MFA) bonds, published Aug. 26, 2014, we indicated that the rating on certain
Detroit tendered cusips would be revised to ‘D’ and then withdrawn because we
considered the tenders a distressed exchange. We now understand that these
same cusips have been partially tendered and that no new cusips will be
assigned to the untendered portion. Therefore, at closing of the 2014C and
2014D MFA bonds, we currently intend to revise the rating on the partially
tendered portion of the affected cusips to ‘D’, and then assign a ‘BBB+’
rating to the untendered portion of the cusips. A corrected version of our
media release follows.)

CHICAGO (Standard & Poor’s) Aug. 26, 2014–Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
has taken numerous rating actions on Detroit’s outstanding sewage disposal and
water supply revenue bonds, including the following:

We have lowered the rating to ‘CC’ from ‘CCC’ on tendered bonds purchased by
Detroit below par or accreted value and considered impaired for most of the
duration of the tender invitation period that began on Aug. 7, 2014. We have
removed the ratings from CreditWatch, where they were placed with negative
implications on July 3, 2013. The outlook on these bonds is negative. We have
raised the rating to ‘BBB+’ from ‘CCC’ on all other tendered and untendered
bonds and removed the ratings from CreditWatch; the outlook on these bonds is
stable.

In addition, we assigned our ‘BBB+’ rating to Michigan Finance Authority’s
series 2014C and 2014D bonds (the MFA 2014C and D bonds), which are payable
primarily from payments on Detroit Water and Sewerage Department (DWSD)
obligations to be purchased with the proceeds of the MFA 2014C and D bonds.
The DWSD obligations are secured by a statutory lien on pledged assets of each
system separately (prioritized by the lien status), which include:

DWSD has also entered into a trust agreement related to all sewer and water
revenue debt. The trustee is Wilmington Bank N.A.

While we understand that the MFA 2014C and D bonds will be issued in various
subseries as senior-lien and second-lien bonds, there is no difference in the
ratings because our analysis is based on our opinion of DWSD’s
creditworthiness with regard to covering all fixed costs, and DWSD has
indicated it plans to fund capital expenditures with bonds secured by all of
its existing liens.

Proceeds of the DWSD obligations will be used to purchase tendered and
redeemed bonds, and in the case of series 2014C-1 and C-2 bonds, to fund
capital improvements for the sewage department. As the result of a tender
invitation that started was effective on Aug. 7, 2014, and expired on Aug. 21,
2014, the city has agreed to purchase $1.468 billion of outstanding sewerage
and water revenue bonds.

“All ratings that are ‘CC’ are considered to involve a distressed exchange in
which bondholders are receiving less than the original promise,” said Standard
& Poor’s credit analyst Scott Garrigan. At closing, we would expect to change
the rating on the affected cusips to ‘D’. We understand that these same cusips
were partially tendered and that no new cusips will be assigned to the
untendered portion. Therefore, at closing of the MFA 2014C and D bonds we
currently intend to revise the rating on the partially tendered portion of the
affected cusips to ‘D’, and then assign a ‘BBB+’ rating to the untendered
portion of the cusips. Generally, we consider an exchange offer to be
distressed if we believe that the bondholders receive less than originally
promised, and if the bondholders are accepting the offer because of the risk
that the issuer will not fulfill its obligations. Accordingly, we applied the
‘CC” rating to those cusips that were considered both impaired prior to the
tender invitation period and will be tendered at less than par.

Ratings on bonds with all other outstanding cusips, whether senior or second
lien, are ‘BBB+’, as noted below.

“The ‘BBB+’ rating reflects our opinion of the underlying creditworthiness of
the sewer disposal and water supply systems,” continued Mr. Garrigan. “Even
though the rating on bonds secured by the pledged assets of each system could
diverge, at this time we believe the creditworthiness of each system is the
same, regardless of lien position.

The rating is supported by our view of the following characteristics:

We also note that DWSD has been in the process of implementing many policies
and procedures that we view as supportive of credit quality, especially as
they relate to collecting delinquent bills, recovering a higher percentage of
fixed costs, simplifying the wholesale contract and rate structures, and
controlling operating expenses. DWSD’s financial projections show generally
better overall financial performance than has been attained over the past
several fiscal years. Before raising the rating further, we would look for the
systems to achieve and, in our view, to be able to maintain better financial
performance over multiple fiscal years.

The negative outlook on the bonds rated ‘CC’ reflects our expectation that the
rating will be lowered to ‘D’ once the tendered bonds are purchased.

The stable outlook on the bonds rated ‘BBB+’ reflects our expectation that the
financial performance of both the sewer and water systems should be consistent
with or better than projections. We base this expectation on our belief that
as DWSD management continues to implement various policy and procedural
changes, financial performance will likely improve because of the specific
efforts aimed at improving collections, stabilizing the operating revenue
stream, and controlling costs.

However, actual financial performance could be worse than projected, based on
numerous events occurring. Economic pressures that limit collection rates and
rate affordability could continue. Billed water volumes could decline due to a
combination of weather or economic events. Additional environmental compliance
mandates could lead to unforeseen capital and debt expenses. If one or more of
these events occurred, and a direct negative impact on financial performance
resulted, we could lower the ratings.

At present, the various events listed are possible causes of financial stress
for nearly all public utilities. But we are pointing them out in this case to
indicate that future upward movement in the rating would most likely be
predicated on our belief that financial performance can be sustained in a
fashion that insulates the utilities from the negative impacts these
unforeseen events can have on credit quality. Most notably, sustained levels
of unrestricted liquidity and coverage of all fixed costs that meet or exceed
the current projections would be two performance metrics we would expect to
have a significant positive impact on credit quality. For upward rating
movement to occur, we expect these to be sustainable in future fiscal years,
and to occur without significant additions of debt not currently identified in
the CIP (of course, we do understand that beyond the current scope of the CIP,
which ends in 2019, there could be additional, currently unforeseen debt
issued).

The rating on the bonds secured by net revenues of the sewage disposal and
water supply systems could diverge if we determine that there is enough of a
difference in the relevant credit factors. However, it is difficult to foresee
at this time whether that would occur or what the precipitating factors
leading to such a divergence would be.

RELATED CRITERIA AND RESEARCH

USPF Criteria: Key Water And Sewer Utility Credit Ratio Ranges, Sept. 15,
2008
USPF Criteria: Standard & Poor’s Revises Criteria For Rating Water,
Sewer, And Drainage Utility Revenue Bonds, Sept. 15, 2008
USPF Criteria: Methodology: Definitions And Related Analytic Practices
For Covenant And Payment Provisions In U.S. Public Finance Revenue
Obligations, Nov. 29, 2011
Criteria For Assigning ‘CCC+’, ‘CCC’, ‘CCC-‘, And ‘CC’ Ratings, Oct. 1,
2012
Rating Implications Of Exchange Offers And Similar Restructurings, Update,
May 12, 2009
Related Research
U.S. State And Local Government Credit Conditions Forecast, July 8, 2014

Complete ratings information is available to subscribers of RatingsDirect at
www.globalcreditportal.com and at www.spcapitaliq.com. All ratings affected by
this rating action can be found on Standard & Poor’s public Web site at
www.standardandpoors.com. Use the Ratings search box located in the left
column.

Primary Credit Analyst: Scott D Garrigan, Chicago (1) 312-233-7014;
scott.garrigan@standardandpoors.com

Secondary Contact: James M Breeding, Dallas (1) 214-871-1407;
james.breeding@standardandpoors.com




S&P - Analyzing U.S. Rate-Regulated Utilities: The Magic of Regulatory Assets and Liabilities.

Accounting for rate-regulated utilities is unique, because regulators can allow utilities to record costs in a period different from the one in which an unregulated company would report the same costs. Standard & Poor’s Rating Services recognizes that this can lead to different financial results (see appendix).

Regardless of the specific accounting rules used or the financial statement presentation, our fundamental analysis of the credit quality of the U.S. utility industry follows the economic reality whether created by rate regulation or market forces (see “Key Credit Factors For The Regulated Utilities Industry,” published Nov. 19, 2013, on RatingsDirect).

Continue Reading.




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - Rating Trends - August 26, 2014.

Read the brief.




Moody's: High-Poverty US Cities Can Still Achieve High Credit Ratings.

New York, August 27, 2014 — A high rate of poverty does not preclude a large US city from having strong credit quality and attaining a credit rating in the upper investment grades, says Moody’s Investors Service in a new report. In fact, in the report “High Poverty, High Ratings — 27 Large Cities Have Both,” Moody’s finds 27 of the 50 poorest large cities are rated Aa3 or higher.

Aa3 is also the median rating for the 50 large cities (population 100,000 or more) with the highest poverty rates. The median rating for all 210 large cities that Moody’s rates is only one notch higher, at Aa2.

“Cities can overcome the many adverse effects of high poverty with a large and diverse tax base, healthy financial position, strong governance, and manageable fixed costs,” says Moody’s Associate Analyst Heather Guss. “We expect large municipalities with these characteristics to meet the challenges of a high poverty rate and continue to sustain robust credit profiles.”

For all Moody’s-rated cities with populations over 100,000, the rating agency finds a small correlation between higher poverty rates and lower ratings. The correlation is relatively weak (the correlation coefficient of 0.31), with a large number of outliers.

For example, Provo, UT, which is home to Brigham Young University, maintains a very strong rating of Aa1 despite a high poverty rate of 32.5%.

Poverty will invariably contribute to negative credit pressures such as weak tax collection rates and a high demand for government services. However, the credit positive features of a city can easily outweigh them.

Although large cities often have high poverty rates, they often play a central role in the economy of their region, leading to a strong tax base arising from institutions and also commuters, who bring revenues from income sales and parking taxes. For example, Cincinnati, which has a poverty rate of 29.4%, the nineteenth highest for a large city in the US, has a Aa2 rating due in part to a large number of corporate headquarters, healthcare organizations, and higher-education institutions.

Many cities also benefit from population growth as they attract young professionals who want to live near where they work. And many cities struggling with high poverty benefit from the significant institutional presence of government, military, healthcare and educational organizations. For example, Dayton, OH (Aa2 stable), with a poverty rate of 33.8%, borders Wright Patterson Air Force Base, the largest single-entity employer in Ohio.

Although many cities manage high poverty rates effectively, poverty remains a persistent challenge to local governments, says Moody’s. Despite the ongoing economic recovery, the national poverty rate remains above prerecession levels. The 2012 poverty rate was the highest since 1993 after climbing 34.5% over the past decade.

For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access this report at https://www.moodys.com/research/High-Poverty-High-Ratings-27-Large-Cities-Have-Both–PBM_PBM174683.




WSJ: Fed to Consider Including Municipal Bonds in New Bank Safeguards.

Reconsideration Would Come Amid Broad Pushback From States, Treasurers to Muni-Bond Exclusion

WASHINGTON—The Federal Reserve, under pressure from lawmakers and state officials, is considering allowing banks to use certain types of municipal debt to satisfy a new postcrisis financing rule, according to a person familiar with the process.

On Wednesday, U.S. regulators are expected to finalize safeguards requiring that banks hold enough liquid assets—such as cash or those easily convertible to cash—to fund their operations for 30 days if other sources of funding aren’t available. Municipal securities issued by states and localities wouldn’t count as “high-quality liquid assets” under the rule, meaning such securities wouldn’t qualify for use under the new funding requirements.

States and localities have warned that excluding their securities could cause banks to retreat from a $3.7 trillion market in which they have increasingly become an important player, which could driving up borrowing costs to finance roads, schools and bridges. Banks have nearly doubled their ownership in municipal securities over the past decade to more than 11%, according to Fed data.

The Fed is now considering providing some relief in the coming months and may allow banks to include some types of municipal bonds as part of the new safeguards, the person said. The regulator is scrutinizing whether to eventually include more-frequently traded municipal securities but is trying to find a way of distinguishing which bonds it will accept, the person said. There are roughly 60,000 borrowers in the enormous municipal market but only a relatively small number—from large states and cities such as California and New York—see their bonds frequently traded, according to industry experts.

It is unclear if the Fed could act unilaterally to alter the rules, which are being written jointly with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

The rules being finalized Wednesday are intended to prevent a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis when financial markets froze due to a lack of liquidity. Regulators want banks to have enough ready cash on hand so they can finance themselves if markets freeze as they did in the last meltdown. Among those assets that will qualify under the rule as “liquid” are Treasurys and highly rated debt issued by some foreign governments.

In their October proposal, the Fed, OCC and FDIC said they didn’t include municipal bonds because “these assets are not liquid and readily marketable in the U.S.” The regulators added that securities sold by “public-sector entities generally have low average daily trading volumes.”

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
By ANDREW ACKERMAN
Aug. 28, 2014 2:22 p.m. ET




Post-Implementation Review Completed on GASB Standard Addressing Capital Asset Impairment, Insurance Recoveries.

Norwalk, CT, August 19, 2014—An accounting standard for state and local governments that addresses the impairment of capital assets and insurance recoveries provides important information to users of financial statements and resolves some but not all of the issues underlying its purpose. That is a central conclusion of the Post-Implementation Review (PIR) of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 42, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Impairment of Capital Assets and for Insurance Recoveries.

Issued in 2003, GASB Statement 42 establishes measurement guidance for capital asset impairments and requires governments to report the effects of those impairments when they occur, rather than as a part of the ongoing depreciation expense for the capital asset or upon disposal of the capital asset. It also provides uniform reporting guidance for insurance recoveries of state and local governments.

“The recent PIR Report has provided some important stakeholder feedback on the benefits of and the cost associated with the requirements of Statement 42 in light of actual experience,” said GASB Chair David A. Vaudt. “On behalf of the GASB, I would like to thank the Foundation for undertaking this important process and all of the individuals and organizations who gave their time to share their insights and experiences with the PIR staff.”

The PIR team received broad-based input from GASB stakeholders including auditors and preparers, and more limited input from financial statement users and academics. Based on its research, the review team concluded:

With regard to standard-setting process recommendations as a result of the review, the PIR team recommended that the GASB conduct, at a minimum, a limited field test when proposing to issue a standard with new recognition or measurement approaches, and share the results with users to assess the usefulness of the resulting information.

The review of Statement 42 was undertaken by an independent team of the Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF), the parent organization of the GASB and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). The team’s formal report is available here. The GASB’s response letter to the report is available here.

With the completion of the review of GASB Statement 42, the PIR team will initiate its review of GASB Statements No. 33, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Nonexchange Transactions, and No. 36, Recipient Reporting for Certain Shared Nonexchange Revenues, later this year.

Stakeholders who would like the opportunity to participate in upcoming PIRs should register online.

For more information on the PIR process, visit the FAF website.




S&P: No More Pencils, No More Books - Technology Has Mixed Financial Implications for U.S. Public Schools.

The growing integration of technology into U.S. classrooms, along with related innovations in instruction and assessment, is changing the way students learn and bringing both financial opportunities and challenges to U.S. public schools. To prepare students to become part of the new knowledge-based global workforce, schools, along with state and federal officials, are increasingly emphasizing the use of information technology — and are doing so earlier and earlier in the K-12 curriculum. While schools aim to harness technology to facilitate learning and operate more efficiently, incorporating technology can also make the already-complicated school funding arena even more complex.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services believes alternative teaching methods and technology integration can have both positive and negative implications for U.S. public school credit quality. Using state-of-the-art technology or offering a virtual learning program can give a district a competitive advantage for students, resulting in increased enrollment-based aid. On the other hand, financing the cost of using physical technology — through operational funds, grants, or debt issuance — can be a challenge, whether the funds are for one-to-one computing devices or improvements to school facility infrastructure. The rapid pace of development, depreciation, and obsolescence of high-tech devices and supporting infrastructure may make it more difficult to project the expected life of assets and to structure debt financing accordingly. And by committing to new technology in the classroom, schools assume the risk that the ongoing cost of operating and maintaining new devices, and training staff to use them, will outstrip any gains associated with increased enrollment. Available funding sources and competition can vary widely across the states, but in most cases, state-level funding for technology adoption has been minimal relative to total education funding, and primarily geared toward one-time equipment acquisition and staff development costs.

Continue reading.

18-Aug-2014




City Finances and the Promise of Data Visualization.

New tools that make it easy to find and view government financial data are enabling big gains in efficiency and transparency.

For local governments, financial reporting is about more than simply ensuring that the numbers add up. Public officials also have to be able to communicate the data in a way that is both understandable and meaningful to target audiences, whether it’s city officials making decisions about resource allocation or voters making decisions about whether to trust their governments.

That’s the challenge for municipalities: How can local governments provide a comprehensive, yet accessible medium for distributing budgetary and other financial data? And from a practical standpoint, how can city leaders make this happen with limited resources and staff capacity?

Increasingly, the solution is data visualization. By linking enterprise performance systems to tools that provide instant access to current and historic financial records, more and more governments are allowing almost anyone to view and manipulate public data via vivid pie charts and line graphs. Users can even export raw numbers or high-impact graphics for use in meetings and communications materials.

In Boston, for example, the city’s performance management system, Boston About Results, uses data analytics and visualized scorecards from the software company SAP to evaluate agency operations and improve the delivery of services. Other municipalities have opted to partner with industry experts such as the Sunlight Foundation, OpenSpending and OpenGov to bridge the gap between city finances and public awareness.

In the San Francisco Bay area, Sausalito and Atherton are among the latest to join a network of more than 100 cities that have adopted OpenGov’s platform. Sausalito is integrating data visualization into every aspect of city administration, including its recent labor negotiations. In the past, compiling labor costs from various agencies was an immensely arduous task that required sifting through hundreds of Excel worksheets to document the town’s history of employee salaries and benefits. Charlie Francis, Sausalito’s administrative services director and treasurer, reports that he can now review and visualize annual labor costs in a matter of minutes.

Francis thinks budget visualization has the power to reshape the landscape of local governance while improving efficiency and public understanding. On the efficiency side, he says the town has seen remarkable savings in staff hours and monetary costs since adopting its transparency platform just a few months ago. And several Sausalito city council members have taken to pulling up budget data on their tablets in the middle of presentations with residents, civic leaders and other stakeholders.

“When it comes to responding to a citizen requests about government spending, there is nothing more powerful than being able to access the entire city’s financial records with just a few clicks,” says Francis. “What is even more exciting is the fact that this is the same information that residents can access from the comfort of their home, and that citizens feel empowered to go back to the software and find answers to their other questions about government spending.”

Atherton City Manager George Rodericks agrees: It all comes down to transparency. “The traditional process of financial reporting leaves the overwhelming majority of residents out of the loop,” he says. “We needed a new medium that would not only be user-friendly but also equip regular citizens with the tools needed to ask the right questions about how city officials are spending their tax dollars.”

With a three-member finance department, Atherton is always seeking opportunities to streamline its financial management process, and Rodericks says this platform is enabling him and other city staffers to do just that. Rather than having to personally respond to every request for financial information, for example, city officials now list frequently asked questions on Atherton’s city website and link them to corresponding charts.

“This technology has transformed the way that residents interact with local government,” says Rodericks. “On one hand, the open government platform is saving us hundreds of work hours by reducing the time that staff spends sorting through files of accounting data. On the other hand, as more citizens are using this technology we are starting to see many new inquiries come in from people interested in learning more about how local government operates.”

This, of course, is a great problem to have. By providing residents with the tools to visualize and work with government data to meet their individual needs, financial data visualization is not only increasing government transparency and accountability but also enhancing the ability of local governments to be more responsive to citizens’ needs.

GOVERNING.COM
BY STEPHEN GOLDSMITH | AUGUST 20, 2014
stephen_goldsmith@harvard.edu




Fitch: Detroit Water/Sewer Tender Would Not be a Distressed Debt Exchange.

NEW YORK, Aug 21, 2014 (BUSINESS WIRE) — The City of Detroit’s (Detroit) Aug. 7 tender offer for all Detroit Water and Sewerage (DWSD) bonds, if fully executed, would not constitute a distressed debt exchange (DDE), according to Fitch Ratings.

The tender invitation, made through and with the approval of its various officials, includes the Bonds proposed to be impaired under the Fifth Plan of Adjustment (POA) and those that were listed as unimpaired. Fitch has evaluated the terms of the tender offer in the context of Detroit’s bankruptcy.

The tender offer is not an attempt to avoid a payment default or default on other terms of the DWSD Bonds. The proposed treatment in the POA was intended to create an opportunity to call bonds at par that are not currently callable, to achieve savings, and to facilitate a potential conversion of DWSD to a regional utility or, more remotely, a privatized utility. It was not motivated by any financial distress within the DWSD itself. The tender offer is not conditioned on the tendering bondholders agreeing to any amendments to the indenture that would impair the rights of non-tendering holders.

The offered tender prices are intended to reflect current market prices. Additionally, roughly 90% of the bonds proposed to be impaired under the POA would be purchased at par or higher prices. Two percent of the proposed impaired bonds with tender prices below par are Capital Appreciation Bonds with maturities between 2016-2021, and those tender prices are more reflective of the current accreted value as opposed to the full value at maturity.

Further, bond prices below par appear in both the proposed unimpaired and impaired classes of the bonds. As noted in Fitch’s DDE criteria, a cash tender below par is not a DDE unless combined with a consent solicitation to amend restrictive covenants (that would impair rights of non-tendering bondholders).

If the tender process is completed, Detroit will amend its POA and list all DWSD Bonds as unimpaired. Detroit intends to currently refund the tendered bonds that are purchased. Detroit has a conditional commitment from financial institutions to purchase the refunding bonds used to pay the purchase price. Bonds that are not tendered will not be altered and will continue to be entitled to payment of scheduled principal and interest according to the original terms.

The Bonds are revenue bonds of the respective water and sewer system (the System) secured by first or second liens, as the case may be, on the net revenues of the respective entity. A key assumption underpinning the ratings currently maintained is that the bonds constitute “special revenue obligations” under Chapter 9 of the US Bankruptcy Code. As such, in Fitch’s view, they are legally protected from impairment in Detroit’s Chapter 9 proceedings given the clear intent in the Bankruptcy Code to carve out debt secured by special revenues.

The POA, however, listed about 43% of these Bonds (by par value) as impaired based on a proposal to remove the call protection, reduce interest coupons and subordinate bondholder security interests in certain circumstances. The bondholders rejected the POA. The bond trustee, an ad-hoc committee of certain large bondholders and others have filed objections to the POA, which has raised material legal issues. Fitch’s believes the impairment to the Bonds would likely be resolved against Detroit if pursued fully in the judicial process.

The failure of the tender offer or its rejection by Detroit will not result in the DWSD defaulting on the special revenue obligations. It would restore the parties to the terms of the POA and the DWSD Bond impairment could only then be confirmed by cramming down the DWSD bondholders. Fitch does not view confirmation of the plan and such a cram down to be a likely outcome.

Fitch notes that under Michigan law, all bonds are payable solely from the pledged System net revenues. The DWSD bonds are secured by a statutory lien on the pledged net revenues. Under Detroit charter, revenues collected for the Systems can only be used exclusively for the Systems and their debt and not in support of operations of Detroit unrelated to the Systems. Fitch also notes that certain federal court orders require Detroit to treat the enterprises separately from Detroit as they provide services to the region. Further, the lien on the net System revenues and payments of amounts due on the Bonds during a City bankruptcy are given special protection under the terms of Chapter 9 of the bankruptcy code.

The financial health of Detroit, which is impaired despite the relative financial health of DWSD, would in Fitch’s view not benefit from the cram down in any material way. In fact Fitch feels a cram down of the DWSD bonds would likely be harmful. Impairing otherwise healthy and performing special revenue debt despite the protections of federal, state and City law may make it more difficult for Detroit to issue special revenue obligations in the future.

Detroit filed a Sixth POA yesterday which generally reflects the tender process as described above. This Sixth POA provides some further information on a potential regional Authority for the operations of the System. Additionally, this POA indicates that to the extent any tendered Bonds are accepted and the process concludes, all DWSD Bonds will be unimpaired. However, if no tendered bonds are accepted then the impairment status for the Bonds generally reverts to that described in the Fifth POA.

Fitch currently rates the DWSD’s senior and subordinate Bonds ‘BB+’ and ‘BB’, respectively. Fitch also has the Bonds on Rating Watch Negative.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.

SOURCE: Fitch Ratings

Fitch Ratings
Thomas McCormick, +1 212-908-0235
Managing Director
Fitch Ratings, Inc., 33 Whitehall Street, New York, NY
or
Dan Champeau, +1 212-908-9188
Managing Director
or
Doug Scott, +1 512-215-3725
Managing Director
or
Media Relations:
Elizabeth Fogerty, +1 212-908-0526
elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - California Leads the Way.

Read the Brief.




MMA Research Seems to Counter Some Concerns About S&P Ratings.

Municipal Market Advisors’ recent research on ratings seems to counter recently raised concerns that Standard & Poor’s ratings for some local governments may be too high and out of step with current credit conditions.

Tom Kozlik, an analyst with Janney Capital Markets, expressed these concerns in a report last month and suggested S&P’s higher ratings would increase the potential for rating shopping among issuers. Nuveen last December expressed concerns about S&P upgrades of tax-backed municipal credits during the Great Recession.

But MMA’s ratings research, published in an article in its latest Weekly Outlook, provides a different view. MMA summarized the results of its recent survey of split ratings from S&P and Moody’s Investors Service on the same municipal bonds, as well as an examination of market share among the rating agencies.

“This is just data,” said Matt Fabian, an MMA managing director, “I think it shows, at a minimum, that if S&P is trying to use its ratings to increase its market share, it’s not working.”

MMA said the prevalence of split ratings increased to 46% in mid-August from 43% in November of last year. The advisory firm looked the universe of 108,000 outstanding municipal Cusips with ratings from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service that were uninsured, non-refunded, fixed rate, and with an investment grade rating from Moody’s as of Aug. 15 and compared those results to a similar survey it did as of Nov. 27, 2013.

“Consistent with the last time, split ratings are more likely at lower rating categories, with S&P more often the provider of the higher rating,” MMA said.

In addition, MMA found rating splits have increased at different rates in different rating categories as of the third quarter of this year. For example, 54% of Cusips with a Baa1 rating from Moody’s had a different rating from S&P, compared to 43% last year.

Until now, many market participants have contended that S&P’s upgrades on its methodological adjustments and Moody’s bearish view on fundamental credit quality would help S&P catch up to the higher ratings produced by Moody’s recalibration in 2010, MMA said.

But this latest “data imply that S&P’s ratings continue to move up and away from Moody’s,” the advisory firm said.

However, MMA said, “At this point, we caution against thinking that S&P’s ratings, in being higher, are necessarily less accurate. To the contrary, MMA believes that, in an asset class with such low default and impairment experience, higher ratings are better supported by the data.”

General obligation bonds have a default rate over the last year of 0.03%, with default defined as an “ongoing, uncured payment default on bondholders,” MMA said.

Defaults of tax-backed appropriation credits are more prevalent, but are still only 0.23%. The default rate is 0.03% for water/ sewer bonds and 0.06% for electric power bonds, the advisory firm said.

MMA said that S&P’s higher ratings may result from a difference in methodologies, especially with respect to loss-given-default expectations and perceptions of willingness to pay dynamics, as well as a more optimistic view of fundamental credit vectors. But it said it “find[s] little evidence” that S&P is trying to buy market share.

“In fact, the opposite appears to be occurring,” the advisory firm said. Market share for S&P this year is 81.3%, compared to 72.1% for Moody’s and 48.8% for Fitch Ratings. But while Moody’s is 9.2 percentage points behind S&P, it lagged behind S&P by 7.9 percentage points last year. Fitch’s market share gap with S&P has widened to 32.5 percentage points this year from 32.0 last year. For uninsured bonds, Moody’s and Fitch have actually closed their market share gaps with S&P slightly compared to last year.

MMA suggested that Moody’s may be becoming less negative in its ratings.

“There’s been a slowing pace of downgrades compared to upgrades in recent quarters, suggesting greater stability and marginal improvement in overall sector quality,” the firm said.

THE BOND BUYER
BY LYNN HUME
AUG 21, 2014 9:28pm ET




Fitch: CalPERS Decision Raises Pension Obligations.

Fitch Ratings-San Francisco-22 August 2014: A recent decision by the board of the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (CalPERS) will raise funding pressures on public employers, Fitch Ratings says. The state, school districts and local governments are already facing materially higher projected contributions caused by past investment results and recent actuarial changes intended to improve the sustainability of the plans over time. We expect legal and institutional battles to continue given the high stakes of pension reform for both public employers and employees.

The actuarial value of CalPERS’ unfunded pension liabilities was $57.4 billion, as of the most recent valuation date. The Aug. 20 decision expands the definition of pensionable compensation for most newly hired public workers, allowing temporary and special assignment payments, among numerous categories of compensation outside of workers’ base pay, to be included along with base pay in pension calculations.

The expanded definition of pensionable compensation exposes public employers to higher pension liabilities and contribution expenses, and appears to be a step backward from recent reforms. The Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (PEPRA) narrowed the definition of pensionable compensation for public employees in an effort to address “pension spiking,” the inflation of base pay for purposes of pension benefit calculations. This decision expands the definition of pensionable compensation, in apparent conflict with PEPRA, and will increase pension costs for public employers if implemented.

The magnitude of impact from this decision is not yet clear, but it raises more questions about the sustainability of California’s pension reform efforts, which continue to face legal and institutional challenges. Particularly worrisome to Fitch is the absence of detailed information on the analysis of its projected costs. The decision has been sharply criticized by Gov. Jerry Brown, who cited its conflicts with recent state legislation intended to reduce pension costs. City-led pension reform efforts in San Diego and San Jose remain mired in litigation while this CalPERS decision appears to open up a new front for challenging reform efforts.

Contact:

Stephen Walsh
Director
U.S. Public Finance
+1 415 732-7573
650 California Street
San Francisco, CA

Doug Offerman
Senior Director
U.S. Public Finance
+1 212 908-0889
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




WSJ: Regulators to Complete Bank 'Liquidity' Rules.

WASHINGTON—States and localities could be on the losing end of new bank rules aimed at ensuring large financial firms have enough cash to operate during a crisis.

U.S. regulators are expected to finalize safeguards next month that large banks hold enough safe assets—such as cash or those easily convertible to cash—to fund their operations for 30 days if other sources of funding aren’t available.

But the regulations are not expected to consider bonds issued by states and localities as “high quality liquid assets”–meaning such securities wouldn’t qualify for use under the new funding requirements, according to people familiar with the matter. States and localities warn that could cause banks to retreat from the $3.7 trillion municipal bond market.

“The conclusion reached by the regulators is astounding in our view,” said Tom Dresslar, a spokesman for Bill Lockyer, treasurer of California, one of the largest issuers in the municipal-bond market. “It makes no sense and it’s against the public-policy interests of the U.S., not to mention the states and local governments.”

The rules, which are under consideration by the Federal Reserve, Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, are intended to prevent a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis when financial markets froze due to a lack of liquidity. Regulators want banks to have enough ready cash on hand so they can finance themselves if markets freeze as they did in the last meltdown. Among those assets that will qualify under the rule as “liquid” are Treasurys and highly-rated debt issued by some foreign governments.

Large states, big banks and some lawmakers have mobilized to beat the back rule, which they warn will raise borrowing costs to finance roads, schools and bridges if banks retreat from the market. That effort has fallen on deaf ears, with regulators doubtful banks would abandon the municipal bond market because banks purchase municipal bonds to earn money—rather than to meet financing requirements—so their behavior is unlikely to change because of the new safeguards, according to a person familiar with the matter.

“There’s a lot of angst over it, but we don’t think it’s going to have a real impact” on the market, the person said.

Banks have ratcheted up their purchases of municipal securities in recent years and currently hold about 11% of all outstanding bonds, up from about 7% in 2004, according to the Fed. Yet regulators estimate only about half of those holdings are at large banks that will be affected by the rules. In their October proposal, the Fed, OCC and FDIC said they didn’t include municipal bonds because “these assets are not liquid and readily marketable in the U.S.” The regulators added that securities sold by “public sector entities generally have low average daily trading volumes.”

State and local officials insist that is not true and say municipal bonds meet every criterion the agencies established to define “high quality liquid assets,” such as relative price stability during crises and lower risk of default than other securities. While individual municipal securities are often thinly traded, state and local officials who borrow money in the market say that is because most investors hold their securities until maturity and not because the market is illiquid.

Ben Watkins, the head of bond finance in Florida, said the proposed rules would drive up borrowing costs and crimp the amount of infrastructure projects states and localities can finance.

“We’re higher rated than the federal government and we’re certainly better managed financially,” said Mr. Watkins, noting Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services rates the Sunshine State triple-A but has downgraded the U.S. to AA+.

Robert Donahue, a managing director at Municipal Market Advisors, said the decision to exclude state and local securities is “counterintuitive” because the debt has low default rates and under the 2010 Dodd-Frank financial law, banks have to conduct additional research to ensure they only own high-quality municipal bonds.

“If this creates a drag on bank buying of munis, that would be an unfortunate consequence of this ill-advised exemption,” he said.

By ANDREW ACKERMAN
Aug. 22, 2014 1:58 p.m. ET




SIFMA Announces Changes to the SIFMA Municipal Swap Index.

New York, NY, August 18, 2014 – SIFMA today announced it has made changes to the SIFMA Municipal Swap Index to enhance benchmark transparency, reliability and access for all users.

Effective August 20, 2014 the index will use only data that has been reported to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), and therefore is subject to regulatory oversight, in its weekly benchmark calculation. Specifically, the index will use Variable Rate Demand Obligation (VRDO) reset rates reported to the MSRB’s Short-term Obligation Rate Transparency (SHORT) system under MSRB Rule G-34. The Index Criteria will reflect that only reset rates reported to the MSRB’s SHORT System will be eligible for inclusion in the weekly Index calculation.

Additionally, the index will now be freely available to all users at the same time, at no cost, with no need for a subscription.

In order to accommodate these changes, SIFMA has contracted with Bloomberg to serve as Calculation Agent for the Index. Users can access the index on SIFMA’s website (www.sifma.org/swapdata), Bloomberg’s website (www.bloomberg.com), or via the Bloomberg Professional service.

The SIFMA Municipal Swap Index is a seven-day high-grade market index comprised of tax-exempt VRDOs and serves a benchmark for pricing municipal swap transactions. The changes we are making are consistent with the robust principles for financial benchmarks recommended by the Global Financial Markets Association, which is SIFMA’s global affiliate. More information on the index is available here: http://www.sifma.org/research/item.aspx?id=1690.




GFOA: Public Pension Investment Returns Increase by 16.9% for Year.

In the year ended June 30, 2014, U.S. state and local-government pension investments earned the highest returns seen in three years, according to a report from Wilshire Associates, as reported by Bloomberg. Public pension returns increased by 16.9%, the best performance since fiscal 2011, when returns increased by 21.2%. Funds with more than $1 billion in assets performed best, with a median increase of 17.4%, attributed to larger alternative asset allocations. In the 10 years ended June 30, U.S. public pension investments returned 7.3%. Assets of the 100 largest public funds rose to $3.2 trillion as of March 31, up by $1 trillion since the first quarter of 2009, according to U.S. Census Bureau data.

Friday, August 22, 2014




Municipal Bond Issuance Trending Down After Five Months of Gains.

“Though we’re seeing a distinct downward trend in municipal bond and international debt-related issuance volume, the overall capital markets picture is still very strong as we peer a little deeper into the second half of 2014,” said Richard Peterson, Director, Global Markets Intelligence, S&P Capital IQ. “Clearly, actions by the Federal Reserve and European Central Bank will eventually have an impact on these numbers, but, for now, we are seeing signs of continued strength in new security issuance volume.”

Read Press Release.

August 14, 2014




SIFMA Makes Changes to Muni Swap Index.

Some market participants have questioned the transparency of MMD’s indexes, and in 2012 regulators reviewed how muni market benchmarks are set. Some sources thought that the Securities and Exchange Commission’s comprehensive muni market report that year would raise questions about the indexes, but it did not.

Beginning Aug. 20, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association’s Municipal Swap Index will use only data that has been reported to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board in its weekly benchmark calculation.

SIFMA made the announcement in a release, saying the change is due in part to the fact that the data will be subject to regulatory oversight.

The index was created as a joint venture between SIFMA and Thomson Reuters affiliate Municipal Market Data in 1992 to provide market participants with a short-term index reflecting variable-rate demand obligation activity. It is used as a benchmark for pricing municipal swaps. Until now, MMD has provided the calculations for the index based on information reported from remarketing agents directly to Thomson Reuters.

Going forward, Bloomberg will calculate the index based on numbers pulled directly from the MSRB’s Short-term Obligation Rate Transparency system, or SHORT, SIFMA said. The SHORT system receives information and documents about securities bearing interest at short-term rates under MSRB Rule G-34 on CUSIP numbers, new issue and market information requirements.

Some market participants have questioned the transparency of MMD’s indexes, and in 2012 regulators reviewed how muni market benchmarks are set. Some sources thought that the Securities and Exchange Commission’s comprehensive muni market report that year would raise questions about the indexes, but it did not.

The index will be freely available to all users at no cost with no subscription required, SIFMA announced Monday. Users can access the index on SIFMA’s website, Bloomberg’s website, or via the Bloomberg Professional service.

THE BOND BUYER
BY KYLE GLAZIER
AUG 18, 2014 11:23am ET




SIFMA Announces Changes to the SIFMA Municipal Swap Index.

New York, NY, August 18, 2014 – SIFMA today announced it has made changes to the SIFMA Municipal Swap Index to enhance benchmark transparency, reliability and access for all users.

Effective August 20, 2014 the index will use only data that has been reported to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), and therefore is subject to regulatory oversight, in its weekly benchmark calculation. Specifically, the index will use Variable Rate Demand Obligation (VRDO) reset rates reported to the MSRB’s Short-term Obligation Rate Transparency (SHORT) system under MSRB Rule G-34. The Index Criteria will reflect that only reset rates reported to the MSRB’s SHORT System will be eligible for inclusion in the weekly Index calculation.

Additionally, the index will now be freely available to all users at the same time, at no cost, with no need for a subscription.

In order to accommodate these changes, SIFMA has contracted with Bloomberg to serve as Calculation Agent for the Index. Users can access the index on SIFMA’s website (www.sifma.org/swapdata), Bloomberg’s website (www.bloomberg.com), or via the Bloomberg Professional service.

The SIFMA Municipal Swap Index is a seven-day high-grade market index comprised of tax-exempt VRDOs and serves a benchmark for pricing municipal swap transactions. The changes we are making are consistent with the robust principles for financial benchmarks recommended by the Global Financial Markets Association, which is SIFMA’s global affiliate. More information on the index is available here: http://www.sifma.org/research/item.aspx?id=1690.




Tax-Free Rally Extended With August Supply Doldrums: Muni Credit.

The municipal-bond market’s record winning streak shows no signs of slowing.

State and local debt has earned 0.8 percent this month through Aug. 18, on pace for the strongest August since 2011, Bank of America Merrill Lynch data show. Munis have gained each month this year, an unprecedented performance, pushing benchmark 10-year yields to the lowest since May 2013, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

Slowing bond sales and sustained investor appetite have defined the $3.7 trillion market in 2014. This month is no exception: investors will probably face the skimpiest August calendar in three years, according to Chris Mauro, chief muni strategist at RBC Capital Markets. The issuance slump is helping munis defy forecasts that investors would lose money on tax-exempt debt in 2014.

“People have stopped holding their breath waiting for rates to go up, and that’s one of the reasons why you’re seeing demand continue,” said Peter Hayes, head of munis at New York-based BlackRock Inc. (BLK) The world’s biggest asset manager oversees about $122 billion in state and local debt.

Demand Feed

Sales have been in a yearlong decline, with supply 14 percent below the 2013 pace. States and cities will probably borrow about $22.4 billion in August, Mauro said. Meanwhile, investors will receive about $36.7 billion from principal and interest payments. Three years ago this month, municipalities sold $19.4 billion of debt, and the market earned 1.5 percent.

“The market feels fairly constructive even at these low rates,” Mauro said from New York. “Supply looks exceedingly manageable.”

This year is shaping up to be a reversal of 2013, which was the worst for munis since 2008 in part because of Detroit’s record bankruptcy filing.

At year-end, analysts at Morgan Stanley and Barclays Plc projected rising interest rates and further losses in 2014. Citigroup Inc. strategists suggested selling in April, when 10-year AAA yields were at 2.4 percent, or about 0.2 percentage point above the current level.

Yields have dropped in the past month as cash flowing into muni mutual funds chased limited supply. Muni mutual funds added $648 million last week, the fourth-biggest inflow this year, Lipper US Fund Flows data show.

Tax Haven

There is little expectation that bond offerings will pick up. Research firm Municipal Market Advisors said in a report this week that it sees “thin prospects” for fourth-quarter sales. Janney Montgomery Scott LLC has said issuance will drop every year through 2017.

For some investors, lower yields are no deterrent. Even as there are fewer bonds to choose from, higher federal tax rates are boosting the appeal of munis’ tax-free interest payments.

This year, high earners faced tax bills that for the first time included federal tax increases that took effect last year: a top marginal rate of 39.6 percent, up from 35 percent; and a 20 percent tax on long-term capital gains and dividends, up from 15 percent. The top tax bracket is the highest since 2000.

The increases coincide with a 3.8 percent tax on investment income applied to top earners last year as a result of the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

With a peak federal tax rate of 43.4 percent when including the levy on investment income, the 2.18 percent yield on benchmark 10-year munis is equivalent to a taxable rate of about 3.9 percent. Ten-year Treasuries yield 2.4 percent.

The lack of supply “has led to the continued grab for bonds in the primary market and compression of spreads,” said Joe Gotelli, who helps oversee $6 billion of munis at American Century Investments in Mountain View, California.

“Until a move in yields generates a change in perception that we’re on the forefront of negative returns going forward, you could be in this environment for some time,” he said.

By Brian Chappatta and Elizabeth Campbell
Aug 19, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporters on this story: Brian Chappatta in New York at bchappatta1@bloomberg.net; Elizabeth Campbell in Chicago at ecampbell14@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Alan Goldstein at agoldstein5@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum




WSJ: New Rules Near on Credit-Ratings Firms.

SEC Set to Finalize Measures Aimed at Preventing Conflicts of Interest; Industry Drew Criticism After Crisis

WASHINGTON—Credit-ratings firms may soon face tougher restrictions aimed at preventing a repeat of the financial crisis.

The Securities and Exchange Commission is expected as early as this month to finalize new rules meant to better police the industry, according to people familiar with the process. The effort follows criticism that ratings firms failed to adequately sound alarms about flawed mortgage securities ahead of the housing meltdown.

The rules, expected to be somewhat tougher than those proposed more than three years ago, will take additional steps to ensure that the firms’ interest in winning business doesn’t affect ratings analysis, said the people familiar with the process.

Credit raters have been lambasted by critics and lawmakers over their actions in the run-up to the 2008 financial crisis. A 2011 U.S. congressional report cited widespread and sudden downgrades of mortgage-related bonds as being perhaps “more than any other single event … the immediate trigger for the financial crisis.” The bonds had previously been given top-notch ratings by the firms.

Ratings firms have acknowledged they didn’t fully anticipate the events of the financial crisis but add that regulators and other market participants were also caught off guard.

SEC Chairman Mary Jo White has made completing the rules a top priority as she works through a backlog of unfinished regulations required by the 2010 Dodd-Frank financial law. Consumer advocates criticized the rules proposed in 2011 as weak. The measures languished at the agency until Ms. White arrived last year.

“The proposed rules were so deficient that they wouldn’t protect against problems that occurred in the crisis,” said Micah Hauptman, counsel at the Consumer Federation of America, which backs tougher rules on the industry. “Chair White has said that the commission’s responsibility is much greater than simply checking a box and getting a job done, and this is a test case.”

An SEC spokeswoman declined to comment. Credit raters say they are more regulated than in the past and welcome chances to become more transparent.

Corporations and other bond issuers pay ratings firms to provide credit-risk grades for their deals, a setup that critics say gives firms an incentive to relax their criteria to win business. The firms say they are able to manage conflicts of interest. The SEC isn’t expected to alter the so-called “issuer pays” model used by ratings firms, but it will impose stronger internal protections to protect against conflicts.

While the rules proposed in 2011 would have restricted sales and marketing officials from participating in ratings decisions, the final rules are expected to also restrict company executives, the people familiar with the rules said.

The new regulations would also hand regulators more jurisdiction to take disciplinary action when companies break the rules. Under Dodd-Frank, “There are more arrows in the SEC’s quiver,” to penalize bad actors with the proposed rules, said Scott McCleskey, a former head of compliance at Moody’s.

The SEC rules also are expected to require more ratings disclosures for investors and create a clearer process to impose penalties for violations.

“The markets must have clear and consistent rules for credit-rating agencies, and a proper regulatory framework will ensure investors have confidence in the rating process,” said Daniel Noonan, a spokesman for Fitch Ratings, which is owned by Fimalac SA and Hearst Corp.

“Moody’s will implement and abide by the final rules as published by the SEC,” said Michael Adler, a spokesman for Moody’s Investors Service.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services spokesman Ed Sweeney said the company had beefed up its compliance department in recent years but declined to comment on the pending SEC rules.

For several years, the SEC’s Office of Credit Ratings, led by Thomas J. Butler, has conducted annual industry exams and monitored the companies. But the SEC inspections, for now, have largely focused on whether raters are following their own company guidelines around ratings methodology or conflict of interest.

Credit raters have already been required to comply with postcrisis regulations in Europe and Canada. In the U.S., companies have created their own safeguards and heavily invested in risk management and compliance staffing.

Companies say they would expect a period of several months to comply with the SEC rules, whenever they are finalized.

By ANDREW ACKERMAN and TIMOTHY W. MARTIN
Aug. 14, 2014 6:22 p.m. ET




Blackrock 3Q Muni Credit Highlights: Know What You Own.

Highlights

Overview

On balance, the core of the municipal market remains on solid footing. State revenues have grown in each quarter of the past four years, according to the Rockefeller Institute of Government, though the pace of gain declined significantly in the third and fourth quarters of 2013. Weaker growth is projected for the first quarter of 2014 as well. Some of the softening in data may be due to the fact that many taxpayers accelerated their income from calendar year 2013 to calendar year 2012 to avoid the increase in federal taxes. The inconsistency in the recent data could make budgeting more difficult for states going forward.

On the expenditures side of the ledger, spending generally has remained muted. States are exhibiting a reluctance to borrow, in part due to political factors in a midterm election year. With 28 incumbent governors up for reelection in 36 states this November, few politicians want to risk rankling voters. This often results in inaction on important decisions. Onerous required pension payments are also limiting states’ ability to invest. Fixed costs associated with pensions and other post-employment benefits (OPEBs) will continue to drag on state and local finances.

Meanwhile, an improving housing market (and stronger property tax collections) is providing important stability for local budgets. The public sector should continue to add jobs, providing a small boost to U.S. employment.

PERFORMANCE REVIEW (TOTAL RETURNS)

Q2 2014 YTD 2014
By Rating Category
A 2.71 6.73
BBB 3.54 8.70
High Yield/Non-Investment Grade 2.37 8.54
Non-Rated 3.72 8.87
By State/Territory
California 2.85 7.04
New Jersey 2.07 6.00
New York 2.48 5.62
Puerto Rico -1.38 5.93
By Sector
Corporate Backed 3.39 7.91
Education 2.91 6.81
Hospitals 3.49 8.08
Housing 2.37 5.87
Land Backed 4.18 8.57
Lifecare 4.06 9.78
Tobacco 2.66 11.52
Transportation 2.97 7.21
Utilities 2.03 5.67

Source: S&P Indexes.

Places to Watch

Puerto Rico: The quick passage of legislation that would allow public corporations to restructure debt in a local process akin to bankruptcy is being received as credit negative. While general obligation (GO) and sales tax (COFINA ) bonds are excluded for now, the current or any future administration could feasibly propose legislation to restructure these securities as well. In the short run, the new law may signal Puerto Rico’s willingness to allow its corporations to selectively default to protect its GO security, but we believe the long-term implication is that the Commonwealth is broadly willing to accept default as an option. Moody’s multi-notch downgrade to several public corporations, as well as its three-notch cut to the GO rating and five-notch demotion of COFINA bonds, underscores the significant shift from a strong inclination to pay bondholders to a willingness to dilute them. Overall, Puerto Rico’s economy remains troubled, and we remain doubtful of any sustainable economic or fiscal developments in the near future.

Illinois: Efforts to address burdensome pension liabilities hit an obstacle when the Illinois Supreme Court ruled that subsidized health care premiums for retired state employees are protected under the state constitution. The decision centers on a 2012 law that allowed the state to charge retired workers for health care insurance premiums, which many had not had to pay (depending on length of service). Retired workers sued, arguing the changes violated a provision in the state constitution that declares pension benefits “shall not be diminished or impaired.” Attorneys for the state argued the constitution did not specifically protect health care benefits. The justices, however, found “nothing in the text of the Constitution that warrants such a limitation” and ruled to protect the benefits. This ruling could signal trouble for another pension overhaul plan being challenged in court. The upshot could be potential ratings pressure and price underperformance, but we are not worried about a long-term default scenario.

New Jersey: All three rating agencies downgraded the state citing persistent and growing budget gaps and limited flexibility in resolving them. New Jersey faces reduced reserves, high overall leverage and large unfunded pension liabilities. The volatile budget season ultimately closed on time after Gov. Christie cut a planned $1.57 billion pension contribution. A Superior Court judge previously ruled that the governor’s order to withhold $884 million in pension payments in FY 2014 was justified by the state’s serious fiscal situation and limited time to amend the budget, but she withheld judgment on the FY 2015 payment cut.

California: Moody’s upgraded California from A1 to Aa3, its highest rating in over a decade. The upgrade was based on improving debt metrics, strong liquidity, robust employment growth and recent governance changes. We are watching the pending expiration of temporary tax hikes (sales tax in 2016 and personal income tax in 2018) to discern the potential impact on credit and bond valuations.

Sector Watch

Utilities: Severe drought conditions in places such as California and Texas have led to increased conservation efforts and, in some areas, mandatory cutbacks in water consumption. While drought conditions, and decreased demand may lead to some financial underperformance for water utilities in the near term, we believe most are well prepared to manage through these conditions, having navigated similar circumstances in the past. Additionally, many utilities have invested significant capital to expand storage capacity, acquire additional water rights and supplement existing supplies through technology, including water reuse and desalinization. These investments should prove beneficial, as little drought relief is expected in these areas through the normally dry summer months.

Health Care: In response to concerns regarding wait times experienced by veterans seeking health care through the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Congress passed with overwhelming support the Veterans Access to Care Act. The upshot is that health care providers outside the official VA system may start seeing more veteran patients to alleviate delays in care. Any services provided by a facility not under an existing VA contract would be reimbursed at rates set by the VA, Tricare or Medicare, whichever is greatest. Private providers in the respective service areas will reap the most benefit. An example is in the Phoenix outpatient market, where Banner Health and Dignity Health could see an uptick in utilization.

Trend Watch

Employment: The public sector, especially local governments, has continued to add (net) jobs, providing a small boost to overall employment. Local jobs saw an increase of roughly 22,000 in May, with the bulk of the gains in education. This bounce is not unexpected, as school districts have begun to fully benefit from both the continued restoration of state aid and an improvement in property taxes as recent gains in property values are recognized in assessed valuations.

Bond Protections: Lower-rated issuers are taking advantage of investors’ increased risk appetite and a lack of muni bond supply. For example, a marginally investment-grade Illinois health system offered bonds with virtually no legal protection for the construction of a hospital. The deal did not have a debt service reserve fund or a mortgage lien, protections investors typically require. With muni issuance down 50%, the acceptance of such “covenant-lite” deals is little surprise and a trend worth watching.

Quarterly Spotlight: Tobacco

With a return of 11.52%, tobacco was the best-performing sector in the S&P municipal indexes in the first half of the year, providing a return nearly double that of main index’s 6.08%. What is driving this outperformance and is it sustainable?

Drivers of Performance

With yields still near historic lows and the Fed in no particular hurry to raise interest rates, investors are hungry for income. Tobacco bonds offer yield in a low-rate environment, attracting crossover buyers and improving liquidity.

While the tobacco sector represents only 1% of the municipal bond market, it is one of the more liquid sectors due to its deal size. To date, 19 states and territories have issued bonds backed by their payments under the tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (MSA).* The average deal size of $1.5 billion is large enough to allow institutional investors and broker/dealers to invest with some price transparency. With bellwether names offering yields roughly 4% greater than AAA -rated munis, some investors feel they are being compensated for the risk. We are not so sure.

Declining Consumption Presents a Risk

Larger-than-expected declines in tobacco use could be bad news for tobacco bondholders, as their payments are based on cigarette consumption and currently assume annual declines below 3%. But the rate of decline in cigarette shipments has been accelerating. Since the MSA was signed in 1998, the rate of decline has averaged 2.55%. In the past 10 years, however, the rate of decline was 3.16%. It was 4.55% over the past five years and 4.8% in 2013. Earlier bond deals were structured under the assumption that the rate of decline would average 1.8%; deals originated in 2007 used 2.9%. This has caused early bond deal cash flows to fall short of expectations, prompting draws on some reserve funds and defaults as early as 2023.

Investors are aware that consumption and, therefore, tobacco bond cash flows are declining. What makes tobacco-backed bonds unique is that the states will continue to receive payments, so even defaulted bonds will continue to receive a cash flow for years after their maturity date. Some investors model these cash flows and use an internal rate of return calculation to determine a discount rate and price level they are willing to accept for the presumably perpetual annual payment. But is it safe to assume that payments, while declining, will continue in perpetuity? Perhaps not, particularly given the headwinds to consumption.

Many factors negatively impact consumption, including price hikes, increases in state and federal excise taxes, less disposable income, smoking bans, packaging and marketing restrictions, and graphic warning labels, to name a few. But an even more substantial threat lies in the increasing popularity of electronic cigarettes (e-cigs).

The Significance of E-Cigs

Sales of e-cigs have grown from a few hundred million in 2010 to $2.2 billion in 2013. While scientific research into the safety of e-cigs is limited, the majority of the findings so far indicate they are significantly less harmful than combustible cigarettes. The FDA, in fact, has acknowledged e-cigs’ potential as a less harmful alternative to smoking.

The big-three tobacco manufacturers have entered the e-cig market and are widely expected to dominate the category. Meanwhile, consumer acceptance of the product is also on the rise given both health and cost advantages. Disposable e-cigs cost 40% less than an equivalent number of combustible cigarettes, and vaporizers cost 90% less. Estimates around the timing vary, but most expect e-cigs could eventually replace combustible cigarettes.

E-cigs are not considered tobacco products under the MSA, so no payment is required to the states. Every cigarette replaced by an e-cig reduces the payments made to states under the MSA. As such, it would not be surprising if the cash flows under the MSA do not experience a steady decline (continuing in perpetuity), but rather, drop dramatically as e-cigarettes completely replace cigarettes.

What’s an Investor to Do?

Tobacco bonds vary in credit quality, with ratings ranging from AAA to CCC. At BlackRock, we use a sophisticated model to run a series of cash flow scenarios, recognizing that each deal, and more specifically, each maturity within a deal, will perform differently under various stress levels. We believe this type of analysis is critical and, for that reason, we recommend investors relegate the work of navigating the tobacco sector to a professional money manager.

Strategy and Outlook

On balance, we favor states over locals and higher-yielding revenue sectors with strong credit fundamentals over GO bonds. In terms of quality preferences, we are biased toward the A-rated part of the credit spectrum and are using market strength to migrate up in quality.

High yield municipals have continued to capture a large share of investor assets this year and have outperformed the broader market. This reflects an investor reach for yield in a low-rate world and we would advise investors to be discerning in their choice of credits. We remain cautious toward those sectors that still face significant challenges, such as tobacco, lifecare and land-secured bonds.

Finally, overall market performance in 2014 has exceeded expectations, and that realization comes with an ounce of caution. The pace of gain is unlikely to continue unabated. This points to the importance of knowing what you own, and knowing what to avoid in the current investment climate.

Q3 MUNICIPAL CREDIT PREFERENCES

Places We Like… Based on… Places for Pause… Based on…
  • Intermountain West
  • Gulf Coast
Faster economic growth driven
by lower costs, better business climates, favorable population
trends
  • Rust Belt
Urban municipalities with high legacy costs and
deteriorating tax base
  • Great Plains
Strong global demand for commodities
  • Sun Belt
Exurbs exposed to boom/bust housing cycles
  • Southeast
  • Midwest
Select areas benefiting from a resurgence in U.S. manufacturing
  • Puerto Rico
Severe economic recession, high debt,
population declines

 

Revenue Bonds Look for Avoid
Utilities Providers that enjoy monopolistic status and rate-setting autonomy Providers beset with aging infrastructure and regulatory pressures
Airports Large-market hub locations with international exposure Regional airports exposed to airline route realignment
Toll Roads Established roadways with higher toll rates Managed-lane models struggling to gain acceptance
Hospitals National systems and regional providers operating in growing service areas with balance sheets able to handle potential changes in reimbursements under the ACA Stand-alone providers located in markets with weak demographic characteristics and lacking financial flexibility
Education Large public universities; private institutions with strong demand and significant endowments Niche institutions overly reliant on tuition discounting to maintain demand

 

Aug 4, 2014
James Schwartz, CFA
Managing Director, Head of Municipal Credit Research

Timothy J. Milway, CFA
Director and Credit Research Analyst




PWC: Ten Key Points from the SEC’s Final Money Market Rule.

No major surprises, but big open question After six years of debate over the risks and operations of money market funds (MMFs) – and events such as the fall of Lehman Brothers, breaking the buck at the Reserve Primary Fund, rancor between financial regulators, and hundreds of industry comment letters – the SEC finally adopted MMF reform on July 23rd. The final rule will fundamentally alter certain aspects of MMF operations and accounting, and the way these funds are viewed by investors.

The final rule combines approaches set forth in the SEC’s proposal last summer to: (1) require institutional prime MMFs to float their Net Asset Values (NAV) and (2) provide tools to all MMF boards to discourage and prevent runs by investors through the use of redemption fees and gates. A key necessity for reaching the SEC’s 3-2 vote in favor of the rule was the Treasury Department’s and IRS’s concurrent issuance of rules mitigating the tax compliance costs for institutional prime MMFs investors (whose investments will be subject to the floating NAV).

The clock is now ticking. MMFs have two years to implement the floating NAV and fees/gates requirements. MMFs also have 18 months to implement additional requirements for diversification, stress testing, disclosure, and reporting (Form PF and Form N-MFP), and nine months to implement requirements for reporting material events on a new Form N-CR.

Impact

1. Potential structural changes within the MMF industry.  The floating NAV requirement may drive institutional prime MMF shareholders to move their cash to government MMFs or non-MMF alternatives that offer reasonable principal protection and slightly higher yield. This would likely cause industry repositioning as traditional sponsors – and new market entrants – innovate new products to meet investors’ short-term cash management needs. Furthermore, institutional prime MMF advisers may decide that Rule 2a-7’s risk-limiting provisions for MMFs are not worth the headaches without the stable NAV their funds have traditionally enjoyed.

2. Implementation challenges.  MMFs and their sponsors will need to make necessary operational and compliance modifications to their systems and controls in order to implement floating NAV and fees/gates requirements by mid-2016. Two years may appear to be a long time, but in our view the challenges are significant (several comments on the proposed rule from key industry participants asserted that three years was a more reasonable implementation period). The SEC’s Division of Investment Management has formed a working group to monitor the rule’s impact and consider pragmatic solutions to assist with implementation challenges. There may be opportunities for engagement with SEC staff to work through these issues.

3. Will the reforms work?  Until the next market crisis, it is difficult to know if the rule will achieve the objective of stabilizing MMFs, deterring investor runs, and preventing systemic ripple effects on other funds and financial asset prices – all without undermining the popularity of the $3 trillion industry among retail and individual investors. This is a clear concern of the industry who commented heavily on the proposal and of the regulators who made several changes to the proposed rule in response.

Key changes from the proposal

4. Reduced flexibility for government MMFs.  Government funds remain exempt from floating their NAVs under the final rule, and can still opt into the gates and fees provisions if disclosed. However, the final rule defines a “government MMF” as one that invests at least 99.5% (increased from 80%) of its total assets in government securities, cash, or repos that are collateralized solely by government securities or cash. This significant decrease in the ability to invest in non-government securities will impact investment strategies and returns for these funds.

5. “Retail MMF” definition improved.  Instead of distinguishing between retail and institutional MMFs based on maximum daily redemptions allowed (as proposed), a “retail MMF” will be one that has policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit its shareholders to natural persons. This change meets an industry request, but funds will still have to work with omnibus account holders (e.g., brokers and pension administrators) to make this definition workable.

6. More flexibility for MMF boards when imposing fees/gates.  The SEC made three changes to the fees/gates proposal in order to address legitimate concerns from commenters that these tools could actually incentivize or exacerbate runs instead of prevent them:

The MMF board’s discretion to implement redemption gates or liquidity fees (up to 2%) will kick in when weekly liquid assets fall below 30% (as opposed to 15% in proposal). The SEC views this change as making it more difficult for shareholders to out-guess and front-run the timing of board decisions.

A 1% default redemption fee would be required if weekly liquid assets fall below 10%, but the board would still have the ability to waive, increase, or decrease this fee upon determination of what fee (if any) is in the best interest of the MMF and its shareholders. The default rate changed from 2% to 1% as requested by many commenters.

The maximum gate period is 10 business days in any 90 calendar day period (instead of 30 business days as proposed). The hope is that this shorter gate will reduce run incentives.

7. Amortized cost accounting remains for retail and government funds.  NAV calculations and transaction processing based on amortized cost accounting will still be allowed for MMFs other than institutional prime MMFs (the proposal would have done away with amortized cost accounting for all MMFs). This will allow intra-day NAV calculations and settlements, thus permitting retail and government MMFs to continue offering desirable features like check writing and ATM withdrawals. However, because all MMFs will still be required to post daily market-based NAVs on their websites, even retail and government funds will have to invest in additional operational/systems resources. The SEC also maintained the required basis-point rounding for all market-based NAV calculations (i.e., four decimal places for $1 NAV MMFs).

8. Refined stress testing.  A key focus of required stress testing will now be on the MMF’s ability to maintain weekly liquid assets of at least 10%, consistent with the new redemption fee threshold.

9. Modest relief for municipal MMFs.  While municipal MMFs did not receive the industry’s desired blanket-exemption from the floating NAV requirement, the SEC did give some diversification relief to these funds. The final rule allows municipal MMFs to concentrate up to 15% of their assets subject to guarantees or demand features from one entity (the proposal would have limited this to a maximum of 10% for each entity).

What’s next?

10. SEC to share the spotlight with industry, investors, and … FSOC (again).  MMF advisers and other service providers will begin assessing the rule’s major impacts on systems, reporting, technology, and board communications. Meanwhile, investors – especially institutional investors – will evaluate the desirability of MMFs as their default home for short-term cash. Finally, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), which has long been vocal on the need for MMF reform, will be weighing in on the sufficiency of the SEC’s new reforms and providing clues as to whether the rule will impact its next steps for designating certain asset managers as systemically important.




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - Issuer Disclosure

Read the Brief.




PennDOT Takes on P3S as States Cope with P3 Complexity.

The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette concluded a four-part report discussing P3s in Pennsylvania and across the country Wednesday with in-depth coverage of Pennsylvania’s current P3 projects and an examination of the common anxieties governments and the public have about P3s.

Part three of the paper’s series describes PennDOT’s rapid bridge replacement program, efforts to implement P3s along Pennsylvania waterways, and details on the state’s P3 law.

The rapid bridge replacement program will allow a single company to take on hundreds of bridge replacements across the state, streamlining much of the design and manufacturing processes to save taxpayer money.

Pennsylvania’s recently passed P3 law allows the state’s Public Private Transportation Partnership Board to oversee the projects and allows the legislature to veto some projects involving state-owned facilities. The effort Pennsylvania put into its P3 law is evident, Steve Park, an attorney for Ballard Spahr in Philadelphia, told the Post-Gazette.

“It allows for flexibility for PennDOT, but there’s also a good measure of safeguarding to protect the public interest,” Park said.

In the conclusion to the four-part series, the Post-Gazette argues P3s are poor policy, fraught with hazard for governments ill-equipped to oversee complex P3 contracts. Further, businesses looking to partner with the government often overestimate the profit stream P3s will generate, leading to financial difficulty after project completion.

The story cites academic research, government officials, lawyers and public advocates all roundly dismissing P3s as an acceptable option for state governments.

Aug. 10: The ‘P3’ dilemma: How effective are public-private partnerships

Aug. 11: The ‘P3’ dilemma: Partnerships often fall short of taxpayers’ expectations

Aug 12: The ‘P3’ dilemma: Pennsylvania is moving ahead with P3 plans

Aug. 13 The ‘P3’ dilemma: States learn partnerships come with hazards

NCPPP
By Editor August 14, 2014




Flagstaff Funds Wildfire Prevention with Bonds.

The Arizona city is likely the only in the country to pay for wildfire prevention with bond money and is being looked to as a national model for leveraging federal funds.

The cash-strapped U.S. Forest Service is way behind in treating its lands to prevent wildfires. So Flagstaff, a northern Arizona city that sits in the middle of a national forest and sees 300 fires a year, is paying for treatment on nearby federal lands itself.

The city is spending $10 million to thin 15,000 acres of forest in an effort to make Flagstaff more resilient in the face of bigger forest fires, floods, violent storms and temperature extremes. The money is coming from city bonds funded by a property tax hike approved two years ago.

Work on state-owned land has already started, but the biggest share of the effort, in the Coconino National Forest, could start as soon as next spring.

It is, as far as Flagstaff leaders can tell, the only city in the country tapping bond money for wildfire prevention. A handful of other cities, such as Denver, Santa Fe, N.M. and Ashland, Ore., have paid for similar efforts with other funding sources.

“We could just continue to pound on our congressman and senators and the Forest Service” for more federal money to fund the treatment, said Paul Summerfelt, the Flagstaff fire department’s wildland fire management officer. “The end result of that is just a lot of yelling and screaming and not a lot gets done … There’s not enough money in the Treasury for the work that needs to be done.”

Instead, the city has worked for nearly two decades to try to mitigate the damage of nearby fires. “When all of this began to emerge, there was a paradigm in the community that every tree was good, every fire was bad and we needed to save everything,” Summerfelt said.

But the city government, with the fire department taking the lead, showed residents the benefits of forest management by treating woods and using controlled burns, mostly on private lands. Researchers at Northern Arizona University, which is in Flagstaff, helped educate the public, too. The city adopted a new fire code to address the threat of wildfires specifically . In 2006, residents saw how a fire that raged in untreated forests quieted when it reached treated areas.

The difference is most easily seen after fires are put out, Summerfelt said. Untreated areas are black; treated areas are still green. “It goes from a crown fire with 150-foot flames above the crowns of the trees down to a ground fire, where it’s 3 or 4 feet off the ground and we can deal with it,” he said. Often, residents can return to their homes the evening after a fire enters a treated area.

By the time the bond question went before Flagstaff residents in 2012, it passed with 74 percent of the vote.

Since Flagstaff agreed to pay for the project out of its own pockets, the city has attracted another $1.6 million in grants. Most of that has come from the U.S. Forest Service, because the agency is interested in using the project as a model for how to leverage federal funds in other areas, Summerfelt said.

The effort comes as wildfires have become more common and costly. The years that have seen the most widespread fire damage, in terms of total acres burned, have all occurred since 2004. Three of those years — 2006, 2007 and 2012 — saw more than 9 million acres burned, roughly the size of Massachusetts and Connecticut combined. The costs of putting out the fires are also mounting. The annual bill for fire suppression nationwide topped $1.7 billion in each of the last three years.

Experts say the fires are becoming more dangerous because of global warming, a build-up of fuel in forests and the encroachment of development into forested areas.

Flagstaff itself has seen increasingly volatile weather, said city manager Kevin Burke. The city, with an elevation of 7,000 feet, has endured brutal snowstorms, searing heat and even tornadoes in recent years.

But the main threat comes from forest fires and the flooding that often follows those fires. Flagstaff’s treatment plan focuses on two areas near town where that flooding would be especially dangerous.

The first is the Dry Lake Hills area north of town, and adjacent to a swath of land that burned four years ago. High winds burned 15,000 acres in the 2010 Schultz wildfire, which forced 1,000 residents from their houses and stripped the slopes of the San Francisco Peaks. When torrential rains came four weeks later, rivers of dark water washed out roads, broke water lines and killed a 12-year-old girl in a flash flood.

But the consequences would be even worse, if a large fire broke out in the Dry Lake Hills, city officials said, because it would pose a greater threat to downtown and the campus of Northern Arizona University.

The second area targeted for treatment is near Lake Mary, south of Flagstaff, which supplies half of the city’s water. Floodwaters filled with soot and sediment could render the city’s water treatment plant on the lake useless. To make up for the lost water, the city would have to drill 11 new wells at the cost of $2 million apiece.

Without city action, the selected areas are unlikely to attract interest from private companies that bid on forest management projects, said Burke. Some of the areas are so steep that cables or helicopters would be needed to remove logs. Other parts are populated by trees that are too thin to make good lumber.

GOVERNING.COM
BY DANIEL C. VOCK | AUGUST 11, 2014




GASB: Auditor Survey on the Effectiveness of Statement 34.

The Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) is currently conducting pre-agenda research to inform its assessment of the effectiveness of Statement No. 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, and related standards. The objective of this research is to gather feedback on these broad questions:

The GASB has developed an online survey to gather feedback from auditors of governmental financial statements. The GASB would greatly appreciate you taking the time to complete the auditor survey, which can be accessed here.

It is anticipated that the survey will take longer than a typical GASB survey, given the magnitude of the requirements in Statement 34. You can, however, download a copy of the survey in its entirety to consider before entering your responses into the online version. The deadline for completing the survey is Friday, August 15, 2014.

Your input is vital to the GASB’s standards-setting process. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact Roberta Reese (rereese@gasb.org) or Lisa Parker (lrparker@gasb.org).




Pension Disputes Raise Transparency Questions for Advisors, Investors.

Financial advisors with tax-free municipal bond funds in their client portfolios may want to reconsider investing in those securities in the wake of the settlement of fraud charges leveled against the state of Kansas.

Federal regulators with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) announced that they had settled with Kansas over misleading investors about the financial health of its public employee pension system in 2009 and 2010.

It is the third settlement with the states in the past four years. Illinois settled last year and New Jersey in 2010.

The repercussions of the underreporting and nondisclosure surrounding pension liabilities mean that retail and institutional financial advisors, fund managers and investors are exposed to risks they don’t know about.

SEC regulators said Kansas had accepted the settlement offer “without admitting or denying the findings.”

LeeAnn Ghazil Gaunt, chief of the SEC Enforcement Division’s Municipal Securities and Public Pensions Unit, said that inadequate disclosure of the state’s multibillion-dollar pension liability had left investors with an “incomplete picture of the state’s finances and its ability to repay the bonds.”

Gov. Sam Brownback said that his administration has adopted policies to disclose pension liabilities in bond offerings.

The Kansas settlement represents the latest attempt by the SEC to bring more clarity and transparency to the $3.7 trillion municipal securities market.

Relatively opaque and loosely regulated compared to the U.S. Treasury market, the municipal market is crying out for more transparency and reform, according to critics and watchdogs.

Over the past several months, the SEC has also brought charges against regional improvement districts and authorities as regulators seek to impose tighter reporting standards and better disclosure among municipal market participants.

Last year, the ratings agency Moody’s Investors Service said it would implement changes to the way it analyzes and adjusts pension liabilities as part of its credit analysis of local and state governments.

Moody’s Managing Director Timothy Blake said the changes would provide more “transparency and comparability in pension liability measure for use in credit analysis.”

Pension obligations “represent a growing source of budgetary pressure for many governments,” Blake said.

The ways in which the pension obligations are reported varies widely, “and we believe liabilities are underreported from a balance sheet perspective,” he added.

While the majority of municipal obligations are manageable, pension funding has declined since 2000, when liabilities started to grow faster than assets, according to a study by the Pew Charitable Trusts.

In the SEC’s latest case involving Kansas, investigators said that from August 2009 through July 2010, the Kansas Development Financial Authority raised $273 million through eight series of bonds without disclosing the existence of unfunded liabilities in the Kansas pension system.

Kansas Public Employees Retirement System, or KPERS, manages defined benefit plans for about 1,400 public employers in Kansas, of which the state is the largest employer. KPERS had an unfunded liability of $7.7 billion by the end of 2009.

That made KPERS the second-most underfunded statewide public pension system in the nation after Illinois, according to an analysis by the Pew Center on the States.

SEC investors said that from 2004 to 2009, on the advice of outside accounts, the state changed the way KPERS’ pension liabilities were reported in the state’s annual financial report.

During the five-year period, state financial reports “made no reference to the state’s substantially underfunded pension plan,” even as other states around the country were disclosing similar information, the SEC said.

Similar settlements between the SEC and Illinois last March, and New Jersey in August 2010, involved much larger numbers.

SEC investigators said that in connection with multiple bond offerings raising more than $2.2 billion from 2005 to 2009, the state of Illinois mislead bond investors not only about the adequacy of its pension funding, but about changes to the pension funding plans which include lower pension contributions, as well.

The SEC also said that revealing the “structural underfunding “ of the Illinois pension system to investors would have offered investors a more accurate picture of the state’s financial condition and it’s future financial prospects.

As of fiscal year 2012, unfunded public pension liabilities were as high as $94.5 billion, and the funded ratio was only 40 percent according to the Pew Charitable Trusts.

In the case of New Jersey, the SEC said the state misrepresented and “failed to disclose material information” regarding the underfunding of the Teachers’ Pension and Annuity Fund and the Public Employees’ Retirement System.

The misrepresentations were in connection with the sale of more than $26 billion in municipal bonds from August 2001 to April 2007, the SEC said.

International Travel Means Big Opportunities for Producers this Summer.

Pew lists New Jersey with a fiscal year 2012 unfunded public pension liability of $47.2 billion and a funding ratio of 65 percent.

By Cyril Tuohy
InsuranceNewsNet

Cyril Tuohy is a writer based in Pennsylvania. He has covered the financial services industry for more than 15 years. Cyril may be reached at cyril.tuohy@innfeedback.com.

© Entire contents copyright 2014 by InsuranceNewsNet.com Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this article may be reprinted without the expressed written consent from InsuranceNewsNet.com.




Congress Considers Reviving Risky Bonds to Boost Small Businesses.

Industrial development bonds historically have the highest default rate, but a bill in Congress would revamp them.

IDBs are the bad boys of the muni market. The less-than-stellar reputation comes because industrial development bonds, as they are otherwise known, default more than almost any other municipal bond. General obligation bonds, for instance, hardly ever default. Revenue bonds default only slightly more often. But IDBs account for 28 percent of all municipal bond defaults.

Perhaps it’s because of this and the Great Recession that IDBs are no longer a favored economic development tool for state and local governments. Initially offered to help small, local companies find comparatively inexpensive financing to create jobs, IDB issuance is down by 70 percent, or roughly $700 million, from its peak in 2007.

Jason Rittenberg, director of research and advisory services at the Council of Development Finance Agencies (CDFA), thinks he knows what’s holding IDBs back. I recently talked to him about the future of IDBs and about a bill in Congress to revive them.

Beyond the recession’s effect, what do you see as the problem with IDBs?

One big reason for the decline in issuance of IDBs is that the portion of the revenue code [it’s contained in] has not seen a significant revision since 1986. We at CDFA believe that if the code were updated to reflect the larger size of small manufacturers today, as well as the types of facilities manufacturers need to be effective, we would see more use of IDBs. For instance, a change in the code would make it easier for high-tech firms to have research facilities included as part of bond issuance. And seeing more use is important because low-cost capital helps small manufacturers grow and create more high-quality, high-paying jobs. Depending on the company, they might be able to get lower than traditional cost financing. As lending rates increase, this will be much more affordable.

IDBS usually come to market without a credit rating and without insurance. They have a relatively high rate of default. Is that a problem? Should legislation do anything to make them safer?

They are a higher risk asset than some other muni bonds. A general obligation bond is backed by the general revenue of a municipality so they have low default rates. But IDBs and other private activity bonds have higher yields. They’re a worthwhile investment for those interested. This bill is not going to address that, but it is not going to make it more of a concern. IDBs are an asset that should be looked at by sophisticated investors. Unrated debt is generally understood to be a higher risk than rated debt and therefore produces higher yields for the investors. Often, it is secured by a credit enhancement [that is sometimes rated] and therefore a default does not necessarily preclude repayment to the investor.

Given the temperament of this Congress and its inability to pass almost any legislation, what sort of chance do you think the Modernizing American Manufacturing Bonds Act has? Is there a danger in it skirting dangerously close to tax reform that might set limits on muni bond issuance?

It’s difficult to predict the success of this bill, but it has bipartisan support. It is looking at modernizing the code, not creating a new vehicle.

Is it skirting close to looking at the muni market? A better way to look at it is not as tax reform or as a muni bond issue, but as an issue in creating jobs. If you look at the merits of what the country is trying to do with the national economy, this bill would be seen as effective and be passed. This is a vehicle that issuing authorities can use to support businesses in communities, especially companies that feed into the supply chain of major manufacturers, such as auto plants and airplanes. These smaller manufacturers are a huge job creation machine. Local officials want to support those smaller manufacturers in their communities. A lot of times these bonds are going to companies with a handful of employees; the capital is used to grow them into the next level. It’s economic gardening. It isn’t money going to speculative startups, but to small companies that have a track record.

GOVERNING.COM
BY PENELOPE LEMOV | AUGUST 14, 2014




Tobacco Settlement Bonds: The Next Cloud on the Horizon for Municipal Bonds?

As the young gas station attendant says at the end of the movie Terminator “there is a storm coming.” While Detroit and Puerto Rico’s financial struggles continue to rattle the municipal bond market, the over $87 billion state issued tobacco settlement bond market is another potential dark cloud worthy of watching.

A recent article in the Huffington Post ‘How Wall Street Tobacco Deals Left States With Billions of Toxic Debt’ initiates an important discussion on the future of the future of this large sector of bonds. The S&P Municipal Bond Tobacco Index has returned over 10.6% year to date as it leads all other municipal bond sectors in performance. These impressive short term gains mask the risk associated with these bonds. Two of the largest risks are that the average credit quality of bonds in this sector is well below investment grade and the heavy issuance of zero coupon bonds creates a sector that has one of the longest durations in the municipal bond market.

Why worry now? The hazardous combination of credit and interest rate risk. Repayment of these bonds is heavily dependent upon sales of tobacco products in the U.S. at a time when U.S. tobacco consumption is declining. The long duration of bonds in this sector make it highly vulnerable to when interest rates begin to rise – the prices of these bonds will fall more quickly and by a larger amount when interest rates begin to rise.

Seeking Alpha
Aug. 11, 2014 8:13 AM ET
By J.R. Rieger




S&P Widens Lead Over Moody’s as Bond Upgrades Surge: Muni Credit.

Standard & Poor’s is pulling away from Moody’s Investors Service in the business of grading U.S. municipal bonds. Janney Montgomery Scott LLC’s Tom Kozlik says the gains reflect local governments shopping for the best ratings.

Of the $164 billion of long-term, fixed-rate debt issued this year through July, about 86 percent carried an S&P grade, while 74 percent used Moody’s, data compiled by Bloomberg show. The difference of 12 percentage points is the biggest since at least 2007 and up from 5 percentage points in 2011 and 2012. S&P says its market share ranged from 86 percent to 91 percent in the six years through 2013.

A new methodology that S&P began implementing last year to assess localities will elevate more credits than it lowers, the New York-based company has said. While Moody’s cut more muni ratings than it lifted in the first half of the year — a trend that has held for 22 quarters — S&P says it upgraded 1,255 public-finance issuers and reduced 410. The six-month tally of S&P upgrades compares with 1,415 in all of 2013 and 543 in 2012.

“This differentiation in S&P and Moody’s should be problematic to investors who are counting on these ratings and trading oftentimes based only on the ratings,” Kozlik, a municipal credit analyst at Janney in Philadelphia, said in a telephone interview.

“Issuers’ actions to not include Moody’s anymore are oftentimes because Moody’s is a notch or two or three lower,” said Kozlik, who published a report last month titled “Are S&P’s Local Government Ratings Too High?”

Conflicting View

Investors in the $3.7 trillion municipal market rely on the two biggest rating companies, both of which trace their roots back more than a century, to satisfy mandates requiring they buy bonds rated above specified levels. Yet they’re skeptical because of outsize ratings changes on issuers as large as Puerto Rico and as small as Vadnais Heights, Minnesota. Both have faced single downgrades of three or more levels.

Investors’ view of the companies is further muddied by the industry’s reigning business model, in which issuers pay for credit grades and can choose among ratings. Dallas-Fort Worth International Airport and Chicago Park District are among borrowers that dropped ratings in the past year from Moody’s. The airport is graded one step lower by Moody’s than S&P, and the Chicago district five steps lower.

‘Careful’ Approach

In June, 11 issuers published only an S&P rating even though they also had Moody’s grades, according to Kozlik. The S&P rating was higher in every case.

“Whether someone decides to use one rating or another, we don’t control that,” said Jeff Previdi, one of the primary analysts on the criteria change for S&P, a unit of McGraw Hill Financial Inc. (MHFI) “What we do control is our analytics. We’re going to be measured on our opinions as to how they perform over time, so you can be certain that we’re going to be very careful and informed.”

Thomas Lemmon, a Moody’s spokesman, declined to comment on market share or the decisions of specific issuers. For this year through July, the company’s market share in munis is the lowest in Bloomberg data starting in 2008.

S&P, the world’s largest credit grader by outstanding ratings, and its peers drew scrutiny after they helped fuel a global housing bubble by awarding top scores to subprime mortgage investments.

Ratings Campaign

McGraw Hill and S&P face a Justice Department lawsuit, filed in February 2013, which alleges S&P deliberately understated the risk of securities backed by residential loans. S&P has said it will defend itself “vigorously” against the “meritless” claims.

Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Ratings in 2011 also settled claims by Connecticut that they unfairly gave lower grades to public bonds, leading the state, municipalities and school districts to pay higher interest rates than they should have.

That followed a campaign in 2008 by muni issuers led by California Treasurer Bill Lockyer for raters to elevate grades on states and localities. Moody’s and Fitch recalibrated their muni ratings in 2010 to a global scale.

When S&P finishes applying its new criteria for local governments, it estimates that 30 percent of the more than 4,000 issuers will have higher grades. Previdi said the company first focused on municipalities most likely to have their ratings changed, which helps explain the pace of this year’s upgrades. A recovering economy has also contributed to the increase, he said.

Share Range

“Over the past several years our market share has generally been in the mid-to-high 80 percent range,” Ed Sweeney, an S&P spokesman, said in an e-mailed statement. “We haven’t seen a significant divergence from that trend following the criteria change.”

S&P has an 89 percent market share this year through July, the highest since 2010, according to Sweeney.

The new methodology involves scoring a municipality on a scale of 1 to 5, with 1 being the strongest, on areas including the economy, management and budgetary performance.

“The problem with changing their criteria is it materially impacts ratings sometimes,” even when issuers’ fiscal health is unchanged, said Lyle Fitterer, who oversees $34 billion of munis at Wells Capital Management in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin. “If a bond is rated, you have to use the ratings that are out there. It does impact your willingness to own it or buy more of it.”

Makes Sense

Having multiple rating companies offers states and cities opportunities to seek higher grades to lower borrowing costs, which “makes all the sense in the world,” Kozlik said.

Dallas’s largest airport stopped getting a Moody’s rating this year, said Michael Phemister, the facility’s vice president of treasury management. It paid Moody’s about $500,000 to rate its 2013 bond deals, compared with ranges of about $350,000 to $400,000 for S&P and Fitch, he said.

Moody’s didn’t give enough credit to the region around the airport, Phemister said. The company also cut its debt in March 2013 to A2, one level lower than S&P’s A+ and two steps below the AA- assigned by Kroll Bond Rating Agency Inc. this year. The company began grading muni issuers two years ago.

The Chicago Park District, Chicago Transit Authority and the Wisconsin Department of Transportation have also turned to Kroll for ratings, all of which are higher than Moody’s.

“That’s the curse of a new rating agency,” Jim Nadler, president of Kroll in New York, said in a telephone interview. “No one is going to add a fourth rating that is lower. You’ll never see the ones that we turn away or gave lower ratings to.”

Fee Factor

Moody’s, for its part, is also seeing the ratio of downgrades to upgrades improve as the economy rebounds, said Naomi Richman, an analyst in New York. The company revised its outlook on local governments to stable from negative in December. In June, it raised ratings on California and New York, which combined have more than $148 billion in debt.

Fees can also play a role in choosing a ratings company. Wisconsin’s $587 million general-obligation deal last year had ratings from Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Kroll, according to David Erdman, the state’s assistant capital finance director. It paid the firms $100,000, $76,000, $55,000 and $50,000, respectively.

Revenue matters even more now in the muni business than in the past few years because states and cities are selling less debt, leaving the market poised to contract for a record fourth straight year.

Kozlik concludes that ratings shopping will probably continue, with municipalities choosing S&P even though Moody’s grades better reflect localities’ fiscal vulnerability.

That could cause investors — particularly individuals — to lose out on extra yield because of the higher grades at a time when interest rates are close to generational lows.

“When I see ratings shopping going on, I think about those small investors who are relying solely on the ratings,” Kozlik said. “S&P’s new criteria for local governments is just increasing that differentiation.”

By Brian Chappatta Aug 11, 2014 7:21 AM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Brian Chappatta in New York at bchappatta1@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Alan Goldstein at agoldstein5@bloomberg.net; Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum




Kansas Issuer Credit Rating Lowered to 'AA' From 'AA+' on Structurally Unbalanced Budget; Outlook Negative.

NEW YORK (Standard & Poor’s) Aug. 6, 2014–Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
lowered its issuer credit rating (ICR) on the State of Kansas to ‘AA’ from
‘AA+’. At the same time, Standard & Poor’s downgraded Kansas’ annual
appropriation-secured debt to ‘AA-‘ from ‘AA’. The outlook on both ratings is
negative.

“The downgrades reflect our view of a structurally unbalanced budget,
following state income tax cuts that have not been matched with offsetting
ongoing expenditure cuts in the fiscal 2015 budget,” said Standard & Poor’s
credit analyst David Hitchcock. In our opinion, recent shortfalls in income
taxes will leave both fiscal years 2014 and 2015 with ending general fund
balances much less than projected in the enacted fiscal 2015 budget.

“The negative outlook reflects our belief that there will be additional budget
pressure as income tax cuts scheduled in future years go into effect, or if
midyear revenue shortfalls resume, although the state recently announced a
small positive revenue variance for July,” Mr. Hitchcock added. We believe the
state could easily face a negative general fund balance in fiscal 2015 should
even relatively small negative revenue variances resume, absent midyear
corrective action

The ‘AA’ ICR reflects our opinion of Kansas’:

Offsetting credit factors for the ICR include what we consider Kansas’:

The lower rating on the appropriation-secured bonds reflects debt service payments that are subject to annual state appropriation.

The negative outlook on the ICR reflects what we view as the potential for
greater structural budget imbalance in the next two years. Should the general
fund fall into a significant structural budget imbalance, potentially as a
result of a substantial negative general fund balance developing in mid-fiscal
2015, or a significant mismatch between revenues and expenditures in fiscal
2016 as further income tax rate cuts go into effect, we could lower the
rating. Should revenues come in close to budget in fiscal 2015, and the state
takes action toward structural budget alignment in fiscal 2016 to offset
potential revenue losses from income tax rate cuts, we could revise the
outlook to stable.

The negative outlook on the state’s appropriation-secured debt reflects the
negative outlook on the Kansas ICR.

RELATED CRITERIA AND RESEARCH

Related Criteria
USPF Criteria: State Ratings Methodology, Jan. 3, 2011
USPF Criteria: State Credit Enhancement Programs, Nov. 13, 2008
USPF Criteria: Financial Management Assessment, June 27, 2006
Related Research

U.S. State And Local Government Credit Conditions Forecast, July 8, 2014
Complete ratings information is available to subscribers of RatingsDirect at
www.globalcreditportal.com and at www.spcapitaliq.com. All ratings affected by
this rating action can be found on Standard & Poor’s public Web site at
www.standardandpoors.com. Use the Ratings search box located in the left
column.

Primary Credit Analyst: David G Hitchcock, New York (1) 212-438-2022;
david.hitchcock@standardandpoors.com

Secondary Contact: Henry W Henderson, Boston (1) 617-530-8314;
henry.henderson@standardandpoors.com




S&P: It's Complicated . . . The Relationship Between Illinois' Credit Rating and the Ratings of its Public Universities.

Illinois’ budgetary performance, a growing unfunded pension liability, and legislative inaction are all well documented. Since 2008, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services has lowered its rating on Illinois four times The credit quality of government-related entities, such as public universities, is affected by their relative state’s support to varying degrees. Illinois’ pattern of credit deterioration over the past several years has, more recently, negatively affected the credit ratings on the state’s higher education institutions. Although the recent change in the state’s outlook to negative doesn’t necessarily equate to a change in each university’s outlook, since state appropriations make up 42% of these institutions’ revenue on average, there are negative implications.

On July 23, 2014, Standard & Poor’s revised its outlook on Illinois to negative from developing and affirmed the ‘A-‘ rating on the state’s GO bonds. The outlook revision follows the enactment of Illinois’ fiscal 2015 budget, which in our view is not structurally balanced and will contribute to growing deficits and payables that will likely pressure the state’s liquidity. The outlook also reflects the implementation risk associated with recent reforms related to postretirement benefits. While we consider legislation to reform pensions and other postemployment benefits (OPEB) to be positive, if the reforms do not move forward as planned, we believe the significant fixed costs associated with postretirement benefits will escalate. Highlighting this risk is the recent Illinois Supreme Court decision to reverse the trial court’s dismissal of the suit relating to statutory changes to the state’s health insurance premium subsidies, which was remanded back to the lower courts. What the lower court will ultimately decide is uncertain, but the Illinois Supreme Court was clear in its opinion that the health insurance subsidies the state pays for retiree health care are a benefit derived from membership in a state pension plan and are, therefore, subject to the Illinois Constitution.

Read the full Report.




Americans Oppose P3S to Upgrade Transportation Infrastructure.

Americans strongly support investing in infrastructure, but oppose raising taxes or having private companies fund infrastructure improvements, according to a new poll conducted by the Associated Press and GfK.

Survey respondents opposed reliance on public-private partnerships to build new toll roads and bridges by a 2 to 1 margin. Only 14 percent of Americans support raising the gas tax, which is currently how the federal government funds highway and transit projects across the country. Fifty-eight percent of Americans oppose raising the tax.

Despite the public’s reluctance to pay for new infrastructure, a majority of Americans think a robust highway system benefits the economy; for drivers who get in the car multiple times per week, 62 percent think the benefit of improved roads outweighs the cost.

“No one should be surprised by a poll finding people aren’t willing to pay more for something they’re already getting at a big discount,” Brian McGuire, president of Associated Equipment Distributors told the Washington Post. “My read is that Americans understand the benefits of infrastructure but don’t understand how it’s paid for. We can either do that the responsible way — raising the gas tax or creating other new user-fee revenues — or we can continue to pass the buck to our kids and grandkids.”

While the survey respondents did not want to pay for new roads, 56 percent agreed that traffic has gotten worse in the last five years in their community. Six percent found traffic had improved, and 33 percent said that it’s stayed about the same.

NCPPP
By Editor August 7, 2014




Chicago Infrastructure Trust Still Teasing with PACE.

What Mayor Rahm Emanuel once hailed as an innovative conduit to more than $1 billion in private-sector dollars for public works projects has evolved into a low-budget broker of new ideas and interagency cooperation.

Since the Chicago Infrastructure Trust was announced in early 2012, with former President Bill Clinton at the mayor’s side, only one $13 million project is underway—retrofitting city buildings to save energy. Trust CEO Stephen Beitler, a former private-equity executive, says he is close to a deal to finance roughly $50 million in energy-saving upgrades at 141 city swimming pools and is working on financing a $27 million upgrade of wireless service for the Chicago Transit Authority.

Yet Mr. Beitler manages to keep expectations high by touting a $1.5 billion pipeline of potential deals, including a voluntary property tax assessment of commercial properties to pay for energy-related improvements. The trust is evaluating a dozen proposals totaling about $1 billion from 15 firms for the Property Assessed Clean Energy program, although not all those Pace bids will be accepted, he adds.

The trust’s slow progress is the result of several factors, including the novelty of a middleman trying to bring together City Hall and investment firms. Despite its hype, the trust is a small venture, financed with an estimated $1.5 million in city funds over its first two years (see the PDF). And the deals are difficult to do, with Mr. Beitler discarding more than a dozen proposals.

While the cash-strapped city’s need for “transformative” improvements in transportation and other infrastructure has not gone away, the trust has suffered from overly ambitious predictions.

“When the trust was set up there were certainly some high expectations set up for it,” says Peter Skosey, an expert on infrastructure finance and executive vice president of the Chicago-based Metropolitan Planning Council, where the trust’s board holds its meetings. “Many of those expectations weren’t warranted.”

After Mr. Emanuel announced plans for the trust in March 2013, it took almost a year just to appoint a board of directors, create a charter, approve bylaws and hire Mr. Beitler.

Mr. Beitler now distances himself from the earlier, lofty predictions, saying, “I wasn’t present when the expectations were set.”

Although Mr. Clinton called the trust an “infrastructure bank,” it doesn’t have a pool of money to invest. Instead, Mr. Beitler, one of the trust’s two full-time employees, must painstakingly assemble complicated financing deals.

“The market’s the market, unless they have millions and millions of dollars to give out,” says Steve Steckler, chairman of Bethesda, Maryland-based Infrastructure Management Group Inc., a consulting firm that values public assets.

Mr. Beitler says he is pleased with the progress of the trust, which has about 20 deals in the works. “That’s an outstanding growth rate for an organization like ours,” he says. “You can’t get it done in a day.”

The Pace program could be the trust’s most ambitious plan. Commercial landlords must agree to a special property tax used to pay the upfront cost of energy-efficiency improvements. The idea is that energy savings would exceed the added tax. Because it is structured as a tax, the landlord can pass the cost on to tenants.

‘DEFINITE OPPORTUNITIES’

Pace financing is used in some other cities, with nearly $83 million in funding approved for 261 projects, according to PaceNow, a Pleasantville, New York-based nonprofit that promotes the concept.

“There are some definite opportunities with Pace funding for certain buildings that might not like other kinds of financing,” says Ron Tabaczynski, director of government affairs at the Building Owners and Managers Association of Chicago, which represents large downtown office buildings. “But I don’t know how many buildings will be looking to increase their property taxes at this point in time, given the uncertainty about where property taxes are going in light of pension issues.”

Acceptance by lenders, who must approve Pace deals, also is uncertain because the Pace assessment has priority over mortgage payments. The Federal Housing Finance Agency, which regulates residential lenders Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, does not allow Pace financing.

Mr. Beitler says Pace could finance energy-saving improvements on city-owned structures, although he acknowledges he doesn’t have a “clear, final answer” on how.
If it can’t, Pace seemingly would divert the trust away from its core mission of financing public works projects. But Mr. Beitler says it’s a route worth pursuing.
“It reduces the cost of doing business in Chicago,” he says. “It seems to me this is a transformative infrastructure project. To get a bunch of different city, county and state agencies to work together is not a small task.”

Crain’s Chicago Business
By Paul Merrion August 04, 2014




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - Infrastructure Finance.

Read the Brief.




Congress Introduces Modernizing American Manufacturing Bonds Act.

The Modernizing American Manufacturing Bonds Act is a comprehensive reform package that will modernize and revolutionize Qualified Small Issue Manufacturing Bonds, more commonly known as Industrial Development Bonds (IDBs) or simply manufacturing bonds. Manufacturing bonds are a type of Private Activity Bond (PAB) that allow the public sector to pass considerable interest rate reductions on to private companies through the issuance of tax-exempt bonds.

This bedrock tools is the single most actively used bond tool for financing the small- to mid-sized manufacturing sector and are a key economic development tool for state and local economic development agencies. The four reforms will expand the capacity and usability of manufacturing bonds to help create American jobs immediately. The four reforms are as follows:

1. Expand the Definition of Manufacturing to Include both Tangible and Intangible Manufacturing Production for Manufacturing Bonds

2. Eliminate the Restrictions on “Functionally Related and Subordinate Facilities” for Manufacturing Bonds

3. Increase the Maximum Bond Size Limitation from $10M to $30M for Manufacturing Bonds

4. Increase the Capital Expenditure Limitation from $20M to $40M for Manufacturing Bonds




'Pay for Success': a Better Way to Deliver Social Services?

The idea of shifting the risk of failed initiatives from taxpayers to investors is catching on.

Nobody likes to pay taxes, but I suspect that most people would find it a little easier to take if they knew their tax dollars were funding the achievement of concrete public goals. That’s the idea behind “pay-for-success” programs that have been launched during the last year in Illinois, Massachusetts and New York state and are being developed or considered in several others.

Under these programs, government sets out a set of specific goals in areas such as mental illness, homelessness or preventive health care. Private investors and philanthropic organizations then finance the work of nonprofits to deliver cost-effective, evidence-based social services on behalf of the state. The investors receive “success payments” only if the desired results are achieved.

Last December, New York became the first state to launch a pay-for-success program. There the goal was to reduce recidivism among 2,000 recently released prison inmates. Bank of America and Merrill Lynch raised the bulk of the investment capital for the $13.5 million initiative. For them to get a return on their investment, the program must either reduce recidivism by at least 8 percent or increase the rate of employment for released prisoners by at least 5 percent compared to historic averages. If the investors achieve their performance goals, reduced prison and public-assistance costs will save New York taxpayers $7.8 million.

Illinois is using pay for success to improve placement outcomes and reduce re-arrests for young people involved in the child-welfare and juvenile-justice systems. Massachusetts is employing the model to improve employment outcomes and post-secondary degree attainment among participants in adult basic education. The Obama administration has also gotten into the act, funding a model project in Ohio and committing $500 million to fund other state and local pay-for-success programs.

California is the latest state seeking to launch a pay-for-success program. A bill that has passed the state Senate and is awaiting action in the Assembly would create a pilot program beginning next year under which the director of the state’s Office of Planning and Research would identify and submit potential “social impact partnerships’ to the legislature for its consideration each year between 2015 and 2020, when the pilot would sunset. Seed money would come from a Social Innovation Financing Trust Fund. As in other states, investors would be paid only if the desired goals are achieved.

In a government culture that too often focuses on inputs, such as how much money is spent on a program rather than on the outcomes it produces, going through the goal-setting exercise alone makes the pay-for-success approach worthwhile.

To achieve the concept’s full potential, the public sector will need to carefully monitor outcomes and become adept at writing contracts that hold investors’ feet to the fire. But if governments succeed and shift the risk of failed initiatives from taxpayers to private investors, it won’t take long for pay-for-success programs to become very popular.

GOVERNING.COM
BY CHARLES CHIEPPO | AUGUST 5, 2014




Fitch Rates First Nonbank-Sponsored Volcker Compliant TOB.

Fitch Ratings-New York-07 August 2014: The creation of a new nonbanking entity sponsored tender option bond (TOB) structure is positive for the municipal market (and tax-exempt money market funds in particular), as TOBs have historically given these funds access to municipal securities. On Wednesday, Fitch rated the first nonbank-sponsored TOB trust.

The Volcker Rule prohibits banks from sponsoring trusts and providing certain services for the floating and residual certificates issued by traditionally structured TOBs. In this particular transaction, Mesirow Financial, Inc. (Mesirow), a nonbank financial services firm, will serve as the trustor, trust administrator, placement and remarketing agent for the TOB trust. Prohibitions under the Volcker Rule pertaining to proprietary trading and certain hedge fund and private equity activities do not apply to Mesirow because it is a nonbanking entity. Furthermore, we expect the floating certificates and residual certificates issued under this trust will be owned by nonbanking entities, as the certificates issued by this trust would fall under the definition of a covered fund under the Volcker Rule.

The Volcker Rule became effective on April 1, 2014 and currently requires conformance by July 21, 2015. With the creation of this new structure, banks may potentially have the option of transferring sponsorship of existing TOB trusts to nonbanking entities to bring existing trusts into compliance with the Volcker Rule.

Contact:

Richard Park
Director
U.S. Municipal Structured Finance
+1 212 908-0289
Fitch Ratings
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Trudy Zibit
Managing Director
U.S. Municipal Structured Finance
+1 212 908-0689

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article, which may include hyperlinks to companies and current ratings, can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




Fitch: US Local Government Pension Reform Hits Another Snag.

Fitch Ratings-New York-05 August 2014: This week’s pension reform ruling in Los Angeles provides the latest example of the challenges local governments face in effecting pension reform, Fitch Ratings says. We believe this challenge is unusual as it concerns reform that only applies to new employees. Los Angeles’ Employee Relations Board ordered the city council to rescind a 2012 pension reform that scaled back pension benefits for new employees of the Coalition of Los Angeles City Unions.

Legal challenges have been a frequent companion to pension reform efforts for some time and are unlikely to abate soon. Economic pressures have sensitized the electorate, officials, and employees to the costs of pension benefits and the potential relief possible with pension reforms. However, legal constraints and current and future beneficiary resistance favor preservation of current benefit levels. These issues are being considered by internal review bodies, courts and, at times, voter initiatives. Recent San Jose and San Diego cases were voter-driven and affected both existing employees and new employees. Neither case has reached final resolution.

Fitch considers the ability to adjust pension benefits for future employees to be critical to Los Angeles’ financial flexibility. We believe Los Angeles will eventually be able to implement this reform, either through a judicial ruling or the meet and confer process. Similar reform has already been implemented for police, fire, and Department of Water and Power unions. This tentative decision will likely be finalized by the board next month and we expect the city to appeal the decision to the state court. Savings from the L.A. pension reform are estimated at approximately $4.3 billion over 30 years, beginning at close to $4 million in the first two years.

Contact:

Amy Laskey
Managing Director
U.S. Public Finance
+ 1 212 908-0568
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Alan Gibson
Director
U.S. Public Finance
+1 415 732-7577
650 California Street
San Francisco, CA

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article, which may include hyperlinks to companies and current ratings, can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




SIFMA US Municipal Credit Report, Second Quarter 2014.

The municipal bond credit report is a quarterly report on the trends and statistics of U.S. municipal bond market, both taxable and tax-exempt. Issuance volumes, outstanding, credit spreads, highlights and commentary are included.

Summary

According to Thomson Reuters, long-term public municipal issuance volume totaled $83.4 billion in the second quarter of 2014, an increase of 38.8 percent from the prior quarter ($60.1 billion) but a decline of 6.2 percent year-over-year (y-o-y) ($88.9 billion). Year to date ending June, issuance figures reached $143.5 billion, well below the 10-year average of $190.7 billion due to light supply in the first quarter. Including private placements ($4.7 billion), long-term municipal issuance for 2Q’14 was $88.1 billion.

Tax-exempt issuance totaled $74.0 billion in 2Q’14, an increase of 38.9 percent but a decline of 0.2 percent q-o-q and y-o-y, respectively. Taxable issuance totaled $6.5 billion in 2Q’14, an increase of 19.4 percent q-o-q but a decline of 48.7 percent y o y. AMT issuance was $2.9 billion, a twofold increase q-o-q and a 39.3 percent increase y-o-y.

By use of proceeds, general purpose led issuance totals in 2Q’14 ($19.2 billion), followed by primary & secondary education ($17.1 billion), and water & sewer facilities ($6.7 billion), identical rankings as the prior quarter.

Refunding volumes as a percentage of issuance rose slightly from the prior quarter, with 52.7 percent of issuance compared to 48.8 percent in 1Q’14.

Download the Report.




Social Impact Bonds: Phantom of the Nonprofit Sector.

What issue could bring Senator Ted Cruz (R-TX) and Senator Al Franken (D-MN) into bipartisan partnership? Social impact bonds (SIBs)—or pay-for-success (PFS), depending on one’s preferred terminology. Both legislators have been effusive about the reauthorization of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), and Franken seems to have made workforce development one of his top priority issues. A core component of WIOA noted by many of its supporters was the legislation’s $300 million commitment to pay-for-success programming aimed boosting effective, evidence-based efforts in job training.

For the two senators and most of the U.S. Congress, SIBs are real, immediate, substantive, and promising—enough to justify devoting hundreds of millions of dollars to pay-for-success programming on a range of social issues. For others, they are a public policy phantom, largely unproven but highly touted by some academics, a number of private foundations, and a bevy of consultants, and broadly endorsed by Republicans and Democrats, nonprofit service providers and for-profit entrepreneurs. As this issue of the Cohen Report explores, this potentially phantom program is getting serious consideration at the federal government level and in a variety of states.

The WIOA legislation is the latest piece of federal policy promoting SIBs/PFS as an avenue for public policy solutions to knotty problems. According to a fact sheet distributed by the office of Senator Patty Murray (D-WA), the bill’s lead sponsor, up to 10 percent of funding for job training projects administered by local Workforce Investment Boards can be used for pay-for-performance initiatives. Don’t think that this was a throwaway component of the legislation. Social enterprise lobbying groups like America Forward (which played a big role in the adoption of the Social Innovation Fund) lauded the PFS provisions of WIOA. America Forward, in fact, specifically noted its role in working with Senator Rob Portman (R-OH), Senator Michael Bennett (D-CO), and Representative Susan Brooks (R-IN) to get the PFS language included. (America Forward is identified as a “nonpartisan initiative” of New Profit, Inc., which was founded by Vanessa Kirsch, who herself founded Public Allies, and is governed by a 15-person board that includes three executives from Bain Capital as well as representatives of other investment firms.)

In America Forward’s list of the “10 Greatest Hits from the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,” the PFS component ranks first and gets more word-space than any of the other “hits.” Despite exceptionally limited experience in the U.S. and overseas with actual SIB programs or projects, the SIB/PFS juggernaut is going great guns due to enthusiasts such as New Profit. With President Obama’s signing of the WIOA legislation earlier this week, it is an appropriate moment to take stock of where the SIB movement has made inroads into federal and state public policy and where it might go in the future.

Federal pay-for-success

The WIOA’s pay-for-success provision is substantial. As many commentators have written, the amount of money available for workforce development training and placement programs could be as much as $300 million through the Act. PFS in WIOA fits the Obama White House’s longstanding enthusiasm for SIBs. In its Fiscal Year 2012 budget explanations, the Office of Management and Budget observed that Pay for Success Bonds (even though they aren’t bonds) involve philanthropic and private sector investors “to deliver better outcomes” for all levels of government and “minimize risk to government” (because government ostensibly only pays when outcomes are achieved).

In Fiscal Year 2013, the White House called for $100 million for PFS pilot projects. In its FY 2014 package, the White House proposed a $300 million PFS incentive fund to be administered by the Department of Treasury plus $195 million for PFS projects sponsored by the Departments of Labor, Justice and Education. Ironically, the White House suggested that its FY2013 proposal was justified in part by state initiatives such as the one “being implemented…as close as the State of Maryland,” though Maryland’s SIB program was the recipient of a devastating legislative report and eventually stalled in the legislature.

Not surprisingly, the WIOA authorization of workforce development SIBs follows the announcement of an $11.2 million SIB competition administered by the Corporation for National and Community Service’s Social Innovation Fund. With applications due next week, SIF is looking to fund a number of nonprofits and government agencies with grants between $200,000 and $1.2 million to assess the feasibility of PFS efforts and build local capacity to implement them and between $200,000 and $1.8 million for structuring PFS programs. Given SIF’s track record regarding its selection of New Profit as one of the original SIF grant recipients despite much concern about potential conflicts of interest in its selection process, including some trenchant observations from SIF reviewer Paul Light, one might wonder whether the numerous advocates of SIB/PFS programs like this one will do more than influence the agency to reward the major promoters of the concept. Hopefully, nothing that would raise those sorts of suspicions will happen this time around.

Social impact bonds must be a heady experience for a Congress that cannot bring itself to do much of anything in a bipartisan manner. Around the same time as the WIOA legislation was making its way through Congress, Representative Todd Young (R-IN), joined by Representative John Delaney (D-MD), introduced the Social Impact Bond Act with the support of a handful of other members, including a couple with national profiles—Aaron Schock (R-IL) and Joe Kennedy (D-MA). Young, however, is clearly the enthusiast behind the bill and described the purpose of the legislation on his website:

“Under the proposed legislation, the federal government would establish desired outcomes to pressing social challenges that, if achieved, would improve lives and save government money. State and municipal governments could then submit proposals to work towards those outcomes—such as increasing adoption rates of teenagers in foster care, or improving the health and mortality rates of infants born into low-income families—by scaling up existing, scientifically-proven interventions. Private sector investors would provide the capital needed to expand the existing programs, and, if an independent evaluator were able to validate that the desired outcomes were met and money was saved, the investors would be paid back their initial investment plus a small return from the realized government savings.”

The logical implication of the Young legislation would be to convert an unending array of federal programs into potential SIB/PFS funding venues. Their language has a lot of belief and hope instead of evidence for these efforts based on evidence-based programming. For example, Delaney proclaimed, “The Social Impact Bonds already being implemented in the States prove it can be done, and if we want federal savings, we need to get the federal government involved.” As he knows, probably better than most of his colleagues due to a trenchant analysis of SIBs prepared for the Maryland legislature and presented recently in testimony at a congressional hearing, there are only a handful of SIB/PFS programs underway anywhere—perhaps as many as four in the U.S.—and none have reached a point where they can be pointed to a “proof” of the SIB concept.

Delaney added, “This bipartisan legislation harnesses the power of the private sector to improve government services while saving taxpayer dollars.” The history of privatization of public services has not been quite so across-the-board positive as Delaney intimated. Representative Joe Kennedy added an aggressive set of expectations for SIBs in public policy: “By breaking down traditional barriers between the public and private sectors, these tools expand our capacity to address everything from unemployment to child welfare to substance abuse treatment.” Representative John Larson (D-CT) waxed enthusiastic about SIBs’ ability to tap the “entrepreneurial spirit and innovation of the private sector.”

The sales pitch is bold and strong regardless of whether there is sufficient experience behind SIBs to warrant the statements. An organization called Results for America recently convened a discussion with Young and Delaney under the moniker “Moneyball for Government,” involving representatives of the Nurse-Family Partnership, the Center for Employment Opportunities, and the Manpower Development Research Corporation (MDRC)—all engaged in components of current or planned SIB/PFS programs—to embellish the Young/Delaney pitch. Moneyball’s “founding all-stars” are also bipartisan luminaries: former New York City mayor Michael Bloomberg; former director of the Office of Management and Budget in the Obama administration, Peter Orszag; the former director of President Obama’s Domestic Policy Council, Melody Barnes; former Republican Congressman and head of OMB in the Bush administration, Jim Nussle; and former director of the Domestic Policy Council in the Bush administration, John Bridgeland.

SIBs may be part of applying the theory of moneyball to government—like Billy Beane’s Oakland Athletics, small money may yield outsized results on the playing field—but a handful of SIB experiments do not constitute a full season’s worth of experience for making the kinds of glowing proclamations that SIB advocates typically do.

Although experience with SIBs is very limited and there are serious questions about how they might function, they have a coterie of advocates who are committed to promoting and promulgating SIB programs and legislation throughout the nation. With major supporters such as the otherwise liberal Center for American Progress (whose Q&A report on SIBs was co-authored by former Obama administration Office of Social Innovation director Sonal Shah), the private sector-lauding SIB concept draws in supporters who one might otherwise expect to have some qualms about the impact of private sector leadership in the solution of social problems.

State social impact bonds

Policy innovations often don’t wait for evidence of their success, even when they are social impact bonds, which are predicated on private and public investment in evidence-based programs. State legislatures have considered several SIB bills or called for feasibility studies in recent months:

Earlier this year, the Washington state legislature voted to create a “social investment steering committee” to “develop an implementation plan for at least one pilot program that uses social impact bonds or other public-private financing mechanisms to finance and deliver prevention-focused social or health care services.” As of June, however, supporters of the SIB pilot program were not able to get the legislature to back the legislation with appropriations. Although the primary sponsor of the SIB legislation, Republican state representative Hans Zieger, declared that SIBs would “provide incentives to solve problems versus reinforcing the bureaucratic status quo”—especially, in Zieger’s mind, for K-12 education—Appropriations Committee chair Ross Hunter, a Democrat, took credit for having “killed” the program. Viewing private investment for SIBS as similar to borrowing money, Hunter said that Washington State doesn’t typically borrow money for building social infrastructure. He asked, “If we have evidence to justify an investment, then why not put aside money for it?”

Utah this year created the Utah School Readiness Initiative with a significant commitment for SIB programs for “early childhood education programs for at-risk students.” The Utah program follows a 2013 plan forwarded by the Salt Lake County Council for an early childhood education SIB with Goldman Sachs and Chicago venture capitalist J.B. Pritzker as investors, but the state government did not authorize its funding for the deal.

Goldman Sachs is the $10 million investor in the Rikers Island recidivism reduction SIB in New York City, which operates under a 75 percent guarantee from Bloomberg Philanthropies, essentially boosting Goldman’s anticipated return on its investment from an already high 22 percent to over 87 percent. Billionaire Pritzker is the younger brother of Penny Pritzker, the Obama campaign bundler who was appointed Secretary of Commerce by President Obama last year.

This past spring, the Colorado legislature considered a bill to establish “pay for success contracts for early childhood education services program for the purpose of authorizing the office of state planning and budgeting (OSPB) to enter into state pay for success contracts with one or more lead contractors for the provision of early childhood education services that will reduce the need for the state to provide subsequent education support and other social services.” However, in May, the state senate chose to delay further consideration of legislation for the time being.

Funded by the Duke Endowment and the Doris Duke Charitable Foundation, the Institute for Child Success issued a report in May with an enthusiastic endorsement of expanding the Nurse-Family Partnership program and other home visitation programs in South Carolina, concluding that “Pay for Success is a feasible and promising way to improve outcomes for South Carolina children.” It should be no surprise, as the Institute has issued glowing reports on the feasibility of pay-for-success in September 2013 and January 2014 preceding this latest analysis.

In California, the Nonprofit Finance Fund (long supported on SIB/PFS activity by the Rockefeller Foundation) and the James Irvine Foundation have launched the California Pay for Success Initiative. As of May, NFF and Irvine announced the selection of five projects: the Center for Employment Opportunities and REDF to reduce recidivism and increase employment prospects for formerly incarcerated persons in San Diego County; the County of Los Angeles to “support the development of a County Blueprint for use by Los Angeles County Supervisors and executives in assessing and implementing potential Pay for Success opportunities”; the City and County of San Francisco to “enable greater focus on preventative services that is aligned with the Mayor’s strategic priorities in workforce development, housing, public health and human services”; the County of Santa Clara for two projects for “the chronically homeless and the acutely mentally ill” including the provision of 100 units of permanent supportive housing; and the Nurse-Family Partnership, “to scale its home visitation program in multiple Bay Area and Orange County locations.” Social Finance, the consulting entity involved in much of the SIB thinking around the country, also reports that it has been working with the California Endowment since 2013 on a “demonstration project in Fresno, California to reduce costs related to the treatment of children with asthma through active management. If the pilot program, which launched in April 2013, is successful, the partners plan to scale the intervention through a Social Impact Bond (SIB).”

Ohio also has a number of Pay-for-Success projects being considered. In Cuyahoga County, the PFS project would “help homeless children stay with their own families and avoid the foster care system.” The partners in this effort include Frontline, a provider of mental health services for homeless individuals, the county’s Division of Children and Family Services, the Cuyahoga Metropolitan Housing Authority, Case Western Reserve’s Center on Urban Poverty and Community Development, and Third Sector Capital Partners. Like the California program, Ohio’s exploration of SIB possibilities is related to a grant award from the Rockefeller Foundation to establish new SIB projects around the nation.

Ohio’s governor, Republican John Kasich, welcomed the Rockefeller Foundation SIB initiative in his state. In Illinois, a similar effort linked to the Rockefeller Foundation has spurred Governor Pat Quinn to launch efforts to explore SIB possibilities addressing recidivism rates, school graduation rates, and lowering hospital readmission rates. Quinn announced the SIB effort at the annual meeting of the Council on Foundations, prompting the Rockefeller Foundation CEO Judith Rodin to laud the governor for his “visionary leadership in advancing innovative ideas.” The first of Illinois’s SIB projects was announced earlier this year, a Pay for Success initiative to increase support for at-risk youth. The project is sponsored by One Hope United as the lead provider for the Conscience Community Network, a collaboration of seven longstanding child welfare service agencies. Providing technical assistance to the effort is, as in other situations, Third Sector Capital Partners.

Connecticut had legislation pending in 2013 and reintroduced in 2014 that would have authorized something akin to a Social Impact Bond, but the specific language seems to limit the structure of the SIB for “accepting a United States Department of Justice fiscal year 2012 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Program Demonstration Category 2 Implementation grant.”

Legislation in Rhode Island this year that would have authorized a SIB pilot program and created a study commission stalled in the state senate as a result of concerns from some interests about the impact of SIBs leading to a tendency to privatize some state services and that the promoters and financial beneficiaries of SIBs seemed to be large Wall Street firms. A significant part of the opposition was led by the state chapter of the American Federation of State County and Municipal Employees (AFSCME). Jim Cenerini, the legislative affairs director and political action coordinator for AFSCME Council 94, explained, “Our skepticism comes from the fact that the impetus for this was created by a large Wall Street corporation that obviously has something to gain, ideologically and financially, from the implementation of these bonds. It seems wrong that already very wealthy individuals should be able to make money off of reducing recidivism.”

Hawaii’s Department of Budget and Finance presented a report to the state legislature in December 2013 examining the feasibility of using Social Impact Bonds for early childhood education programs, concluding that “while there is much excitement about SIBs from various sectors of society, including government, philanthropy and investment banking…SIBs are in an infancy stage and have many complexities, [and therefore] it may be prudent to wait at least a few years to see whether SIBs grow into a viable financing tool.”

All of these state government initiatives follow earlier major state SIB announcements, such as a program in Massachusetts in 2012 that included an effort to increase the number of supportive housing units to be produced in partnership with the Massachusetts Housing and Shelter Alliance, the Corporation for Supportive Housing, Third Sector Capital Partners, and the United Way of Massachusetts Bay and Merrimack Valley, and Minnesota’s Pay for Performance Act, which authorized $10 million in Human Capital Performance (HUCAP) bonds for a variation of the SIB model.

The reality is that introducing legislation that adapts the standard language of SIBs, much like the legislation that spread for a couple of years promoting low profit limited liability corporations (L3Cs), is relatively easy. Getting legislation passed and seeing SIBs come to fruition and success are much more difficult. Many states have witnessed SIB legislation come and go over the years. The problem, as the Minnesota Council of Nonprofits’ Jon Pratt told Nicole Wallace of the Chronicle of Philanthropy, is that SIBs have “been overpromoted and oversold…We have yet to have a single transaction completed, and yet multiple states and multiple agencies are jumping ahead.”

Pratt’s point is at the crux of the matter. Any critical thought about SIBs gets volumes of commentary from legions of SIB promoters such as Social Finance, Third Sector Capital Partners, and a bevy of consultants who hope for roles and stakes in the movement. Few researchers have issued much in the way of critical commentary. With foundations such as Irvine, the California Endowment, and particularly the Rockefeller Foundation, whose former VP is now leading the Nonprofit Finance Fund in the SIB movement, it isn’t hard to imagine how much easier it is to get funding to write supportive analyses about the upsides of SIBs and how difficult it might be to get support for critical reviews.

With this beehive of activity promoting SIBs and PFS, none of which have reached a point where they demonstrate success or failure, how much do we really know about the concept? Writing in The Hill last month, Deborah Smolover, the executive director of New Profit’s America Forward, suggested some interesting conclusions about this relatively young policy concept—or about the assumptions behind it. She wrote, “Too often, public programs have no incentive to find the most productive providers. In many cases, they don’t even measure results, making it hard to tell which providers are the most effective. By failing to track outcomes, decoupling funding from effectiveness, and prioritizing compliance with rules (and even proscribing new approaches), most government programs actually discourage innovation.”

Noting that “this innovation cycle rarely operates in the public sphere,” Smolover writes, “In the business world, the opposite is true. There, new value is created every day through innovation. The concept is simple: A product, service, or process is invented and tested. If it is successful, it attracts investment to take it to market, and then to expand its reach. Profits gleaned from the invention can be reinvested in research and development efforts that will result in continuous improvement or new inventions that will displace the original. And if customers don’t want the product, it goes away (unlike government programs that may stay in existence long past their useful life.)”

Besides being an unbelievable slight to everyone who has tried—and in many cases, succeeded—in making government work for poor people in the solution of social problems, Smolover’s view of a pristine private market that doesn’t promote and sell products that people don’t need or that cause harm is almost quaint. Will SIBs and PFS initiatives supported by investors from Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, or J.B. Pritzker lead suddenly to a creative, innovative governmental sector woken from the doldrums that Smolover and her colleagues think envelop those of us who have worked for government? Will, somehow, private sector principles work where government has purportedly failed?

That’s the bet that Ted Cruz, Todd Young, and New Profit are making, imagining evidence of success in SIBs and PFS that really hasn’t been achieved yet, here or overseas. It’s a public policy bet that has legislators of both parties and at the national, state, and local levels hopeful that private capital will somehow discover and fund public policy solutions that wouldn’t come to the fore without SIBs. It is a bipartisan dream built on a belief in the efficacy of the free market system that hasn’t borne much social progress fruit in recent years and rooted in a disparaging view of public servants, who have accomplished more than most free market true believers might ever guess.

WRITTEN BY RICK COHEN JULY 2014 13:59




Army Corps to Solicit Public Comment on P3 Pilot Program for Water Projects.

The Army Corps of Engineers will hold a “listening session” on Aug. 27 to solicit ideas and recommendations from the public on ways it can implement a new pilot authority to establish public-private partnerships for building water infrastructure.

The session is one of four the Corps will hold in August and September to gather public comment on implementing various provisions in the recently enacted Water Resources Reform and Development Act (WRRDA). The legislation requires the Corps to develop a P3 pilot program allowing non-federal partners to carry out water resource development projects, including coastal harbor improvement, channel improvement, inland navigation, flood damage reduction, aquatic ecosystem restoration, and hurricane and storm damage reduction. Up to 15 projects are authorized under the program.

The Aug. 27 session will focus on alternative financing through contributions from nonfederal interests and innovative financing for water utility improvements. The other three sessions will cover the following topics:

The Aug. 13 session will focus on deauthorizations, backlog prevention and project development and delivery

On Sept. 10, the Corps will discuss safety issues on the nation’s levees and dams and other regulatory issues.

The final listening session on Sept. 24 will cover non-federal implementation, water supply and reservoir issues and navigation issues on the national waterways.

The listening sessions will take place via webinar, allowing participants to join by telephone or Internet, according to the Federal Register announcement. The Corps will also gather written comments from the public throughout the comment period.

WRRDA authorized an estimated $5.4 billion for Corps projects between 2015 and 2019 and will cover construction and maintenance of locks, dams, levees, navigation channels, harbors and environmental restoration projects.

July 30, 2014




U.S. Treasury to Put Public Pensions Under Scrutiny.

Aug 4 (Reuters) – The Treasury Department’s new office on state and local finance will scrutinize public pensions, appointing a specialist in the area and becoming a resource for retirement planning, its inaugural director said in a speech on Monday.

State and Local Finance Office Director Kent Hiteshew told a meeting of the Council of State Governments that he had appointed the chief investment officer of Maryland’s pension fund as a policy adviser who “will substantially strengthen our office’s understanding of the critical challenges facing a system upon which approximately 23 million Americans depend … for their retirement security.”

Saying that state and local pensions now have enough money to cover only 72 percent of their costs, in comparison to nearly 100 percent in 2000, Hiteshew added that very few pensions are well-funded.

“While the current underfunding started prior to the Great Recession, this was exacerbated by both market forces and trying fiscal times during the last few years,” he added.

Public pensions had $4.89 trillion in assets in the first quarter of 2014, the highest on record, according to data from the U.S. Federal Reserve. But they also had the largest liabilities on record going back to 1945 – $5.03 trillion – and their funding gap has widened since the 2007-2009 recession.

That recession devastated investment returns, which are the chief revenue source for pensions, while simultaneously forcing states to cut retirement contributions. While investments are gaining and many states have increased contributions, public pensions face a bulge of retirees from the “Baby Boom” generation.

Hiteshew’s office will study the state of public pensions and help retirement systems evaluate their financial conditions, and it will look into the growing costs of retiree healthcare.

Also on the office’s agenda are President Barack Obama’s push for more infrastructure financing, including creating a program akin to Build America Bonds, and continued monitoring of the financial situation in Detroit and Puerto Rico.

Build America Bonds were created by the 2009 economic stimulus plan, and the program expired in 2011.

The once popular bonds, which were taxable and paid issuers a hefty rebate, lost their appeal when the rebates were cut during congressional budget battles. Issuers have been slow to warm to Obama’s proposal of “America Fast Forward” bonds that follow the same model, and which the administration says would be protected from spending cuts.

Hiteshew, formerly J.P. Morgan’s managing director for public finance in its northeast region, also intends to help improve liquidity, pricing transparency and financial disclosure in the $3.7 trillion U.S. municipal bond market.

The Treasury Department announced the creation of the office in April, nearly two years after John Cross left his position as associate tax legislative counsel at Treasury, where he had spearheaded major municipal bond initiatives.

The federal government’s heightened interest in the market is apparent across many agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission. On Friday, Republican Commissioner Michael Piwowar called for better municipal bond pricing information in the market.

Tue Aug 5, 2014 2:00am IST

(Reporting By Lisa Lambert; Editing by Paul Simao)




GASB: What You Need to Know About Accounting for Leases.

Governments regularly enter into leases for any number of reasons. Leasing can often be an attractive option for governments to have the benefit of certain necessary items—including vehicles, heavy equipment, and buildings—without having to purchase them outright.

Leasing also can offer greater flexibility to governments who do not need the items for their entire useful lives, or to governments who do not wish, at least initially, to take on the burden of ownership. Some governments also lease assets of their own to others.

In the lease accounting area, the existing GASB guidance is nearly identical to the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) guidance. Because the FASB has an active lease accounting project underway, it makes sense for the GASB to look at its existing lease accounting standards to consider whether changes would be appropriate.

The Board is very much engaged in deliberating lease accounting issues viewed through the governmental lens, but is closely monitoring the FASB’s leases project and the approaches the FASB has elected to take thus far.

Last summer, as the GASB was preparing to begin deliberations on its lease accounting project, the FASB project staff presented an education session to GASB members to brief them on the FASB leasing proposals. Since then, the GASB and FASB project teams have been meeting periodically to discuss project issues and tentative decisions made by the respective Boards.

A major area of consideration in the GASB project on lease accounting relates to the manner in which leases are shown in the financial statements (and disclosed in the notes) that would meet essential financial statement user needs. The project is considering the following issues:

Based on deliberations to date, the Board has tentatively decided to propose a new accounting model for both lessees and lessors that would eliminate the current distinction between operating and capital leases.

All lessee governments would report in their financial statements:

This would apply for all leases except those that meet the definition of a short-term lease. During the lease term, government lessees would report a lease expense that is composed of:

Government lessors would recognize a receivable for the right to receive payments and a corresponding deferred inflow of resources. Over the lease term, the deferred inflow would be systematically reduced and reported as lease revenue. Lessors would not remove the leased asset from their financial statements.

The GASB is scheduled to release its initial lease proposal later in 2014.




S&P: Why Unfunded Congressional Mandates Pose Little Threat to U.S. State and Local Government Ratings.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services has long held the view that U.S. state and local governments enjoy a significant level of fiscal autonomy from the federal government that many of their international peers do not. With locally derived revenue streams, the discretion to determine service levels, and the ability to raise revenues, state and local governments generally have greater autonomy than local governments in countries where the central government controls finances. This forms the foundation of a more limited rating relationship between the U.S. federal government and U.S. state and local governments than exists in many other countries around the globe.

Continue Reading.

29-Jul-2014




McKinsey: Creating Growth Clusters: What Role for Local Government?

A systematic approach to implementation could help start-up ecosystems flourish.

Many governments in industrialized countries aim to encourage entrepreneurship and start-up activity to spur job creation and economic growth. To what extent governments are capable of doing so is uncertain. Nonetheless, policy makers at the regional and municipal levels are closer to the sources of innovation than those at the national level. For example, innovation in the form of start-up activity tends to occur in large metropolitan areas, initially without the involvement of policy makers. Take Berlin, where a vibrant ecosystem developed in the past several years without systematic government intervention.

While an enabling policy context might not be a precondition for seeding entrepreneurial activity, it may become more critical when taking a cluster to scale. To flourish, entrepreneurial activity requires a concentration of talent, infrastructure, capital, and networks—key success factors of a start-up ecosystem, as epitomized by Silicon Valley. Not all economic-policy instruments aimed at nurturing start-ups are at the city level. Still, local policy makers should think systematically about what it takes to support a start-up ecosystem. When doing so, their focus could be on tackling the bottlenecks and constraints that might otherwise inhibit a vibrant start-up ecosystem rather than picking winners by supporting investment in particular sectors or business models.

More specifically, such local initiatives can help link entrepreneurs to schools and universities, ease administrative matters for foreign workers and founders wishing to settle in a location, support development of suitable infrastructure and connectivity, and communicate and market the attractiveness of a location vis-à-vis other start-up centers. New York, for example, founded a tech campus for applied sciences; Tel Aviv built working spaces for entrepreneurs; Berlin is in the process of setting up a privately managed fund to raise capital for start-ups.

Establishing a coherent and supportive entrepreneurial policy at the city level is challenging. Municipal decision makers should identify bottlenecks in the start-up ecosystem and design and carry out initiatives to address them. These moves require a project-oriented, dynamic, and capable organizational structure. This article outlines an implementation approach that local policy makers can use to strengthen a start-up ecosystem. It discusses, in particular, the concept of the start-up delivery unit—an approach employed recently by the mayor and municipal government of Berlin.

Spurring innovation in a dynamic, multistakeholder environment

Berlin, London, New York, and Tel Aviv are cities that stand out for their vibrant start-up ecosystems. London started its East London Tech City in 2010; New York and Tel Aviv have established New York Digital City and Start-up City Tel Aviv. In 2014, Berlin started implementing several initiatives.

These cities faced common challenges in defining and carrying out the initiatives, including having to deal with many stakeholders that create the potential for bottlenecks. A successful start-up policy must fulfill two requirements:

We have found that start-up delivery units—situated primarily in the mayor’s office—are an effective, pragmatic way of realizing these two requirements. Start-up delivery units are inspired by broader governmental delivery units, an approach employed worldwide to facilitate program implementation. Governments have used delivery units for more than 15 years to rigorously track performance, identify obstacles early, solve problems, and correct course. They vary in scope and size but generally are not too large. They can be centralized or within line agencies. McKinsey’s study of delivery units and work with governments on them show that the most successful share several important characteristics: an outstanding leader with a track record of delivering outcomes, direct access to top leadership, talented staff with excellent communication and problem-solving skills, and the ability to use soft power to influence ministries.

Employing a start-up delivery unit

A delivery unit drives and coordinates start-up activities and helps cities progress much more rapidly than they otherwise might. The unit should mirror as much as possible the ad hoc way start-ups do business and provide a credible focal point for immediate problem resolution, stakeholder engagement, and response. We have identified three important steps to launch a start-up delivery unit.

Hiring the right talent

Policy makers’ experience in London and New York suggests that finding the right kind of people to work in start-up delivery units is challenging. The participants must understand how to function not only in the volatile world of start-ups but also in the steadier, slower-paced environment of public administration. Successful start-up delivery units hire an established entrepreneur as their managing director and seek the best talent they can find from within public administration and established companies. Rotating employees in and out of the unit can help it remain fresh, open to new ideas, and improve dialogues.

One way to help overcome skepticism of start-ups toward policy makers is engaging an established entrepreneur to lead the delivery unit. In London, Eric van der Kleij, the founder of the successful start-up Adeptra, was appointed to lead the London Tech City Investment Organisation (TCIO); in New York, Rachel Sterne Haot, the former CEO of the global crowdsourced news start-up GroundReport, was appointed chief digital officer of the NYC Digital program.

The job description should be similar to other top government or private-sector roles. The ability to truly shape the city’s start-up ecosystem is critical. Direct reporting lines to the mayor ensure not only flatter hierarchies and clear chains of command but also imply a career launchpad for the managing director of the unit through enhanced visibility. Of course, competitive salaries and sufficient budget help attract talent as well. London’s TCIO, for example, has an annual budget of £2.1 million pounds, 61 percent of which is spent on the salaries of the delivery unit.

Even competent leadership will only succeed if complemented by a cutting-edge team consisting of 8 to 12 talented private- and public-sector employees. Getting start-up founders themselves to dedicate substantial time is difficult. Instead, the delivery unit could aim for entrepreneurial talent from other private-sector companies and government bodies. London’s TCIO hired staff from Siemens, as well as long-term public servants previously involved in trade and investment promotion.

Additionally, to ensure the delivery unit will not revert to the somewhat slower-paced world of public administration, permanent rotation of staff into and out of the unit is an option and has proved to boost morale in other public-sector contexts (for example, in Denmark, Germany, and Norway).

Conducting ‘delivery labs’

Once the delivery-unit team is in place, a “delivery lab” can be used to inject ideas and translate high-level strategies into detailed implementation plans. A lab is an intense problem-solving environment that collocates the 20 to 40 key people needed to crack a problem. Delivery labs can also help build team spirit and momentum. Labs may comprise workshops of several days with relevant stakeholders, including venture capitalists, corporations, start-ups, diverse levels of governments, universities, and research institutes. For instance, the lab would attempt to pinpoint the key areas of actions in a start-up ecosystem. Questions like the following may be answered: What can we do to increase capital availability in our city? How can we ensure there are enough coworking spaces at reasonable prices? Taking into account that the start-up environment changes rapidly, analyses and solutions should be updated regularly. Ideally, such labs are conducted annually.

To assess the status of a start-up ecosystem in a delivery lab, a systematic and data-driven analysis aiming to clearly define and redefine the challenges to be addressed is valuable. By providing a data-driven basis for decision making, this analysis not only aids in obtaining buy-in of stakeholders but also helps the delivery unit to regularly update problem definitions and identify the root causes of problems.

Based on the problem definitions and the identified root causes, delivery labs can also be used to assess whether existing solutions are still adequate. Some employ “premortem analysis,” a managerial tool used in the private sector to identify implementation obstacles (exhibit). In step one of such an analysis, all initiatives to be implemented are outlined. Then, delivery-lab participants are asked to imagine a worst-case scenario for each initiative and predict why it might fail. Next, responses to each potential failure are designed. To track the progress of initiatives, some start-up delivery units publish an annual report after a delivery lab.

July 2014 | byJulian Kirchherr, Gundbert Scherf, and Katrin Suder




Momentum Continues to Build for P3S.

Interest in P3s continues to grow as governments aim to stretch their tax dollars earmarked for infrastructure projects, an expert panel told an audience Monday at NCPPP’s P3 Connect.

In an era of shrinking government and a public weary of the private sector’s profit motive, the key to project success is conducting a thorough financial review, open communication with the public and the willingness of local officials to understand these complex projects.

“There’s a big difference in P3s for railroads, airports, waterworks, highways and roads and utilities and we need to put them on a spectrum of how different they are from one another,” said Diana Carew, economist and director of the Young American Prosperity Project at the Progressive Policy Institute. “What they do all have in common is the need for the proper policy and legislative framework. There are still some states that lack P3 frameworks.”

Lately, the private sector’s sustained interest in P3s has begun to be shared by government agencies recognizing the role P3s can play in building infrastructure, according to Bill Johnson, director of Miami-Dade Water and Sewer.

Public support for partnerships continues to be an important determinant in the success of P3s, the panelists agreed.

“For the public, having an understanding what a P3 contract is trying to achieve is so important,” Len Gilroy, director of government reform at the Reason Foundation, told the audience. “What may be intuitive for a policymaker may not translate for members of the public. Communicating the decision-making process is very important.”

Finally, the panelists noted the importance of seeking outside advice when entering into P3s.

“Ultimately, much of the financial counseling public agencies look for can be outsourced,” said Emilia Istrate, director of research and outreach at the National Association of Counties. Of the 31 pieces of legislation proposed at a state level in 2011, 14 expressly allowed public agencies to bring in external consultants to help explain the complexities of P3s and to help the state work with the private sector, according to Istrate.

P3 Connect: Defining the Future of P3s in the U.S will run through Wednesday.​

By Editor July 29, 2014




Should Someone Audit Government Auditors?

There’s a push for local governments to establish independent audit committees.

The California state auditor’s office raised lots of eyebrows around Sacramento last spring. In an annual review of the state’s financial statements, auditors identified more than $30 billion worth of errors. They found faulty accounting assumptions, transactions recognized incorrectly and simple arithmetic mistakes, among other problems. Fortunately, these errors were corrected before the final financial report was published.

In a state with almost $300 billion of assets, enormous pension funds and dozens of quasi-independent entities under its purview, a few small mistakes can quickly add up to $30 billion. Controller John Chiang, whose office prepares the financial statements, characterized many of these as honest errors attributable to understaffing and a lack of clear internal procedures — fixable problems.

In fact, there are those who think this is how public financial governance should work: An entity within the government that is also independent of it reviews that government’s financial policies, procedures and reports. When that entity finds errors it shares those errors directly with the governing body. The government then fixes those mistakes. For those who subscribe to this more “corporate” style of financial governance, the California episode is an uplifting story of what’s possible. It might also illustrate things to come.

Throughout the past decade, public companies have overhauled their financial governance practices. Much of that change was brought about by the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act passed in the wake of the Enron scandal. Enron was a colossal mess in part because its auditors rarely questioned management’s aggressive accounting and financial reporting tactics.

In the post-Sarbanes-Oxley world, public companies must establish, among other things, an independent audit committee that oversees the financial audit process, reviews financial policies and procedures, and generally monitors a company’s financial inner-workings. If the audit committee spots a problem, it can circumvent management and report directly to the company’s board of directors.

Experts disagree — sometimes pointedly — about whether these reforms have worked, but there’s no question that these reforms changed financial governance forever.

States and big cities that elect an auditor or create an audit committee can realize many of these oversight benefits. According to some recent academic research in this area, only about one-third of smaller local governments and one-half of big cities have voluntarily established an independent audit function. Most that have not say their internal controls and other financial governance structures are strong enough. Others say audit committees are so politically sensitive that the benefits don’t usually outweigh the costs.

But this might change. Around the time the California auditor’s office published its findings, the Association of Local Government Auditors (ALGA), the main professional association in this area, published its long-awaited guidance on independent audit committees. ALGA recommended that local governments not only establish an independent audit committee, but also make certain that the committee includes financial experts who are not members of the governing body. The guidance goes on to say that properly resourced audit committees should have access to outside experts who can help make sense of complex or unforeseen financial issues.

Hypothetically, this could include everything from decisions about whether to issue debt to the funding of pension plans to how much money to keep in a rainy day fund.

ALGA’s message is subtle, but clear: As public finance becomes ever more complex, even small local governments need a competent, vigilant, independent and expansive voice to make sure the public’s money is managed prudently. The independent audit committee model is far from perfect, but it seems to have emerged as the go-to model, for now.

GOVERNING.COM
BY JUSTIN MARLOWE | AUGUST 2014




Pushing the Community Reinvestment Act into Unchartered Territory.

A handful of communities are putting CRA funds toward more than just housing projects.

A health clinic in the San Francisco Bay Area. A transit-oriented development in Denver. A mixed-use plan in a run-down neighborhood in Dallas. When it comes to how these places and a handful of others view and leverage the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), they are breaking through old barriers.

All of which brings a measure of satisfaction to Bob McNulty, longtime community development activist and president of Partners for Livable Communities. These are exactly the sort of CRA-funded projects that he would like to see take root all across the country.

For years, however, it’s been a challenge to move the key players in any CRA deal — banks, regulators and community development advocates — in new directions. The reason gets down to a basic tenet of the CRA: The program, aimed at low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, is rooted in housing. As a result, there has been resistance and a good deal of caution when it comes to thinking about investing in new and different things.

Part of that resistance revolves around an active game of finger-pointing. Banks say that regulators aren’t willing to be open-minded about different types of investment, so they’re stuck in the housing box. Regulators say they are more than willing to work with banks on testing new investment strategies aimed at low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, but that the banks are evincing a chronic failure of imagination. Community development activists complain that regulators are, in general, going way too easy on banks when it comes to crediting them for “CRA-worthy investments.” There is, the activists say, chronic grade inflation.

McNulty describes it succinctly as a “conspiracy of caution,” where bankers and regulators have settled into a comfortable routine of business as usual. Bankers don’t have to think very hard about new ways to invest in communities. Regulators can cruise along in their comfort zone of monitoring straightforward home loans and housing projects.

There is no doubt that when the CRA was passed, it was aimed primarily at housing. The impetus for it was a disturbing pattern of active disinvestment by banks in low-income and minority areas around the country, particularly with mortgages but also in the area of small business loans. Called “redlining” — because it appeared that banks were drawing red lines around population centers where they considered residents to be bad bets for loans — the practice finally got the attention of the U.S. Senate Banking Committee in the mid-1970s.

At that time, a two-year Banking Committee study found a clear pattern of redlining nationally. Just over 10 percent of money deposited in Brooklyn banks was actually reinvested in the community. Only 10 percent of deposits in Washington, D.C., were reinvested there, with similar ratios turning up in key cities like Cleveland, Indianapolis, Los Angeles and St. Louis. By then, Congress had apparently seen enough, and, over the strong protests of those in high finance, it passed the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

Under the new law, banks were being asked to redirect a portion of their lending capital to low- and medium-income areas within a defined geographical range covered by the bank. Regulators would, in turn, do regular reviews of bank lending practices to gauge compliance. There has long been a debate about what sort of investments the CRA should focus on and which ones pass muster. Today, there’s an additional debate about “geography” and “banking.” There’s a new world of Internet finance and spinoff financial institutions. Some of these financial entities aren’t technically banks, but they are key to homeownership and other housing projects.

Under the CRA there aren’t any fines or other direct penalties for failure to measure up. But a bank’s ranking — either “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance” — determines whether or not it will win approvals from federal regulators for such key business moves as adding a branch or proceeding with a merger.

For years, some community development activists, like McNulty, have been arguing that bankers and regulators ought to think more holistically about investing in low- and moderate-income areas. That is, there’s more to a community than just housing, that a community’s economic welfare is directly affected by creating more livable places generally and helping build a healthy, educated and prosperous populace specifically. It appears that those who are pushing for that more sweeping view are starting to gain traction.

“There’s some movement in getting out of the affordable housing box,” says Ellen Seidman, a senior fellow at the Urban Institute, who focuses on housing finance and community development. The perception, she adds, has been that regulators “don’t have a lot of creativity or imagination and that lenders didn’t want to take risks.” In order to break the chicken-and-egg cycle, “You need chicken, eggs and farmers,” she says.

As it turns out, one of those farmers is a fed. Elizabeth Sobel Blum, senior community development adviser with the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, is a proponent of a growing movement for a much broader view of CRA investment. Writing in a recent federal reserve paper aimed at CRA compliance officers, she called for a “healthy communities framework” that “involves creating an environment in which there is an abundance of healthy choices.” She notes that there aren’t any “right answers” when it comes to evaluating a bank’s compliance, but she wouldn’t mind seeing banks credited for more than just helping with housing or small business development.

Other feds appear to be joining the chorus. “We do try to promote creativity,” says Paul Kaboth, vice president for community development at the Cleveland Federal Reserve. His shop is actively working with banks to think more broadly about things like skills training, social services, counseling and day care. “You don’t look at it as just housing or small business loans as much as what you’re providing to low- and moderate-income individuals,” he says. The rub, he suggests, is not so much bankers’ resistance to new ideas as their basic conservatism.

Nonetheless, some major financial players like Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs and FirstBank are getting into the CRA game. As they do, there are adjustments that bankers need to make. CRA is different than the usual deal-making. “Lots of players have to be involved,” says Rob Chaney, who oversees loan operations for FirstBank in Lakewood, Colo., “and someone has to be the champion. There’s a great need for someone to beat the square peg into the round hole.”

As to state and local government, Chaney sees a potential role for the public sector to work in concert with community development organizations. Together, they could come up with more sophisticated investment options for a wide range of issues facing communities beyond housing. In that regard, community activists may have to step up their game. By way of example, he points to the issue of food deserts — the lack of fresh food or supermarkets in low-income neighborhoods. “The tendency,” he says, “is to just throw money at the problem versus asking if there’s a sustainable business model that we can help build that gets businesses to come in and invest, and that has community involvement and engagement to prove that people are really interested in solving these issues over the long term.” The target community itself has to mobilize for banks to have confidence in a deal, he notes.

Indeed, the most successful initiatives are the ones where the community is involved from the start. “When I look at successful community development projects,” says Karl Zavitkovsky, who heads up Dallas’ Office of Economic Development, “it’s important to have community buy-in and it’s important to have a willing financial institution. You can do things in a physical sense, but if the community isn’t aware of the new clinic or new school or retail center, it just doesn’t work as well.”

Acting as a convener is one very important role the city can play, Zavitkovsky points out. But cities can do a lot more than simply be a meeting site for principals. Cities can help assemble viable parcels for development, put up city money to sweeten a given deal and perhaps help convince financiers that a city is willing to be a real partner in a project.

For example, Dallas just cut the ribbon on a project that is located next to a light rail line station and is across the street from a VA Hospital, which employs 4,000 people and generates a huge volume of patient traffic. Despite the location, there’s never been much there in terms of services or livable housing. Local community groups, banks and developers came together to focus attention and investment on the area. For its part, the city bought the land, tore down some “hot sheet” hotels and swung some tax increment financing to help underwrite debt service on a U.S. Housing and Urban Development loan.

The new mixed-use project, Lancaster Urban Village, boasts an 18,000-square-foot development of retail shops along with a couple hundred apartments — a mix of market rate and affordable that made the project CRA-worthy. The project is in a section of Dallas that represents half the city’s geographical area but that only delivers 15 percent of the city’s tax base. That factor alone made the project important from a broad economic development standpoint. And, yes, to be CRA-worthy, such projects have to occur in a low- to moderate-income area, “but when you’re looking to be successful in a neighborhood, it’s really important to have a holistic approach,” Zavitkovsky says.

For banks, that low- to moderate-income test should be as much of a focus as the type of project being funded, says the Cleveland Fed’s Kaboth. “The worst possible outcome for a bank’s CRA officer,” he says, “is you go to your oversight committee and say we should do these loans in these Census areas and there’s reluctance because they’re not sure they’ll get CRA credits.” That’s why he is happy discussing potential projects beforehand, although banks still need to understand that the proof will be in the finished pudding.

Given the success of several alternative and mixed-use projects involving the CRA, it’s clear that there are bankers and regulators ready to disrupt the tradition of caution and move into previously uncharted territory. At that, though, the best projects are still the ones that make business sense, something on which regulators and bankers can certainly agree. “It has to make sense from a business standpoint,” says FirstBank’s Chaney. “It can’t just be about the warm and fuzzy.”

GOVERNING.COM
BY JONATHAN WALTERS | AUGUST 2014




Do We Really Need to Keep Building Convention Centers?

As a new book illustrates, the promised benefits rarely materialize.

Politically, it’s almost irresistible. Revenue from hotel and other taxes, paid largely by people from other places, will be used to subsidize convention centers that lure those visitors to town to spend in hotels, stores and restaurants.

But a new book demonstrates a far less appealing reality. In “Convention Center Follies,” Heywood Sanders, a professor at the University of Texas at San Antonio, tells the tale of projects that continue to be built and expanded at a record pace even though they almost always fail to deliver the promised benefits.

There was a little over 36 million square feet of exhibition space in the United States in 1989. By 2011, that number had nearly doubled to 70.5 million. The problem is that in the midst of a decades-long convention-space explosion, demand has remained flat at best.

Sanders describes the usual scenario in which local convention or visitor-industry officials complain that a convention center is jammed to capacity or, worse, that lucrative events want to come but are too big for an existing facility. Consultants are retained, and they invariably endorse either building a new convention facility or expanding an existing one.

The idea behind convention centers is to bolster the local economy by attracting visitors who would otherwise spend their money elsewhere. The best measure of success is the number of hotel room-nights they generate.

Sanders’ numbers tell the real story. Washington, D.C.’s new convention center was supposed to deliver nearly 730,000 room-nights by 2010; the actual number for that year was less than 275,000. Austin, Texas’ expanded center was supposed to bring 314,000 room-nights by 2005 but produced just 149,000. The 2003 expansion of Portland, Ore.’s convention center was expected to yield between 280,000 and 290,000 room-nights, but the actual number was 127,000 — far less than before the center’s expansion. Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas, Milwaukee, Minneapolis, Pittsburgh and Seattle are among other cities that have had similar experiences. The challenge is to find an exception to the rule.

That’s not all. When projects fail and debt service mounts, consultants routinely conclude that the center needs a “headquarters hotel,” which at the very least requires a large public subsidy. Sometimes the lack of developer interest results in the hotel being publicly owned. It’s a classic example of finding yourself in a hole and continuing to dig.

Many factors result in convention center feasibility studies dramatically overestimating economic impact, but one that stands out is the fact that about half of convention attendees are generally local-area residents who would still spend their money in the region if there weren’t a convention to go to. Consultants generally assume that each convention attendee will stay in a hotel for three nights or more. But because of the preponderance of locals, the reality is generally about one room-night for each attendee.

The consultants don’t compare their past projections against actual performance or use that performance to inform future estimates. Sanders quotes one such consultant, Charles H. Johnson, from a 2005 legal deposition: “Once the deal is done, if we’re not engaged, we … give them our report, our final invoice, and wish them good luck.”

And the consultants routinely use expansions that are underway in other cities (often undertaken at those same consultants’ urging) as evidence of why subsequent clients need to expand to remain competitive. Another consultant, Jeff Sachs, was blunt in his comments to Forbes, saying, “You lose clients if you shoot down projects.”

Sanders makes a strong case for what he believes to be the real goals behind convention-center development. Sometimes it’s to increase area property values. Boston is an example of a new convention center being used to help jump-start a developing neighborhood. In other cases, the facility is seen as an anchor to insure against downtown erosion or, in cities like St. Louis, part of an effort to reverse neighborhood erosion.

All are worthy goals. But taxpayers deserve an honest debate about whether building or expanding a convention center is an effective way to achieve them. And the debate should be informed by realistic economic-impact projections. What we don’t need is a continuation of the charade in which elected officials, local business leaders and convention consultants tout benefits that at least some of them know will never materialize.

GOVERNING.COM
BY CHARLES CHIEPPO | JULY 30, 2014




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - July 28, 2014

Click to read the Brief.




California High-Speed Rail Bonds Revived by Appeals Court.

The California High-Speed Rail Authority can issue $8.6 billion in bonds to finance the U.S.’s first bullet train, a state appeals court ruled, putting the beleaguered $68 billion project back on track in a win for California Governor Jerry Brown.

While the proposed line from San Francisco to Los Angeles still faces several lawsuits, yesterday’s ruling by a three-judge state appeals court panel in Sacramento removes a substantial roadblock to the project.

The agency suffered a setback in November when a state judge blocked it from issuing the bonds, saying its finance committee didn’t adequately disclose reasons for the financing. The judge told the authority to withdraw its funding plan. The decision threatened to delay and increase the cost of the project, state officials said.

The appeals panel said California law doesn’t require the agency to provide any support or evidence to back up its decision approving issuance of the bonds, while warning that the project still faces hurdles.

“Substantial financial and environmental questions remain to be answered by the authority in the final funding plan the voters required for each corridor or usable segment of the project,” the court said. “But those questions are not before us.”

Funding Plan

The court also reversed the judge’s ruling that the rail authority had to redo its funding plan.

“The High-Speed Rail Authority has always been committed to building a modern high-speed rail system that will connect the state, precisely as the voters called,” agency board chairman Dan Richard said by e-mail. “This system will be a clean, fast, non-subsidized service, and will create jobs and enable smart, sustainable growth while preserving farmland and habitat.”

There will be more legal challenges, said lawyers for the project’s opponents, who are also weighing an appeal of yesterday’s ruling to the California Supreme Court.

Access Monies

“We still have, and the court so indicated, an opportunity to challenge the legality of the authority’s actions when the authority moves to the next step and actually tries to access the monies in the bond fund,” Michael Brady, the attorney for John Tos, a farmer who sued, said in an e-mail. “They have to apply for that money through a different section of the law, a section which is actually much tougher on the authority with respect to what it has to prove.”

The rail authority wants to lay tracks for trains running as fast as 220 miles (354 kilometers) an hour from San Francisco to Los Angeles. That became a more difficult goal after the U.S. Congress cut funds for such projects in 2012.

The state is buying land and rights-of-way needed for the rail line, which is scheduled to begin running three-hour trips by 2029. The project is being challenged by landowners, farmers and taxpayer groups, who say it has so deviated from the proposal approved by voters in 2008 that it’s now illegal.

The rail authority on July 24 won an appeals court ruling throwing out a challenge by some San Francisco Bay area cities to the routing of train tracks connecting the Bay area and the Central Valley. The court found that the environmental review of the project’s impact was sufficient.

The case is California High-Speed Rail Authority v. The Superior Court of Sacramento County, C075668, California Court of Appeal, 3rd District (Sacramento).

By Karen Gullo Aug 1, 2014 8:22 AM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Karen Gullo in federal court in San Francisco at kgullo@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Michael Hytha at mhytha@bloomberg.net David Glovin, Charles Carter




Moody's: Q2 US Public Finance Rating Revisions Consistent with Stabilizing Trend.

New York, July 30, 2014 — Rating revisions in the second quarter were consistent with an overall trend toward stabilizing credit quality in the US public finance sector, says Moody’s Investors Service. Although the number of rating downgrades outpaced upgrades, the amount of debt Moody’s upgraded surpassed the debt it downgraded for the first time in six years, a result of large state government upgrades including California and New York.

Despite stabilizing trends across public finance sectors, Moody’s expects downgrades to continue to exceed upgrades during 2014, but with the possibility of further improvement over the next several quarters.

As usual, the vast majority of ratings remained unchanged during the second quarter, with movement found among only approximately 2% of all public finance ratings.

“Most public finance obligors will continue to see stability in their ratings as improving revenues and sound management practices support their credit profiles,” says Moody’s Analyst Chandra Ghosal. “However, some issuers across multiple sectors have not recovered all the ground lost during the recession. These include local governments with weak local economies, as well as colleges and hospitals with weak competitive positions.”

During the second quarter, upgrades equaled $158 billion and accounted for 65% of the total par value of debt that had a rating change. The upgrades of California, with $86 billion in debt, to Aa3 from A1, and New York, with $62 billion, to Aa1 from Aa2, accounted for a large majority of this total.

Also during the quarter, New Jersey, with $32 billion in debt, was downgraded to A1 from Aa3, and Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority, with $8.8 billion in debt, was downgraded to Ba3 from Ba2. (It was later downgraded to Caa2 on July 1.) These actions accounted for close to half of the $84 billion in debt downgraded.

In all there were 282 rating changes in the second quarter, 91 of which were upgrades and 191 of which were downgrades. In the first quarter of the year, there were 247 rating changes, 97 upgrades and 150 downgrades.

The 529 rating actions through the first six months of 2014 were a 12% increase over the first half of 2013. However, much of the activity arose from Moody’s US Local Government GO Methodology, which led to 256 local governments having their ratings being placed on review, with the final tally for rating actions at 95 upgrades and 68 downgrades.

“The methodology update had a modest impact on the sector, changing less than 2% of our nearly 8,300 local government GO ratings,” says Moody’s Ghosal.

For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access this report at

https://www.moodys.com/viewresearchdoc.aspx?docid=PBM_PBM173274

Global Credit Research – 30 Jul 2014




GFOA Secures Introduction of Legislation to Expand Availability of Bank-Qualified Bonds.

Last week, a bipartisan group of House lawmakers introduced legislation (H.R. 5199) that would permanently raise the issuer limit on bank-qualified bonds from $10 million to $30 million. The legislation, which breathes new life into the effort to restore the annual issuer limit to $30 million, is the culmination of several months of work by GFOA’s Federal Liaison Center with the offices of congressmen Tom Reed (R-NY), Randy Hultgren (R-IL), John Larson (D-CT) and Richard Neal (D-MA).

Bank-qualified bonds were created in 1986 to give smaller issuers more cost-effective access to credit by allowing them to bypass the traditional underwriting system and sell their tax-exempt bonds directly to local banks. In addition to the higher costs of issuance in the normal underwriting process, many small issuers have a difficult time selling their bonds because investors are not as familiar with their jurisdictions. As a result of these factors, many small issuers have been forced to pay higher interest rates on their bond issuances. Recognizing the utility of bank-qualified bonds to overcome these cost barriers, Congress temporarily expanded their use by raising the issuer limit to $30 million annually in 2009, and as a result, the market for bank-qualified bonds increased in 2009 to approximately $32 billion. However, despite the effectiveness of bank-qualified bonds and bi-partisan support on Capitol Hill, Congress did not extend these provisions beyond their December 31, 2010, sunset date, and on January 1, 2011, the annual issuer limit for bank-qualified bonds reverted to $10 million.

The GFOA urges members to reach out to their members of Congress and request that they co-sponsor HR 5199.

Tuesday, July 29, 2014




S&P: U.S. Regulated Electric Utilities' Annual Capital Spending Is Poised To Eclipse $100 Billion.

In recent years, U.S. electric utilities have intensified their capital spending, in part, to update and replace aging infrastructure. They’ve also had to boost spending to pay for smart grid technology, increased security to safeguard against physical and cyber attacks, and system hardening to protect against more volatile weather. Moreover, the industry is now exploring ways to meet the required carbon pollution reductions under the EPA’s recently proposed Clean Power Plan, which seeks to reduce carbon dioxide emissions. Under this plan, utilities would likely generate less electricity from coal and more electricity from other less carbon-intensive sources, which would require significant incremental capital investments.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services believes this ever-growing need to fund improvement projects and comply with upcoming regulations could pressure utilities’ financial measures, resulting in almost consistent negative discretionary cash flow throughout this higher construction period. However, we expect that utilities will be able to maintain their largely investment-grade credit quality by effectively managing regulatory risk and possibly seeking new creative ways to finance the necessary higher spending levels.

Read the Report.




Ballard Spahr: President Obama Seeks to Expand Market for P3 Transportation Projects.

As part of his ongoing effort to urge Congress to address the nation’s critical infrastructure needs, President Obama recently announced the signing of an executive order creating the Build America Investment Initiative (the Initiative). This government-wide Initiative is intended to modernize roads, bridges, and other public infrastructure by complementing government funding with private capital, and could lead to more innovative project financing through public-private partnerships (P3s).

The Initiative is designed to encourage collaboration between state and local governments and the private sector, expand the market for P3s, and make greater use of existing federal tax credit programs. The President’s announcement serves as another reminder of how the federal government continues to shift subsidies for infrastructure from tax-exempt bonds to tax credits. The Initiative’s three major components are detailed below.

Under the oversight of the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT), the Build America Transportation Center (the Center) will provide information and technical assistance about innovative financing strategies to state and local governments, public and private developers, and investors. Resources include:

‘Navigator Service” for the Public and Private Sector.  This service is designed to make USDOT tax credit programs more understandable and accessible to state and local governments and leverage both public and private project funding. In addition, it will provide resources for identifying and executing P3s to private sector development and infrastructure investors.

Improved Access to USDOT Credit Programs.  The Center will encourage awareness and efficient use of existing USDOT resources, including the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA) program. TIFIA provides financing and loan guarantees to transportation projects; each dollar of TIFIA funding can support about $10 in loans, loan guarantees, or lines of credit. The Center will also focus on the use of other key USDOT programs, including the Private Activity Bond program and the Railroad Rehabilitation and Improvement Financing Program.

Technical Assistance.  Best practices from states and communities that already have established successful P3s will be shared. Through a website and on-site technical assistance, the Center will provide information about USDOT credit programs, case studies of successful projects and examples of deal structures, standard operating procedures for P3s, and analytical toolkits. The Center also will help investors better understand how to use USDOT credit and grant programs together for project development.

Information To Reduce Uncertainty and Delays.  In partnership with the interagency Infrastructure Permitting Improvement Center—part of the Obama administration’s plan to modernize permitting—the Center will help local and state governments, project sponsors, and investors navigate the permitting process.

Build America Interagency Working Group

A federal interagency working group, co-chaired by U.S. Treasury Secretary Jacob Lew and Transportation Secretary Anthony Foxx, will conduct a review aimed at fostering greater private investment and collaboration beyond the transportation sector. The group will work with state and local governments, project developers, investors, and others to address private investments and partnerships in areas including municipal water, ports, harbors, and the electrical grid. The group will focus on improving coordination to speed financing and completion of regionally and nationally significant projects, particularly those crossing state boundaries.

Infrastructure Investment Summit

On September 9, 2014, the Treasury Department will host a summit on U.S. infrastructure investment. The summit will focus on innovative infrastructure financing approaches and highlight other resources for project development. Leading project developers and institutional investors, state and local officials, and their federal counterparts are expected to participate.

July 23, 2014

This publication was written by members of Ballard Spahr’s P3/Infrastructure Group.

Attorneys in Ballard Spahr’s P3/Infrastructure Group routinely monitor and report on new developments in federal and state infrastructure programs. For more information, please contact P3/Infrastructure Practice Leader Brian Walsh at 215.864.8510 or walsh@ballardspahr.com, Emilie R. Ninan at 302.252.4426 or ninane@ballardspahr.com, Steve T. Park at 215.864.8533 or parks@ballardspahr.com, or the member of the Group with whom you work.

BRIAN WALSH
TEL 215.864.8510
walsh@ballardspahr.com

EMILIE R. NINAN
TEL 302.252.4426
ninane@ballardspahr.com

STEVE T. PARK
TEL 215.864.8533
parks@ballardspahr.com

ABOUT BALLARD SPAHR
Ballard Spahr, a national law firm with more than 500 lawyers in 14 offices in the United States, provides a range of services in litigation, business and finance, real estate, intellectual property, and public finance. Our clients include Fortune 500 companies, financial institutions, life sciences and technology companies, health systems, investors and developers, government agencies and sponsored enterprises, educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations. The firm combines a national scope of practice with strong regional market knowledge. For more information, please visit www.ballardspahr.com.




S&P: How Exposed are Bond Insurers to Issuers in Puerto Rico?

The credit deterioration of Puerto Rico’s public corporations and recent legislative changes have raised investor concerns relating to the bond insurers. Director David Veno discusses the exposure different bond insurers have to Puerto Rican issuers.

Watch the video.




MSRB Adds Graphing Tools for Historical Yield Data on EMMA.

Alexandria, VA – To ensure that new graphing tools on the Electronic Municipal Market Access (EMMA®) website are useful to the broadest range of investors, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB) today added a graphical display of yield information on EMMA.

The new graphs allow users to visualize historical yields over time for any of the nearly 1.1 million securities on EMMA, supplementing the trade price graphs that became available on EMMA in June 2014. The new yield graphs also are now integrated into EMMA’s price discovery tool to enable investors and others to visually compare yield information for multiple securities with similar characteristics.

“With the launch of the price discovery tool last month, the MSRB provided investors with a new way of looking at trade data on EMMA to more quickly and easily gauge the price of a municipal security,” said MSRB Executive Director Lynnette Kelly. “The addition of yield graphs on EMMA further enhances the accessibility and usefulness of EMMA trade data.”

The MSRB’s EMMA website supports market transparency by serving as the official source of free trade data and disclosure documents on virtually all municipal securities.




S&P: U.S. Public Finance Rating Changes Were Still Positive In The Second Quarter, But A Bit Less So.

The balance of rating actions in U.S. public finance continued to be positive in the second quarter of 2014, reflecting our view of gradually improving credit conditions and the ongoing implementation of our local government general obligation (GO) rating criteria. However, the positive tilt has declined somewhat and, at 2.23 to 1, the second quarter upgrade-to-downgrade ratio is lower than any other quarter since the second quarter of 2013. The lower upgrade-to-downgrade ratio is tied to our now having implemented our revised local government rating criteria, released in September 2013, to much of our rated universe of affected local governments. With economic conditions very similar to what they were nine months ago, the upgrade ratio has drifted back in the direction of where it was just before the implementation of our revised criteria. In addition, when we lowered New Jersey’s GO rating in April, we also lowered all of the state’s appropriation-backed debt.




S&P: Not All Loans Are Equal - Some Terms and Conditions That Make Disclosure Critical In Evaluating Credit Risk.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services has commented on the need for U.S. public finance issuers that we rate to provide greater disclosure of their use of alternative financing products such as bank loans and direct-purchase debt. We have focused on our need to be made aware of these transactions so that we can analyze the potential credit risks inherent in them. In this article we highlight some of the actual terms and conditions that may be included in these transactions that, in our view, make disclosure to us essential for our evaluation of an obligor’s credit rating.

With greater use of these products and a more diverse group of lenders, we find the terms and conditions less standardized and uniform, creating, in our view, potential for considerable credit risk exposure. In our opinion, this additional risk stems from potential acceleration of principal and interest payments, and the potential for cross–default provisions between alternative financing debt and capital market debt. The documentation under which the lender agrees to purchase the alternative financing often contains events of default or covenants with remedies that, in our view, increase the potential for triggering accelerated repayment of principal and interest. Combined with cross-default provisions, breached covenants and default events could accelerate not only payments under the alternative financing, but also capital market debt, which could create a liquidity crisis for the obligor and potentially have multi-notch negative rating implications.

Therefore, we regard as critical the incorporation of alternative financings into the analysis of an obligor’s debt profile. Standard & Poor’s typically reviews the events of default set forth in an obligor’s debt issuance documents to determine if the remedies can pose stress to an obligor as outlined in our contingent liquidity criteria. If so, we then review the events for consistency with our criteria for analyzing automatic termination events for standby bond purchase agreements (those that permit termination without notice or funding). These typically include what we consider “major” events, e.g., the obligor fails to pay principal of or interest on or repudiates the debt issuance, the obligor fails to make payment on or repudiates any debt on parity with, or senior to, the debt issuance, or the issuer or obligor challenges the validity or enforceability of the debt documents. (For a complete list see USPF Criteria: “Standby Bond Purchase Agreement Automatic Termination Events”.)

Our concerns with alternative financing agreements, and our focus from a credit perspective, is whether any “non-major” events, if triggered, could lead to a remedy such as rapid acceleration of debt repayment and in turn, liquidity stress for the obligor. “Non-major” events can cover the spectrum from very broad to very specific events, depending on the obligor.

Examples of “non-major” events we have seen in actual documents leading to immediate acceleration include:

Other events leading to acceleration from 30 to 60 days:

As these examples show, the financing documents may allow the obligor a specific cure period before an event of default leading to acceleration is triggered. The combination of the magnitude of potential accelerated debt relative to an obligor’s liquidity, and the immediacy of such liquidity calls, will be key to our determining the impact on an obligor’s outstanding rating.

23-Jul-2014




Bank Loans Grow In Municipal Market While Bond Issues Shrink.

Significant developments in the way municipal entities borrow money are under way. Last year, issuances of new municipal bonds in traditional municipal bond markets dropped to near historic lows and the outlook for 2014 is similarly weak. According to the Municipal Bond Credit Report, Fourth Quarter 2013, prepared by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA), new capital markets municipal offerings in 2013 totaled $315.2 billion, a 13% decline from 2012. Of this amount, $266.7 billion represented tax-exempt issuances. The SIFMA 2014 Municipal Issuance Survey forecasts the 2014 total issuances to be $309.5 billion, of which $265 billion is expected to be tax-exempt, marking another decrease in volume.

Of great interest to commercial banks is the fact that, in contrast to this downturn in offerings of traditional municipal bonds, there is a marked increase in the amount of direct lending by banks and other financial institutions to municipal borrowers. While exact numbers are difficult to come by, Standard & Poor’s has estimated that direct bank loans to muni issuers may account for as much as twenty percent (20%) of new municipal borrowings.[1] While there is no single factor that explains this rather dramatic change in landscape, there are a number of significant reasons why this may be occurring.

First, interest rates have been at or near historically low levels for the last five or so years. This low interest rate environment has offered unique opportunities to refinance outstanding bond debt on more favorable terms by enabling banks to offer very competitive interest rates to municipal borrowers on both tax-exempt and taxable debt. This has proven to be true even after factoring in the full or complete loss of a corresponding interest expense deduction that financial institutions may incur to carry tax-exempt debt pursuant to Sections 265 and 291 of the Internal Revenue Code.

The “all in” cost of direct bank loans is also made more competitive by the absence of certain bond-related costs of issuance that are generally not part of a direct bank loan structure, such as the underwriter’s discount, rating agency fees, costs of preparing and printing an Official Statement, underwriter’s counsel fees, remarketing agent fees, liquidity provider or other credit enhancement fees, bond trustee fees and bond trustee counsel fees.

In addition to the obvious purpose of lowering debt service and the costs of issuance, municipal borrowers are taking advantage of bank loan refinancings to reduce their mix of fixed and variable rate debt, to restructure debt amortization, to shed burdensome bond document covenants and to reduce liquidity risk that may exist under outstanding variable rate demand bonds (VRDBs).

For example, direct bank loans seem to have become the vehicle of choice to refinance outstanding VRBDs by effectively converting those letter of credit obligations and risks into direct loan obligations, often in refinancing transactions with the former letter of credit bank.

Such a direct loan may also be preferred by financial institution lenders over letters of credit, standby bond purchase agreements or other liquidity facilities due to the evolving capital adequacy rules and standards under Dodd-Frank (and its progeny) and because the treatment of credit-enhancement facilities remains unsettled for risk-based capital computation purposes.

Another advantage presented by direct bank loans over traditional capital market issuances is flexibility, both in negotiating credit terms and in the administration of the debt relationship going forward. A muni borrower may be able to more flexibly negotiate the terms of a borrowing by dealing one on one with a single lender rather than by negotiating with an underwriter based on what the underwriter believes to be necessary to sell the bonds in the capital markets. Further, the trust indenture that governs a borrower’s ability to issue additional debt over time may lock the municipal borrower into a fixed, common set of covenants and documentation requirements, making it potentially more difficult to address special debt needs that may arise.[2]

Flexibility in credit administration is achieved because it is much easier to obtain the consent of a single lender to modifications or waivers of credit documents than having to work through a bond trustee and DTC to locate and obtain consents from a disparate set of bondholders.

On the regulatory front, direct bank loans presently have an advantage over capital market issues involving an underwriter because the regulatory burden on the borrower is substantially reduced. With no underwriter in the deal, the bond issue is not subject to many of the regulatory compliance requirements imposed on underwriters of municipal securities by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The requirements that come along with an underwritten deal include: the underwriter must obtain a continuing disclosure agreement with the municipal borrower pursuant to SEC Rule 15c2-12 and determine whether the municipal borrower is presently in compliance with all of its other continuing disclosure undertakings as a condition to selling the bonds; an official statement or placement document must be used in connection with the bond offering and filed and supplemented on the SEC’s Electronic Municipal Markets Access System (EMMA); and mandatory continuing disclosure filings must be made on EMMA by the municipal borrower.

You should be aware, however, that these so-called regulatory advantages are currently under close scrutiny by the MSRB and various other regulators. There is a growing belief by the regulators that the use of such direct bank loans creates something of a shadow market that deprives the capital markets of essential information regarding muni bond issuers, including information which would otherwise be available if an underwriter were involved in the financing.

To illustrate, the MSRB has published Notice 2012-18 that strongly urges state and local governmental issuers to voluntarily file with EMMA the same types of information and disclosures that would be applicable if the issue was publicly underwritten. Notice 2012-18 summarizes the MSRB’s concerns as follows:

“The increased use by state and local governments of bank loans to meet funding needs has raised concern among market participants about the level of disclosure about such loans. Because, as described below, bank loans generally do not require the same level of disclosure as public offerings for municipal securities, holders of an issuer’s outstanding debt, as well as potential investors and other market participants, may not become aware of such bank loans or their impact on the issuer’s outstanding debt until the release of an issuer’s audited financial statements. Thus, for example, bondholders may not be aware of the terms and conditions of a bank loan that may require the acceleration of debt repayment if the borrower encounters financial stress. In other circumstances, where bank loans are on parity with or senior to other outstanding debt, the bondholders’ security position could be diluted.”

Because of these expressed concerns, it would not be surprising if future legislative or administrative initiatives were to impose increased disclosure requirements on direct bank loans to municipal entities. Perhaps that is even to be expected in this era of concern for municipal market transparency and full disclosure.

Finally, the rating agencies are beginning to take a much harder look at outstanding bank debt when doing their rating analysis of municipal issuers. Standard and Poor’s, in its commentary noted above, has indicated that it is concerned with the increasing use of such facilities by municipal borrowers and the liquidity and other credit risks presented by direct bank loans. According to S&P’s commentary, these risks are increasing as a more diverse group of banks enters this lending arena and the terms and covenants within the bank agreements are less clearly defined and uniform. In S&P’s view, this creates the potential for considerable credit risk exposure. These risks are, or will be, part of the ratings analysis and could be the basis for a negative credit action or outlook change.

In summary, direct lending to municipal entities presents a lending opportunity for Pennsylvania banks and other financial institutions that should continue until at least the current interest rate climate changes in an adverse direction. However, as these direct bank loans become even more widely used, they are moving onto the regulators’ and rating agencies’ radar screens in significant ways. There is no doubt more to come on these evolving fronts.

[1] Source: Standard & Poor’s commentary, Alternative Financing: Disclosure is Critical to Credit Analysis in Public Finance, February 18, 2014
[2] It should be noted that for active issuers, using a uniform set of documents and covenants may provide other benefits that should not be overlooked, such as not having to comply with several different, and potentially conflicting, covenant regimes. Such an arrangement would also have the benefit of serving as a convenient vehicle for achieving parity of covenants and security among bondholders without having to negotiate and execute intercreditor agreements each time that new parity debt is issued.

7/23/2014

by Daniel Malpezzi | McNees Wallace & Nurick LLC

This article was published in the Early Summer 2014 edition of PABanker Magazine (Pennsylvania Bankers Association).




Muni Rally Pushes Yields to Lowest Since May 2013 on Supply.

Municipal bond yields fell to the lowest in 14 months as demand for state and local securities climbed ahead of a drop in issuance next week.

Interest rates on benchmark 10-year munis dropped to 2.22 percent yesterday, the lowest since May 2013. Yields have fallen about 0.22 percentage point since July 11, heading for the biggest two-week decline since January, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

States and local governments have scheduled about $3.6 billion of bond sales during the next 30 days, the least since February, Bloomberg data show. Municipalities are set to sell about $2.1 billion of long-term debt next week, down from $7.2 billion this week.

“Less supply and more demand are just driving yields down,” said Dan Toboja, senior vice president of muni trading at Ziegler Capital Markets in Chicago. “It doesn’t look like there’s a ton of supply coming down the pike either.”

The expected slowdown comes as demand in the $3.7 trillion muni market is picking up. Individual investors added about $686 million to muni mutual funds in the week ended July 23, the most since May 7, Lipper US Fund Flows data show. That compares with $158 million in inflows the prior week.

By Elizabeth Campbell Jul 25, 2014 8:08 AM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Elizabeth Campbell in Chicago at ecampbell14@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Schoifet




Window Closing to Challenge Wall Street Over Swaps: Bloomberg Muni Credit.

The clock is running out on a way for U.S. states and cities to try to recoup payments to Wall Street on bond deals that blew up in the financial crisis.

Six years after credit-market turmoil began hitting local governments with rising bills for bond and derivative deals that backfired, the time limit will soon lapse for issuers to seek to claw back their losses by arguing that banks misled them about the risks, said former Congressman Bradley Miller, an attorney with Grais & Ellsworth LLP in New York.

With a six-year statute of limitations closing, officials in Los Angeles may vote to press Bank of New York Mellon Corp. and Dexia SA (DEXB) to renegotiate or terminate interest-rate swaps costing $4.9 million a year. Harris County, Texas, which encompasses most of Houston, is hiring an adviser to look at whether risks were presented fairly when it entered deals that are costing about $7 million a year.

“It’s one of the things from the financial crisis that keeps reverberating,” said Houston attorney David Peterson, a partner at Susman Godfrey who has handled litigation related to the collapse of the auction-rate securities market. “Municipalities are wondering what they got in return for taking the risk. It’s the issuers who end up suffering, and at the end of the day the taxpayers who end up paying.”

The Unraveling

The costs resulted from complex financings that Wall Street banks pitched as a way to cut borrowing expenses and that unraveled after the 2008 financial crisis. States and localities have paid more than $4 billion to banks to back out of the agreements, while issuers such as Chicago and Baltimore opted to remain in the money-losing trades.

With the transactions, municipalities sold bonds with floating interest rates, then entered into related derivative contracts to protect against the risk borrowing costs would jump. Through the derivatives, municipalities received payments based on indexes such as the London interbank offered rate, or Libor, meant to cover the cost of the bonds. In return, they made fixed interest payments to the banks.

The tactic turned costly in 2008, when borrowers faced soaring interest bills as credit markets seized up. At the same time, the payments they received under the swaps fell as the Federal Reserve pushed its benchmark overnight rate close to zero.

’70s Vintage

Miller, a former North Carolina Democratic representative who sat on the House Financial Services Committee, said banks may have violated rules requiring them to deal fairly with local governments that hire them to arrange bond sales.

He said that under those rules, first put in place in the 1970s, underwriters must explain complex transactions in an understandable way and disclose the material risks. Issuers have six years to bring arbitration cases from the time they determine the deals backfired, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines.

While issuers were told of risks of entering swaps sold along with variable-rate debt, the magnitude of what could go wrong may not have been sufficiently explained, Peterson said.

“It appears they rarely, if ever, showed how vulnerable issuers were to the variables,” said Joseph Fichera, chief executive officer of New York-based Saber Partners LLC, which is poised to be hired by Harris County. “Savings were calculated without adjusting for the risks that could affect the savings, which is a core financial principle that should have been followed.”

Uphill Fight

Public officials in cities such as Oakland have tried to pressure banks into breaking the decades-long contracts with little success. In Los Angeles, finance officials already met with at least one swap provider and were told they “will be unlikely to offer a significant discount,” according to a June 27 memo to the mayor and city council from Miguel Santana, the city administrative officer.

A last-ditch effort to fight the contracts through arbitration may also prove difficult.

Miller said he was aware of only one municipal issuer, a nonprofit insurer in Louisiana, that tried to recoup money from banks in arbitration by arguing it was misled. It lost the decision. In other cases, issuers pursued claims in court instead of arbitration, after being challenged by banks, Miller said.

“It doesn’t take a very close reading of the contracts to realize that these kinds of cases are difficult to pull off,” said Robert Fuller, a principal at Capital Markets Management LLC, a Hopewell, New Jersey-based swaps adviser.

Alabama Precedent

Some municipalities may find a road map in a case settled by an Alabama sewer company. In March, Baldwin County Sewer Services LLC was able to recover losses after an arbitration panel ruled that a failed swap deal amounted to “a continuing but hidden fraud.” Arbitrators told Birmingham-based Regions Financial Corp. (RF) to pay $7.4 million, the net amount of swaps payments the utility made.

Katrina Cavalli, spokeswoman for the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, which represents banks that underwrite municipal securities and in some cases serve as counterparties for swaps, declined to comment in an e-mail.

In Los Angeles, the challenge to the city’s swap deals is being led by Councilman Paul Koretz, who filed an ordinance that may be considered after the council’s recess ends later this month.

Bank Expenses

His proposal was in response to a report by the Fix LA coalition. The group, which includes local labor unions and community groups, found that the city spent $204 million on bank fees in 2013, including swap payments, investment-management fees, the cost of bond insurance and remarketing fees, letters of credit and service fees. That year, Los Angeles spent $163 million on streets, the report said.

Paul Neuman, a spokesman for Koretz, said the swaps have been a drain on the city as it pushed through budget cuts in the recession’s aftermath.

“It is a shame that some financial institutions are benefiting when we face such difficulties, especially when we followed their advice,” he said in an e-mail.

Kevin Heine, a Bank of New York Mellon spokesman, declined to comment on the measure. Phone messages left after business hours at the Brussels and Paris press offices of Dexia, as well as e-mails to the bank’s press address, weren’t returned.

In Harris County, Treasurer Orlando Sanchez said he’s hiring Saber Partners to review swaps and decide whether the county should pursue an arbitration claim. The county will have paid about $31 million to Citibank from 2010 to 2014, according to county documents, plus $19 million in interest on the bonds to which the swaps are attached.

Scott Helfman, spokesman for New York-based Citigroup Inc., declined to comment.

“We need to get to the bottom of what happened with our swaps,” said Sanchez. “I want an independent set of eyeballs to look at it.”

By Darrell Preston Jul 24, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Darrell Preston in Dallas at dpreston@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net William Selway, Mark Tannenbaum




MSRB to Make Kroll Bond Ratings Available to the Public Through its EMMA Website.

Alexandria, VA – The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB) announced today that it plans to provide free public access on its Electronic Municipal Market Access (EMMA®) website to public finance ratings from Kroll Bond Rating Agency (KBRA).

“The addition of KBRA credit ratings to EMMA gives investors yet another tool to make more informed decisions about municipal bonds,” said MSRB Executive Director Lynnette Kelly. “The MSRB welcomes KBRA’s participation and support of EMMA’s goal to enhance access to municipal market information.”

The MSRB began providing ratings from Fitch Ratings and Standard & Poor’s on EMMA in 2011. Read more about the ratings information currently available on EMMA. Ratings information from KBRA will become available this fall.

KBRA, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO). The MSRB has invited all NRSROs to provide their municipal credit ratings on EMMA.

The EMMA website is the official repository for information on virtually all municipal securities. EMMA provides free public access to official disclosures, trade data, credit ratings, educational materials and other information about the municipal securities market.




Has S&P Been Exaggerating Local Governments' Stability?

One analyst says the new way the credit rating agency scores local governments downplays the risk investors are taking and could encourage ratings shopping.

Since last fall, when S&P released new scoring criteria, the agency has been reassessing ratings for thousands of local governments. Generally, and as predicted by S&P itself, the new criteria resulted in more upgrades of governments than downgrades. But a Janney Montgomery Scott analyst pointed out in his July note on the bond market that those changes have not put S&P’s ratings more in line with competitors Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

In some cases, rather, agencies’ ratings scores for the same local governments have diverged even more.

“I do not remember a time when I saw so many credits with not just a one-or-so-notch difference here and there, but multiple-notch differences in some cases,” said Tom Kozlik, the analyst who wrote the note. “This is not part of the typical ratings cycle (where sometimes one rating agency is a little higher and vice versa, I suspect). As a result, I expect that rating shopping could be on the rise if the current trend continues.”

Ratings shopping, where a government issuer chooses to publish just its highest credit agency rating, came under scrutiny in the aftermath of the financial crisis but the focus from regulators and investors was on the rosy ratings from all credit agencies assigned to mortgage-backed-securities. According to Kozlik, however, investors should bring similar skepticism to S&P’s ratings of local governments. “In other words,” he wrote, “we do not think that some of S&P’s ratings reflect the risk investors are taking.”

Jeff Previdi, the S&P managing director for local governments who spearheaded the agency’s criteria change, defended the process. He said that the criteria had been heavily tested and had gone through a public comment period. The new criteria scores municipalities in seven categories: management, economy, budgetary flexibility, institutional framework (governance), budgetary performance, liquidity and debt/liabilities. The score for economy counts for 30 percent of the total score; all other categories are given a 10 percent weight.

The intent was to make the process and scoring as transparent as possible, Previdi said. Additionally, he added, the upgrades have tended to outpace downgrades for a very simple reason: Governments are doing better now than when they were last assessed.

“When we are reviewing under the new criteria, we’re not working with the same metrics of the old criteria,” he said. “It’s not done in a vacuum. Over this time we’ve been in a generally positive environment for local governments — that’s informing some of the results you see.”

Even so, Kozlik noted in his report that there has been a pattern of governments only publishing an S&P rating. In June, for example, there were a little more than 200 local governments that sold debt competitively. Of those, one-quarter of them only published an S&P rating, according to Kozlik’s review. Another 11 governments only published an S&P rating but also had an outstanding Moody’s rating within the past three years (Kozlik dismisses 16 cases where the outstanding Moody’s rating is prior to 2011). Like S&P, Moody’s has also revamped its ratings criteria in the wake of the financial crisis, however changes have mostly focused on giving pension and other long-term liabilities more weight in the final score. Most local government pension liabilities shot up during the financial crisis and many have still not gained back much – if any – ground. This change has contributed to Moody’s issuing more downgrades.

Kozlik also took issue with S&P’s assessment that the economy has significantly improved for local governments. Earlier this year, Janney released a report calling for a cautious outlook for local governments based on stagnating revenues that are not keeping pace with demands. “Sure, in some cases a year or two can make a significant difference in municipal credit quality.” he said. “I also think that there are too many [cases] for timing to be a key factor in explaining the trend.”

He concludes the note by advising investors that own a bond with only an S&P rating, to review the credit themselves and check to see if it also has a Moody’s rating. Moody’s has been issuing about twice as many downgrades as it has upgrades, “a trend that makes sense to us,” Kozlik wrote, “because we are still seeing mostly difficult credit conditions pressure local governments.”

GOVERNING.COM
BY LIZ FARMER | JULY 16, 2014




Finding the Money for Water Infrastructure.

A new federal loan program, patterned after a successful one for transportation, has a lot of potential for badly needed water projects.

Enhancing the nation’s water infrastructure remains a challenge for public officials as they balance the need for improvements against constrained budgets. The recently enacted federal Water Resources Reform and Development Act has the potential to advance the nation’s water infrastructure by streamlining approvals for environmental reviews of projects, creating a pilot program to explore the use of public-private partnerships by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and making it easier to leverage private-sector investments to augment public funding.

As officials contemplate how they will finance water infrastructure improvements, one provision in the law, the newly created Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) loan program, is of particular interest.

Co-administered by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Army Corps, WIFIA will provide secured loans and loan guarantees to both government and non-government entities for up to 49 percent of eligible project costs. WIFIA is patterned after a highly successful federal loan program for transportation projects called the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA), which has provided $17 billion in federal credit assistance and spurred approximately $64 billion in total project investment since its inception in 1998.

I believe state and local government agencies, drawing on the lessons from TIFIA, could employ WIFIA to take the first small steps toward addressing badly needed water infrastructure improvements.

There are important details to consider. Projects financed through WIFIA must exceed $20 million in total cost and must be deemed creditworthy by EPA or the Army Corps. In addition, the projects must be rated as investment-grade by at least one rating agency. Like TIFIA loans, interest rates under WIFIA are tied to U.S. Treasury bond rates, and maximum loan repayment periods of 35 years and a five-year repayment deferral after substantial completion are allowed. This pricing approach and the repayment flexibility are major reasons for the success of the TIFIA program.

The total five-year appropriation for WIFIA is $350 million, equally split between EPA and the Army Corps, beginning with $40 million in 2015. This represents the credit subsidy available for qualified projects, not the total amount of financing available. The credit risk of each WIFIA loan application will be “scored” by the Office of Management and Budget, and these credit-subsidy amounts will then be paid out of the authorized funding available.

While WIFIA provides a welcome additional source of financing for water projects, a number of challenges remain. The administrative roles of EPA and the Army Corps and their respective application procedures have yet to be fully fleshed out. Coordination between the agencies might also be challenging, and with limited funding for program administration, prospective borrowers should anticipate a slow process initially as the two agencies ramp up their activities. Of greatest concern is the modest level of program funding, which will not have a material effect on the enormous investment backlog in the water sector.

Public officials should draw on the lessons learned from TIFIA’s evolution and be prepared initially to face administrative and procedural challenges while EPA and the Army Corps develop internal capabilities and implementation procedures. Understanding and anticipating federal requirements will be critical to securing WIFIA commitments, and prospective borrowers will need to be patient.

Another lesson from TIFIA is that successful WIFIA project financings could dramatically increase market demand for credit assistance and might lead to increased political support for the program. As TIFIA-financed projects began to positively impact the market, Congress ramped up funding and adopted changes to help the Department of Transportation streamline the program. Initial WIFIA successes will be critical to the program’s long-term viability.

The potential impact of WIFIA on the U.S. water and wastewater market is being closely tracked by the industry, and public officials will likely begin to see increasing interest from private operators and investors. Public water utility officials would be wise to not only become familiar with WIFIA but to study the nuances of TIFIA and how it became the program it is today.

GOVERNING.COM
BY ED CROOKS | JULY 21, 2014




The Decoupling Of Treasury Yields and the Cost of Equity for Public Utilities.

Anyone who has attended a rate case hearing recently is well aware that the debate over the rate of return now tends to focus on the implications for public utility investors of a largely unprecedented trend in the current capital markets—specifically, intervention by the Federal Reserve in the government bond market. The current capital market conditions are unique from a historical perspective. No US government policy intervention in recent history has had such an important effect on the risk-free rate relied upon by public utility analysts in their routine modeling of market and utility investor behavior. This briefing note examines how these capital market conditions affect the cost of capital for electric and gas utilities.

A key question within this debate is whether the historic risk premium required by equity investors to invest in stocks remains accurate in today’s capital market conditions. Financial analysts have often relied upon the historic equity risk premium for use in estimating required rates of return in models like the Capital Asset Pricing Model. The calculation of the historic premium measures the difference in expected return as between the S&P 500 index and long-term US treasury bonds. For example, if on average the historic S&P 500 return were 12% annually, while long-term treasury bonds yielded 5%, then the historic risk premium required by equity investors would be deemed to be 7%. Financial analysts typically use over eighty years of data when assessing the historic premium, thus capturing a wide variety of conditions in the capital markets. In recent years, the historic premium has fallen within the range of 6 to 7 percent.

Current capital market conditions raise doubts about whether the risk premium, measured using historical data, is applicable today. The doubts arise as analysts attempt to answer key questions. How have equity investors responded to the artificial reduction in treasury yields triggered by the Federal Reserve’s bond buying program? Have they lowered their total return expectation as rapidly as treasury yields have fallen? Rate-of-return models that rely upon the historical premium assume that investors’ total return expectations move in lock step with treasury yields. Hence, if the historic premium is still valid, it implies a significant decrease in required returns on equity for both industrial firms and public utilities.

NERA’s empirical investigations in recent rate cases show that the historical premium has not been a good measure of the forward-looking premium required by investors. The spread between the risk-free rate and the required returns for holding equities has broadened as the Federal Reserve has aggressively acted to keep interest rates at record lows and stimulate the economy. For public utilities, this is reflected in a relatively stable awarding of allowed returns in the context of a rapid decline in treasury yields, the market’s metric of the “risk-free” rate. As shown in Table 1 below, since 2006, the average allowed return for electric utilities has hovered in the range of 10.0 to 10.5 percent, while treasury yields fell 200 basis points and then started to recover. If the market risk premium had been unchanged during this period, the allowed returns—which themselves are based on the capital market data put forth by public utilities and intervenors alike—would have declined as precipitously as the treasury yields did. They did not. A constant historical equity risk premium ignores the elevated cost of holding risky securities relative to the riskless security benchmark. A forward-looking premium thus provides the most accurate gauge of investor demands in the current market environment where required returns on equities have decoupled from treasury yields.

NERA estimates the forward-looking risk premium using the well-established dividend growth model. This model offers an estimate of the total return required by equity investors, derived from two principal inputs: 1) the dividend yield and 2) profit growth rate. Once armed with the total expected return, NERA subtracts the current government bond yield to arrive at the implied equity risk premium. This approach has the advantage that it incorporates the most recent information from capital markets and thus is most consistent with the intent of any cost of equity calculation, which is to reflect current forward-looking expectations.

In its most recent analysis, NERA found the forward-looking risk premium to be 8.36 percent, which compares to a historic risk premium of 6.70 percent, a difference of 166 basis points. This shows that the use of a historic risk premium would significantly understate the cost of equity for utilities. While the observed equity risk premium does not translate on a one-for-one basis to a required return for utilities—utility betas are often below one—it does signal the scale of the disconnect between historic conditions and those prevailing today.

It is not surprising that the market’s reaction to the policy-driven interest rate drop has been a higher required return for riskier assets. Market-driven events have led to similar outcomes. For example, in past “flight to quality” situations, the yields on riskier bonds and required returns on equities have crept higher as yields on government bonds and high-rated corporates declined.1 In addition, academic studies assessing the risk premium over time have shown a negative relationship between risk premia and interest rates.2

State regulators implicitly recognize the higher equity risk premium that prevails in today’s market. They do so by approving rates-of-return that contain a higher premium over government bond yields than has historically prevailed. (See Table 1 above.) For its part, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) explicitly acknowledged, in its ruling in Docket No. ER14-500-000, that the “current low treasury bond rate environment creates a need to adjust the CAPM results, consistent with the financial theory that the equity risk premium exceeds the long-term average when long-term US Treasury bond rates are lower than average, and vice-versa.”

Whether the change in premium is reflected by adjusting the model results on an ex post basis, as was done in the FERC docket, or to the model inputs on an ex ante basis, as NERA has done in recent state dockets, is not so important. Most important is making sure that the rate of return somehow incorporates the current forward-looking investor expectations and does not rely solely upon unadjusted historic expectations.

NERA’s Role in Cost of Capital Determinations

Prices in regulated industries rely upon costs, which include the cost of capital as a core component. NERA has been at the forefront of issues concerning the cost of capital for regulated industries for nearly 50 years—ever since Alfred Kahn devoted an Appendix in his great work, The Economics of Regulation, to NERA’s Herman Roseman’s cost of capital work in the 1960s.

Utility businesses have changed drastically over those 50 years, in structure, ownership, pricing, and competitiveness. Throughout all of these changes, regulation has continued to play a key role in the protection of consumers who buy from the remaining “natural” monopolies—local distribution in gas and water, transmission and distribution in electricity, and local service in telecommunications. For these regulated businesses around the world, the cost of capital remains an enduring issue—the base of regulated prices and a continuing subject of debate, concern, and empirical investigation—in which NERA continues to play a key part.

Footnotes

1. The autumn of 1998 is one such example.

2. See W. Carleton, W. Chambers and J. Lakonishok, “Inflation Risk and Regulatory Lag,” Journal of Finance, (May 1983). A similar approach is presented in R. Harris, “Using Analysts’ Growth Forecasts to Estimate Shareholder Required Rates of Return,” Financial Management (Spring 1986).

July 15 2014
Article by Kurt G. Strunk
NERA Economic Consulting




S&P Credit FAQ: Bond Insurers and the Recent Downgrades of Puerto Rico's Public Corporations.

The recent credit deterioration of Puerto Rico’s public corporations and enactment of legislation that would enable some of the entities to restructure their debt have prompted investor questions on the potential impact on bond insurer ratings. (See also “Puerto Rico GO Rating Lowered One Notch To ‘BB’ Following Debt Legislation; Outlook Negative,” published July 11, 2014.) Below Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services provides answers to the most frequently asked questions.

Continue Reading.




S&P: How Asset-Backed Contribution Arrangements Can Muddle Pension Deficit Reporting.

(Editor’s note: The opinions stated herein represent Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ views on the analytical consequences of financial reporting of asset-backed contribution schemes. Our comments in this article do not affect our current ratings criteria.)

Postretirement plans with asset-backed contribution (ABC) arrangements have come under various criticisms in the U.K. Last year, the U.K. Pensions Regulator warned trustees to “critically and carefully” evaluate the risks attached to these increasingly popular arrangements, which are essentially securitizations of assets that provide annual income stream to the pension plan (see the Appendix for an overview of ABC arrangements and the related accounting). And in a recent public announcement, the U.K.’s Financial Reporting Council (FRC) promised a crackdown on arrangements that resulted in companies removing their postretirement obligations from their balance sheets (or “derecognizing” them) while retaining the ultimate responsibility for the unfunded deficit.

The FRC investigated the accounting and financial reporting of a number of ABC arrangements. While acknowledging the existence of the arrangements in general, noting the commercial reason behind them, it criticized structures that introduced additional features with the sole purpose of transforming the pension obligations into equity instruments in the sponsoring entity’s consolidated financial statements. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services agrees with the FRC that the economic substance of these arrangements is that of a debtlike liability rather than an equity instrument, because the companies would eventually need to contribute to the pension plan’s deficit if the ABC structure fails to do so.

Continue Reading.




S&P: U.S. Pension Funding Improves, But How Long Will It Last?

The good news is that Americans are generally living longer and healthier lives, but the bad news is that retirees will be increasingly hard-pressed to afford their own longevity, either individually or through their employers. The budgetary pressures on Medicare, Social Security, and many state-funded employee pension plans will likely mount as more baby boomers retire, while the boomers themselves fear that their retirement savings will be eaten up by inflation, depleted by poor investment performance—or just plain give out before they do. Moreover, an extended period of lackluster economic growth could depress tax revenues and investment returns. Clearly, more retirees and less money to pay for their care does not add up.

While the big fear is that the U.S. will come to resemble Japan, a nation struggling to support an increasingly older population in a somnolent economy, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services believes the public and private sectors in the U.S. are slowly coming to terms with this incipient pension and retirement crisis. Across all sectors, pension funding benefited from strong stock market performance in 2013 and a healthier economy, which boosted overall tax revenues. How long such buoyant market returns will continue is anyone’s guess, but if capital markets flourish and the economy grows, we expect more robust pension funding.

Continue Reading.




Investment Center to be a “One-Stop Shop” for P3S According to White House.

As part of a larger package aimed at building private infrastructure investment, President Obama on Thursday unveiled the Build America Transportation Investment Center, a “one-stop shop for state and local governments” seeking guidance on developing public-private partnerships for transportation projects.

“First-class infrastructure attracts investment, and it creates first-class jobs,” Obama said in announcing the Center’s creation during a visit to the Port of Wilmington, Del. The I- 495 bridge across the Christina River, which was closed in June after engineers discovered it was structurally unsound, served as the backdrop for the public appearance.

The new center will provide a “navigator service,” allowing experts to provide hands-on support to the public and private sector to identify and execute successful P3s and share best practices from states that are leading the way on private investment, according to a fact sheet released by the White House.

The Department of Transportation, which will run the center, will encourage the use of existing DOT resources – including the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA) program, private activity bonds and the railroad rehabilitation and improvement financing program – that can improve the prospects for a P3 to become viable.

Transportation Secretary Anthony Foxx expressed his hope that local and state leaders would use the new resources provided by the investment center. “We have a huge opportunity in front of us if we just seize it,” Foxx said. The White House noted that the top six states for P3s command two-thirds of the value of P3s in the U.S. and twenty states have not P3s for any transportation infrastructure.

“None of the steps we are taking should be seen as a substitute for adequate public financing, because there isn’t a substitute for that,” Foxx told reporters in a conference call, reported the New York Times.

The center grows out of a presidential memorandum launching the Build America Investment Initiative and charges Transportation Secretary Anthony Foxx and Treasury Secretary Jack Lew with overseeing a task force aimed at reducing barriers to private investment in municipal water, ports, harbors, broadband and the electric grid infrastructure, reported the Washington Post.

NCPPP
By Editor July 18, 2014




MMA Municipal Issuer Brief - July 14, 2014

Read the Brief.




California Water Use Curbs a Credit Negative, Moody’s.

The new restrictions on water use California approved this week are a “credit negative” for the state’s water utilities because lower water sales will reduce their revenue, Moody’s Investors Service said.

A decline in water sales would pressure utilities with weak debt service coverage to increase rates to stabilize revenues, Moody’s said today in a research note.

“The prospect of charging customers more to deliver less water could be politically challenging,” Moody’s said.

The California State Water Resources Control Board this week approved emergency statewide rules that take effect on Aug. 1. They impose a fine of as much as $500 per day on property owners who overwater lawns so that runoff flows onto streets and those who wash cars with hoses that lack shutoff nozzles.

After three years of record-low rainfall, 80 percent of the most populous U.S. state is now experiencing extreme drought, according to the U.S. Drought Monitor, a federal website.

By Alison Vekshin Jul 17, 2014 4:04 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Alison Vekshin in San Francisco at avekshin@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Jeffrey Taylor, Michael B. Marois




Moody's: Detroit's Current Plan of Adjustment Favors Pensioners over Bondholders.

New York, July 17, 2014 — Under Detroit’s proposed plan of adjustment, recovery rates are likely to favor pensioners over bondholders, says Moody’s Investors Service. In the report “Detroit’s Proposal Favors Pensioners over Bondholders” Moody’s estimates the recovery on the unfunded portion of the city’s pension liabilities could reach 52%, which would likely exceed the recoveries on other unsecured claims.

Recoveries on unfunded pension liabilities, however, could be as low as 18% should the proposed special pension funding deal fall through. The recoveries on certificates of participation issued to fund pensions could be as low as 0% should the bankruptcy court allow the city to repudiate them.

Moody’s says pension recoveries as measured by aggregate liabilities, that is both funded and unfunded pension claims, could reach 82%, higher than 74% settlement announced for general obligation unlimited tax, or GOULT, bonds.

“The proposed plan of adjustment provides evidence that pension obligations are a substantial source of competition among creditors in Chapter 9 bankruptcy,” says Moody’s Assistant Vice President Tom Aaron.

Under the proposed plan, recoveries for pensioners get a boost from numerous sources, including dedicated outside funding and some contingent restoration of benefits. For example, state and privately donated funds exceeding $800 million over 20 years nearly triples the recovery rate. These funds would be in return for shielding the city’s art collection from creditors’ claims and for pensioners accepting the plan.

Detroit’s plan of adjustment calls for a number of reductions to pension benefits that affect both current employees and retirees. If pensioners do not vote to accept the proposal, outside funding is not available, or both, then the benefit reductions proposed in the plan of adjustment become more severe.

Moody’s notes Detroit assumes significant risk by taking on responsibility for any unfunded pension liability after 2023. Moody’s estimates of unfunded pension liabilities after benefit reductions range as high as $1.6 billion, using the city’s assumptions. However, the liability remains highly influenced by the assumptions used in its calculation.

For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access this report at

https://www.moodys.com/researchdocumentcontentpage.aspx?docid=PBM_PBM172662




Fitch: Few Surprises for Bondholders In Detroit LTGO Settlement.

Fitch Ratings-Chicago/New York-14 July 2014: Detroit’s settlement with its limited tax general obligation (LTGO) bondholders is in line with Fitch Rating’s expectations.

The settlement would repay the LTGO bondholders without a lien on state aid 34 cents on the dollar. That exceeds earlier offers of 10-20%. A previous settlement agreement provides for ULTGO bondholder recovery of 74 cents on the dollar and includes a clause requiring LTGO bondholders (and other classes of impaired unsecured creditors) to receive lower recovery. The city has $164 million of LTGOs without a lien on state aid and $379 million of LTGOs with a state aid lien. A court will begin hearing the plan of confirmation on August 14.

Detroit’s treatment of LTGO and other bondholders strains the boundaries of what most creditors would have expected to be entitled to in a bankruptcy.

Fitch expects situations like Detroit’s to continue to be rare as few governments are as severely stressed as and there is a long-demonstrated willingness of most municipal governments to avoid default and bankruptcy. Also, the nation’s slow economic recovery has begun to lessen the financial stress on many other issuers.

Contact:

Amy Laskey
Managing Director
U.S. Public Finance
+ 1 212 908-0568
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159




WSJ: Bond Insurer Takes On Detroit.

DETROIT—Detroit expected a bruising battle with everyone from major banks to municipal unions when it filed its bankruptcy case last year.

But its most persistent adversary has turned out to be a scrappy bond insurer that represents just 5% of the city’s debt.

New York-based Syncora Guarantee Inc., with about $400 million at stake, has attempted to block the city’s access to casino-tax revenue, new borrowing to repair streetlights and the city’s settlement with two major banks. It has sought decades of records from foundations trying to help save the city’s art collection, and complained to the judge when it was linked to a statement by the city’s emergency manager about the “Huns of Wall Street.”

Six bond insurers are the city’s biggest creditors after backing payments on $6.1 billion of Detroit’s debt, according to a March report by Raymond James.

When a municipality defaults on insured bonds, the insurer becomes responsible for interest and principal payments to bondholders, then tries to recover as much of those payouts as possible from the debtor.

Now, Syncora insists the city’s debt-cutting and reinvestment plan aimed at restructuring originally pegged at about $18 billion in long-term obligations unfairly offers modest cuts to its pensioners and much more severe cuts to some bondholders backstopped by insurers like Syncora. A federal trial in bankruptcy court on the plan is scheduled for mid-August.

Voting on the city’s plan ended Friday for 70,000 creditors, including 32,000 pension holders. The city expects to announce the results no later than July 21, officials said. According to a person familiar with the matter, city officials are cautiously optimistic that pension holders have approved Detroit’s debt-cutting plan.

The plan will help the city shed roughly $7 billion in debt and leave it with about $1.4 billion to reinvest in city services and blight removal, says an internal report from the investment-banking firm Miller Buckfire & Co. released by the city.

Syncora has also helped push for monetizing the Detroit Institute of Arts collection through a possible sale or lease to help repay city debt. It essentially rejects the city’s proposal to allow outside donors to contribute the equivalent of more than $800 million over 20 years to reduce pension cuts and allow the museum to stay intact.

“We think this is about us getting as much recovery as we can and getting similar recovery to other similarly situated creditors like the pensioners and retirees,” James Sprayregen, a Kirkland & Ellis attorney in charge of Syncora’s Detroit case, said. “But from the get-go for whatever reason, we have been vilified as the big bad Wall Street creditor against the little people. And we think that’s very inappropriate and unfair.”

City officials say Syncora has filed a flurry of legal arguments in an attempt to grind the bankruptcy process to a halt. At various times, the city has called Syncora’s methods “scorched earth litigation strategy,” as well as a “carpet-bombing approach.”

“It’s safe to say they have employed a kitchen sink strategy with all of their objections,” said Bill Nowling, a spokesman for Detroit Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr. “All that does is add more work for the judge and more delay for the confirmation of the plan.”

Detroit has reached settlements with several other insurers with deals better than what is called for in the city’s plan for Syncora. For example, the city would pay limited-tax general-obligation bondholders about 34 cents on the dollar for their $164 million in debt. That debt is backed by Ambac Assurance Corp. and BlackRock Inc., according to city documents.

But Syncora’s estimated $400 million at stake stems largely from guaranteed payments on a $1.4 billion debt deal engineered in 2005 by then-Detroit Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick that the city is trying to completely wipe out. Company financial reports and legal filings warn that paying up on insured bondholders in Detroit could help push Syncora out of business because the city is offering less than 10 cents on the dollar. So far, Syncora already has paid $62 million to cover losses in Detroit debt through last year, according to the company.

The stock price of its parent company, Syncora Holdings Ltd., closed at $1.99 and the firm has cautioned that Detroit’s bankruptcy plan could exhaust its reserves to pay out claims. “They’re at a tipping point,” said Peter Delahunt, managing director for the municipal-bond department at Raymond James.

James Spiotto, an expert in Chapter 9 municipal bankruptcy with Chapman Strategic Advisors in Chicago, said that Syncora raised potentially important issues about whether a city should be able to sell debt to pay pensions and say afterward that the deal was legally flawed but keep the money. “The city got a benefit from it,” Mr. Spiotto said.

By MATTHEW DOLAN
July 14, 2014

—Katy Stech and Aaron Kuriloff contributed to this article.




Muni Strength to Continue in Second Half: Analysts.

The second half of 2014 promises more positive returns for municipal bonds even as investors react to declining credit quality in Puerto Rico, according to midyear analyst reports.

Based on the trends in the first six months, demand is forecast to be strong to steady while new supply is expected to lag behind redemptions, providing support for muni prices. Experts are predicting modest interest-rate increases, based on statements from the Federal Reserve, and see volume of roughly $300 billion for the calendar year.

“June was a fairly active month in terms of municipal bond issuance and headlines, yet the market ended close to unchanged,” wrote Peter Hayes, head of the municipal bonds group at BlackRock Inc., with fellow authors James Schwartz, head of municipal credit research and municipal strategist Sean Carney, in a monthly municipal update on July 7.

“Municipals essentially ended [June] flat, but hit the mid-year point emphatically in the black,” the BlackRock analysts wrote, noting that the S&P Municipal Bond Index posted a year-to-date return of 6.08%.

“Demand held firm while the net-negative supply scenario remained intact, underpinning muni pricing,” they added. Net negative supply occurs when redemptions outpace new issuance.

Issuance for June was $34 billion, which BlackRock said is consistent with the five-year average for the month and was up 32% from the prior month.

Municipal performance was buoyed by weak U.S. economic data – first quarter gross domestic product growth was revised downward to negative 2.9% ¬ and “a still-accommodative Fed,” the BlackRock analysts wrote.

The team said municipals are on pace for $300 billion in total issuance for 2014, in line with the firm’s earlier forecast of $305 billion. That volume implies a net-negative supply of $40 billion.

Other positives in the first half included triple-A-rated municipals outperforming U.S. Treasuries across the yield curve, with the ratio ending the second quarter at 98%, down from 102% at the start of the quarter, analysts from Prudential’s fixed income team noted in a third quarter outlook published on July 8.

Brian Rehling, chief fixed income strategist at Wells Fargo Advisors, pointed to the Bank of America-Merrill Lynch Municipal Master Index, which returned 5.90% at the close of the first quarter, as evidence of the market’s strength in his July 8 weekly fixed income report.

He said the longer duration inherent in the municipal market and a favorable supply calendar led to the tax-exempt market posting strong returns in the first half of the year, despite some isolated credit events.

Puerto Rico and Detroit were the most attention-grabbing stories of the first half, yet the market took them in stride, muni analysts said.

“It was notable that municipal investors were able to look past both the downgrade of Puerto Rico, which took the high-profile credit below investment grade, and the bankruptcy in Detroit,” Rehling said in his report.

More recent developments in the U.S. territory, including a new law allowing public corporations to restructure their debt, have the potential to undercut muni demand.

“Multiple downgrades for various Puerto Rico credits and the significant sell-off could lead to mutual fund outflows following a six-month period of moderately positive flows into municipal funds,” the Prudential analysts wrote.

“While a range-bound interest rate environment should be supportive of modestly positive fund flows,” they added, “the negative returns and headlines associated with Puerto Rico could upset this picture.”

Roosevelt D. Bowman, senior fixed income analyst at U.S. Bank Wealth Management said in a weekly market update on Wednesday that investor sentiment towards Puerto Rico “continued to sour as government officials proposed a restructuring of some debt issues.

“We remain very wary of Puerto Rican fixed income as a faltering economy, the associated sluggish tax revenue, and budget challenges all continue to weigh on the commonwealth,” Bowman wrote.

The forecast ahead, however, is mostly favorable for munis, the analysts said.

Rehling expects overall muni credit to continue to outperform as it did in the first half and suggests investors own bonds for stability, avoid reaching for yield, and maintain portfolio diversification.

“During 2014’s second half, we expect interest rates to move modestly higher from current levels, but anticipate that any increases will be well-contained,” Rehling wrote.

“A controlled rising rate environment should allow fixed income investors to generate positive returns, albeit lower than experienced in past year,” Rehling said, suggesting an average annual total return of between 2% and 4% for well-diversified, domestic, investment-grade, fixed-income investors.

Anthony Valeri, investment strategist at LPL Financial suggests staying defensive to curtail the impact on municipals from rising interest rates going forward.

“Among high-quality bonds, shorter-term bonds with less sensitivity to rising interest rates may help buffer fixed income portfolios from price declines associated with rising interest rates,” Valeri wrote in his July 3 fixed-income mid-year outlook.

At Prudential, the fixed income team believes the municipal market continues to provide attractive taxable-equivalent yields for individuals in the top tax bracket, and regard near-term technical factors, such as net supply, as “extremely supportive.”

Prudential analysts cited research from JPMorgan that estimates net supply of negative $21 billion for July and August, and net supply of negative $35.4 billion in 2014, with a full year gross issuance estimated at $300 to $310 billion.

BlackRock believes performance in the second half is likely to be derived from security selection and the ability to rotate between sectors and adjust duration as conditions warrant.

“We expect this will be particularly important as summer apathy sets in and as events in Puerto Rico evolve, potentially presenting opportunities to capture value in the market,” the BlackRock analysts wrote.

In the meantime, the team is recommending a barbell approach to both credit and the yield curve, favoring maturities below two years for trading flexibility and above 15 years.

“While short-term and intermediate munis are looking expensive, longer maturities continue to appear attractive versus Treasuries and, we believe, represent the best absolute and relative value.”

The Bond Buyer
BY CHRISTINE ALBANO
JUL 10, 2014 2:46pm ET




The Not-So-Sunny Side of Pension Obligation Bonds.

Some governments, particularly those with money problems, borrow to quickly pay down their pension obligations. But a new study shows it can leave them more financially vulnerable.

A tool that some governments have used to immediately pay down their pension obligations through borrowing can leave those governments more financially vulnerable than they were before, a new study says.

The tool, called Pension Obligation Bonds (commonly referred to as POBs), allows governments to issue taxable bonds for the purposes of putting money toward or fully paying off the unfunded portion of a pension liability. The proceeds from the bond issue go in the pension fund. The theory is that the rate of return on the investment will be greater than the interest rate the government pays to bond investors so that the transaction is favorable to the government; it makes money off the deal.

In actuality, however, a study issued in July by Boston College’s Center for Retirement Research found that the stock market and interest rate swings have meant that many governments have paid dearly for issuing POBs, especially those that issued bonds in the mid-2000s or early 1990s. And, because financially distressed governments are more likely to issue the bonds, the results often mean even more financial problems.

The report noted that the governments more likely to issue POBs are ones that have pension plans that represent “substantial obligations.” The governments have large outstanding debt and are short of cash. However, rather than necessarily relieving such governments of financial pressures, the bonds actually create a more rigid financial environment. Issuing bond debt to pay off a long-term obligation like a pension liability turns a somewhat flexible pension obligation into a hard and fast annual debt payment. Thus, “governments that have issued a POB have reduced their financial flexibility,” the study says.

The governments of Illinois, California and New Jersey have been very active in issuing POBs over the last three decades, according to the report, which converted totals to 2013 dollars. Illinois and California have each issued more than $25 billion total, although more than $10 billion of Illinois’ bonds have been issued after the stock market began rebounding in 2009. New Jersey has issued more than $11 billion in POBs since 1985. Yet the states still stand out as having some of the nation’s highest unfunded liabilities. Illinois in particular has one of the country’s worst funded ratios (less than 40 percent of its public employee pension system is funded). New Jersey and Illinois (and up until recently, California) have also continued to struggle with balancing their budgets, even after the recession ended in 2009.

POBs’ net returns (what the investment has earns after making bond payments) has varied, depending on when the bonds were issued. According to the center’s research, the net rate of return has averaged in the low, single digits for most years (the 30-year average is 1.5 percent). Governments that issued Pension Obligation Bonds in 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2007 actually lost money on their investment. Detroit, for example, issued debt at the peak of the market in the mid-2000s to fund its pension plan and did so using a complicated interest rate swap deal. The result was that the deal went the wrong way for the city. Detroit was still on the hook to pay bondholders and though its pension was well funded, it had even less day-to-day cash to meet its financial obligations. That debt played a key role in Detroit’s decision to file for bankruptcy last July.

The authors said that POBs do have the potential to be used responsibly — that is, “by fiscally sound governments who understand the risks involved or could play a role as part of a broader system reform package.” For example, in 2002 and 2003, Sheboygan County and Winnebago County in Wisconsin borrowed more than $7 million combined and earned investment returns greater than 20 percent on the borrowed money. Meanwhile, they paid less than three percent interest on their debts so earned an extra 17 percent return as a reward for taking on additional risk. But, such examples such are few and far between.

Governing.com
BY LIZ FARMER | JULY 8, 2014




Retirees Win Big in Illinois.

An Illinois Supreme Court ruling this month that overturned the state’s effort to cut retiree health care costs casts doubt on Illinois’ pending pension reform. This could potentially hurt its credit rating, a new note by Moody’s Investors Service said. In a note released July 11, Moody’s placed the state’s credit rating on a negative watch and said that the majority of the justices “expressed views that run counter to the rationale used in recent pension reform legislation for certain city and state plans. We therefore perceive increased risk that the Illinois Supreme Court will rule the pension reform legislation unconstitutional, which would jeopardize $32.7 billion of pension liability reduction.”

In its 6-1 ruling, the court overturned a lower court ruling and found that Illinois’ constitutional pension protections are not just limited to core pension earnings, but extend to other benefits provided under the retirement systems. The ruling wiped out changes Illinois made in 2012 that allowed the state to force retirees, including those who retired prior to enactment of the law, to pay higher health insurance premiums. The move provided annual savings of approximately $90 million, according to the state.

Here’s why Moody’s is concerned that the opinion places pension reform in jeopardy: The majority opinion states, “Where there is any question as to legislative intent and the clarity of the language of a pension statute, it must be liberally construed in favor of the rights of the pensioner.” This and other sections of the ruling “signal how the court could side with pensioners when it eventually addresses the constitutionality of recent state pension reforms, which have already been challenged, as well as Chicago’s pension reforms, which we expect will be challenged,” Moody’s said.

In December, Illinois passed reform that reduced cost-of-living adjustments (COLAs) for employees and retirees in four of the five state pension systems. (As a concession, the legislation also increased state contribution requirements and reduced employee contribution rates.) Moody’s estimated that these and other changes reduced accrued liabilities of the three largest pension systems by approximately $32.7 billion combined, or 17 percent.

Liz Farmer
Governing.com




NASACT GASB Review: 2014

GASB Review: 2014
Register Now!

A NASACT Training Webinar
Wednesday, July 23, 2014
2:00 – 3:50 p.m. Eastern Time

Overview

NASACT, in conjunction with the Association of Government Accountants and the Association of Local Government Auditors, is pleased to announce the latest in its series of training events addressing timely issues in government auditing and financial management.

As fiscal year-end for most state governments quickly approaches and a new year begins, it’s an opportune time for financial statement preparers and auditors to get a refresher on standards that will be effective for June 30, 2014, financial statements as well as recently released GASB statements that will require attention in fiscal year 2015.

This webinar will provide “must know” guidance on recently-issued GASB statements including GASB 71 – Pension Transition for Contributions Made Subsequent to the Measurement Date – an amendment of GASB Statement No. 68. Also included will be coverage on previously-issued GASB statements that are effective for June 30, 2014 and 2015.

For 2014, these statements include:

Statement 65 – Items Previously Reported as Assets and Liabilities
Statement 66 – Technical Corrections – 2012, an amendment of GASB Statements No. 10 and No. 62
Statement 67 – Financial Reporting for Pension Plans
Statement 70 – Accounting and Financial Reporting for Nonexchange Financial Guarantees

Statements effective for 2015 are:

Statement 68 – Accounting and Financial Reporting for Pensions
Statement 69 – Government Combinations and Disposals of Government Operations
Statement 71 – Pension Transition for Contributions Made Subsequent to the Measurement Date

Join GASB chairman David A. Vaudt, GASB director of research David R. Bean, and other GASB staff for this informative two-hour training session. You will also be given an opportunity to ask questions and share experiences during the last 25 minutes of the audio conference.

CPE: Two credits

Cost: $299.00 per group (unlimited attendance); $50 per person;

Agenda:

2:00 – 2:05 p.m.
Welcoming Remarks
Kinney Poynter, Executive Director, NASACT

2:05 – 3:20 p.m.
GASB Review: 2014
David A. Vaudt, Chairman, GASB
David R. Bean, Director of Research, GASB
Other GASB Staff

3:20 – 3:45 p.m.
Live Q&A
Kinney Poynter, Executive Director, NASACT

3:45 – 3:50 p.m.
Wrap-up
Kinney Poynter, Executive Director, NASACT

Instructions and Materials: An email will be sent Monday, July 21, by 4:30 p.m. Eastern to all who have registered for this conference with the instructions on how to join the webinar and a link to the materials. Please note the instructional email will be sent only to the email address attached to the registration.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this webinar, participants will be able to:

Delivery Method: Group-Live (for group settings) or Group-Internet Based (for individuals)

Level of Knowledge: Overview

Field of Study: Accounting (Governmental)

Advanced Preparation: All government officials and employees are encouraged to attend. No prerequisites are required. No advance preparation is necessary.

The National Association of State Auditors, Comptrollers and Treasurers is registered with the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy (NASBA) as a sponsor of continuing professional education on the National Registry of CPE Sponsors. State boards of accountancy have final authority on the acceptance of individual courses for CPE credit. Complaints regarding registered sponsors may be addressed to the National Registry of CPE Sponsors, 150 Fourth Avenue North, Suite 700, Nashville, TN, 37219-2417 or by visiting the website www.nasba.org.




Municipal Credit Default Swap Activity Jumps, But Overall Market Is Still Thin.

Summary

The bankruptcy of Detroit brings new pressure on municipal bond investors and related exchange-traded funds like HYD, NUV, PML, PZA, IIM, NIO and VMO specializing in municipal bonds to heighten risk management and to hedge where appropriate. One potential tool in that regard is the single name credit default swap market, which is featured almost constantly in discussions of municipal entity credit risk. A recent example is “Traders Find Short Bets on Puerto Rico a Challenge,” a Wall Street Journal blog. The author notes:

“Default insurance on Puerto Rico, sold in the form of derivatives called credit-default swaps, is available from few dealer banks. The contracts also have barely traded because the protection is not available to buy in meaningful amounts and disclosures from the Commonwealth have been limited, some market participants said.”

The purpose of this note is to bring clarity and precision to discussions of municipal credit default swaps by providing facts from the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation trade warehouse. It is simply not the case that Puerto Rico credit default swaps have “barely traded.” The DTCC data makes clear that Puerto Rico credit default swaps have never traded in any week since the DTCC began reporting weekly on trading volume beginning with the week ended July 16, 2010. In fact, only 11 municipal or sub-sovereign names have ever been reported as trades to the DTCC trade warehouse during the 2010-2014 period. This note explains the details.

Continue Reading.

Donald van Deventer, Kamakura Corporation
Jul. 10, 2014 4:01 PM ET




P3S Could Speed Construction of Port and Inland Waterway Infrastructure, Army Corps Testifies.

The Army Corps of Engineers and lawmakers have high hopes that a newly created public-private partnership pilot program could help dent the backlog of critical infrastructure projects at the nation’s ports and inland waterways, an agency official told the House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee’s P3 Panel July 10.

The P3 pilot program, established in the recently enacted Water Resources Reform and Development Act, is designed to push the corps to seek private investment to speed work on port and inland navigation projects.

Using public-private partnerships will be a new way for the Corps of Engineers to finance the completion of infrastructure projects, said Jim Hannon, chief of the agency’s operations and regulatory division. “We think there are some benefits that provide better value for money to the taxpayer by investigating opportunities to use these [P3] financing tools.”

Applying P3s to water projects may prove to be more complex than initially imagined. Hannon noted that the corps does not have the authority to charge tolls or user fees for many of its projects and would need to find ways to spread the costs to other stakeholders beyond ports, shippers and private sector partners.

“How do we account for the federal investment share of the project in the budgeting process?” said Hannon. “Does it get counted upfront or is it accounted for over the entire length of the agreement.”

The corps currently faces a massive backlog of more than 1,000 projects and studies on with an estimated price tag of $60 billion to $80 billion, according to the Heritage Foundation. Of the 257 locks in operation in 2009, 10 percent were built in the 1800s and the average age of federally owned locks was 60 years old.

“We approach the P3 opportunity as another way to get toward those other lock and dams improvements that are going to wait 20 to 30 years under the current program to get going,” Mike Toohey, president and CEO of the Waterways Council, told the panel.

The panel also heard from John Crowley, executive director of the National Association of Waterfront Employers, and Dave Kronsteiner, president of the board of commissioners at the Port of Coos Bay, Ore.

By Editor July 11, 2014




S&P: U.S. State And Local Government Credit Conditions Forecast: Ramping Up After A Slower-Than-Expected Start.

With 2014 now halfway over, credit conditions for U.S. state and local governments continue to stabilize and are strengthening modestly. This is despite a sharp downward revision to the estimate of first-quarter GDP growth by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) and some emerging softness in state tax revenue collections in April. In Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services view, it’s useful to recall that measures of GDP, while important, are coincident indicators with data releases that lag the time period they measure. And our economists don’t see the BEA’s revision as signaling the start of a contractionary cycle. On the contrary, our forecast looks for a rebound in real GDP growth to 3.9% in the second quarter (annualized) followed by respectable rates of 3.3% in the third and fourth quarters.

After peaking in the third quarter of 2008, household debt declined for 17 of the subsequent 19 quarters. In our view, this deleveraging process was integral to the economy’s slow recovery from the Great Recession. Now, however, households have increased their debt loads for three consecutive quarters, suggesting the economy has turned an important corner. Nevertheless, weak first-quarter growth will likely take a bite out of our forecast for overall real GDP growth in 2014, which was already at 2.3%, down from the 2.75% we anticipated just three months ago.

Read the full report.




CDFI Fund Invites Comment on Annual CDFI Reporting Form.

The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (CDFI Fund) is requesting public comment on a new reporting form for all certified Community Development Financial Institutions (CDFIs). The CDFI Fund is releasing this request for comment today in anticipation of its publication tomorrow in the Federal Register.

The objective of the Annual Certification and Data Collection Report Form is to enable the CDFI Fund to recertify CDFIs while reducing the burden of the process that currently occurs every three years. In addition to recertifying CDFIs, this report also seeks to collect financial and impact data on all certified CDFIs annually to provide the CDFI Fund and the community development finance industry with more insight into the state and accomplishments of CDFIs.

A certified CDFI is a specialized financial institution that works in markets that are underserved by traditional financial institutions. CDFIs provide a unique range of financial products and services in economically distressed target markets, such as mortgage financing for low-income and first-time homebuyers and not-for-profit developers, flexible underwriting and risk capital for needed community facilities, and technical assistance, commercial loans and investments to small start-up or expanding businesses in low-income areas.

CDFI certification is a designation conferred by the CDFI Fund and is a requirement for accessing many of the CDFI Fund’s award programs. The CDFI Annual Certification and Data Collection Report Form will replace the extensive process conducted every three years with a shorter annual report. This report will also collect financial and impact data from all CDFIs regardless of whether they have received monetary awards in their last fiscal year. This report will collect standardized data on the full universe of certified CDFIs.

Comments are specifically invited on:

Written comments should be received on or before September 8, 2014 to be assured of consideration. All comments should be directed to Brette Fishman, Management Analyst at the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, D.C. 20020; by e-mail to annualreport@cdfi.treas.gov; or by facsimile to (202) 508-0083. Please note that this is not a toll-free number.

July 8, 2014




U.S. Plans Up to $4 Billion in New Cleantech Loan Guarantees.

The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) has issued a loan guarantee solicitation, making as much as $4 billion in loan guarantees available for innovative renewable energy and energy efficiency projects located in the U.S. that avoid, reduce or sequester greenhouse gases.

According to the DOE, this solicitation is intended to support technologies that are catalytic, replicable and market-ready. Although any project that meets the appropriate requirements is eligible to apply, the department has identified five key technology areas of interest: advanced grid integration and storage; drop-in biofuels; waste-to-energy; enhancement of existing facilities including micro-hydro or hydro updates to existing non-powered dams; and efficiency improvements.

“As [President Barack Obama] emphasized in his Climate Action Plan, it is critical that we take an all-of-the above approach to energy in order to cut carbon pollution, help address the effects of climate change and protect our children’s future,” says Energy Secretary Ernest Moniz.

“Investments in clean, low-carbon energy also provide an economic opportunity. Through previous loan guarantees and other investments, the department is already helping launch or jumpstart entire industries in the U.S., from utility-scale wind and solar to nuclear and lower-carbon fossil energy. Today’s announcement will help build on and accelerate that success.”

Currently, the DOE says its Loan Programs Office (LPO) supports a diverse portfolio of more than $30 billion in loans, loan guarantees and commitments – supporting more than 30 projects nationwide. The projects that the LPO has supported include one of the world’s largest wind farms; several of the world’s largest solar generation and thermal energy storage systems; and more than a dozen new or retooled auto manufacturing plants across the country, the department adds.




Jones Day: FERC Acts to Ensure that Utility Cost-Based Rates Include an Adequate Return on Equity.

In June, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC” or “Commission”) issued Opinion No. 531, which details three significant changes to the way FERC determines the rate of return on equity (“ROE”) in public utility rate cases.1 First, FERC modified its longstanding discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model for calculating ROE.2 Second, FERC ended its practice of applying a post-hearing adjustment to ROE based on changes in United States Treasury bond yields.3 Third, FERC decided that the ROE of the group of public utilities in question should not be set at the “point of central tendency” established by the range of reasonable ROEs, but instead should be set at the point halfway between the range’s point of central tendency and the range’s highest point.4 Each of these changes is explained below.

In conjunction with Opinion No. 531, FERC set for hearing a backlog of cases involving disputes over public utility rates.5 In each case, the Commission stated that “we expect the evidence and any DCF analyses presented by the participants in this proceeding to be guided by our decision in Opinion No. 531.”6 As compared to FERC’s preexisting approach to ROE, Opinion No. 531 appears likely to increase the ROE component in public utility cost-based rates, thereby increasing a public utility’s overall return. However, the long-term reach of FERC’s new ROE analysis remains unclear.

How Regulators Use the DCF Model and Establish a Range of Reasonable ROEs

Under cost-of-service ratemaking, certain costs are considered operating expenses and are recovered dollar-for-dollar in the utility’s annual revenue requirements, while other costs are capitalized, “thus entering the cost of service in the form of annual allowances for depreciation and return on the undepreciated portion of the investment.”7 In order to attract necessary capital, the utility must offer “a risk-adjusted expected rate of return sufficient to attract investors.”8 This “return” on the utility’s investments represents the cost expended by the utility to raise capital.9

For more than 30 years, the dominant method used by FERC to estimate investors’ required rate of return has been the DCF model. The premise of the DCF methodology is that “an investment in common stock is worth the present value of the infinite stream of dividends discounted at a market rate commensurate with the investment’s risk.”10 This “constant growth” DCF model can be expressed as a formula:

k = D/P (1+0.5g) + g.

In this formula, D is the current dividend, P is the price of the company’s common stock, and g is the expected growth rate in the company’s dividends. The formula solves for k, which represents the rate of return investors require to invest in a company’s common stock.11

In a rate case, FERC applies the DCF formula to each member of a group of comparable utilities, known as a proxy group. This generates a range of ROEs. Screening criteria, which can result in the exclusion of particular companies from the analysis, are applied to establish a range of reasonable ROEs. The ROE of the public utility that is the subject of FERC’s review is selected from within this range. FERC’s past practice has been to set the subject public utility’s ROE at the point of central tendency of the proxy group’s range of ROEs.

Applying the Two-Step DCF Methodology to Public Utilities

Since the mid-1990s, FERC has used a “one-step” DCF methodology in public utility rate cases (i.e., in the electric industry) while using a “two-step” DCF methodology in natural gas pipeline and oil pipeline rate cases. Under the one-step DCF methodology, FERC calculates two dividend yields for each proxy group company: one based on the proxy group company’s highest stock price from a six-month study period, and one based on the proxy group company’s lowest stock price from the same study period. Next, FERC develops two estimates of short-term dividend growth rates. A low cost of equity for each proxy group company is developed using the lowest dividend yield plus the lowest dividend growth rate projection. A high cost of equity for each proxy group company is developed using the highest dividend yield plus the highest dividend growth rate projection.12

In Opinion No. 531, FERC decided that henceforth it will apply the two-step DCF methodology in public utility rate cases. The result is a single average dividend yield calculated for each company in the proxy group. The dividend growth rate estimate for each proxy group company will take into account both projected short-term growth rates (constituting two-thirds of the total growth rate estimate) and projected long-term growth (one-third of the total).13 The short-term growth rate estimate will be based on the five-year forecast for each proxy group company, as published in the Institutional Brokers Estimate System (“IBES”). The long-term growth rate estimate will be based on forecasts of the long-term growth of the economy as a whole, stated in terms of gross domestic product.14 In the case before it, FERC reopened the record and established a “paper hearing” to give the participants in that case “an opportunity to present evidence concerning the appropriate long-term growth projection to be used for public utilities under the two-step DCF methodology.”15

Eliminating the Post-Hearing ROE Adjustment Based on U.S. Treasury Bond Yields

FERC’s cost-of-service ratemaking for public utilities relies predominantly on “test-period” evidence, which is evidence about the subject utility’s costs limited to a specific time period that ends before the rate case goes to hearing. Use of test-period evidence gives the parties a known universe of facts to dispute. One exception is FERC’s use of post-test-period data regarding ROE. FERC’s practice has been to adjust the subject utility’s ROE based on U.S. Treasury bond yields. FERC determines the change in U.S. Treasury bond yields as of the date of its order as compared to such yields as of the end of the hearing in the case.16 FERC then adjusts the final ROE by the amount of the change in U.S. Treasury bond yields. For example, a 1 percent drop in bond yields between the end of a hearing and FERC’s order would result in a 1 percent downward adjustment to the utility’s ROE.17

In Opinion No. 531, FERC decided that U.S. Treasury bond yields no longer “provide a reliable and consistent metric for tracking changes in ROE after the close of the record in a case.”18 Instead, FERC will allow participants in a rate case “to present the most recent financial data available at the time of the hearing, including post-test period financial data then available.”19 FERC already uses this approach in natural gas pipeline and oil pipeline rate cases.20

Selecting an ROE From Within the Range of Reasonable ROEs

Once a range of reasonable ROEs is developed by applying the DCF model to each member of a proxy group, FERC must select one ROE from within that range. Traditionally, FERC has set the subject public utility’s ROE at the “point of central tendency” within the range of ROEs. For a diverse group of public utilities, the point of central tendency is the midpoint within the range, which, as FERC uses the term, is the arithmetic mean of the single lowest and the single highest ROE. In contrast, for an individual public utility, the point of central tendency is the median.21 The median is the middle number in a series, such that half of the numbers are higher and half are lower than the median.

In Opinion No. 531, the issue in dispute was the appropriate ROE for the New England Transmission Owners, a group of utilities that had transferred operational control of their transmission facilities to ISO-New England. FERC decided that it would not set the ROE at the midpoint of the range of ROEs. Instead, FERC selected the point halfway between the midpoint and the highest point in the zone of reasonableness (the 75th percentile), which FERC described as the “central tendency for the top half of the zone of reasonableness.”22 In Opinion No. 531, the resulting midpoint was 9.39 percent, but the point at the 75th percentile of the range was 10.57 percent.

In rejecting the midpoint ROE, FERC explained its concern that the “capital market conditions in the record are anomalous, thereby making it more difficult to determine the return necessary to attract capital.”23 The New England Transmission Owners had argued that five other “benchmark methodologies” showed that the DCF-based midpoint in that case was too low to attract capital: (i) a risk premium analysis, which examines the premium that investors require to invest in equities; (ii) a capital asset pricing model (“CAPM”), which is a model that examines investor expectations about the future by taking into consideration the tendency of a stock’s price to follow changes in the market as a whole; (iii) an analysis of natural gas pipeline ROEs; (iv) a DCF analysis applied to non-utilities; and (v) an expected earnings analysis, which involves a comparison of the earnings investors can expect to receive from investing in public utilities, as compared to investing in other opportunities of comparable risk.24

FERC found that the risk premium analysis, the CAPM, and the expected earnings analysis were “informative” and supported the conclusion that the midpoint ROE was too low to attract capital. FERC did not consider the DCF analysis of non-utilities or the natural gas pipeline ROE analysis to be probative because they did not analyze the returns of public utilities.25

At several points, FERC’s analysis focused on the unique characteristics of companies in the business of building and owning electric transmission assets. For example, FERC found persuasive the fact that state regulatory commissions have approved public utility ROEs above the DCF midpoint ROE. According to FERC, transmission investment “entails unique risks that state-regulated electric distribution does not.”26 Investors in electric transmission infrastructure face risks such as “long delays in transmission siting, greater project complexity, environmental impact proceedings, requiring regulatory approval from multiple jurisdictions overseeing permits and rights of way, liquidity risk from financing projects that are large relative to the size of a balance sheet, and shorter investment history.”27 FERC emphasized that it has an obligation to set an ROE in this case “at a level sufficient to attract investment in interstate electric transmission,” explaining that such investment “helps promote efficient and competitive electricity markets, reduce costly congestion, enhance reliability, and allow access to new energy resources, including renewables.”28

Opinion No. 531 may allow a utility to justify an ROE greater than the median without making a company-specific showing of relative risk. In prior decisions, FERC has required a showing that the risk affecting the subject company be higher than the risk faced by the other members of the proxy group. As recently as 2013, FERC explained that any analysis attempting to “demonstrate that a deviation from the median ROE is justified” must present a comparison between “the risk level of the subject company and the risk level of each of the proxy group companies. This is the crux of the analysis, and if it is lacking, the analysis is incomplete.”29 In light of the general evidence relied on in Opinion No. 531, a company-specific showing of relative risk may no longer be the “crux” of the analysis.

Finally, FERC explained that its decision to set the New England Transmission Owners’ base ROE above the range’s point of central tendency involved considerations that are distinct from its analysis of “incentive adders” pursuant to Section 219 of the Federal Power Act.30 FERC’s task when evaluating a base ROE is to set the ROE at a level that “enables the utility to attract investment.” In contrast, FPA Section 219 authorized FERC to establish incentive above that base ROE. FERC cautioned that it will not permit its new analysis of base ROE and its analysis of FPA Section 219 incentives to be combined in a way that results in an ROE that exceeds the top of the zone of reasonableness established by its new two-step DCF methodology.31

Likely Effect on Public Utility Rates

FERC’s departure in Opinion No. 531 from three aspects of its existing policy on ROE will result in a higher ROE for the New England Transmission Owners. In the Initial Decision under review in Opinion No. 531, the Administrative Law Judge found that the prospective ROE for the New England Transmission Owners should be set at 9.7 percent.32 In contrast, FERC’s analysis in Opinion No. 531 resulted in a tentative finding that the appropriate ROE was 10.57 percent.33

Opinion No. 531’s higher ROE did not result from FERC’s switch to the two-step DCF model. The two-step DCF model alone resulted in a midpoint ROE of 9.39 percent34—lower than the prospective 9.7 percent ROE approved in the Initial Decision. Rather, the higher ROE resulted from FERC’s decision to select the midpoint of the “upper half” of the zone of reasonableness rather than selecting the midpoint of the full zone. Moreover, FERC’s focus on the midpoint as the point of central tendency (because the ROE of a group of utilities was at issue) raises questions about how FERC’s analysis from Opinion No. 531 will be applied in the context of setting a single public utility’s ROE, where the Commission uses the median of the range of reasonable ROEs as opposed to the midpoint.35 Notwithstanding the differences in the ROE analysis for a single utility and grous of utilities, the Commission’s order in Seminole Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. Florida Power Corp. instructs the parties to apply Opinion No. 531 in establishing a single utility’s ROE.36

FERC also emphasized that the new two-step DCF model produces “a narrower zone of reasonableness, consistent with the fact [that] different firms in a regulated industry would not ordinarily be expected to have widely varying levels of profitability.”37 This narrower zone of reasonableness may result in a point of central tendency within the “upper half” of the zone of reasonableness that is close enough to the overall point of central tendency to support the selection of that higher ROE.

In sum, although two aspects of Opinion No. 531 will apply in all future public utility rate cases, the largest identifiable change in the ROE in that order was based on a case-specific analysis—performed in the context of “anomalous” capital market conditions—of the level of return needed to encourage investments in transmission where that ROE will apply to a group of public utilities rather than to a single public utility. Had FERC’s ROE policies remained unchanged, the result would have been lower ROEs. Therefore, Opinion No. 531 is likely to increase public utility returns in cost-based rates, but the scope and magnitude of this effect as applied to other public utilities remains unclear.

Footnotes

1 Martha Coakley v. Bangor Hydro-Electric Co., Opinion No. 531, 147 FERC ¶ 61,234 at P 7 (2014) (“Opinion No. 531”). A public utility is an entity subject to the Federal Power Act because it owns facilities used for the transmission of electric energy in interstate commerce or for the sale of such energy at wholesale in interstate commerce. 16 U.S.C. § 824 (2012).

2 Opinion No. 531 at PP 32–41.

3 Id. at PP 157–160.

4 Id. at P 151.

5 ENE (Environment Northeast) v. Bangor Hydro-Electric Co., 147 FERC ¶ 61,235 (2014); Seminole Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. Florida Power Corp., 147 FERC ¶ 61,236 (2014); Seminole Electric Corp. v. Duke Energy Florida, Inc., 147 FERC ¶ 61,237 (2014); Golden Spread Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. Southwestern Public Service Co., 147 FERC ¶ 61,238 (2014); Golden Spread Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. Southwestern Public Service Co., 147 FERC ¶ 61,239 (2014).

6 Seminole Electric Corp. v. Duke Energy Florida, Inc., 147 FERC ¶ 61,237 at P 21.

7 Alfred E. Kahn, The Economics of Regulation: Principles and Institutions 27 (2nd ed. 1988).

8 Canadian Ass’n of Petroleum Producers v. FERC, 254 F.3d 289, 293 (D.C. Cir. 2001).

9 See id.

10 Opinion No. 531 at P 14 (citing, as an example, Canadian Ass’n of Petroleum Producers, 254 F.3d at 293).

11 Id. at P 15.

12 Id. at PP 25–26.

13 Id. at P 39.

14 Id. at P 39.

15 Id. at P 43.

16 Id. at P 157.

17 Id. at P 159.

18 Id. at P 160.

19 Id. at P 160.

20 Id. at P 160.

21 Id. at P 26.

22 Id. at P 151.

23 Id. at P 145.

24 Id. at P 146.

25 Id. at P 146.

26 Id. at P 148.

27 Id. at P 149.

28 Id. at P 150.

29 El Paso Natural Gas Co., 145 FERC ¶ 61,040 at P 698 (2013); see also id. at P 686 (reversing the Administrative Law Judge’s finding that the pipeline’s relative risk justifies an ROE “well above” the median of the proxy group companies, and setting the pipeline’s ROE at the median). See, e.g., Southern California Edison Co., 92 FERC ¶ 61,070 at 61,266 (finding that the appropriate ROE for the subject public utility should be above the point of central tendency for the comparison group because the utility “is more risky than the comparison group”), reh’g denied, 108 FERC ¶ 61,085 (2004).

30 Opinion No. 531 at P 153.

31 Id. at P 165.

32 Id. at P 5.

33 Id. at P 142.

34 Id. at P 147.

35 See S. Cal. Edison Co. v. FERC, 717 F.3d 177, 186 (D.C. Cir. 2013).

36 Seminole Electric Cooperative, Inc. v. Florida Power Corp., 147 FERC ¶ 61,236 at P 16.

37 Opinion No. 531 at PP 38, 161.

Last Updated: July 2 2014

Article by Kenneth B. Driver, James C. Beh, Kevin J. McIntyre, Matthew R. McGuire and William Weaver

The content of this article is intended to provide a general guide to the subject matter. Specialist advice should be sought about your specific circumstances.




How S&P Intends to Implement its Revised Rating Methodology and Assumptions for Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds and Apply them to Ratings.

On June 19, 2014, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services published its revised criteria, “Rating Methodology and Assumptions for Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds”. Included in the scope of the criteria are affordable multifamily housing bonds supported by unenhanced affordable housing projects (AHP), federally subsidized housing projects (e.g., Section 8), privatized military housing projects, and multifamily loan pools rated in the U.S. These criteria exclude and do not apply to bonds secured by FHA-insured mortgage loans; Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities; or other federal credit enhancement programs.

The new criteria became effective upon publication. The criteria apply to all new and existing in-scope transactions. We plan to complete our review of all existing ratings within six months. We will accept requests for expedited review of ratings during this process. Though highly unlikely, we could lengthen this schedule if a material credit event occurs, particularly if the impact could take some time to assess. However, we would clearly communicate any change in our plans.

The criteria update is part of Standard & Poor’s commitment to the market to enhance the transparency, rigor, and specificity of its criteria across sectors and asset classes. Our objective is to provide market constituents with greater insight into how we rate affordable multifamily housing bond transactions and to enhance the global comparability of our ratings through a clear, coherent, and globally consistent criteria framework.

We began communicating the process of updating our criteria when we published an advance notice of proposed criteria change in March 2013. We then published our proposed revised ratings framework, “Request for Comment: Rating Methodology and Assumptions for Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds” on April 1, 2013. During the subsequent two-month comment period, we interacted with market participants within the U.S., released a CreditMatters TV segment, and conducted a teleconference in order to outline the framework and respond to questions on the proposed criteria change. We used these outlets to increase participants’ awareness and understanding of the proposed changes and to solicit, evaluate, and incorporate feedback where appropriate. In conjunction with the release of the new criteria, we responded to market participants with an article outlining the feedback we received and what changes were incorporated into the final criteria in the publication “RFC Process Summary: Rating Methodology And Assumptions For Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds”, published June 19, 2014.

We are now providing information about the likely ratings impact of the criteria changes, a more detailed explanation of the implementation process, and comments on how we intend to apply the revised criteria to our current ratings.

How We Expect The New Criteria To Affect Ratings

The criteria affect approximately 350 rated issues, comprising about 150 discrete projects and programs. Based on our preliminary analysis, the expected impact on outstanding issue ratings is as follows:

How We Will Implement The New Criteria

We intend to review all of the in-scope transactions within six months of the effective date of the new criteria. Our implementation schedule is as follows:

June 19, 2014
Standard & Poor’s Released the Rating Methodology and Assumptions for Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds

Week of June 23—June 27, 2014
We applied these criteria to all new issues in scope of these criteria regardless of the original request date of the rating.
Any rating reviews, whether scheduled or event-driven, were assessed under the new criteria.

Week Of June 30-July 3, 2014
Ratings that may be impacted based on our quantitative testing will be placed on CreditWatch with positive or negative implications, as applicable, or under criteria observation based on the revised methodology.
Ratings that are scheduled for their regular reviews will also be placed on CreditWatch with developing implications, pending the receipt of additional information needed to complete the reviews under the new criteria.

Week Of July 7-July 11, 2014
We plan to send out questionnaires to issuers/obligors requesting the information we need to review all existing in-scope transactions under the new criteria.
We will upload the criteria and related articles, as well as explanatory materials, including CreditMatters TV videos, onto our dedicated public website www.sandp.com/hess to allow for easy access and maximum transparency.
We will conduct a WebEx seminar to outline the criteria framework and answer questions from issuers and obligors.
We cannot disclose the timing of any reviews for particular credits beyond the guidance provided in this notice.

Week Of Aug. 6-Aug. 11, 2014
We plan to send out a second request for information 30 days after the initial request if no response is received, or if the information we receive is insufficient to complete our review under the new criteria.

Week Of Sept. 5-Sept. 10, 2014
We intend to maintain the ratings on all debt rated under the previous criteria. However, for issuers and obligors who have not responded with complete information for in-scope transactions within 30 days after our second request for information, those issues will be placed on CreditWatch with negative implications in accordance with our credit rating suspension/withdrawal policy.

July 7-Oct. 10, 2014
Once we complete our reviews of ratings that have been placed on CreditWatch as described above, we will then review the remaining in-scope ratings.
We will accept requests for expedited review of ratings during the implementation period.

How We Will Communicate Our Rating Actions
We will publish rating reports on all transactions reviewed under the revised criteria.

Format Of Our Rating Reports
Each rating report will include our assessment of the following components:

Upon release, ratings and rating reports will be available on RatingsDirect. Ratings and criteria are available on www.standardandpoors.com.

Related Criteria And Research

Rating Methodology And Assumptions For Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds, June 19, 2014
RFC Process Summary: Rating Methodology And Assumptions For Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds, June 19, 2014
Rating Methodology And Assumptions Ffor U.S. and Canadian CMBS, Sept. 5, 2012
CMBS Global Property Evaluation Methodology, Sept. 5, 2012
Application Of CMBS Global Property Evaluation Methodology In U.S. And Canadian Transactions, Sept. 5, 2012

Primary Credit Analysts:

Mikiyon W Alexander, New York (1) 212-438-2083;
mikiyon.alexander@standardandpoors.com

Karen M Fitzgerald, CFA, New York (1) 212-438-4858;
karen.fitzgerald@standardandpoors.com

Valerie D White, New York (1) 212-438-2078;
valerie.white@standardandpoors.com

01-Jul-2014




Growth In Green Bond Market Underscores Need For Market Standards.

The significant growth that we have seen in the past year in green/climate bond issuances – $11.4 billion in 2013 and an estimated $40 billion in 2014 – strongly suggests a threshold market acknowledgement of the enormous potential in these instruments. Growth in the market and a rapid increase in the volume of climate/green bonds strongly suggest that we are approaching a broad yet fundamental market acceptance of this new asset class. If so, it is important that we begin to shift gears and move from proving the model to creating the market infrastructure that incorporates meaningful standards to support a wider and more liquid market for climate/green bonds.

Green bonds and climate bonds are issued to pay for environmental projects. These are often issued by large institutions, such as World Bank, Bank of America, and Toyota that invest in both environmental and non-environmental projects. However, the proceeds from these bonds are invested exclusively in environmental projects. Many, but not all green bonds are climate-focused. Climate bonds, however, are totally linked to assets that encourage a rapid transition to a low-carbon and climate resilient economy.

These bonds can be considered the equivalent of infrastructure bonds tailored specifically to finance climate solutions, thus providing institutional investors with the opportunity to direct their capital into investments that more appropriately meet their financial and social preferences.

When tied to specific climate change mitigation investments, these finance instruments allow markets to raise capital or, more specifically, support the private sector in raising capital to:

Green bonds are not so different after all

Bonds are financial products best suited to both the financing of energy projects with long payback periods and to providing institutional investors with security of returns over the longer term. They are used to unlock “patient capital,” specifically taking savings which require secure returns over long periods of time (such as those held by pension funds) and investing them in low-carbon projects that have high up-front costs but solid payback rates over the longer term. Developing a market specifically for climate-themed bonds will help grow markets more broadly for associated “green” debt capital.

These bonds need not differ significantly from existing issuances of debt. The only difference is that the funds they attract are supported by real and verifiable energy projects that in some certifiable manner serve to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions. They also allow investors to report to their members on how their secure investments are making a contribution to addressing climate change.

However, to foster liquidity in a themed bond space, an agreed set of rules and criteria is absolutely essential to assure investors of the integrity of each environmental themed bond. A system of standards for the labeling of green debt holds the promise of being a key enabler for pension fund investment and freeing up significant amounts of private capital in support of climate change mitigation.

To flourish, green bonds need standards

In a direct effort to encourage transparency, disclosure, and integrity in this environmental bond market, a consortium of nearly fifty financial institutions are backing a set of voluntary “Green Bond Principles” (GBPs). These GBPs were initially drafted by four of the financial institutions – Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Citi, Crédit Agricole Corporate, and JP Morgan Chase – with guidance from issuers, investors, and environmental groups. They are designed to serve as voluntary guidelines on recommended processes for the development and issuance of green bonds.

These critical standards are intended to help issuers, investors, and underwriters by:

These voluntary guidelines are fundamentally designed to encourage transparency and integrity in the market and to prevent “greenwashing” – the practice of deceptively promoting something as green or good for the environment. This is particularly important as the issuer base shifts from trustworthy, multinational development banks to corporate issuers. To the extent that the GBP can achieve the objectives outlined above, these instruments will ultimately truly matter when they can consistently attract a new and broader investor base, thus becoming vehicles for channeling lower cost capital into energy efficiency, renewable energy, and climate change adaptation efforts.

The Green Bond Principles can further serve to catalyze this market, transforming green/climate bonds into a “mainstream” asset class by creating more certainty around investment integrity. U.S. sub-national issuers of capital can and should play a critical role in helping to foster and develop this new asset class as well as the market infrastructure in which these instruments may flourish. The bottom line is that these new investment vehicles need to be treated like, and designed like, more traditional financial products, and the Green Bond Principles are a very good start to growing this important climate market instrument.

By Vic A. Rojas
Vic A. Rojas is Senior Manager, Financial Policy, for Environmental Defense Fund.




Army Chief of Engineers Looks to P3S for Nation's Water Infrastructure Needs.

The Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) is looking at new ways to finance the essential civil works infrastructure on U.S. waterways, including public-private partnerships according to Lt. Gen. Thomas Bostick, the agency’s commanding general.

“We can only do so much through process efficiencies. We’re going to have to work together in public-private partnerships to find some alternative financing means that come from outside the federal government,” Bostick told reporters last week.

Some Corps projects have an identifiable revenue stream. The Corps currently collects fees on shipping companies that use deep-sea ports and inland waterways. However, projects such as levees do not have an obvious revenue stream, according to Bostick.

“We have to find a way to monetize the things we want the private sector to invest in,” Bostick said. “At the end of the day, they need to make a profit, and we have to find ways to set up long-term contracts that will allow them to accrue benefits based on the investments they make.”

Bostick’s comments come as the Corps faces a backlog of $60 billion in recapitalization projects, according to a 2013 review. That same year, the American Society of Civil Engineers issued a grade of a D- to the network of 15,000 miles of levees and infrastructure along the thousands of miles of inland waterways in the United States. Hydro-power dams earned a modestly higher grade of D.

“The infrastructure is slipping in its ability to deliver consistent and reliable services,” Bostick told Federal News Radio. “Since 2000, we’ve had a 50 percent increase in the downtime of our hydroelectric equipment. Since 2009, delays and interruptions have more than doubled on our inland waterway locks and dams. And 16 percent of our dams are categorized as ‘extremely’ or ‘very high’ risk, which increases the urgency for dam safety work.”

Congress funds the Corps’ recapitalization projects at around $2 billion per year. But even as the Corps continues to focus on the nation’s highest priorities, the projects it is working on this year will require an additional $23 billion to complete.

“That gives you some idea of how long our current projects will take at the pace we’re getting appropriations,” he said.

By Editor July 1, 2014




Municipal Market Advisors Municipal Issuer Brief - June 30, 2014

Municipal Market Advisors Municipal Issuer Brief – June 30, 2014




Senator Files PAB Proposal as Amendment to Transportation Bill.

The Senate’s leading advocate for expanding private water-wastewater infrastructure financing has filed his plan as an amendment to a transportation bill expected to receive a vote in the Senate Finance Committee next month. It is not clear, however, whether the committee will accept the amendment.

Offered by Sen. Bob Menendez (D-N.J.), the amendment would eliminate state-based caps on the amount of private activity bonds (PABs) that can be used to finance water and wastewater infrastructure. The amendment is based on the “Sustainable Water Infrastructure Act” (S. 2345), a stand-alone bill Sen. Menendez introduced last month.

Current law allows private entities (with state government approval) to issue PABs to fund a variety of infrastructure projects that deliver a public benefit, but the total amount of PABs that may be issued annually in each state is limited. This means water projects must compete for limited PAB financing with a variety of other infrastructure sectors.

Sen. Menendez proposed the amendment in advance of the Finance Committee’s consideration of a bill to shore up the federal highway trust fund. The committee plans to markup the highway legislation next month.




New Tennessee Law Insulates State Credit Rating from Cities' Financial Problems.

Credit markets view the move as a positive for the state but negative for municipalities.

As the debate about how much financial help states should offer their distressed cities takes place across the country, one state has made a move to avoid the question altogether.

In July, a new law goes into effect in Tennessee that forbids the state from spending its own resources to repay the debts of distressed municipal governments. The legislation does not alter Tennessee’s emergency loan assistance program, which puts the onus on local governments to request assistance before any default. But the new law is a win-lose in that it’s viewed by the credit markets as a positive for the state and a negative for its local governments.

As Tennessee has historically had a policy of not paying debt service for stressed municipalities, the action is more of a clarification, rather than a change in policy. Still, said Julius Vizner, assistant vice president at Moody’s Investors Service, it’s an important distinction.

Financially Distressed Cities Isolate Poor and Minorities, Former Receiver Says
“The state is drawing a line here between its fiscal responsibilities and realities,” Vizner said. “In general, the fact that the state is not incurring a liability for any potential future case of a local government [wanting direct aid], is a credit positive.”

States vary in how involved they get with their distressed municipalities and there are arguments for and against doing so. A big reason to intervene is that state intervention can reduce any chilling effect – that one government’s distressed finances could spread to neighboring localities. Michigan, for example, views state intervention as key to its survival and has had long history of state involvement in city finances. Typically, aid comes in the form of a state-appointed emergency financial manager for its cities. But in the case of Detroit’s bankruptcy, this year the state went the beyond that. In June, Gov. Rick Snyder signed into law a funding package that allocated nearly $200 million in state funds for a so-called grand bargain to try to help the Motor City emerge from bankruptcy. The package also included $366 million pledged over 20 years by philanthropic foundations and would go toward pension payments for Detroit’s retired city workers and keeping the Detroit Institute of Art’s work from being sold to pay creditors.

There are, however, counterarguments for states getting very involved in their distressed municipalities and Tennessee’s desire to keep its high credit rating protected isn’t unfounded. (Tennessee is rated either AAA or one notch below, depending on the rating agency.) Recently, Standard and Poor’s rating agency revised its outlook on Michigan’s credit down to stable from positive. The state maintained its AA- rating but S&P noted that Michigan’s budget reserve fund will decrease because of the transfer to Detroit. In their comments, the analysts said the “appropriation to the Detroit bankruptcy settlement also raises questions as to potential future state contributions to other distressed localities and school districts” and that S&P would continue to monitor the situation.

Unlike Michigan, Tennessee does not allow its municipalities to file for bankruptcy and none of its local governments are rated below investment grade. So, even if a government were to default on debt, it wouldn’t necessarily present the same threat to the state economy the same way that similarly distressed municipalities in Michigan might. It would depend on the circumstances, said Vizner, but Tennessee’s overall economy is healthy so a local government default would likely be viewed as an anomaly.

Pew Charitable Trusts, which has conducted extensive research on state interventions, said that not every state actually needs a program. It advises that states design programs to be proactive in detecting and tackling local government financial challenges. However, most programs are reactionary.

GOVERNING.COM
BY LIZ FARMER | JULY 1, 2014




The Risks States Take for Their Distressed Cities.

Wall Street can be hard on a state that moves to keep its local governments solvent or help them through bankruptcy. But it’s a chance that some states have decided is worth taking.

Two years ago, Wells Fargo declared state and local governments’ efforts to deal with critical fiscal issues to be “light years ahead” of the federal government’s. It’s hard to argue with that assessment. But beyond the Beltway, the interplay between states and local governments in the wake of the Great Recession has raised unprecedented challenges. It has displayed stark differences in the roles states choose to play in dealing with their distressed localities. And it has highlighted the question of how much credit risk those states are willing to take on to help get their local governments’ houses in order.

In looking at the municipal bankruptcies (or near-bankruptcies) in Alabama, California, Michigan, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island, the roles of the respective states ranged from adverse (Alabama) to seemingly irrelevant (California) to positive (Maryland, Michigan, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island). The Great Recession demarcated states into those with oversight programs that either protected against municipal insolvency or offered good support for troubled communities; those that accepted risks and reacted by changing their laws; and those that appeared to contribute to the distress and avoid the acceptance of any risk. The hard issue for state leaders was — and is — a fear of credit-risk contagion.

State involvement in local fiscal distress carries risks both fiscal and political. Nowhere is that playing out more starkly than in Detroit’s bankruptcy with the truly extraordinary and bipartisan involvement by Michigan Gov. Rick Snyder and the state’s legislative leaders.

When Standard and Poor’s recently revised its outlook on Michigan’s credit downward from positive to stable, it cited several economic and fiscal factors, including softening revenue. But the rating agency noted another factor: Michigan’s recent decision to dip into its rainy-day fund to contribute $195 million to Detroit’s city-government retirees as a critical part of the so-called “grand bargain” for the Motor City’s exit from bankruptcy. S&P wrote that the state’s action “raises questions as to potential future state contributions to other distressed localities and school districts.”

S&P’s action wasn’t a big surprise in Lansing. In a statement to the Bond Buyer, a spokesperson for the governor’s office wrote: “We knew the Detroit settlement package and [budget stabilization fund] was a concern with the rating agencies, which is why the Governor felt it was important to address head on and show why the package was a financially responsible, smart way for the state to address Detroit,” adding that the contribution was unlikely to set a precedent for other distressed local governments in the state. Subsequently, Fitch Ratings affirmed its AA rating and stable outlook on the state’s general-obligation bonds, and Moody’s affirmed its Aa2 rating with a positive outlook.

Needless to say, S&P did not analyze what its rating might have been had the governor and bipartisan state legislative leadership not stepped up to the plate; as far as Michigan’s leaders were concerned, the far greater potential credit risk was not to act. Indeed, the question for states is how to balance the credit risk of non-involvement versus involvement. In some states — especially smaller ones such as Rhode Island or Maryland, where a default by Providence or Baltimore would have led to significant repercussions to the states’ economies and credit ratings — whether the state needed to establish a proactive role could not really be in question. In a similar sense, state leaders in Albany and Lansing have clearly recognized the critical role of New York City and Detroit to their states’ economies.

Cities’ and counties’ fiscal distress or bankruptcy cannot be isolated from their states’ economies, as much as legislators in Springfield, Ill., or Montgomery, Ala. might wish they could. Thus, statutory “emergency rooms” of some sort — or “pre-emergency rooms,” such as long-established programs in New Jersey and North Carolina that have worked to prevent any municipal bankruptcy filings — have demonstrated efficient means to provide state oversight without debt adjustment. Many states require municipalities to regularly submit audit reports and budgets to a state division of local government, and other oversight programs allow intervention when budgets are out of balance. Some states may also offer temporary assistance through loans or emergency grants.

The focus of such state oversight programs is to maintain or improve local governments’ fiscal and managerial functionality. State policy-makers recognize that when that functionality disappears in the calamity of a bankruptcy, it will be the state’s taxpayers and its credit rating that will be at risk.

Programs like these, of course, present their own risks to states, such as setting a precedent that would trigger comparable assistance to other distressed communities; forgoing investments in infrastructure or education in order to prop up a city or county’s pensions; or creating an impression that a state will weigh in against its investors in favor of its poorly managed municipalities.

But in accepting risks like these, a state is betting that its constructive role will not just cure a cancer and prevent its spread, but, more importantly, lay the foundation for accruing economic benefits to the region and state that outweigh any capital-markets costs. And the state is aiming to lay the foundation for a more constructive state-local relationship for the future.

BY FRANK SHAFROTH | JUNE 30, 2014

Frank Shafroth is the director of the Center for State and Local Government Leadership at George Mason University.




Illinois Pension Reform in Question on Insurance Ruling.

Illinois can’t cut contributions to government retirees’ health-insurance premiums, the state’s top court said in a ruling with possible implications for Governor Pat Quinn’s bid to fix a $100 billion pension shortfall.

The Illinois Supreme Court, in a 6-1 decision today, ruled the health-insurance premium subsidies are pension benefits protected by the state’s constitution that can’t be diminished or impaired, as Illinois lawmakers tried to do with a 2012 law that let an administrator determine the level of contributions.

Protection of pension benefits is the same provision in the Illinois constitution retirees are relying on in challenging Quinn’s plan to cut the pension shortfall with reductions in cost-of-living adjustments and increasing the retirement age for workers who are now 45 or younger.

Illinois has the largest pension-funding shortfall of any U.S. state. The remedial legislation has been delayed by court order until the case is decided.

The threat to Illinois’ pension overhaul may prolong a selloff in state bonds that began in May, when lawmakers failed to extend a 2011 income-tax increase. That leaves the state with a $2 billion hole that will require stiffing vendors, borrowing money and delaying payments to employees.

The extra yield municipal-bond investors demand to own Illinois general obligations instead of benchmark AAA munis rose yesterday to 1.28 percentage points, the highest since February, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. Illinois has the lowest rating among U.S. states and the widest yield spread among the 17 states tracked by Bloomberg.

Lawsuits Reinstated

Today’s ruling reinstates lawsuits filed by members of three Illinois employee unions. Those cases had been dismissed by a state court judge in Sangamon County, which includes the state capital of Springfield.

The ruling supports the argument that “retirement security, including affordable health care and a modest pension, cannot be revoked by politicians,” Henry Bayer, executive director of the Illinois chapter of the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, said in a statement.

The ruling will have no direct impact on the pension reform litigation arguments, said Maura Possley, a spokeswoman for state Attorney General Lisa Madigan.

“While this decision is very clear on the fact that the pension clause covers health care benefits, the arguments in the pension reform litigation are different than the ones in this health care case,” Possley said.

Ruling Disappoints

Sarah Wetmore, vice president and research director at the non-profit Civic Federation in Chicago, said her organization was disappointed with the high court ruling.

“The Civic Federation supported the changes that the state had made to retiree health-care subsidy, that they were necessary and rational to make the program more sustainable over the long-term,” she said in a phone interview.

“We think this means the state is going to have to come up with a plan to make those payments going forward, whether that means cutting in other areas or raising additional revenue. It’s an expensive program for the state and it’s going to become more expensive in the future,” she said.

Wetmore declined to speculate on the effect of today’s decision on the pension reform bill litigation. “It’s certainly not helpful for the state,” she said.

Grant Klinzman, a spokesman for Quinn, said the governor remains confident that the pension reform law is constitutional.

“If the court’s decision is predictive, the challenge of reforming our pensions will remain,” Illinois Senate President John Cullerton said in a statement.

Cullerton and Quinn are Democrats.

Those pursuing the health insurance-premium claims are members of the Illinois’ State Employees Retirement System, the State Universities Retirement System and the Teachers’ Retirement System of the State of Illinois.

The case is Kanerva v. Weems, 2014-IL-115811, Illinois Supreme Court (Springfield).

By Andrew Harris Jul 3, 2014 1:32 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Andrew Harris in federal court in Chicago at aharris16@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Michael Hytha at mhytha@bloomberg.net Joe Schneider, Fred Strasser




Moody's: New Pension Disclosures Under GASB 67/68 Will Have Limited Impact on US State and Local Government Ratings.

New York, June 30, 2014 — The new state and local government pension accounting standards, Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB) 67 and 68, scheduled to start later this year, will not change the methodology that Moody’s Investors Service uses to adjust US state and local government pension data in its rating process. Some liability measures could be affected, however, by new information in the additional disclosure that the standards will require, specifically on the sensitivity of liabilities to changes in the discount rate.

Moody’s explains the impact of the GASB 67/68 reporting changes on its credit analysis in the report, “Moody’s US Public Pension Analysis Mostly Unchanged By New GASB 67/68 Standards.”

“The revised standards do not change our approach to calculating Moody’s Adjusted Net Pension Liability, or ANPL, for state and local governments, the measure of these liabilities that we use in our ratings,” says Analyst Tom Aaron. “The new information that will be disclosed on the sensitivity of discount rates, however, could materially impact the results of our adjustments in some cases.”

The additional disclosure is unlikely to impact ratings in the vast majority of cases, says Moody’s. When it does, the information could be credit positive or credit negative, depending on pension plan liability characteristics.

Moody’s will use the new liability disclosure related to discount rate changes for estimating the specific duration of a given plan. Absent other data, Moody’s had previously assumed a uniform plan duration of 13 years in making its discount rate adjustments to plan liabilities.

Moody’s will continue to adjust reported liabilities in their entirety using a high-grade corporate bond index tied to the actuarial valuation date.

Important changes in GASB 67/68 that will not change Moody’s pension adjustments include the disclosure of local governments’ shares of a multi-employee cost-sharing plans, and the appearance of net pension liabilities on local government balance sheets.

The accounting standards will change with pension plan disclosures for fiscal year 2014 and bond issuer disclosures for fiscal year 2015.

For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access the report at:

http://www.moodys.com/viewresearchdoc.aspx?docid=PBM_PBM171874.

***

NOTE TO JOURNALISTS ONLY: For more information, please call one of our global press information hotlines: New York +1-212-553-0376, London +44-20-7772-5456, Tokyo +813-5408-4110, Hong Kong +852-3758-1350, Sydney +61-2-9270-8141, Mexico City 001-888-779-5833, São Paulo 0800-891-2518, or Buenos Aires 0800-666-3506. You can also email us at mediarelations@moodys.com or visit our web site at www.moodys.com.

Thomas Aaron
Analyst
Public Finance Group
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
100 N Riverside Plaza
Suite 2220
Chicago, IL 60606
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Timothy F Blake
MD – Public Finance
Public Finance Group
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Releasing Office:
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
250 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653




WSJ: Illinois Supreme Court Rules Against Cuts in Retiree Health Benefits.

CHICAGO—A ruling by the Illinois Supreme Court Thursday is casting new doubts on an overhaul of the public employee retirement system that passed last year to prop up the state’s deeply underfunded pensions.

The court ruled health-insurance subsidies for retired state workers are protected under the Illinois Constitution, siding with public-sector unions who challenged cuts to the benefits passed by lawmakers two years ago. The decision set off renewed debate over the constitutionality of a larger overhaul of the retirement system, which passed last fall and is being challenged by state workers and retirees on similar grounds.

“If the court’s decision is predictive, the challenge of reforming our pension systems will remain,” state Senate President John Cullerton said.

Gov. Pat Quinn stood by the pension law, which reduces future retirement costs by shrinking cost-of-living increases for retirees, raising retirement ages for younger employees and capping the size of pensions. He said he expects the law will survive the legal challenge that’s pending.

The pension changes came after nearly three years of grueling debate, during which the state’s credit rating fell to the lowest among U.S. states. Illinois has underfunded its retirement system for decades, and the shortfall has grown to $100 billion. Chicago also is watching state-level decisions that could affect the city, which is trying to close its own yawning gap between current assets and promised retirement benefits.

Courts are playing a key role in several states in determining just how far lawmakers can go in cutting pension benefits for workers and retirees as they try to stabilize funds and reduce future costs.

In Illinois, lawyers for state workers and retirees took Thursday’s decision as a sign the state’s top court will hold true to the constitution, which explicitly forbids the diminishment of pension benefits once they’re promised. But Illinois Attorney General Lisa Madigan in a statement said the arguments are different in the larger pension overhaul case and aren’t directly affected by Thursday’s ruling.

A spokeswoman for Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel said the court ruling doesn’t affect city efforts to address pension or health-care costs.

Still Christopher Mooney, director of the Institute of Government and Public Affairs at the University of Illinois, said the 6-1 ruling likely means the court will scrap the larger overhaul. The case for allowing reductions in health benefits was stronger than what the state will argue when defending the larger cuts in pension benefits, he said.

“We’re basically back to square one. They are going to have to figure out something else,” he said.

Illinois’s 10-year general obligation bonds were unchanged Thursday, according to Thomson Reuters Municipal Market Data. Trading was light ahead of the Independence Day holiday.

By MARK PETERS
Updated July 3, 2014 4:23 p.m. ET

Write to Mark Peters at mark.peters@wsj.com




WSJ: Creditors Win Bid to Challenge Detroit Bankruptcy.

DETROIT—A legal challenge in Detroit’s municipal bankruptcy case must be heard before a trial on the city’s debt-cutting plan, a federal appeals court ruled late Wednesday.

The Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals said a lower district court judge improperly held up an appeal by municipal bond insurer Syncora questioning the city of Detroit’s use of casino tax revenue during the case.

“In a bankruptcy case of such scope and complexity, that is not the proper way to adjudicate appeals that implicate legal questions of fundamental importance to the bankruptcy proceedings,” the 6th Circuit Court of Appeals said in its ruling.

By ordering the lower court to act, a federal appeals court may have thrown a potential wrench in the timetable to exit the city of Detroit from municipal bankruptcy by this fall.

The appeals court ordered a federal-district court judge to rule by July 14 on a request by Syncora Guarantee Inc. and its associated Syncora Capital Assurance Inc. to stop the city from using its casino tax revenue rather than preserve the funds potentially to pay back creditors including Syncora. The city generates about $170 million a year from taxes levied on its three casinos.

“Without a final decision on that question, the city will not know what amount its coffers will contribute to the bankruptcy estate, the creditors cannot know the size of the pie they are being asked to share, and the bankruptcy court cannot be confident that it is considering a legally and financially viable plan,” the appeals court said Wednesday.

A trial before a federal bankruptcy judge on the city’s proposed debt-cutting plan to resolve an estimated $18 billion in long-term obligations is scheduled to begin Aug. 14. It wasn’t immediately clear whether the appeals court ruling would push back the beginning of the trial in the nation’s largest municipal bankruptcy case. The city’s emergency manager had hoped to see the city exit Chapter 9 bankruptcy by the end of September when his term is set to end.

A representative for Syncora didn’t have an immediate comment.

Bill Nowling, spokesman for Detroit Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr, said in an email Wednesday night that “it is too soon to say what impact (the ruling) could have on the length of the bankruptcy proceedings.”

Detroit made ill-fated interest-rate bets known as swaps with Wall Street banks in the hopes of avoiding higher rates. They were tied to $1.4 billion in bonds the city issued from 2005 to help address funding shortfalls in its pension funds.

In 2009, to escape default on the original deal, the city pledged the casino tax revenue as collateral. When the city filed for bankruptcy, other creditors including Syncora tried to stop it from getting casino-tax revenue, which the city says it needs to stay afloat.

By MATTHEW DOLAN
Updated July 3, 2014 9:39 a.m. ET

Write to Matthew Dolan at matthew.dolan@wsj.com




Muni Takeaways From the Morningstar Conference.

Muni managers take sides in the Puerto Rico debate, address the bond landscape in Chicago, Detroit, and California, and discuss the advantages of CEFs in the muni space.

Last week, Morningstar hosted the 26th annual Morningstar Investment Conference. During the conference, attendees heard keynotes from some of the industry’s highest-profile fund managers, including Franklin Templeton’s Michael Hasenstab, PIMCO’s Bill Gross, and AQR’s Cliff Asness. While these speakers didn’t disappoint, several of the most interesting and engaging conversations happened between keynotes in more intimate panel discussions. On June 20, I moderated a panel with three prominent municipal bond managers to discuss the current market, where they see opportunities, and why closed-end funds can be great vehicles for municipal bonds.

The panelists included John Miller, co-head of fixed income and head of munis at Nuveen Investment, Rob Amodeo, head of municipals at Western Asset Management, and Joe Deane, head of municipal bonds at PIMCO. These three managers run billions of dollars in municipal bond assets and have decades of experience in the asset class. Each runs both open-end and closed-end municipal bond funds.

Puerto Rico: The Great Divide

The hottest topic of the day was Puerto Rico. Deane wasn’t shy about his negative view of the territory. He noted that it is the third largest-municipal issuer, behind California and New York, but it’s a “small island in the Caribbean” with a tiny population relative to other large issuers. He pointed to a “brain drain” on the island as a major stumbling block to any recovery. Because Puerto Ricans are citizens of the United States, many highly educated residents have left for places like Miami and New York City because of better job opportunities. PIMCO no longer holds any Puerto Rico bonds.

Though Amodeo admitted that Puerto Rico has its problems, he believes COFINA bonds (sales-tax-backed bonds) are worth holding. According to Amodeo, those bonds bring in $1.3 billion in revenue to cover $700 million in debt service. In the past, government corruption meant that a good portion of tax revenue went missing, but Amodeo pointed to new measures put in place that he believes will make it more difficult for politicians to divert the revenue.

Miller agreed with Deane that Puerto Rico had high hurdles to overcome and noted that after issuing nearly $4 billion in bonds just a few months ago, the territory is once again facing liquidity issues. Miller, however, agreed with Amodeo that COFINA bonds were the best to own on the island, and, as of May 30, some of his portfolios held those bonds.

Chicago, Detroit, and California

After a lively debate over Puerto Rico, the panelists were largely in agreement over the situations in Chicago, Detroit, and California. Miller, who lives and works in Chicago, believes that while it has big problems with its pension liabilities, the city can still right its course. In his opinion, the city has two options to deal with the unfunded (and constitutionally guaranteed) pensions: raise taxes or cut pension benefits. He says Chicago mayor Rahm Emanuel is hesitant to take either path and has, so far, pushed back on the governor of Illinois for reforms at the state level. As for his investments, Miller likes general-obligation bonds backed by Assured Guaranty and bonds issued by the Chicago Transit Authority.

Turning to Detroit, Amodeo noted a “reranking of risk” regarding the city’s general-obligation and revenue bonds. Historically, general-obligation bonds have been considered safer than revenue bonds and have been priced to reflect that relative safety. The Detroit bankruptcy has challenged that assumption. The city’s revenue bonds (specifically, water and sewer bonds) are in better shape than its general-obligation bonds, the holders of which are likely to receive less than full value for those bonds. Amodeo does hold water and sewer revenue bonds from Detroit in his portfolios.

Finally, Deane pointed to California as a success story in the muni market. A few years ago the state was facing massive budget issues, but fiscal belt-tightening stopped the bleeding, leaving the state’s finances in much better shape. He believes those actions provide a blueprint for other cities and states in similar situations.

Advantages of CEFs

All three panelists agreed that there are many advantages of investing in municipal bond closed-end funds. First and foremost, the funds’ closed structures are a positive. Because closed-end funds aren’t subject to investor flows, for example, Amodeo says that he can invest in illiquid securities that offer higher yields than comparable, more-liquid holdings. In the same vein, Miller said that when open-end funds are selling to meet investor outflows, he snaps up deeply discounted securities.

Deane spoke of the advantages of leverage, but also warned of the added volatility. A positive-sloping yield curve is advantageous to leveraged funds, which can borrow at lower short-term rates and invest in higher-yielding, longer-term securities. This comes with added risk of volatility, especially because the funds may hold long-duration securities. However, Deane believes that over time, leverage will work to an investor’s advantage if he or she is willing to weather the volatility.
Finally, Amodeo noted that, from an investor’s perspective, the ability to purchase shares when they trade at a discount is a nice advantage. He also said that he snapped up shares of his own municipal CEFs last year when discounts gapped out.

Final Thoughts

Amodeo is avoiding tobacco bonds because of concerns over high taxes on cigarettes as well as the competition from e-cigarettes. His firm is also cautious on toll roads because he believes more drivers are weighing the cost of drive time versus paying the toll.

Miller discussed some of the supply issues the industry has been facing and believes those issues will lead to much lower supply this year. Miller says municipalities are loath to take on more debt, slowing new issuance, and continued low interest rates will lead to fewer repricings this year.

Deane prefers revenue bonds to general-obligation bonds, arguing that unfunded pensions will cause big problems for states and cities to deal with over the medium term. He noted specifically that a change in accounting rules for pension liabilities may create major problems for city and state balance sheets. In the past, cities and states could pick a funding ratio used to calculate the unfunded liability (the higher the number, the lower the calculated obligation). But new accounting rules will force cities and states with unfunded pensions to use a predetermined number, which is likely to be much lower than the ratio they are currently using. This change would cause the reported unfunded liability to go up, creating an even larger hole for cities and states to dig out of.

Finally, all three panelists agreed that tax reform regarding municipal securities is not a near-term concern, as the coming election and partisan climate in Washington make a consensus on tax reform extremely unlikely.

In all, the panelists were constructive on the muni market with reservations about certain sectors and locations.

By Cara Esser | 06-27-14 | 06:00 AM |

About the Author: Cara Esser is a senior fund analyst on the active funds manager research team for Morningstar and heads up the team’s coverage of closed-end funds.




S&P: U.S. State Pension Funding: Strong Investment Returns Could Lift Funded Ratios, But Longer-Term Challenges Remain.

U.S. state pension funded levels continue to decline but have likely bottomed out as the effects of the 2008 and 2009 equities market downturn make their way out of the valuations, according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ 2014 annual survey. Strong market performance in 2013 and 2014 coupled with a shift to market valuation of assets will probably contribute to improved funded ratios in the near future. Although this is likely the low point, which is good news, we believe pension funded level recovery could be slow and uneven and sizable funding gaps will remain for most states. While reform efforts continue, which will help over the long term, we see continued pressure related to market volatility, increased competition for limited state financial resources, and changes in actuarial assumptions.

In our view, factors that will contribute to significant fluctuations to pension funded ratios include:

Read the full Report.




U.S. Public Pension Funding Gaps to Widen Under New Rules.

Some U.S. public pensions, which lack savings for $1.4 trillion of promises to retired government workers, will record wider gaps in fiscal years starting after July 1 because of changes in accounting rules.

Pensions in Illinois, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and other states will see funded levels decline, in some cases by more than half, as they comply with new Governmental Accounting Standards Board rules that for the first time will require future pension costs to be included on balance sheets and change how they must calculate their underfunding.

The new rules won’t affect the amount that states and municipalities actually owe, though they could prompt them to address their underfunding, said Dean Mead, research manager at the Norwalk, Connecticut-based board known as GASB, which makes accounting rules used by most governments. The changes may force some states to cut borrowing or spending.

“It could affect their policy decisions,” Mead said in a telephone interview. “It’s their choice how to react to the new numbers.”

Under the new rules, governments will have to calculate an estimate of how much they owe for future pension liabilities and put that on their balance sheets. Under current rules they put estimates in footnotes on financial statements. Some plans predicted to run out of money will have to lower investment return assumptions used in calculating their future costs, making their liability seem larger.

Funding Adjustments

“They may not want to discuss these numbers,” said Keith Brainard, the Georgetown, Texas-based research director with the National Association of State Retirement Administrators in Washington. “Because of these new numbers, some policy makers will make funding adjustments so they won’t look so bad.”

Teachers Retirement System of the State of Illinois could see its funded level decline to 17.5 percent from 48.4 percent under the changes, according to 2012 estimates from the Center for Retirement Research at Boston College.

Illinois Teachers doesn’t agree with the estimates, said spokesman Dave Urbanek. The only effect of the new GASB rules will be that the fund will have to report a new number. Though the pension has earned 9 percent on average in the past 30 years, the state has never fully funded the plan since it was created in 1939, he said.

“We will have a full range of unfunded liabilities that people can pick from,” said Urbanek. “The bottom line is that we have a problem.”

Fixes Made

Funding for the Kentucky Employee Retirement System would decline to 23.7 percent from 40.3 percent, according to the Boston College estimates.

Executive Director William Thielen said by e-mail that he wasn’t aware that the changes would affect the funding ratio. The rules will require the fund to use new reporting terms and “include significantly more information” in financial reports, he said.

Some municipalities have taken action to try to increase funding ahead of the new rules taking effect: Alaska moved $3 billion from its rainy day fund to shore up pensions. California passed legislation to close a $74 billion gap in the California State Teachers’ Retirement System.

The new numbers may not affect debt costs in the $3.7 trillion municipal bond market because of limited supply and small differences in yields between issuers, said Richard Ciccarone, president of Merritt Research Services in Chicago. Still, borrowers that don’t address shortfalls may eventually be penalized, he said.

“Over time, as the pension crisis continues, you’re going to see spreads widening,” Ciccarone said.

By Darrell Preston Jun 26, 2014 9:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Darrell Preston in Dallas at dpreston@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Michael B. Marois, Mark Schoifet




Moody's: US Nuclear and Coal-Fired Power Plant Retirements to Jolt Some Local Governments.

New York, June 18, 2014 — Aggressive changes to environmental and safety policies combined with abundant, cheap natural gas will trigger the largest wave of electric generating plant retirements in the US in 35 years, says Moody’s Investors Service in a new report. Moody’s has identified the 10 US local governments it rates that are most exposed to credit risk from these closures. The risk is already captured in their ratings, although ratings could change as new information about possible closures develop.

“The retirement of large-scale, base-load nuclear and coal-fired plants will have a significant impact on many local governments, as power plants are often the top taxpayer for a city, county, or school district, paying a larger share of property taxes than the government’s other companies and individual residents,” say Moody’s Associate Analyst Andrew Pfluger and Vice President/Manager Julie Beglin in the report “US Nuclear and Coal-Fired Power Plant Retirements to Jolt Some Local Governments.”

Leading the list of Moody’s-rated local governments that receive the greatest share of their revenues from payments by a plant at risk for closure or already scheduled for retirement are Hendrick Hudson Central School District, Westchester, NY (general obligation debt rated A1), which receives 30.9% of its operating revenues from the Indian Point nuclear plant; Mexico Central School District, NY (A1), which receives 27.3% of its operating revenues from the James A. Fitzpatrick nuclear plant; the Town of Ontario, NY (Aa2), which receives 25.8% of its operating revenues from the R.E. Ginna nuclear plant; and the Town of Somerset, MA (Aa2), which receives 20.1% of its revenues from the Brayton Point coal plant.

The other local governments on the list are Wayne Central School District, NY (Aa3); Lacey Township, NJ (Aa3); Putnam County School District, GA (Aa3); Plymouth (Town of), MA Aa2); Kewaunee (County of) WI (A1); and Mount Holly (City of) NC (Aa3).

The 10 most-exposed rated local governments average 14% of their total operating revenues from at-risk power plants. Of the five most exposed local governments, four receive an average of 25.3% of their total operating revenues from at risk nuclear power plants, compared to 20.1% for the coal-fired plant. Nuclear power plant retirements may have a greater net credit impact on local governments than coal-fired power plants in terms of tax base and employment, says Moody’s, because of their typically larger scale.

Although a retiring plant may present significant credit risk, local governments often benefit from several mitigants that soften the impact. These include strong reserves, conservative budgetary practices, ability to secure alternate sources of revenue, alternative use of plant sites, and assistance from state legislatures to ease the transition.

For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access this report at www.moodys.com/research/PBM_PBM169742.

***

NOTE TO JOURNALISTS ONLY: For more information, please call one of our global press information hotlines: New York +1-212-553-0376, London +44-20-7772-5456, Tokyo +813-5408-4110, Hong Kong +852-3758-1350, Sydney +61-2-9270-8141, Mexico City 001-888-779-5833, São Paulo 0800-891-2518, or Buenos Aires 0800-666-3506. You can also email us at mediarelations@moodys.com or visit our web site at www.moodys.com.

Andrew Pfluger
Associate Analyst
Public Finance Group
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
250 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Julie A Beglin
Vice President – Senior Analyst
Public Finance Group
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Releasing Office:
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
250 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

© 2014 Moody’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Moody’s Analytics, Inc. and/or their licensors and affiliates (collectively, “MOODY’S”). All rights reserved.

CREDIT RATINGS ISSUED BY MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (“MIS”) AND ITS AFFILIATES ARE MOODY’S CURRENT OPINIONS OF THE RELATIVE FUTURE CREDIT RISK OF ENTITIES, CREDIT COMMITMENTS, OR DEBT OR DEBT-LIKE SECURITIES, AND CREDIT RATINGS AND RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS PUBLISHED BY MOODY’S (“MOODY’S PUBLICATION”) MAY INCLUDE MOODY’S CURRENT OPINIONS OF THE RELATIVE FUTURE CREDIT RISK OF ENTITIES, CREDIT COMMITMENTS, OR DEBT OR DEBT-LIKE SECURITIES. MOODY’S DEFINES CREDIT RISK AS THE RISK THAT AN ENTITY MAY NOT MEET ITS CONTRACTUAL, FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS AS THEY COME DUE AND ANY ESTIMATED FINANCIAL LOSS IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT. CREDIT RATINGS DO NOT ADDRESS ANY OTHER RISK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LIQUIDITY RISK, MARKET VALUE RISK, OR PRICE VOLATILITY. CREDIT RATINGS AND MOODY’S OPINIONS INCLUDED IN MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT STATEMENTS OF CURRENT OR HISTORICAL FACT. MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS MAY ALSO INCLUDE QUANTITATIVE MODEL-BASED ESTIMATES OF CREDIT RISK AND RELATED OPINIONS OR COMMENTARY PUBLISHED BY MOODY’S ANALYTICS, INC. CREDIT RATINGS AND MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS DO NOT CONSTITUTE OR PROVIDE INVESTMENT OR FINANCIAL ADVICE, AND CREDIT RATINGS AND MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AND DO NOT PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS TO PURCHASE, SELL, OR HOLD PARTICULAR SECURITIES. NEITHER CREDIT RATINGS NOR MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS COMMENT ON THE SUITABILITY OF AN INVESTMENT FOR ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR. MOODY’S ISSUES ITS CREDIT RATINGS AND PUBLISHES MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS WITH THE EXPECTATION AND UNDERSTANDING THAT EACH INVESTOR WILL, WITH DUE CARE, MAKE ITS OWN STUDY AND EVALUATION OF EACH SECURITY THAT IS UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PURCHASE, HOLDING, OR SALE.

MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS AND MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE BY RETAIL INVESTORS AND IT WOULD BE RECKLESS FOR RETAIL INVESTORS TO CONSIDER MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS OR MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS IN MAKING ANY INVESTMENT DECISION. IF IN DOUBT YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR FINANCIAL OR OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISER.

ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PROTECTED BY LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, COPYRIGHT LAW, AND NONE OF SUCH INFORMATION MAY BE COPIED OR OTHERWISE REPRODUCED, REPACKAGED, FURTHER TRANSMITTED, TRANSFERRED, DISSEMINATED, REDISTRIBUTED OR RESOLD, OR STORED FOR SUBSEQUENT USE FOR ANY SUCH PURPOSE, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, IN ANY FORM OR MANNER OR BY ANY MEANS WHATSOEVER, BY ANY PERSON WITHOUT MOODY’S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT.

All information contained herein is obtained by MOODY’S from sources believed by it to be accurate and reliable. Because of the possibility of human or mechanical error as well as other factors, however, all information contained herein is provided “AS IS” without warranty of any kind. MOODY’S adopts all necessary measures so that the information it uses in assigning a credit rating is of sufficient quality and from sources MOODY’S considers to be reliable including, when appropriate, independent third-party sources. However, MOODY’S is not an auditor and cannot in every instance independently verify or validate information received in the rating process or in preparing the Moody’s Publications.

To the extent permitted by law, MOODY’S and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors and suppliers disclaim liability to any person or entity for any indirect, special, consequential, or incidental losses or damages whatsoever arising from or in connection with the information contained herein or the use of or inability to use any such information, even if MOODY’S or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors or suppliers is advised in advance of the possibility of such losses or damages, including but not limited to: (a) any loss of present or prospective profits or (b) any loss or damage arising where the relevant financial instrument is not the subject of a particular credit rating assigned by MOODY’S.

To the extent permitted by law, MOODY’S and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors and suppliers disclaim liability for any direct or compensatory losses or damages caused to any person or entity, including but not limited to by any negligence (but excluding fraud, willful misconduct or any other type of liability that, for the avoidance of doubt, by law cannot be excluded) on the part of, or any contingency within or beyond the control of, MOODY’S or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors or suppliers, arising from or in connection with the information contained herein or the use of or inability to use any such information.

NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH RATING OR OTHER OPINION OR INFORMATION IS GIVEN OR MADE BY MOODY’S IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER.

MIS, a wholly-owned credit rating agency subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation (“MCO”), hereby discloses that most issuers of debt securities (including corporate and municipal bonds, debentures, notes and commercial paper) and preferred stock rated by MIS have, prior to assignment of any rating, agreed to pay to MIS for appraisal and rating services rendered by it fees ranging from $1,500 to approximately $2,500,000. MCO and MIS also maintain policies and procedures to address the independence of MIS’s ratings and rating processes. Information regarding certain affiliations that may exist between directors of MCO and rated entities, and between entities who hold ratings from MIS and have also publicly reported to the SEC an ownership interest in MCO of more than 5%, is posted annually at www.moodys.com under the heading “Shareholder Relations — Corporate Governance — Director and Shareholder Affiliation Policy.”

For Australia only: Any publication into Australia of this document is pursuant to the Australian Financial Services License of MOODY’S affiliate, Moody’s Investors Service Pty Limited ABN 61 003 399 657AFSL 336969 and/or Moody’s Analytics Australia Pty Ltd ABN 94 105 136 972 AFSL 383569 (as applicable). This document is intended to be provided only to “wholesale clients” within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001. By continuing to access this document from within Australia, you represent to MOODY’S that you are, or are accessing the document as a representative of, a “wholesale client” and that neither you nor the entity you represent will directly or indirectly disseminate this document or its contents to “retail clients” within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001. MOODY’S credit rating is an opinion as to the creditworthiness of a debt obligation of the issuer, not on the equity securities of the issuer or any form of security that is available to retail clients. It would be dangerous for “retail clients” to make any investment decision based on MOODY’S credit rating. If in doubt you should contact your financial or other professional adviser.




Fitch: Florida School Funding Shifting Toward Local Taxes.

Fitch Ratings-New York-26 June 2014: Florida’s shift toward greater dependence on local taxes and modest increase in per-pupil funding are neutral for the state’s local school district credit quality, Fitch Ratings says. The move away from reliance on state appropriations is included in the state’s 2015 budget.

The budget raises the state’s per student funding total only modestly, to $6,937 or 2.6%. Total school funding grows a slightly stronger 3.1%. Per student funding has grown consistently since fiscal 2012 but remains below the fiscal 2008 peak. It will likely take years of more sizable funding growth to keep up with current cost pressures and restore downsized operations and reserves from past budget cuts.

The Florida Education Finance Program (FEFP), the primary mechanism to finance operating costs of Florida K-12 schools, is funded through a combination of state appropriations and local funding. The latter derives exclusively from property taxes levied by each individual school district.

Local school property taxes aggregating to $8.2 billion are budgeted to generate about $400 million or 70% of the $575 million increase in FEFP funding. The state’s $10.6 billion contribution still represents the majority of FEFP funding but the gap is narrowing. The local funding boost is facilitated by a 5.4% uptick in aggregate school district taxable values while the average school property tax rate holds steady at last year’s 5.9 mills.

Fitch expects the growth in the tax base to enhance school districts’ ability to fund needs subsidized through property taxes that are not factored into the FEFP, such as capital projects, facility maintenance, and debt service.

Contact:

Larry Levitz
Director
U.S. Public Finance
+1 212 908-1174
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article, which may include hyperlinks to companies and current ratings, can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




Fitch: Proposed Fund Balance May Pressure CA School Districts.

Fitch Ratings-New York-25 June 2014: A number of California school districts could see their credit quality weaken if a fund balance cap included in the fiscal 2015 budget becomes effective, Fitch Ratings says. Gov. Jerry Brown signed the education trailer bill to the budget last week that contains the cap. It will only become effective if the state’s rainy day reserve (which includes a school funding reserve) constitutional amendment is approved by voters in November. If approved, it is not expected to be implemented until after fiscal 2018.

Even before the cap is triggered, Fitch expects some increased pressure by stakeholders to draw down reserves in anticipation of the cap being applied, which may result in some credit quality deterioration.

If applied, the cap would limit most school districts’ assigned and unassigned general fund balances to 6% of expenditures. The current minimum is 3% of expenditures. The 6% cap would be well below the median Fitch-rated California school district balance of 20% and we view it as low, given the volatile history of California’s K-12 funding system. Fitch believes that could also result in liquidity pressures.

There are potential mitigants to these risks. The school funding reserve ought to dampen funding volatility somewhat, reducing the concern about lower fund balances. Both budgetary and cash flow concerns could be mitigated by district’s ability to maintain reserves outside the general fund to which the cap would not apply. Finally, districts may apply for exemptions from the cap if they provide a reason for needing additional funding, such as for capital or other long-term needs.

Contact:

Karen Ribble
Senior Director
U.S. Public Finance
+1 415 732-5611
650 California Street
San Francisco, CA

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article, which may include hyperlinks to companies and current ratings, can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




WSJ: Tobacco Bonds Feel Heat From E-Cigarettes.

Hit to Traditional Cigarette Sales Threatens Revenue Flows that Back Securities

John Miller isn’t quitting tobacco bonds, but the growth of electronic cigarettes means he might get burned.

Mr. Miller, co-head of fixed income at Nuveen Asset Management LLC, which oversees about $90 billion in municipal bonds, is among those buying even as a steeper-than-forecast drop in smoking and the increased popularity of e-cigarettes threaten the revenue that backs the securities. In 1998, tobacco companies agreed to settle lawsuits by paying states to offset the health-care costs of smoking, with the payments based on shipments of cigarettes.

Some states and municipalities from New Jersey to California sold tax-exempt bonds backed by that money, including many zero-coupon bonds that don’t pay interest until maturity. The settlement was reached long before the existence of e-cigarettes, which aren’t included in any payments.

Mr. Miller still sees the debt as a bargain, saying borrowers will have plenty of cash to make scheduled interest payments even if smoking continues its decline. He has spent about $50 million to add California tobacco bonds to the Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund this year. Mr. Miller likes the fact that the bonds are easily tradable even though declines in smoking mean he risks not being paid back on schedule.

“Estimates of the average lives of the bonds and final maturities can lengthen and shorten depending on a variety of events, e-cigs being just one, but are very likely to be repaid eventually given enough time,” he said.

He isn’t alone. Bill Gross’s Total Return Fund, the largest bond fund in the world with $229 billion in assets, holds about $301 million of tax-exempt debt from Ohio’s Buckeye Tobacco Settlement Financing Authority, as well as tobacco bonds from California and West Virginia. The Pacific Investment Management Co. fund increased its exposure to tobacco bonds in 2013, according to Morningstar Inc. data. A high-yield fund at BlackRock Inc. increased its exposure to tobacco bonds in the first four months of this year, according to Morningstar.

“Tobacco bonds can provide yield in a low-rate environment, and the sector offers some liquidity at a time when supply is scarce,” said Timothy Milway, a director and credit analyst at BlackRock. Pimco didn’t respond to a request for comment.

The interest in the junk-rated securities underscores the risk some investors are taking in a bid to boost income at a time of low interest rates and uneven economic growth. High-yield debt backed by tobacco companies’ settlement payments is the best performing sector in the $3.7 trillion municipal-bond market. It has returned 16.5% this year, which includes price appreciation and interest payments, compared with 9.3% for all below-investment-grade municipal bonds, according to Barclays.

Still, the $87 billion tobacco-bond market has been hit in recent years by faster-than-expected declines in smoking, which has reduced payments. Now, some analysts said the rise of electronic cigarettes could lead to further shortfalls and eventual defaults by tobacco-bond issuers.

The prospectus for a 40-year tobacco bond issued by Ohio in 2007 was among those that cited a study estimating a 1.8% annual decrease in cigarette use. Instead, consumption has declined at an annual average of 3.3% since 2000, according to Moody’s Investors Service, which said in 2012 that about three-quarters of the tobacco bonds it rates may default if smoking continues to decline at 3% or 4% a year.

In a report last month, Moody’s said that the rapid growth of electronic cigarettes and other smokeless tobacco products could further reduce cigarette shipments. The market for electronic cigarettes and other vaporizing devices is expected to reach $2.5 billion this year, up from $1.8 billion in 2013, according to Wells Fargo. The market could surpass the projected $78 billion in sales this year of traditional cigarettes within a decade, according to Wells. That has got tobacco makers, including Altria Group Inc., Reynolds American Inc., and Lorillard Inc., moving into the market.

“Over the years, we’ve witnessed demand for combustible cigarettes drop steadily year in and year out, and that’s prior to the introduction of what can be considered a competing product,” said Robert Amodeo, head of municipal debt at Western Asset Management Co., which manages about $30 billion in state and municipal debt and doesn’t hold tobacco bonds.

Others said the price of the securities already accounts for the growth of electronic-cigarette alternatives. “The amount of stress, both from the decline in consumption as well as the prospects of the competition of e-cigarettes, is priced into the marketplace in our view,” said Hector Negroni, co-founder of hedge fund Fundamental Credit Opportunities in New York. He declined to discuss the fund’s tobacco holdings.

Credit-rating firms in 2003 downgraded a variety of tobacco-settlement bonds, leading investors to sell the bonds and states to delay issuing new debt. States have since adjusted expectations for smoking declines when selling bonds or refinanced debt to account for drops in traditional cigarette sales. In March 2012, Alabama sold about $93 million in tobacco debt, maturing from one to nine years, that will default only if sales fall more than 25% each year. Minnesota and Illinois have also sold bonds that can withstand declines of about 9% a year.

Bill Newton, acting director of finance for the state of Alabama, said the bonds refinanced existing tobacco debt at lower interest rates after data predicted continuing declines in smoking. Electronic cigarettes weren’t considered, he said.

Not all observers believe that usage of e-cigarettes will continue to increase. Morgan Stanley said in an April report that electronic cigarettes “are clearly not a disruptive technology.”

Meanwhile, lawmakers in states including New Jersey and Minnesota are taking measures to tax electronic cigarettes like traditional tobacco products, which could reduce growth.

“Something that might slow this down is if more legislation gets implemented to tax or ban e-cigarettes, which would be beneficial to the sale of combustible cigarettes,” said BlackRock’s Mr. Milway.

By AARON KURILOFF
Updated June 24, 2014 9:05 p.m. ET




GFOA: City of Junction City, Oregon, wins the Cash Basis Award.

“The GFOA Award Program for Small Government Cash Basis Reports is happy to announce a first-time winner of the award – the City of Junction City, Oregon. Receiving this award demonstrates the

exceptional dedication that the City of Junction City has to transparency, accountability, and financial reporting on a modified cash basis. All staff involved in attaining this distinction for the city should be commended for their accomplishment. Congratulations!

The Award Program for Small Government Cash Basis Reports aims to improve the quality and consistency of financial reporting for small governments. It is designed for the thousands of small governments for which financial reporting in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) is not a viable option. For some participants, the program may be a first step toward GAAP financial reporting.

Go to the Award Program webpage to download an application on the program. Checklists are also available for general-purpose governments, school districts, and stand-alone business-type entities, along with a sample small government annual financial report. Questions? E-mail cashbasis@gfoa.org. For information on volunteer opportunities, e-mail cashbasisreview@gfoa.org.

Download Report

Monday, June 23, 2014




The Road Hazards Ahead for Transportation Funding.

A decade-long revenue decline is about to get worse.

The U.S. Department of Transportation says balances in the federal Highway Trust Fund will drop so low next month that payments to states for work already underway will be delayed. Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office warns that trust-fund balances will be entirely depleted by 2015, putting funding for new projects at risk as well. To add to the uncertainty, the federal surface transportation measure known as MAP-21, which authorizes funding for state and local projects, expires Sept. 30.

Highways, bridges, passenger rail and public bus systems depend on a mix of federal, state and local support. If any element falters, the entire system is weakened, with risks to both passenger safety and economic growth. The federal government has provided roughly a quarter of all highway and transit funding (including both capital investment and operations), and some states rely on the federal government for as much as 40 percent. For these states, a depleted Highway Trust Fund and uncertainty about MAP-21 create major fiscal challenges.

Over the past decade, gas-tax revenues, one of the largest transportation revenue sources, have fallen substantially on an inflation-adjusted basis across federal and state governments as a result of increased vehicle fuel efficiency and changed driving habits. At the federal level and in most states, gas taxes have remained at a fixed amount per gallon even as transportation construction costs have risen. This has contributed to a 25 percent decline in states’ own transportation funding.

This story line runs from coast to coast. Maine’s state gas- and vehicle-tax revenue has declined by 7 percent since 2001, adjusting for inflation. Its gas tax as a share of the price of gasoline has dropped by more than a fifth. Meanwhile, according to Federal Highway Administration data, 30 percent of road-miles in the state are rated as “poor” and 30 percent of its bridges are considered structurally deficient or functionally obsolete. Nebraska’s state gas- and vehicle-tax revenue has declined by 26 percent, while 11 percent of road-miles in the state are rated as “poor.”

Oregon residents have special reason to fret about the shrinking federal Highway Trust Fund. A study by the Pew Charitable Trusts showed that the Beaver State is among those that rely the most on the federal trust fund, receiving 36 percent of its highway and transit dollars from the fund in 2011, the latest year for which comprehensive data are available. Oregon officials warn that the state could lose $150 million or more annually if Congress doesn’t find a way to prop up the trust fund.

Even states that have added new ways to finance transportation projects will still need federal dollars. Colorado, for example, raised vehicle-registration fees and formed public-private partnerships but continues to rely on federal support for almost a third of its highway and transit budget.

As states wrestle with difficult questions raised by aging or inadequate highway and transit systems, it becomes more and more important for them to contemplate different funding options and the need to prioritize projects. In addition, state leaders must better communicate concerns and ideas to members of Congress and to relevant committee staffs on both sides of the aisle as federal policymakers consider options for addressing the shortfalls in the Highway Trust Fund.

Funding challenges in the nation’s transportation systems will require both elected leaders and voters to recognize the role that each level of government plays in supporting this critical infrastructure. Public safety and economic growth are at stake.

BY SUSAN K. URAHN | JUNE 25, 2014




RBC Capital Markets State Economic Heat Map – Q1, 2014.

In RBC Capital Markets’ heat map for states, analyst Chris Mauro noted that recent statistics point to a slowdown in economic development in many states. “The first quarter of 2014 continued the trend of softer economic data with only five states moving to a higher tier in our Heat Map and seven states moving to a lower one,” Mauro wrote. However, this year’s there’s been a shift. This time the weakness throughout the quarter came from a mix of states in the Midwest and the South (which typically post stronger economic growth numbers), while most of the improvement came from states in the Northeast. Part of the reason is likely because of lower crop prices, which severely affected on farm income in the Plains states. The plunge in farm income knocked North Dakota from the RBC’s top tier, for example. Housing prices in some areas continued to rebound as eight states posted a larger than 10 percent gain in the first quarter compared to the first quarter of 2013. Nevada and California led the charge, each with gains of 19 percent.

View the Report.




S&P: U.S. Charter School Ratings Continued to Slip as 2013 Medians Sent Mixed Signals.

The number of charter schools that Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services rates has continued to grow since our last report on the sector’s median performance ratios (see “Charter School Medians Reflect Operating Pressures In A Growing Sector,” published June 27, 2013). Most of the growth has been in the ‘BB’ category (‘BB+’, ‘BB’, and ‘BB-‘), as it was in the previous year, and we’ve downgraded a number of schools to speculative-grade as well. We believe this increase at the lower end of our rating scale reflects the culmination of years of per-pupil funding cuts and the resulting pressure on schools’ operations, along with increased competition in some markets. In addition, schools are entering the capital markets and requesting ratings earlier in their lifecycles.

For these reasons, we anticipate that ratings will continue to move to the lower end of our rating spectrum, and our outlook on the sector remains negative overall (see “The U.S. Charter School Outlook Is Still Negative in 2014,” published Feb. 24, 2014 on RatingsDirect). Of our 214 public charter school ratings, currently, 41 (19%) have negative outlooks while only 5 (2%) are positive. Although funding may be beginning to stabilize in many states, it generally hasn’t returned to pre-recessionary levels, and some schools are struggling to operate in this “new normal.”

Overview

Read the Report.




S&P: California County and Local Government Investment Pools Report Few Changes Despite Persistently Low Interest and Improved State Revenue in 2014.

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ yearly survey of California local county investment pools (LCIPs) and local government investment pools reveals most pool managers expect participants’ liquidity demands in the upcoming year to be unchanged or less than previous-year demands. This is mostly due to additional revenue and the budgeted payment of most of the remaining interyear prior funding deferrals disclosed in Gov. Jerry Brown’s fiscal 2015 May budget revision (please refer to the article, titled “California Governor’s Fiscal 2015 May Budget Revision Proposal Highlights Good News,” published May 22, 2014, on RatingsDirect).

Economic growth and the authorization of temporary personal income taxes and sales-and-use taxes have helped bolster California’s revenue profile; we expect similar trends to persist through at least fiscal 2015, further supporting the revenue projections included in the governor’s May 2015 budget revision. With interest rates expected to remain low and state revenue improvement expected to continue, a significant majority of pool managers cite interest rate risk as their primary concern. Our survey, however, shows few managers have made, or plan to propose, changes to their investment strategy to manage this risk.

Overview

Interest Rate Risk Has Not Affected Duration

Consistent with the 2013 survey, the 2014 survey found that 37 LCIPs monitor, and can report, their current portfolio duration. Some LCIPs, however, did not respond to this question. We also asked LCIPs to express the greatest risk they see to the portfolio during the next year: interest rate risk, unplanned liquidity, or underlying investment default. Survey results show that 70% of respondents answered interest rate risk, slightly higher than the 65% that responded similarly in 2013. In addition, all three of the statewide investment pools surveyed cited interest rate risk as the most significant risk they expect for the next year.

From an LCIP standpoint, interest rate risk is the risk that adverse interest rate movement will create a negative effect on investments held in the pool, as a whole. In the low interest rate environment that has persisted for the past several years, interest rate risk means overall market rates in the economy increase, causing a decrease in the value of fixed-income investments. Duration is a measure commonly used to measure interest rate risk.

Although an increasing number of respondents cited interest rate increases as their primary portfolio risk, survey results reveal the average duration among LCIPs monitoring this data remained unchanged from the 1.173 average reported last year; this is only slightly lower than the 1.182 average reported in 2012. Although the average was unchanged, responses show some LCIPs report shorter durations; this is perhaps a better demonstration of their concern that interest rates will likely rise gradually over time. LCIP managers also cited added investment flexibility as one of their reasons for a continued short duration. Such consistency in average duration across all LCIPs, however, further enforces our position that pool managers believe duration is meeting their expectations of adequately matching higher yield and principal preservation despite continued expectations of gradually increasing interest rates.

Asset Allocations Demonstrate Little Change

With consistently low interest rates and higher state revenue, we believe there is an increased likelihood LCIPs could slightly modify their asset allocations in search of additional yield, potentially exposing LCIPs to a modest amount of added risk. The willingness of LCIP managers to take on additional risk in search of added return, however, appears minimal. The 2014 survey found that 56% of LCIPs expect to adjust, or have already adjusted, their investment strategy due to the current interest rate environment. The remaining 44% report no recent or proposed changes. Of those that have changed or expect to change their strategy, most describe the adjustments as more of an effort to rebalance the portfolio as a whole rather than undertake a new or more aggressive investment approach. A handful of respondents who expect lower liquidity needs on the portfolio, however, made corresponding portfolio adjustments to extend the duration of their portfolio modestly.

Just 39% of assets matured in less than 90 days for the fiscal year-ended March 31, 2014, down slightly from 41% in 2013 and consistent with the 39% reported in 2012. In addition, 63% of responses indicated the LCIPs’ largest holdings are federal agency bonds (government-sponsored entities), which generally provide a higher yield and have low-risk characteristics similar to those of treasuries. The second-largest investment was in the state local agency investment fund. The ranking of these two leading categories of investments remains unchanged for the past two years. Similar to last year, on average, LCIPs invest 51% of fund assets in their largest holdings.

2014 California County And Local Government Investment Pool Survey Results
Pool Participants* Book value (Mil$) Market value (Mil$) Market-to-book value Effective duration Weighted average maturity (days) Weighted average life (days) % of assets maturing in less than 90 days
Alameda County 3,577.3 3,573.8 0.999 NP NP 516.0 42.0
Alpine County 30.7 30.8 1.001 0.38 138.7 138.7 79.8
Amador County 70.2 NP NP NP 704.0 NP 35.0
Butte County 412.7 410.9 0.996 1.83 634.0 634.0 32.0
Calaveras County 106.3 106.6 1.002 1.07 416.1 394.2 46.1
Colusa County 48.8 68.5 1.404 0.67 180.0 180.0 84.1
Contra Costa County 2,470.0 2,460.0 0.996 0.50 160.6 N.A. 70.0
Del Norte County 35.1 35.1 1.000 NP 511.0 252.1 60.0
El Dorado County¶
Fresno County 2,443.4 2,456.7 1.005 2.20 895.0 895.0 12.0
Glenn County 59.8 59.7 0.998 1.04 NP NP 11.0
Humboldt County 311.4 310.3 0.996 0.55 N.A. 804.0 24.0
Imperial County 465.8 466.4 1.001 NP NP NP 37.9
Inyo County 114.5 114.2 0.998 NP 846.0 843.2 5.5
Kern County 2,479.0 2,464.0 0.994 0.57 522.0 N.A. 46.0
Kings County 268.2 267.1 0.996 0.63 239.0 739.0 23.3
Lake County¶
Lassen County 70.6 70.6 1.000 0.32 116.0 NP 25.0
Los Angeles County 23,491.2 23,385.5 0.995 1.84 693.0 N.A. 42.9
Madera County 334.9 334.7 1.000 2.27 334.0 828.0 74.8
Marin County 791.1 791.0 1.000 0.21 80.0 235.0 51.1
Mariposa County 27.6 27.5 0.996 N.A. NP NP NP
Mendocino County 198.3 198.4 1.000 0.95 339.5 368.7 48.1
Merced County 637.8 638.0 1.000 1.38 434.0 434.0 46.1
Modoc County 24.3 24.3 1.000 NP NP NP 61.5
Mono County 65.8 65.6 0.997 2.00 714.0 NP 8.4
Monterey County 1,013.3 1,010.8 0.997 0.69 485.0 690.0 46.6
Napa County 529.6 527.4 0.996 0.88 338.0 NP 23.1
Nevada County 181.4 181.1 0.998 1.28 571.0 NP 40.2
Orange County 6,890.5 6,891.3 1.000 NP 440.0 443.0 33.0
Placer County 1,116.1 1,111.6 0.996 2.30 NP 1785.0 NP
Plumas County¶
Riverside County 5,256.3 5,248.8 0.999 1.33 500.1 328.1 39.1
Sacramento County 2,389.5 2,390.2 1.000 0.84 311.0 311.0 55.0
San Benito County 94.7 94.9 1.002 1.33 325.0 485.0 29.6
San Bernardino County 5,033.6 5,033.1 1.000 1.02 400.4 386.9 38.0
San Diego County 7,543.4 7,536.1 0.999 0.88 288.0 390.0 35.0
San Francisco City & County 6,725.0 6,717.0 0.999 1.22 708.0 456.3 25.0
San Joaquin County 1,881.5 1,881.7 1.000 NP NP 284.0 39.0
San Luis Obispo County 595.7 595.7 1.000 NP 205.0 205.0 80.0
San Mateo County 3,333.7 3,331.2 0.999 1.91 715.4 715.4 18.0
Santa Barbara County 1,125.3 1,123.1 0.998 0.69 579.0 NP 31.0
Santa Clara County 4,567.6 4,572.2 1.001 1.00 NP 426.0 24.3
Santa Cruz County 657.4 656.6 0.999 1.62 589.0 589.0 22.0
Shasta County 370.2 368.3 0.995 2.18 785.9 N.A. 11.8
Sierra County 16.0 16.0 1.001 0.54 NP NP 57.5
Siskiyou County 104.2 103.4 0.992 NP 522.0 890.0 40.5
Solano County 797.9 798.7 1.001 0.88 326.2 305.8 38.2
Sonoma County 1,483.8 1,488.9 1.003 1.51 N.A. 877.0 10.1
Stanislaus County 1,022.4 1,026.2 1.004 NP 545.0 1279.0 20.2
Sutter County 193.5 192.7 0.996 3.93 1303.0 1135.0 16.0
Tehama County 130.3 129.9 0.997 NP NP NP 27.0
Trinity County 36.7 36.4 0.991 NP NP NP 100.0
Tulare County 1,113.7 1,114.7 1.001 NP 736.0 736.0 25.3
Tuolumne County 117.6 119.2 1.014 NP 564.0 NP 46.0
Ventura County 1,994.4 1,995.0 1.000 NP 346.0 NP 25.5
Yolo County 328.2 328.3 1.000 0.54 198.0 231.0 63.0
Yuba County 296.7 296.3 0.999 NP 425.0 NP 31.2
Average 1.007 1.22 480.1 577.4 38.8
CAMP (statewide) 1,740.5 1,740.6 1.000 0.15 52.9 82.0 64.3
CalTrust Short-Term (statewide) 674.1 674.4 1.001 0.66 368.7 492.4 33.6
CalTrust Medium-Term (statewide) 647.9 649.7 1.003 1.65 609.6 707.0 5.1
PMIA 57,518.5 57,568.2 1.001 NP NP 185.0 40.1
*All valuation dates are as of March 31, 2014. ¶Not participating. N.A. — Not available. NP — Not provided.

Primary Credit Analyst: Daniel J Zuccarello, New York (1) 212-438-7414;
daniel.zuccarello@standardandpoors.com
Secondary Contacts: Gabriel J Petek, CFA, San Francisco (1) 415-371-5042;
gabriel.petek@standardandpoors.com
Matthew T Reining, San Francisco (1) 415-371-5044;
matthew.reining@standardandpoors.com
Research Contributor: Kaiti Wang, San Francisco (1) 415-371-5084;
kaiti.wang@standardandpoors.com




Record Run Trouncing Treasuries Shows Tax-Free Lure: Muni Credit.

Even when the municipal-bond market loses, it’s proving a winner.

Tax-free state and local debt has declined 0.5 percent in June, on pace for the first monthly decline of 2014, Bank of America Merrill Lynch data show. That still leaves the $3.7 trillion market in better shape than Treasuries, which have lost 0.7 percent. Munis are on pace to outperform their federal counterparts in total return for an unprecedented 10th straight month. They’re also beating investment-grade company debt.

Tax-exempt borrowings are luring individuals who in April faced levies on bond interest payments as much as 24 percent higher than in 2012. At one point this month, buyers were willing to purchase munis at the lowest yields relative to Treasuries in three years, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

“We just got a kick up in tax rates, and that will bring more people into the market and help it clear at lower ratios,” said Phil Fischer, head of muni research at Bank of America in New York. “There’s a tremendous amount of demand for munis.”

Investors in munis compare yields on state and local securities to those on Treasuries to assess relative value. The ratio for 10-year bonds fell to 86 percent on June 4, the smallest since June 2011, Bloomberg data show. The lower the figure, the costlier munis are relative to Treasuries.

Revealing Ratio

The ratio has averaged 94 percent since 2001, though during the past three years it has typically been about 104 percent. Investors tend to accept lower yields on munis versus Treasuries because of the tax exemption on local debt.

The strongest start to a year since 2009 for munis has pushed the ratio lower. Since Bank of America data on tax-exempt debt begin in 1989, state and local bonds have never outperformed Treasuries for 10 straight months. The previous record of nine lasted from June 2004 to February 2005.

Munis are outpacing this month’s 0.6 percent loss on investment-grade corporate bonds, while trailing the 0.6 percent gain for high-yield company securities.

More than half of the municipal market is owned by individuals, who usually buy the debt for tax-free income rather than total returns. The bonds are generally exempt from federal, state and local taxes for residents in most states where they’re issued.

‘Key Driver’

Individual investors have added money to muni mutual funds in 18 of 23 weeks this year after a record wave of withdrawals in 2013, when the fixed-income market sold off broadly, Lipper US Fund Flows data show. The revived demand, combined with the fewest new muni sales since 2011, pushed benchmark 10-year yields to a one-year low this month.

“The tax increases have been a key driver on the demand we’ve seen,” said Kevin Ramundo, who helps oversee $28 billion of state and local debt at Fidelity Investments in Merrimack, New Hampshire. “Barring any type of non-muni event, I can see munis continuing to perform quite well.”

This year, high earners faced bills that for the first time include federal tax increases that took effect last year: a top marginal rate of 39.6 percent, up from 35 percent; and a 20 percent tax on long-term capital gains and dividends, up from 15 percent. The top tax bracket is the highest since 2000.

The increases coincide with a 3.8 percent tax on investment income applied to top earners last year as a result of the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

43.4% Tax

With a top federal tax rate of 43.4 percent when including the new tax on investment income, the 2.4 percent yield on benchmark 10-year munis is equivalent to a taxable interest rate of 4.24 percent.

By comparison, Treasuries maturing in 10 years yield about 2.6 percent. Stated another way, when adjusted to a comparable taxable rate for the highest earners, AAA muni yields are about 160 percent of those on their federal counterparts.

The municipal market “isn’t as cheap as it was,” said Jamie Iselin, head of munis at New York-based Neuberger Berman, which oversees about $9 billion in local debt. “But I also wouldn’t say — especially when you tax-adjust it — that it’s rich either.”

By Brian Chappatta Jun 18, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Brian Chappatta in New York at bchappatta1@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Mark Schoifet




Municipal Issuer Brief - June 23, 2014

Read the Brief.




Bond Market Likes Charter School Scores.

The charter school bond market is back, and even a Securities and Exchange Commission action against Chicago-based UNO Charter School Network Inc. this month for defrauding bondholders is unlikely to slow that growth.

Charter schools nationally raised $1.3 billion in bond offerings last year, the most since they were first issued in 1998. Investors eager for higher yields are fueling the market, which is dominated by junk bonds.

UNO’s problems are “typical of some charter schools, of growing pains and getting the management house in order,” says Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC analyst Carlotta Mills, whose agency gave that network a low investment grade rating with a “stable outlook.”

The bond market for charter schools grew steadily in the decade leading up to 2007, with $1 billion raised that year, but the financial crisis halved offerings in 2008. Chicago charter schools have raised $215 million in the bond market since 1999.

Noble Network of Charter Schools, one of the city’s fastest-growing charter systems, tapped the bond market for $20 million last year. Before that, UNO’s troubled $37.5 million offering in 2011 was the most recent deal and that system’s largest.

Local critics complain that charter schools aren’t as transparent as traditional public schools, a criticism underscored by the UNO violation, in which a school executive handed $13 million in construction and window installation contracts to a relative.

The SEC action, its first bond case against a charter operator, required UNO to revamp its management and submit to monitoring to prevent conflicts of interest. UNO is “taking all necessary steps to move forward and continue providing quality public charter school education in Chicago,” it said in a June 6 statement.

S&P justified its relatively rosy December rating on UNO—an update on an earlier rating—by pointing to the school’s ability to win renewal of three charters, recovery from recent deficits, improved cash levels and waiting lists for its schools.

Since 2006, UNO has used about $60 million in bond financing to build 16 schools with about 7,500 elementary and high school students. In addition to UNO and Noble, Chicago International Charter School and Perspectives Charter Schools have issued bonds. Charters typically count on making future payments on the bonds with per-pupil funding they receive from the school board.

“The municipal bond market is clamoring for more charter school bonds, but the reality of the situation is that we would need a dramatic increase in facilities funding or large charitable donations to make new school buildings possible,” says Craig Henderson, a founding board member at the Chicago International Charter School and an investment manager who specializes in tax-free muni bonds.

The Chicago charter schools have ratings just above investment grade, mainly because they are large networks with waiting lists of students. They also qualify as tax-exempt investments, thanks to the Illinois Finance Authority, which issues the bonds, although the state does not back them.

Finance Authority Chairman Bill Brandt says the UNO violation caused “consternation,” but charter schools fit the agency’s mission to foster education, employment and economic development. “As long as the school continues to have a significant amount of folks that want to go there and waiting lists and continues to perform financially as well as they have been, the bonds aren’t implicated,” Mr. Brandt says.

Investors are blowing off a slew of risks to earn higher interest rates. S&P rates 210 charter school bonds, with nearly half of them below investment grade, says Ms. Mills, who is based in San Francisco. And that’s just a portion of the approximately 730 bonds ever issued because only half qualify for a rating.

Bondholder risks include schools failing to win renewal of their charters because of poor academic or financial performance, government cuts to education funding and inexperienced management. Defaults are more common than in municipal finance generally.

Still, the industry has a significant local presence. Milwaukee-based Robert W. Baird & Co., underwriter for UNO’s troubled offering, is the second-biggest underwriter for charter school bonds across the country. Chicago-based B.C. Ziegler & Co. is the 10th-largest issuer. Chicago-based Nuveen Investments Inc., recently purchased by New York-based TIAA-CREF, is a major investor in charter school bonds.
With the industry feeding a Chicago charter school appetite to expand, there are likely to be more growing pains in the future.

By Lynne Marek June 23, 2014




S&P: Rating Methodology and Assumptions for Affordable Multifamily Housing Bonds.

Read the full report.




S&P: Why U.S. Availability Projects are Not Rated the Same as the Counterparty.

Read the Report.




S&P: Texas Unlimited Property Tax Infrastructure Districts Balance Debt Levels With Growth Needs.

Read the Report.




San Bernardino Targets $190,000 Firefighter Pay in Court.

San Bernardino, California, said that to exit bankruptcy it must terminate a union contract that pays an average annual salary of $190,000 to each of its top 40 firefighters.

In about three weeks, the city may try to use a federal bankruptcy law to cancel firefighter and police contracts if talks on new agreements fail, its lead bankruptcy attorney, Paul Glassman, told U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Meredith Jury at a hearing yesterday.

Since filing for bankruptcy in August 2012, the city has been mired in conflict with its unions and its biggest creditor, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System, which it owes about $143 million, according to court papers.

The city told the judge yesterday that it has a final deal with Calpers. That leaves the unions as some of the last groups the city must win over, or beat in court, to put together a debt-adjustment plan that will return the community of about 200,000 to fiscal stability.

“We are different from every other creditor in the room,” David Goodrich, an attorney for the city firefighters union, said in court. He said San Bernardino is conspiring to close the fire department and contract out with another agency for the service. The city plans “to go after our pay and benefits and possibly the fire department itself,” he said.

Calpers Confidential

Glassman didn’t give details of the deal with Calpers, citing confidentiality rules imposed as part of mediation. The agreement will become public when the city brings it before Jury for approval.

City officials looked at the top 120 firefighters, its financial adviser Michael Busch told Jury. The average pay for the top 40 was $190,000 annually; the next 40 averaged $166,000 and the next 40, $130,000.

That scale is protected by a voter-approved city charter amendment that went through several years ago. The amendment limits how the city can negotiate union workers’ pay.

The city may ask voters to remove the amendment in November, Glassman said. Jury called that an “important” step in the bankruptcy.

The police force should know within three weeks whether it has a deal with the city, union attorney Ron Oliner said in court. The firefighters have already concluded that a deal isn’t possible and want to begin the battle over whether the city has the right to cancel the contract in bankruptcy court, Goodrich said.

San Bernardino, about 60 miles (97 kilometers) east of Los Angeles, was the third California city to file for bankruptcy in a three-month span in 2012. It cited a fiscal emergency brought on by a $46 million budget shortfall caused in part by the real estate crisis.

The case is In re San Bernardino, 12-bk-28006, U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Central District of California (Riverside).

By Steven Church Jun 19, 2014

To contact the reporter on this story: Steven Church in Wilmington, Delaware at schurch3@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Andrew Dunn at adunn8@bloomberg.net Joe Schneider




CDFA Excellence in Development Finance Awards.

2014 Call for Entries & Nominations

The CDFA Excellence in Development Finance Awards recognize outstanding development finance programs, agencies, leaders, projects and success stories. These awards, presented to award winners annually at the CDFA National Development Finance Summit, honor excellence in the use of financing tools for economic development, as well as the individuals who champion these efforts. Organizations may nominate themselves and/or their projects for one of these awards. Individuals may also nominate themselves or be nominated by their peers and colleagues.

The CDFA Excellence in Development Finance Awards cover a wide variety of financing tools and provide for both the public and private sector to be honored. Creative and innovative entries are highly welcomed, and the private sector is strongly encouraged to collaborate with their public sector partners on submissions. These awards honor excellence, leadership and the creative use of development finance tools such as bonds, TIF, tax credits and access to capital. The awards also honor the cutting edge use of development finance tools to support innovation and energy development. These awards honor individuals and agencies alike to build a distinguished and recognized development finance industry.

Entries and nominations for the CDFA Excellence in Development Finance Awards will be accepted through September 12, 2014. The following is an overview of the nine award opportunities (click on each entry to learn more):

Questions? Contact CDFA at etehan@cdfa.net




County Lawmakers Approve Compromise Deal Over Miami Dolphins Stadium.

MIAMI — Miami-Dade County lawmakers agreed on Tuesday to commit tax revenues to the Miami Dolphins football team if it can attract big-ticket events like the NFL’s Super Bowl and World Cup soccer matches to its privately owned stadium.

In return, the team agreed to self-finance a $350 million overhaul of its privately owned stadium.

The compromise deal came after the Florida Legislature rejected a previous proposal to use public funds to finance the stadium upgrade.

Local taxpayers soured on publicly financed stadium deals for privately owned sports teams after critics complained about the generous terms of a $500 million park for the Miami Marlins baseball team in 2008, funded largely by tax money.

Local officials recently rebuffed efforts by retired soccer superstar David Beckham to secure publicly owned waterfront land for a 20,000-seat stadium, even though Beckham agreed to finance it privately.

Since the recession, “people have found it a little distasteful for millionaire players and billionaire owners to get new facilities when police officers and firefighters are losing their jobs,” said Victor Matheson, a sports economist at the College of the Holy Cross in Massachusetts.

Under the deal Miami-Dade County commissioners approved on Tuesday by a 7-4 vote, the Dolphins can receive up to $5 million a year from county tourist taxes if they secure big sporting events, with payments starting in 2024.

The Dolphins hope to host World Cup matches in an upgraded stadium if Qatar is stripped of the 2022 tournament following allegations of corruption in the selection process.

Dolphins owner and billionaire real estate tycoon Stephen Ross said the $350 million overhaul of the nearly 30-year-old Sun Life Stadium, including a roof, more seating and a new Jumbotron, were needed to attract future Super Bowls.

Representatives for the team and the National Football League declined to comment.

Earlier this month, Miami-Dade County reached a deal with the Miami Heat to extend the team’s use of a publicly owned arena through 2035. The county raised its tax-funded subsidy by more than $2 million a year after the National Basketball Association team agreed to pay $1 million a year to the county’s parks department.

By REUTERS
JUNE 17, 2014, 6:12 P.M. E.D.T.




Municipal Issuer Brief - June 16, 2014

Read the Brief.




D.C. Water Considers First-Ever Century Bond by a Public Utility.

D.C. Water and Sewer Authority is contemplating being the nation’s first public utility to issue a bond that’s paid off over 100 years.

If Washington, D.C. is undertaking a project that will benefit – at minimum – the next three generations, then why make just one generation pay for it?

That question is the impetus for what would be a highly unusual move as D.C. Water and Sewer Authority contemplates offering a century bond this summer to help finance a major infrastructure project already underway. Century bonds, which are paid off over 100 years, are rare in the private sector and are mostly issued by colleges and universities. But it’s unheard of for a public utility to issue such a bond.

The tunnel project that DC Water is selling the bonds to help finance is a key reason why the utility is considering such a long-term bond in the first place. Thanks to innovative engineering and the fact that the tunnel will technically be empty of water most of the time, DC Water General Manager George Hawkins said it’s designed not to need significant maintenance for at least 100 years.

“This is by far the largest project we will undertake,” he said. “We want to match up the degree to which we are funding this project to its expected life. And we’re not saddling any one group of rate payers with this enormous cost. That’s sort of unfair because it’s … designed to last much longer.”

The $2.6 billion underground tunnel system will be 13 miles long and most of it will sit 10 stories underneath the District’s surface. Its diameter is equivalent to the size of a subway tunnel and its main purpose is to prevent flooding and runoff into the Anacostia and Potomac rivers during rainstorms. (Many of the city’s water pipes are more than 100 years old and some neighborhoods, particularly in the northeast section of the city, suffer from chronic flooding during flash rainstorms.) About one mile of the tunnel is finished at a cost of $250 million.

Hawkins said the utility is still weighing its options as it looks to sell a total of $400 million in bonds in late July. If it decides against a century bond (which would be taxable debt), DC Water will offer a 35-year tax-free bond, three-quarters of it at a fixed interest rate. If officials decide that the municipal market conditions, like the 100-year interest rate offered to DC Water, aren’t favorable then the utility will offer a traditional bond.

Although it’s unprecedented for a public utility to issue a century bond, analysts say there is likely still a strong market for such an offering. Higher education institutions have typically done well offering them – in 2012, the University of California system sold $860 million in taxable bonds, the largest century bond ever, after expanding its offering by more than $300 million because demand was so high.

“Investors are anxious to get exposure to municipal risk,” said Matt Fabian, an analyst for Municipal Market Advisors. “So a long maturity bond with limited call features [early repayment] ensures stability to an investor’s portfolio. They won’t have to worry about it maturing or being called away.”

Pension fund managers would especially be interested in such a long-life bond, said Sherman Swanson, managing director at Siebert Brandford Shank & Company. Because pension funds pay out retirement benefits and new employees are entering into the fund every year, a pension fund’s liabilities extend decades into the future.

“They’re trying to manage the assets they own to their liabilities,” Swanson said. “They need to get that longer in most cases.”

Liz Farmer |
lfarmer@governing.com | @LizFarmerTweets | Google+




Cook County Property Tax Bills to Have TIF Information.

The next set of Cook County property tax bills will show for the first time how much of each bill is going into controversial special taxing districts known as TIFs, county Clerk David Orr announced Thursday.

About 12 percent of county taxpayers own property that is in a tax increment financing district. Those districts are set up by the city and suburbs to divert money to economic development efforts. But critics contend many municipalities, including Chicago, have turned them into slush funds to pay for pet projects.

“The tax bills will be in the mail soon, but for the first time taxpayers will be able to see exactly how much of their money is going into the TIF fund,” Orr said, referring to the second installment of property tax bills that will be due Aug. 1, about a month after they are mailed out.

Previous year’s bills had a line item for TIF districts, but without the exact amount for each property. Instead, it referred taxpayers to a website that just showed the percentage of the bill that went to TIFs. From now on, the amount and percentage will be broken out on the bill, just as they are with each taxing agency.

In one example released Thursday, a TIF district centered around 43rd Street and South Cottage Grove Avenue will take a $1,739.42 bite out of one homeowner’s property taxes, accounting for 85 percent of the bill. But those percentages can vary dramatically even between neighboring properties, because they depend on the values of those particular parcels at the time the TIF is established.

Orr’s office also announced that Chicago homeowners can expect tax bill increases of .5 to 1.5 percent, although those increases could be higher or lower, depending on the individual property’s assessed value and any changes in various exemptions afforded to homeowners and seniors.

“That will create individual fluctuations, which is why it’s rather difficult to say every taxpayer is going to receive ‘X’ amount of increase or decrease,” said Bill Vaselopulos, the clerk’s director of real estate and tax services. “It’s a case-by-case basis.”

City bills are rising primarily because of increases enacted by Chicago Public Schools, the Chicago Park District and the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, Vaselopulos said.

In the suburbs, tax increases could be as much as 2 percent, although those increases will vary from suburb to suburb and property owner to property owner, Vaselopulos said.

“There will be increases, but relatively small,” in part because about a third of taxing districts were limited to maximum increases of 1.7 percent, or the rate of inflation, under Illinois tax cap laws, Vaselopulos said. The overall amount of taxes to be collected by all 1,500 taxing agencies is $12.1 billion, an increase of about 1 percent.

This year’s increases are generally lower than in previous years, Vaselopulos said.

Orr has long worked to shed light on the amount of money collected by TIF districts. In those districts, any increases in property taxes that result from higher assessed values are paid into a special fund for up to 23 years. Money in those funds is then used to promote economic development, largely by paying for bricks-and-mortar improvements in the area.

The amount of total taxes to be paid by Chicago property owners this year is nearly $4.3 billion, according to data from Orr’s office. The city expects about $375.9 million to flow into 151 TIF districts, according to the city budget. More than one in five city properties lies within a TIF district.

June 19, 2014|By Hal Dardick | Tribune reporter

hdardick@tribune.com




Supply Doldrums End in Citigroup $330 Billion Call: Muni Credit.

The supply slump that’s fueling the best run for municipal debt since 2009 is poised to end next year as governments ramp up borrowing for long-delayed projects from water to transportation, Citigroup Inc. predicts.

States and localities are set to borrow $330 billion in 2015, 18 percent more than this year, for the first increase in annual issuance since 2012, according to Citigroup. Governments will need to meet regulations for water and sewer systems and finance road and bridge upgrades, said George Friedlander, chief municipal strategist in New York at the third-biggest U.S. bank by assets.

An increase would be a welcome change for investors who are struggling to find bonds in 2014. Localities have sold $123 billion this year through June 13, the slowest pace since 2011, following a 15 percent drop in issuance last year, data compiled by Bloomberg show. Banks that handle the sales also stand to benefit should a renewed borrowing wave generate more underwriting fees.

“There’s a lot of pent-up need for infrastructure,” said Friedlander, whose bank was the third-biggest muni underwriter in 2013. “That’s been true a long time, but some of it is reaching its maturation age where it needs to get done, water in particular.”

Investment Lacking

The municipal market shrank the past three years as the 18-month recession that ended in 2009 led officials to curb spending and capital projects. There is work to be done: Municipalities need about $3.6 trillion of infrastructure investment by 2020, according to a 2013 report from the American Society of Civil Engineers.

The issuance drop has helped propel the $3.7 trillion market to a 6.1 percent gain this year through June 18, surpassing earnings of 2.6 percent for Treasuries and 5.2 percent for investment-grade corporate debt, according to Bank of America Merrill Lynch data.

With fewer sales, the cash available to purchase new borrowings often surpasses deal sizes, said Peter Hayes, head of municipal debt at New York-based BlackRock Inc., which oversees $108 billion of local securities. Investors are also less likely to sell their bonds, he said.

“Deals are so oversubscribed, not only from the traditional muni buyers but from the non-traditional buyers as well,” Hayes said.

Vying Viewpoint

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, meanwhile, sees the bond drought worsening.

Issuance will decrease every year to as low as $175 billion in 2017 as rising interest rates and an austerity push limit borrowing, Tom Kozlik, director of municipal credit analysis in Philadelphia, wrote in a report last month.

As the economy strengthens, yields on 10-year Treasuries, a benchmark for borrowing rates, will climb 0.72 percentage point to 3.35 percent a year from now, according to the median forecast of 73 analysts in a Bloomberg survey.

The years of $300 billion or more of total issuance “are likely in the past,” Kozlik said.

Janney’s 2017 call would mark a decline of about 60 percent from the peak level of 2010, the final year of the federally subsidized Build America Bonds program.

Function First

BlackRock doesn’t expect issuance to sink as low as Janney predicts and estimates annual volumes will range from $275 billion to $325 billion, said Sean Carney, a muni strategist at BlackRock.

“That seems like the home for municipal issuance going forward,” Carney said. “There’s just a certain amount of issuance that needs to come each year to function.”

Municipalities may borrow more as increasing revenue swells spending limits, Carney said.

U.S. states plan to raise expenditures in fiscal 2015 for the sixth straight year, although the projected 2.9 percent boost would be the slowest rate since 2010, according to a report from the National Association of State Budget Officers.

A pickup in state and local borrowing would also mean more business for underwriters.

The governments paid banks $523 million to handle $97.4 billion of long-term deals this year through May, based on an average cost of issuance of $5.37 per $1,000 of bonds, data compiled by Bloomberg show. That compares with $691 million on $127 billion of debt in the same period last year, based on an average cost of $5.46 per $1,000.

Needs Abound

In Citigroup’s estimation, issuers will direct the additional bond proceeds to water and sewer systems, roads and hospitals.

Health-care systems may move forward with projects after assessing the fallout of the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Friedlander said. Localities that have been waiting for Congress to replenish the U.S. Highway Trust Fund, which pays for transportation projects with gasoline and diesel-fuel taxes, will instead finance road and bridge upgrades on their own, he said. Lawmakers are working on an infusion into the fund, which is set to run out of cash in July, according to the U.S. Department of Transportation.

“The amount that’s being funded now is a small portion of what needs to be in the highway, bridge and tunnel area, but it will get gradually higher,” Friedlander said.

Utilities will need to update water systems and address environmental regulations, Friedlander said. Drought may also spur issuance, according to Philip Fischer, head of muni research in New York at Bank of America.

Drought covered about 37 percent of the contiguous 48 states, particularly California, Texas and Oklahoma, as of June 3, according to a report from the National Drought Mitigation Center at the University of Nebraska, Lincoln.

“There seems little double that the threats posed by droughts of this magnitude demand a large uptick in new water infrastructure investment,” Fischer wrote in report this month.

By Michelle Kaske Jun 19, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Michelle Kaske in New York at mkaske@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Pete Young




WSJ: Accounting Changes Proposed for State, City Retiree-Benefit Plans.

States and cities could be forced to report at least half a trillion dollars of additional costs on their books under proposed rules that would shine a harsher light on the growing expense of retired workers’ health insurance and other benefits.

The proposals, unveiled Monday by an accounting-standards group, would require state and local governments to add retiree-benefit promises to their balance sheets, making governments’ overall financial position appear worse. In addition, many governments would have to change the way they calculate their benefit obligations in a way that could make their shortfalls appear bigger than they do now.

The move by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board is intended to give taxpayers, policy makers and investors more information about the toll that retirees’ promised benefits will take on states’ and cities’ finances. The proposals wouldn’t require governments to raise more money to pay for retiree benefits, and they wouldn’t force governments to change the level of benefits they provide.

“It will provide a better picture of the cost and liabilities for these benefit promises,” said GASB Chairman David Vaudt.

The proposals come as governments grapple with rising costs for current and retired workers. Some states have been racked by legislative battles over how to trim costs. Several municipalities, including Detroit and Stockton, Calif., have filed for bankruptcy protection in recent years amid retiree-benefit burdens, among other issues.

Some municipal-bond investors applauded the GASB proposal. The rule would show “how good a shape or how bad a shape the issuer is in,” said Marilyn Cohen, president of Envision Capital Management, a Los Angeles fixed-income money manager.

According to a Standard & Poor’s report last fall, California and New York are among the states with the highest level of unfunded retiree-benefit obligations. California, for instance, in March said it had $64.6 billion in unfunded health benefits for state retirees. A spokesman for the New York state comptroller’s office said, “We are reviewing the proposals.” A spokesman for the California state controller’s office had no immediate comment.

The GASB proposals, which the board approved last month, are subject to public comment and possible reconsideration before the board adopts them. The board is accepting public comments through Aug. 29, and plans to hold public hearings on the proposals in September in New York, Illinois and California.

The proposals follow similar changes GASB made in 2012 to state and local governments’ disclosure of pension obligations, which also were intended to give taxpayers and investors more information but would make pension funding appear weaker.

According to the Center for Retirement Research at Boston College, a group of 150 public-employee pensions that were 72%-funded in 2013, meaning their assets were 72% of their obligations, would have been only 65%-funded under the revamped rules.

The pension changes are only now fully taking effect, and Mr. Vaudt said it is too soon to tell what impact they will have in pressing state and local governments to address their pension underfunding.

Still, with the new retiree-benefit proposal, some investors believe the added visibility for benefit-plan underfunding could add to pressure on governments to address the problem. “This is a major step toward getting these funded,” said Matt Fabian, a managing director for Municipal Market Advisors, a Concord, Mass., research firm. “This is a problem that is as big as pension funding. Investors are clamoring for this.”

Moody’s Investors Service estimates states’ total unfunded retiree benefit liabilities at $530 billion, which would be added to governments’ balance sheets under the GASB proposals. Currently, the liabilities are reported only in the footnotes to government financial statements. The figure doesn’t include local governments’ benefit obligations, for which it is difficult to get an accurate total.

Another important change would revamp the way the obligations are valued. Most governments haven’t yet committed money to pay for their retiree benefits and work on a “pay as you go” basis. But to the extent that governments haven’t funded their benefits, they would have to measure the current value of those benefits using a lower interest-rate assumption. That has the effect of increasing the obligations’ current value and widening the plans’ funding shortfalls.

Marcia Van Wagner, a Moody’s analyst, is cautious about whether any changes in reporting retiree benefits will lead to more pressure on governments to fund their benefit plans. Governments have already been trying to trim benefits and reduce costs because of their overall financial problems, she said, not specifically because of any changes in accounting rules.

“I’m not sure that accounting standards really drive the policies of state and local governments,” she said.

Even Ms. Cohen questions whether the changes will help put more pressure on governments about funding their retiree benefits. “In theory, yes. In actuality, we’ll have to see.”

By MICHAEL RAPOPORT

Updated June 16, 2014 6:06 p.m. ET

Write to Michael Rapoport at michael.rapoport@wsj.com




Detroit Rolls Out New Model: A Hybrid Pension Plan.

In the face of Detroit’s tumultuous bankruptcy proceedings, in which multiple parties are quarreling to protect their interests, the city and its unions have quietly negotiated a scaled-back pension plan that could serve as a model for other troubled governments.

One of the most closely watched issues of the case is whether a government pension plan can be legally cut in bankruptcy. Detroit, saddled with a pension system it cannot afford, has introduced a new plan with the cooperation of its unions, which have been among the most vocal opponents of cutbacks.

While both retired and active workers now participate in the same city pension system, the new plan is intended only for Detroit’s active workers, who will shift to it on July 1. Retirees will keep 73 percent to 100 percent of their current base pensions under the city’s proposal to exit bankruptcy.

The new plan is called a hybrid, which means the workers will keep some of their current plan’s most valuable features but will give up others. Trading down to a less generous pension plan is often said to be a legal nonstarter for government workers, so if Detroit succeeds, its hybrid could become a model for other distressed governments from Maine to California. Countless elected officials — from Rahm Emanuel, the Democratic mayor of Chicago, to Chris Christie, the Republican governor of New Jersey — are caught between ballooning pension obligations, angry local taxpayers who don’t want to pay for them and labor lawyers who say it’s impossible to cut back.

“We have a festering sore here,” Christopher M. Klein, the judge in the bankruptcy case of Stockton, Calif., said at a hearing in May, referring to that city’s surging pension costs. “We’ve got to get in there and excise it.”

Detroit’s current pension system simply costs too much relative to its battered tax base, and the watchword for Detroit this summer is feasibility. For the city to emerge from bankruptcy, its emergency manager, Kevyn D. Orr, must convince Steven W. Rhodes, the judge overseeing Detroit’s bankruptcy case, that his long-term financial plan is feasible. The matter is to be decided at a trial to start in August.

There would be little hope of persuading Judge Rhodes if Detroit’s workers were still covered by the existing pension plan and struggling local taxpayers were still liable for the relentlessly mounting obligations. For many years, the current plan allowed city workers to earn benefits that others in Detroit could only dream about — full pensions at 55, longevity bonuses, annual cost-of-living increases, an extra “13th check” in December and bankable sick leave that could be converted to cash, among others. In recent years, the resulting pensions have been greater than the per capita income of the residents who were expected to pay for them.

On June 30, Mr. Orr will freeze that pension plan, meaning that the city’s current workers will not accrue any further benefits on those terms.

Starting the next day, in the new hybrid plan, they will still earn so-called defined-benefit pensions — a specified monthly payment based on tenure, age and earnings history — something their unions consider critical. But they will also start to bear most of the new plan’s investment risk. That means Detroit’s taxpayers — who pay a city income tax in addition to property and sales taxes — will no longer face cash calls every time the plan’s investments drop in value. Officials hope that making the workers backstop the investments will discourage overreliance on high-risk strategies.

This unusual combination of features gives both the city and the unions an opportunity to declare victory and provides Mr. Orr with ammunition for the coming feasibility trial.

But it also flies in the face of a legal principle known as the vested-rights doctrine, which holds that the pension formula in force on the day a public worker goes on the job cannot be reduced for the full duration of employment. No such legal protection exists for workers in the private sector, whose pension plans can be frozen at any time. But in the public sector, the vested-rights doctrine is an article of faith, zealously defended, and it helps explain why a bankrupt city like Stockton is proposing to saddle its other creditors with big losses but not touch the pension plan.

The vested-rights doctrine is especially powerful in California, growing out of court decisions dating back to 1947. Unions in San Jose recently used it to keep the city from making its workers contribute more toward their pensions. Employees of four California counties argued in court last year that they had a vested right to pad their pensions by counting things like unused vacation time in their benefit calculations, despite laws prohibiting the practice. In March, Judge David B. Flinn of Contra Costa County Superior Court ruled that there was no such thing as a vested right to an illegal benefit — but the ruling applies only to current workers. Retirees are still receiving the padded pensions.

California’s state pension system, Calpers, is a powerful proponent of the vested-rights doctrine, and many state and local governments follow its lead.

In Detroit’s bankruptcy, however, the vested-rights doctrine does not appear to be an issue. The Michigan law for distressed cities gives emergency managers like Mr. Orr the power to set the terms of public employment. That means he can legally freeze Detroit’s existing pension plans and establish new ones for city workers, said Bill Nowling, a spokesman for Mr. Orr.

“He is not making any benefit cuts,” Mr. Nowling added.

For Detroit’s retirees, it’s a different matter. They are not being asked to give up benefits they had hoped to earn in the future; they are being told they must give up benefits they have already earned. Michigan’s constitution forbids this, so Mr. Orr is using the Chapter 9 municipal bankruptcy process, in which federal law applies. A bitter battle is already taking shape.

By the time the fate of the retirees has been decided, Detroit’s workers will already be earning hybrid benefits. To shift the investment risk their way, Detroit has set up a series of eight “levers” to pull if the plan’s investments falter. They include setting up a reserve fund that must be used to cover losses, raising the workers’ required contributions, lowering retirees’ cost-of-living increases and making workers build up their benefits more slowly.

Should investments not produce the expected returns — in a protracted bear market, for example — leaving too little money to meet all obligations, officials will be required to pull as many levers as it takes to get the plan back to the 100 percent funded level within five years. Only if all eight levers are pulled and the plan is still not responding adequately can Detroit’s taxpayers be called on to rescue it.

To measure the level of funding, the plan will assume a 6.75 percent rate of return. That still allows for a substantial amount of risk, although it is less than the 7.9 percent assumption the city was using when it declared bankruptcy. Officials of the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, which led the negotiations, did not respond to calls seeking comment. The union is one of 48 that represent Detroit’s municipal workers.

Even as they were negotiating the hybrid pension plan, Detroit’s unions were still appealing a ruling last December by Judge Rhodes that pensions could be cut under federal bankruptcy law, despite protective language in Michigan’s constitution. The unions are required to drop the appeal if they vote for Detroit’s plan of adjustment. From California, Calpers has asked to serve as a “friend of the court” in the appeal, saying Judge Rhodes’s decision “raises issues that are of critical importance to Calpers and its 1.7 million members.”

Calpers’s brief argues that Judge Rhodes ruled improperly and asks the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit to vacate his finding that state laws protecting pensions are not binding in bankruptcy cases. Although California’s laws have no force in a federal case in Michigan, Calpers expressed concern that rulings concerning Detroit’s bankruptcy might recast the legal landscape in California.

“Such a precedent can be, and has been, misconstrued for the broad proposition that all pensions are subject to impairment in Chapter 9,” the Calpers brief said.

By MARY WILLIAMS WALSH

JUNE 18, 2014 11:53 AM




The GASB’S OPEB Proposals are Now Available Online.

June 17, 2014

The GASB recently published two proposed Statements intended to significantly improve financial reporting by state and local governments of other postemployment benefits (OPEB), such as retiree health insurance. The GASB also published a third Exposure Draft that would establish requirements for pensions and pension plans that are outside the scope of the pension standards the GASB released in 2012.

The three proposals, which were approved on May 28, are available to download at no charge on the GASB website.

The first Exposure Draft related to OPEB, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Postemployment Benefits Other Than Pensions (OPEB Employer Exposure Draft), proposes guidance for reporting by governments that provide OPEB to their employees and for governments that finance OPEB for employees of other employers.

The second Exposure Draft related to OPEB, Financial Reporting for Postemployment Benefit Plans Other Than Pension Plans (OPEB Plan Exposure Draft), addresses the reporting by the OPEB plans that administer those benefits.

The third Exposure Draft, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Pensions and Financial Reporting for Pension Plans That Are Not Administered through Trusts That Meet Specified Criteria, and Amendments to Certain Provisions of GASB Statements 67 and 68, would complete the pension standards by establishing requirements for those pensions and pension plans that are not administered through a trust meeting specified criteria.

To help users, preparers, and auditors of financial statements familiarize themselves with the proposals, the GASB developed an OPEB web page that features new “plain English” resources.




Muni Market 2014 Halftime Show.

The municipal bond market continued to roar ahead in the second quarter with long tax-free yields continuing their decline in April and May before rising slightly in June. Many of the same factors that were at work in the first quarter were again at work in the second quarter. Lower supply from a more austere universe of municipal issuers, higher demand from bond fund inflows, some asset allocation out of stocks and into bonds, and a general overall recognition of better municipal credit quality were all significant factors in the past three months. Liquidity – the ability to buy and sell bonds at reasonable spreads – has completely turned around from a year ago. Then we had the “taper tantrum” that saw record municipal bond fund outflows amidst fear of the Federal Reserve’s scaling back bond purchases. That period of June and July 2013 was marked by the almost total nonexistence of what one would consider a market-level bid. This was, of course, on longer-maturity municipal bonds, which are what bond funds owned and had to sell to meet redemptions.

The graphs below demonstrate several salient points.

 

Municipal Bonds

Municipal Bonds

 
As we look forward, we continue to grow somewhat more cautious. Although long high-grade municipal bonds continue to look attractive compared to long US Treasuries, the continued rally (drop) in nominal yields has us readying for a pause that refreshes. Our concern is that we have travelled a road where long intermediate- to high-grade paper went from 3.5% yields in early 2013 all the way to 5-5.25% in late summer and now back to the 4% level or below, in many cases. Though a case can be made for continued downward pressure in rates, we are starting to become somewhat defensive. Portfolios have self-shortened as bonds yield to shorter call dates; and, at the margin, we have raised 5-10% cash in accounts. Many issuers will be issuing bonds to refund older higher-coupon debt as we approach the end of this year. This trend will continue into 2016. Although the amount of “net “new issuance might not be that large, the new issues still have to clear the market. That bulge, along with a possible flare-up in rates due to wage inflation, could present a buying opportunity; and we would like to have the ammunition with which to seize it. In addition, many market participants point out the large reinvestment bulge coming on July 1st from coupon payments, maturing bonds, and called bonds. With longer yields down 100-125 basis points from their peak, that reinvestment scenario may be more muted than people think.

John Mousseau, CFA, Executive Vice President & Director of Fixed Income

By Cumberland Advisors (David Kotok) | Bonds | Jun 18, 2014 02:30PM GMT




N.J. Senior Home Offers Investors Unrated Debt: Muni Deal.

A retirement center in Voorhees, New Jersey, that’s lost money for three years is selling unrated municipal bonds this week as returns on high-yield debt reach almost double the overall market.

SJF-CCRC Inc., an affiliate of the Jewish Federation of Southern New Jersey, runs Lions Gate, a continuing-care retirement community about 17 miles (27 kilometers) southeast of Philadelphia. Through the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, the nonprofit is offering $61.7 million in tax-exempt securities, principally to refinance debt on 152 apartments, 12 cottages, a 78-bed nursing facility, a 32-bed rehabilitation unit and a 70-bed assisted living center, according to bond documents.

Yields could go as high as 5.5 percent on the 30-year portion, said Andrew Nesi, executive vice president at the underwriter, Herbert J. Sims & Co. Inc., in Fairfield, Connecticut. That would be 2 percentage points higher than benchmark munis, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

“There are people who are looking for investments in this area,” Nesi said. “There’s not a lot of high-yield supply.”

High-yield debt is earning 9.9 percent this year, compared with 5.7 percent for the $3.7 trillion municipal market, S&P Dow Jones Indices show. High-yield funds have added cash for 23 straight weeks, Lipper US Fund Flows data show.

Yield-hungry investors would have to digest some risk. The Voorhees center has posted operating losses every year since 2011 and for the first three months of this year, deal documents show. Opening the rehabilitation facility last year drove expenses higher than revenue, as not all beds were filled all the time, said Douglas Hacker, Lions Gate’s chief financial officer.

Operating losses for such facilities are common for the first 10 years, Hacker said. Finances have stabilized for Lions Gate, which opened its first beds in 2006, he said.

“We have met our debt covenants,” Hacker said. “We’re a solid organization now and into the long-term future.”

The center is joining issuers offering $4.7 billion in bonds this week, down from $9.5 billion last week.

By Romy Varghese Jun 15, 2014 5:00 PM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Romy Varghese in Philadelphia at rvarghese8@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Pete Young, Mark Tannenbaum




Fitch: First Volcker-Compliant TOB Helps Muni Market Liquidity.

NEW YORK, Jun 17, 2014 (BUSINESS WIRE) — The development of a tender option bond (TOB) structure that complies with the Volcker rule paves the way for tax-exempt money market funds to remain a buyer of municipal bonds. However, this structure does not provide a clear means for bringing outstanding TOBs into compliance. The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association estimated the TOB market at $80 billion. Fitch rated a new Volcker-compliant TOB structure brought to market by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith last week.

We expect other banks that participate in the tender-option bond market to utilize similar structures for new TOBs in the second half of the year. For existing TOB trusts, banks may unwind the trusts and create new joint venture trusts or may potentially use a third-party non-banking entity as a sponsor to make those structures compliant.

In a typical TOB structure, the sponsor will deposit a fixed-rate bond or note into a trust that then issues one floating rate certificate (with a tender option) and one residual certificate. Tax-exempt money market funds may buy TOBs as the floating rate certificate’s tender option is often issued by the sponsor, shortening the maturity of the deposited bond.

The Volcker rule, which is expected to be fully implemented by July of 2015, prohibits banks from sponsoring the trust and providing any liquidity, credit, or remarketing services for the floating and residual certificates issued by traditionally structured TOBs.

The new structure establishes a joint venture trust that the liquidity provider, the floating interest holders, and the residual interest holders join. Each joint venture must have 10 or fewer parties. Joint ventures of this size were exempted from the Volcker Rule.

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com .

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article, which may include hyperlinks to companies and current ratings, can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com . All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.




MSRB Report: VRDO Market Down Five of Last Six Years.

WASHINGTON — The market for variable rate demand obligations has contracted five of the last six years, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board said in a report released Wednesday.

VRDOs are long-term securities with short-term interest rates. Interest rates are reset periodically by remarketing agents on behalf of the issuers. The obligations have a tender feature that allows them to be sold at par. After VRDO issuance peaked at almost $120 billion in 2008, it declined in 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2013, the report shows. New issuance of VRDOs in 2013 fell to $13.2 billion, compared to $15.2 billion the previous year. During the first quarter of 2014, issuance totaled $1.49 billion, about 3% less than the amount in the first quarter of 2013.

While new issuance has stabilized in the area of $14 billion annually since 2011, the MSRB said, the overall size of the VRDO market has also shrunk considerably in recent years. It contracted 22% to $222 billion between April 2012 and March 2014, the report showed. VRDO par volume dipped 7% in 2013 from the previous year, while the number of trades declined by 9%.

Matt Fabian, a managing director at Municipal Market Advisors, said the continuous shrinking of the VRDO market is the result of a variety of factors. Investor demand for VRDOs remains very strong, Fabian said, but there isn’t enough supply to go around.

“It is entirely a supply issue,” he said.

VRDO issuers traditionally relied on bond insurance, Fabian said, but the decline of the bond insurance industry led many banks who provided letters of credit for VRDOs to stop doing so. Also, a large number of VRDO issuers were in the healthcare sector, Fabian added, and the uncertainty surrounding that sector generally has led those issuers to reduce the size of their VRDO programs.

Michael Decker, co-head of municipal securities at the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, said many issuers are going away from VRDOs because of the “costs and complexities” involved in them, such as needing letters of credit and remarketing agents.

“Some issuers might like to find a more simple solution,” Decker said.

Bank direct purchases have largely stepped up to replace VRDOs, but Fabian said that the money market mutual funds that were major investors in VRDOs will continue to need floating-rate options, making the successful emergence of a Volcker Rule-compliant tender option bond structure extremely important. The first such TOB deal was completed late last week.

The MSRB report also details a decline in the market for auction rate securities, which were long-term securities that have variable interest rates that are reset on a short-term basis. No new ARS have been issued since 2008, and the size of the ARS market decreased 31% to $27 billion from April 2012 and March 2014.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators sued many broker-dealers for misleading investors about the liquidity risks associated with ARS. The ARS market collapsed on a widespread basis in early 2008 after firms that historically supported the auctions but were under no contractual obligation to do so, stopped propping them up. Most of the cases were settled.

BY KYLE GLAZIER
JUN 18, 2014 11:55am ET




Buffett Warning Unheeded as Catastrophe Bond Sales Climb.

Bond buyers are betting more than ever on the mercy of Mother Nature as they seek to boost yields being suppressed by central banks.

Demand for notes linked to insurance against hurricanes and other natural disasters is prompting investors to accept the lowest relative yields in almost a decade for this time of the year, when the Atlantic storm season gets underway. Buyers are speculating that the $22 billion market can continue its streak without an annual loss even as Warren Buffett said last week that Berkshire Hathaway Inc. is avoiding writing hurricane insurance in Florida because premiums have been pushed too low.

Investors who have snapped up $5.76 billion of new catastrophe bonds this year, the fastest pace of issuance ever as measured by data provider Artemis, are being emboldened by weather forecasts and average annual returns of 8.5 percent since 2002. Offerings this year include a record $1.5 billion transaction linked to potential hurricane damage in Florida.

“Wind season looks to be slightly below average in terms of the hurricane outlook and that’s attractive,” John Brynjolfsson, chief investment officer at Irvine, California-based hedge fund Armored Wolf LLC, which oversees about $700 million including the disaster-linked notes, referred to as cat bonds. “Although cat bonds are relatively tight, on a comparative basis they look attractive to capital markets investors.”

Spreads Narrow

Cat bond yields have dropped to about 4.7 percentage points more than benchmark interest rates, the lowest second-quarter level since 2005 and down from 6.57 percentage points a year ago, according to John Seo, managing principal at Fermat Capital Management LLC. The Westport, Connecticut-based firm oversees $4.5 billion, more than 90 percent of which is invested in cat bonds.

“The hurricane does not know the rate that was charged for the hurricane policy, so it’s not going to respond to how much you charge,” Buffett said at the Edison Electric Institute’s annual convention in Las Vegas on June 9. “And if you charge an inadequate premium, you will get creamed over time.”

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration predicts only one to two storms will escalate to major hurricanes during this year’s season, which lasts from June through November, compared to a historic average of three major storms. A measure of loss probabilities for cat bonds issued this year averages 1.32 percent, down from an average 1.95 percent for securities sold in 2013, according to Steve Evans, Artemis’s founder.

Reinforcing Models

Catastrophe bonds in the U.S. have returned 22 percent the past two years, about the same gains delivered by junk-rated corporate notes, during a period that included the damage caused by superstorm Sandy that tore through the northeastern U.S. in October 2012.

“Some of the events that kind of captured headlines, such as superstorm Sandy, as devastating and headline-grabbing as they were, did not trigger any losses of note,” Brynjolfsson said. That has helped to “reinforce the integrity of the modeling firms,” he said.

Insurance companies and reinsurers typically sell cat bonds to help cover their most extreme risks, with the proceeds of the issues set aside and paid out in the event of a qualifying disaster. Buyers get a relatively high interest margin for holding the notes and risk forfeiting their entire investment if the securities are triggered before they mature.

Japan Losses

Catastrophe-bond investors haven’t experience major losses on bonds since 2011, when damage caused by the earthquake in Japan that March caused $300 million of losses for securities issued by Muteki Ltd. that helped cover earthquake risks taken on by German reinsurer Munich Re.

The market’s track record through the 2008 financial crisis and natural disasters of recent years is “especially important for the key investors in the sector, which are pension funds, endowments and sovereign wealth funds,” said Michael Millette, global head of structure finance at New York-based Goldman Sachs Group Inc.

Demand has “grown steadily over the past four years,” with most funds typically allocating less than 1 percent of their assets to cat bonds, he said in a telephone interview.

Investors are willing to accept lower yields because they provide returns that aren’t correlated with other asset classes such as equities.

Florida Bonds

“When you factor in that you can’t find anything else that is non-correlating with a decent return, it’s easy to see that cat bonds are still very attractive,” Artemis’s Evans said in a telephone interview from London.

In Florida, where state-run Citizens Property Insurance Corp. issued a record $1.5 billion sale in April, Chief Risk Officer John Rollins said the insurer is seeing an increasingly diverse pool of investors.

The three year floating-rate notes, with a spread of 750 basis points more than borrowing benchmarks was originally marketed for $400 million, and attracted investors including “a pension fund for Scottish miners, a mutual fund backed by Japanese middle class savers, a fund dedicated to managing royal assets,” Rollins said in a telephone interview from Tallahassee.

‘More Mainstream’

Rollins said he saw no indication of “limited demand” even as new issuers are debuting on the market.

The Texas Windstorm Insurance Association announced an offering this month after contemplating the securities for three years, according to General Manager John Polak.

Three years ago, “the terms and conditions associated with cat bonds weren’t quite as attractive and competitive as they are today,” he said in a telephone interview from Austin. Now, cat bonds are “more mainstream” and “most importantly, pricing is at a point where it’s a realistic consideration” for the association.

The offering is expected to grow from the initially marketed $300 million to $400 million, according to Polak.

Italian insurer Assicurazioni Generali SpA (G), based in Trieste, also issued its first cat bond this year, 190 million euros ($256 million) in floating rate notes at a spread of 225 basis point more than the London interbank offered rate, Bloomberg data show. The notes, which mature in 2017, cover damages from European windstorms.

“I think there’s kind a tipping point that has been passed,” Citizens’ Rollins said. “If we have significant weather activity, if we have some bond get triggered, I think there will be recalibration mostly in the area of price, but not in the unwinding of structures. I don’t anticipate that a test of these structures will not be passed.”

By Caroline Chen Jun 17, 2014 9:05 AM PT

To contact the reporter on this story: Caroline Chen in New York at cchen509@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Shannon D. Harrington at sharrington6@bloomberg.net Dan Kraut




Sewage-to-Fertilizer Plan Shows No Junk Bonds Stink.

A central Florida facility that would convert sewage into fertilizer is the latest project to tap relentless demand for the riskiest municipal bonds.

The Orange County Industrial Development Authority plans to offer $62 million of unrated debt next week on behalf of a unit of VitAG Corp., which plans facilities that combine biosolids with sulfuric acid and ammonia to produce fertilizer. The federally tax-free securities will finance a plant on a site in Zellwood, Florida, near tourist center Orlando.

The malodorous initiative may still come up roses for high-yield investors who have been inundated with cash for 23 straight weeks, Lipper US Fund Flows data show. The wave has buoyed bonds for industrial-development projects. They’re the riskiest subset of junk-rated munis, accounting for the most defaults in part because of the dependence on a single project.

“This is like the worst of the worst,” yet investors will probably buy it, said Tom Metzold, co-director of munis in Boston at Eaton Vance Management, which oversees about $24 billion in local debt. “When too much money chases too few bonds, deals come to market that have no right coming to market. The risk-reward profile is so out of balance, it’s nuts.”

Outsize Return

Local agencies can issue debt in the $3.7 trillion municipal market on behalf of private companies, whose credit backs the securities.

Speculative-grade industrial-development debt has gained about 14 percent this year, more than double the return for all munis, Barclays Plc data show. The bonds, which carry an average tax-free yield of 6.4 percent, are luring investors as interest rates remain near generational lows.

“We’re aware that municipal-bond investors are looking for yield and the high-yield market has performed well,” said Ed Zughaft, senior vice president of finance for VitAG, which is based in Beech Island, South Carolina. “We’re hopeful that we can take advantage of the timing here. We’ve already received a lot of interest from investors.”

Biosolids, organic materials derived from treating sewage sludge, contain nitrogen nutrients, which are used in fertilizer to replenish soil. The company would follow other commodity-based ventures that have turned to the tax-exempt market in the past 14 months for financing.

Private Equity

The Iowa Finance Authority sold $1.2 billion of junk-rated debt in April 2013 to fund the building of a nitrogen fertilizer plant by Egypt’s Orascom Construction Industries. At the time, it was a record speculative muni offering. In November, a Louisiana public authority issued $140 million of unrated bonds for a German wood-pellet producer. The deal’s tax-exempt portion yielded 10.5 percent.

Private-equity firm KKR & Co. (KKR:US) bought $95 million of taxable debt in the wood-pellet offer. In this month’s Orange County deal, an affiliate of TPG Capital, a Fort Worth, Texas-based private-equity firm with $54.5 billion in assets, will contribute at least $20 million in equity, according to offering documents.

An affiliate of Denham Capital Management LP, a $7.3 billion U.S. private-equity fund focused on energy and mining, will get $1 million from the financing proceeds, offering documents show. Denham owned part of VitAG until last year.

7.5% Yield

Bond documents cited an estimated annual interest rate of 7.5 percent on the debt, which has portions due in 2024 and 2036. For top earners, that equals a 12.4 percent rate on taxable securities. Benchmark 10-year Treasuries yield about 2.6 percent.

“There are some big investors in it,” said Justin Land, who helps manage $3 billion of munis at Naples, Florida-based Wasmer, Schroeder & Co. The company will look at the deal for its high-yield fund. “It can work, though like anything else in project finance, there are a lot of ways it can fail.”

Projects funded with unrated bonds are ramping up to meet the demand for speculative securities, which have grades at least 10 steps below AAA. Unrated bonds fall into the high-yield camp.

Investors next week can also buy debt for a senior-living facility called Rose Villa near Portland, Oregon, Bloomberg data show. The securities don’t have a rating.

By Brian Chappatta and Toluse Olorunnipa June 17, 2014




Tax Increment Financing: Tweaking TIF for the 21st Century.

Tax increment financing (TIF) can be a powerful economic development tool. Under the right circumstances, TIF can generate enough funding to make a real difference. And with the right safeguards in place, TIF encourages government and the private sector to form a partnership based on each other’s strengths.

“Without TIF or other government programs, the only redevelopment will be for the rich, by the rich,” says Stephen B.Friedman, a consultant with decades of TIF experience in Illinois and Wisconsin and a member of ULI’s Public/Private Partnership Council. For neighborhoods in need, he continues, “TIF works because government looks the private sector in the eye and puts the public money where the private sector is also willing to put the private money. You have to have a meeting of the minds about what works for the community and for the developers.”

Built on a foundation of growing tax revenues, TIF is vulnerable to both national and local economic downturns. Indeed, as the Great Recession spread throughout the United States, TIF districts became weak at just the time they were needed most. Moreover, as local governments cut budgets to the bone, the revenue generated in TIF districts came under close examination. In states where both TIF and education spending depend heavily on revenue from property taxes, TIF’s impact on education became a frequent flashpoint for controversy.

“The recession caused the whole development finance industry to take a hard look at what they are doing,” says Toby Rittner, chief executive officer of the Council for Development Finance Agencies (CDFA). At one extreme,

California Governor Jerry Brown in 2011 ended TIF for redevelopment and ordered the special authorities that managed TIF revenues to close. But most cities and states shared the view of TIF held by Minnesota’s legislature, which expanded a diminished TIF program as part of a 2010 jobs bill.

The hard look produced changes. “We discovered that TIF has a lot of depth,” says Rittner. “Coupled with a comprehensive approach to economic development, it can be used for more than just infrastructure and traditional redevelopment activities, and it can leverage other financing tools.”

TIF originated in an act of policy creativity in California in 1952: federal dollars flowing to remedy what was then called urban blight required a local match. In the subsequent decades, every state in the United States except Arizona has experimented with TIF in one form or another—and then in another and another. As the federal dollars dried up in the 1970s and 1980s, TIF nourished redevelopment. TIF has been exported: pilot projects are underway in Scotland and ­England, with versions tailored to their tax regimes.

From the developer’s perspective, TIF is just one of many ways to partner with government to share the costs of development. From the government’s perspective, TIF’s distinctive feature is that it provides a means to access new tax revenues to support the creation of these same new revenues, and more. Public investment increases private property values, which increases property tax revenues. Those new revenues can be leveraged to pay for the improvements that attract the private investment, setting up a virtuous cycle of increasing development that pays for itself and increases the tax base.

In the United States, TIF is governed by state law, but implemented by municipal governments. Although this discussion refers to cities, TIF can also be implemented by county governments, economic development authorities, or other municipal governments.

The following hypothetical example illustrates the components of TIF.

River City’s economic development plan aims to transform the city’s vacant industrial waterfront into a mixed-use district of offices, retail space, and housing lining a linear waterfront park. River City designates a TIF district on the waterfront, with a duration of no more than 15 years. The property tax revenue generated by the district at the time of designation becomes the frozen base revenue. The base revenue continues to flow to government coffers as usual.

The “increment” is any property tax revenue generated above the frozen base. Provided there is a spark to stimulate it, the increment grows over time, generating funding to pay—directly or through borrowing—for public investments in the district. River City can create a spark by working with a private developer on a development proposal. The city issues bonds secured by the forecast increment—the increase in property tax revenue expected from the developer’s proposal—to pay for upfront development costs, whether borne by the developer, the government, or both. At the end of 15 years, the TIF district is dissolved and the increment returns to general tax revenues.

(San Francisco Office of Community Investment and Infrastructure)

Diversity and Complexity

TIF interacts with tax regimes that differ by state. For revenue generation, TIF is most powerful in places with high property taxes. Because states with high property taxes often dedicate those revenues to education, TIF laws that allow access to the school district’s portion of the property tax increment can produce significant revenue. Although many states allow TIF to access retail sales taxes at a district level, sales taxes are relatively weak revenue generators.

Either the public or private sector can take the first step in initiating a TIF district. A community-driven TIF district “means the city is taking a proactive role and making policy decisions about priorities,” says Amanda Rhein, senior director for transit-oriented development at the Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority and a member of ULI’s Public/Private Partnership Council. A developer-driven TIF district, however, relieves the city of the need to court developers with an untested plan. A city’s policy culture may favor one approach, but many cities do both. Developers should expect development negotiations to be more intense if they are the ones initiating TIF discussions.

Today, depending on the state, TIF supports everything from expanding affordable housing to attracting manufacturers to industrial zones, including provisions for job training. In some states, TIF must be used solely for public projects, such as infrastructure; other states allow, and even encourage, TIF in support of private development costs, such as those for rehabilitating existing buildings or subsidizing the interest on loans for new construction.

TIF laws include what is known as a “but for” clause—a way of saying that private sector projects that would happen anyway, without support from the increment, are ineligible for the financing. Though a too-literal interpretation of the “but for” clause can unnecessarily restrict TIF’s economic development uses, “there has to be some way of assuring the public that the city is not just giving money away,” says Rachel Weber, TIF expert and associate professor of urban planning and policy at the University of Illinois at Chicago. “A city should be able to distinguish between ‘what is needed’ versus ‘what would be nice’ to fulfill its economic development goals.”

Cities have options on bearing investment risk. They may use the increment to secure bonds—especially useful for large, upfront development costs. They may also use what is called “pay-as-you-go” financing and expect the developer to secure the credit: the city participates by promising the developer a portion of the increment. Cities may also choose to fund, rather than finance, the endeavor, spending the accrued increment directly on the project.

Developers should not expect 100 percent of the increment to be available. Rittner advises cities to reserve some of the increment to pay administration expenses. Moreover, the amount of need—the financing gap for each project—typically dictates the portion of the increment awarded. In times of scarce private financing, the financing gap may be bigger than the city is able or willing to fill with TIF. Indeed, Rhein notes, “developers often cannot depend on TIF alone; they need to be creative about layering public sector programs—drawing on TIF, but also other tax credit and grant programs.”

Chicago

Shortly after Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel took office in 2011, he fulfilled a campaign promise by convening a TIF Reform Task Force. Advising on a program generating $500 million a year from 163 TIF districts comprising about 10 percent of the city’s property tax base and covering 30 percent of its land area, the task force focused on increasing transparency and accountability. Under Illinois law, over the 23-year life of a TIF district, as long as money is flowing into a district, the city can continue to initiate new projects, increasing the importance of an ongoing process for accountability. In addition to recommending aligning TIF with a multiyear economic development plan and capital budget, the task force advocated establishing metrics to monitor performance of the city’s TIF program.

Among the reforms, the city has inaugurated strategic reviews every five years and in July 2013 unveiled the public TIF Portal, a web mapping tool linked to each district and its associated projects. “The city is becoming smarter in how they give their money away and stricter in terms of financial audits and holding recipients accountable to their promises,” says Weber, a member of the task force. “The city has taken more of an investment mind-set to ensure they are not providing a huge windfall to the developer at the public’s expense.”

Political debate continues in Chicago, especially regarding education spending and whether TIF is still appropriate in the city’s central area, now in its second decade of strong development. “The city is a lot more reticent to do downtown projects,” Friedman observes. “The focus now is on the outer neighborhoods.” In addition, Emanuel in November 2013 issued an executive order requiring annual calculation of the “TIF surplus” that can be returned to the original taxing bodies, including Chicago Public Schools.

Atlanta

Atlanta’s TIF program, known as TAD (for tax allocation district) and run by Invest Atlanta, the city’s economic development authority, has also undergone changes. “The lull during the recession allowed us to reevaluate our program, use it to create jobs, and better align it with citywide economic development efforts,” says Rhein, who participated in Invest Atlanta’s strategic review in 2011.

Historically, Atlanta used TAD for gap financing, funding developers through grants that covered 5 to 15 percent of project costs via bonds backed by the increment. After the strategic review, Invest Atlanta expanded its project evaluation criteria to include job creation and business attraction. New types of projects include building retrofits, facade improvements, and streetscape enhancements. An energy efficiency grant program rewards participants in the federal government’s Better Buildings Challenge.

In Georgia, school districts and county governments join a city TAD at their discretion. School districts have opted to join half of Atlanta’s ten TADs. When school districts join, Rhein explains, “they negotiate something such as payments in lieu of taxes or a lump sum out of the bond issuance.”

In recent years, Atlanta has also begun using TAD funding for major infrastructure projects, such as the Atlanta BeltLine transit and economic development plan, and a downtown streetcar.

California

By terminating redevelopment authorities and their TIF powers, Brown sent a signal that the goal of compact, walkable development at infill locations—and needs such as affordable housing—will have to be met in new ways. Ongoing discussions throughout the state focus on how to replace what was lost with a comprehensive tool kit. ULI’s five district councils in California worked together on potential next steps, and in November 2013 released the report After Redevelopment: New Tools and Strategies to Promote Economic Development and Build Sustainable Communities.

“If California is going to continue to lead on sustainable development and meet the state’s growing needs for affordable housing and infrastructure investment, cities and counties require the authority, legal powers, and financing tools to encourage infill development,” explains Libby Seifel, head of the Seifel Consulting and a member of the ULI report’s working group. Although the governor recently announced support for expanding eligible projects in infrastructure financing districts (IFDs), which can use TIF, Seifel fears “that IFDs alone are too narrow and will not generate enough public investment unless leveraged with other funds. As the ULI report states, California needs a comprehensive set of tools to achieve the state’s environmental, housing, and economic goals.”

Best Practices

To get started on considering TIF, developers should learn the state’s TIF law and the city’s policy culture, and “understand the terms of the city’s boilerplate development agreement before initiating a request for participation,” advises Rhein.

Friedman advises developers to remember, as negotiations proceed, that TIF is “not an entitlement, it’s a gap filler. Be prepared for a complex set of negotiations, the expectation that you will open your business practices to scrutiny, and that a variety of public goals and values will be injected into your project.”

Because to foster a true public/private partnership, the CDFA recommends that the best practices of accountability, transparency, and due diligence apply equally to both partners. This is the best way to guarantee that TIF’s virtuous cycle is optimally achieved.

Sarah Jo Peterson is senior director, policy, at ULI.
Urban Land Magazine | Jun. 13, 2014




Moody’s Rates First TOB that Passes Volcker Rule.

Fears that a $75 billion corner of the municipal bond market for Tender Option Bonds would be closed down by the Volcker Rule may have been squashed with a new deal from Bank of America Merrill Lynch. The tiny $8.545 million deal has been structured to comply with Volcker Rule restrictions by using two loopholes in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

BofA’s new Tender Option Bonds (TOB) creation has received Moody’s Aaa/VMIG imprimatur. If regulators approve the new structure, it could be a template to restart the dormant TOB market.

Here is an example of a general TOB structure from Nuveen. The Volcker Rule does not apply to Nuveen, but the TOB structure is roughly equivalent to all muniland issuers.

TOB Structure

Bank of America and its investment arm Merrill Lynch have altered the way the TOB trust (green box in the chart above) is organized to satisfy Volcker Rule restrictions on a bank owning hedge funds or trusts.

Rather than being separate parties in a TOB, Merrill Lynch combined all the deal participants into a joint venture trust between BofA and the investors in the trust. This structure takes advantage of the joint venture exception in the 40 Act. Moody’s says:

Merrill Lynch’s transaction relies on the joint venture exemption from 40 Act registration. Unlike a typical TOB where Merrill Lynch would have acted as the issuer of the TOB trust, in the new structure, Merrill Lynch sold the bonds via a sale agreement to a joint venture trust. The joint venture agreement is between Bank of America, N.A. (A2/ P-1) as trustor and liquidity provider and the floating and inverse floating rate investors (the parties purchasing the interests in the joint venture).

BofA established the joint venture trust and Merrill Lynch sold the underlying bonds (State of Maryland General Obligation Bonds, State and Local Facilities Loan of 2013, First Series B Tax-Exempt Bonds due August 1, 2019 and the Cusip for the TOB is 46641N) into the trust.

The other parties in the joint venture trust will be money market and closed-end funds that buy the cash flow portions of the deal. The new structure limits the number of these outside parties in the trust to take advantage of another 40 Act registration exemption related to the number of parties in a trust (or hedge fund). Moody’s again:

The agreement limits participation to 10 parties. Joint ventures among 10 or fewer participants are exempt from registration under the 40 Act. TOBs structured as joint ventures do not fit the definition of hedge funds included in the Volcker Rule, making it possible for banks to sponsor and invest in them.

Here are the parties in the deal, according to Moody’s:

Liquidity provider and Trustor – Bank of America NA

Trustee – US Bank Trust NA

Venturers (that’s what they call it instead of “investors”) – to be determined but limited to 10

Remarketing agent – Merrill Lynch

This is muniland structured finance at its best. There are many other nuances to the deal that you can find in the Moody’s rating announcement. Stay tuned for reactions from regulators. Moody’s foresees current TOBs possibly altering its legal structure if the new BofA trust structure meets regulator approval.

By Cate Long JUNE 13, 2014




Detroit Reaches Bankruptcy Settlement with Some Bondholders.

DETROIT—The city of Detroit has reached new agreements with its largest municipal union and a separate settlement with a group of bondholders, likely reducing the number of creditors to oppose the city’s bankruptcy plan at a trial scheduled for this summer.

Terms of the settlements weren’t immediately released.

The tentative labor agreements between the city and the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees Council 25 build on earlier agreements and cover almost all employees represented by the union. But the pacts still need to be ratified by the union’s membership by June 30, according to a statement from federal mediators Friday.

The union also agreed to support a larger debt-cutting plan by the city to make cuts to pension benefits as part of its plan to exit municipal bankruptcy. Those pension cuts, however, will be softened if the pension holders approve a complex plan relying on more than $800 million in outside funding from donors, foundations and the state of Michigan.

Pension holders “simply cannot risk the further serious reduction in pension, pay and job security if the Plan, and our collective bargaining agreements, are not approved,” AFSCME Council 25 President Al Garrett said in a statement, calling on his members to vote for the city’s bankruptcy plan.

The separate bondholders deal was worked out between Detroit’s emergency manager and two principals that either hold or insure the majority of limited-tax general obligation bonds issued by the city, according to a statement on Friday from the federal mediators in the bankruptcy case.

“The settlement recognizes the unique status and niche of LTGOs in the municipal finance market,” the mediators said. “The insurer of the LTGOs has made clear it will honor its insurance commitments on the existing policies.”

Several bondholder groups declined to comment. But one confirmed a deal had been reached.

“Given Detroit’s unique circumstances, Ambac has accepted a settlement with the City for the limited tax general obligation bonds,” the company said Friday. “Ambac’s net par exposure related to Detroit’s limited tax general obligation bonds was $92.7 million as of March 31, 2014. We expect to continue to pay claims of scheduled principal and interest on the bonds insured by Ambac.”

According to the latest version of the city’s debt-cutting plan filed in April, the city of Detroit owed about $547 million in principal and interest on these LTGO bonds.

Compared with unlimited-tax general obligations bonds, these limited-tax bonds aren’t usually backed by a specific tax-revenue stream, prompting the city to argue that it could offer a much lower payout for those bondholders in bankruptcy. But bondholders opposed the cut as unfair, warning it could roil the municipal-bond market in Michigan and potentially drive up borrowing costs for municipalities.

Detroit’s plan to exit bankruptcy—the nation’s largest Chapter 9 case with an estimated $18 billion in long-term obligations—originally called for a different treatment for the city’s bondholders. Unlimited-tax general obligation bondholders who reached an agreement with the city in April are to receive about 74 cents on the dollar in recovery on their claim under the plan. But limited tax general obligation bondholders who were still at odds with the city would only get between 10 to 13 cents on the dollar.

It was unclear on Friday whether the agreement would boost the recovery for these bondholders and by how much.

The mediation team, led by U.S. District Judge Gerald Rosen, added that “with this settlement, only a few remaining, albeit significant, disputes remain” between the city and its creditors. A trial has been scheduled for mid-August on the merits of the city’s debt-cutting plan.

A spokesman for Detroit Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr said he didn’t have an immediate comment about the deal, which mediators said was still being completed.

By MATTHEW DOLAN
Updated June 13, 2014 6:29 p.m. ET

Write to Matthew Dolan at matthew.dolan@wsj.com




Ballard Spahr: Water Resources Legislation Could Lead to Increase of U.S. Water P3s.

President Obama recently signed into law the Water Resources and Reform Development Act of 2014 (WRRDA). The statute begins to address ways to fund the billions of dollars necessary to update the country’s drinking water systems, dam infrastructure, levees, solid waste, wastewater, inland waterways, and ports. The legislation could lead to more widespread financing of water infrastructure projects through P3s.

Continue Reading.

June 13, 2014

by Brian Walsh, William C. Rhodes, Lee A. Storey, Steve T. Park, and Christopher R. Sullivan




Municipal Issuer Brief - June 9, 2014

Read the Brief.




East Dundee Appeals Wal-Mart TIF Case to State Supreme Court.

East Dundee appealed its dismissed lawsuit against Carpentersville and Wal-Mart to the Illinois Supreme Court this week. The retailer has announced plans to close its East Dundee store, above, and build a supercenter in neighboring Carpentersville.

East Dundee didn’t waste time taking legal action against Carpentersville to stop Wal-Mart’s pending move to the neighboring village.

East Dundee appealed its dismissed case versus the village and Wal-Mart to the Illinois Supreme Court, less than 24 hours after Carpentersville officials reviewed Wal-Mart’s draft application for financial assistance.

Wal-Mart, slated to build a supercenter at Lake Marian Road and Route 25, seeks $4.3 million from a tax increment finance district that encompasses its future location in Carpentersville. If Carpentersville doesn’t come through with the money, Wal-Mart won’t build there, according to the draft application.

East Dundee argues the retailer should not receive funding from a TIF district because the new site is three miles from the East Dundee store, which is also in a TIF district. State law mandates a distance of at least 10 miles to stop communities from poaching businesses from each other.

While the Carpentersville village board isn’t due to vote on Wal-Mart’s redevelopment agreement until late summer, East Dundee would rather strike now, Village President Lael Miller said.

“They may actually start doing some work prior to (Carpentersville’s vote), we don’t know.” Miller said. “We anticipate we’ll move forward with this and we’ll take our chances.”

History isn’t on East Dundee’s side, and the latest appeal marks the village’s fourth attempt at blocking Wal-Mart from leaving.

In February 2013 a judge denied East Dundee’s move for a temporary restraining order and threw out a lawsuit aimed at preventing Wal-Mart from receiving funding from the Carpentersville TIF district.

Six months later, Kane County Judge David Akemann dismissed the lawsuit against the world’s largest retailer and Carpentersville, saying East Dundee had no standing in the case because TIF money had not yet changed hands.

East Dundee appealed that decision in April and the Illinois Appellate Court Second District sided with Akemann when it dismissed the case.

Carpentersville Village President Ed Ritter isn’t concerned about East Dundee’s latest filing and expects Wal-Mart to go on as scheduled.

“We’re very confident that Wal-Mart will be open in Carpentersville before the end of 2016,” Ritter said.

In 2012, Wal-Mart announced it would close its 23-year-old store in East Dundee to build in Carpentersville.

The departure means East Dundee would lose about $850,000 in annual revenues from Wal-Mart. Miller estimates the village has spent about $83,000 in legal fees since the litigation began 17 months ago.

But it made more than $1.2 million from Wal-Mart in the same time frame, he said.

“Yes we did spend money but obviously we made more money in the meantime as well,” Miller said.

By Lenore T. Adkins




NFL Falcons Stadium Bond Fight Taken to Top Georgia Court.

An Atlanta bond issue to help finance a new stadium for the National Football League’s Falcons is being challenged before the Georgia Supreme Court over claims it violates the state’s constitution.

Home Depot Inc. co-founder Arthur Blank, who owns the Falcons, is getting help from the city to build a $1.2 billion football stadium to replace the Georgia Dome, which opened in 1992. The new site’s neighbors, who failed to persuade a state judge to invalidate the city bond issue of as much as $278 million, have appealed that decision to the state’s top court. They argue the city hotel tax to pay for the bonds is unconstitutional.

Superior Court Judge Ural Glanville in Atlanta last month validated the bonds and overruled all objections. Glanville found that the security for the bonds was “sound, feasible and reasonable,” and the stadium project met public purposes guidelines.

The neighbors’ appeal filed June 5, “delays the issuance of the bonds until final resolution” by the Georgia Supreme Court, John Woodham, the objectors’ attorney, said in an e-mail today. This would delay the city of Atlanta’s “public financing component” of the stadium project during that time, he said.

Construction of the stadium will proceed, Douglass Selby, an attorney for the city, said yesterday in a phone interview. While the bonds won’t be issued until the appeal is resolved, the city sought validation of the bonds early to accommodate any objections or appeals, he said.

Although the stadium will be state-owned through the Georgia World Congress Center Authority, the Falcons will operate it and keep stadium revenue under a licensing agreement. Jennifer LeMaster, a spokeswoman for the World Congress Center Authority, didn’t immediately return a call after regular business hours yesterday seeking comment on the case.

The Atlanta Falcons won’t comment on the bond issue because the team isn’t a party to the proceedings, Kim Shreckengost, a spokeswoman for AMB Group LLC, the Falcons’ parent company, said yesterday in an e-mail.

“We do have full confidence that our partners at the city, Invest Atlanta and the GWCCA will appropriately handle these challenges,” she said. “Construction of the new stadium has been under way for several months and we will continue to move forward.”

Neighborhoods Burdened

Neighborhood critics say the city-adopted plan unfairly burdens residents of two predominantly black neighborhoods. A group of community leaders, including three activists and a retired Baptist minister, won a court ruling in February allowing them to intervene in the city’s bond process.

The residents’ legal argument hinged on the claim that extending the city’s hotel tax to repay the bonds unconstitutionally turns a general law, applicable statewide, into one governing a single project. The city said in court filings that the bonds are authorized by state law and the plan’s use of 39 percent of the hotel tax is appropriate.

Glanville found no merit in the objectors’ arguments. Georgia law requires court approval before government general-obligation revenue bonds can be issued.

The case is Georgia v. Atlanta Development Authority, 2014-cv-242035, Superior Court, Fulton County (Atlanta).

By Margaret Cronin Fisk June 11, 2014

To contact the reporter on this story: Margaret Cronin Fisk in Detroit at mcfisk@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Michael Hytha at mhytha@bloomberg.net Joe Schneider




Can Kentucky Stop Nonprofits from Abandoning Pension Obligations?

The Kentucky Retirement System is appealing a judge’s decision that allowed one of the employers in its membership to abandon the underfunded system as part of its bankruptcy restructuring.

A federal judge ruled on May 30 that Seven Counties Services, a health services provider, could leave the pension system because it qualified as a nonprofit corporation rather than a government entity.

Citing the 1963 federal Community Health Act, which was designed to begin the privatization of mental health services, the opinion said that Seven Counties was a result of the “metamorphosis from state-run mental health services to a community-based, private non-profit structure.” The ruling could clear the way for other similarly financially strapped institutions across the state to do the same. The state has a total of 13 community mental health centers that could qualify as nonprofits and opt to leave the system.

The retirement system’s board of trustees voted 12-0 on June 11 in a closed-door meeting to appeal the ruling. State lawmakers and Gov. Steve Beshear had publicly urged the board to do so in the weeks before the meeting.

Kentucky has the worst-funded retirement system in the country, holding roughly 23 percent of the money it has promised to pay its current workers and retirees in retirement benefits. That means the state system, not including police and fire employees and teachers, has roughly $8.7 billion in unfunded liabilities, according to the most recent actuarial report. About $91 million of that is attributed to Seven Counties and the retirement system would have to cover that cost if the agency is actually allowed to exit.

Some have said covering that $8.7 billion would drive up what state government employers across the state would have to put in annually to the pension fund to keep it solvent. By some estimates, governments would collectively spend more than 38 percent of their payroll costs next year on retiree payments alone. That’s up from 5.9 percent in 2006.

Jim Carroll, co-founder of the 3,600-member Facebook group Kentucky Government Retirees, said his group is “gratified” that the retirement board has voted to appeal the Seven Counties Services bankruptcy ruling. “As stakeholders, we are pleased that the board had moved to protect the long-term viability of the financially troubled [retirement] fund,” he said in an emailed statement.

But others are more skeptical, saying the state retirement system was already in a “death spiral” before the bankruptcy ruling. Chris Tobe, a Louisville-area pension investment consultant, noted that state employer contributions into the pension fund this year have collectively been only about half of what is actuarially recommended. That means the 23 percent funded ratio will likely sink lower after this year.

“The appeal is a desperate measure to try to prevent any of the other 12 mental health agencies from jumping ship,” Tobe said.

BY LIZ FARMER | JUNE 12, 2014




Washington State’s Pension Lesson.

A new brief from the University of Washington’s Center for Education Data & Research analyses the state’s teacher pension system, which has offered new enrollees a choice between a traditional plan or a hybrid plan since 1996. As other states consider similar changes to traditional pension plans, the paper notes that Washington provides a look into what could happen.

The paper finds that the “state’s financial exposure is significantly lower under the hybrid plan” as its per-teacher pension liability is approximately half as large as under the traditional plan. Interestingly, when given a choice, at least six in 10 teachers (statistics vary by year) choose the hybrid plan, the paper says. This runs counter to claims by traditional pension supporters that the defined benefit plans are more attractive and therefore better for recruiting talent.

Additionally, teachers may obtain more money under the state’s hybrid-plan. “In calculating potential retirement wealth accumulations under [the hybrid plans],” the authors note,”we find that teachers enrolled in Washington’s hybrid plan are likely to have a level of retirement security that is comparable or greater than that provided by the traditional plan.” The paper concludes that Washington State’s experience “suggests that teacher pension systems can be reformed in a way that is attractive to both teachers and states and ensures that significant resources are being set aside for teacher retirements.”




Pittsburgh Rebirth Tainted as Pension Fuels Deficit: Muni Credit.

The fiscal rebound of Pittsburgh, the former steel-city capital that shed a Rust-Belt fate by rebuilding its economy around universities and hospitals, has struck an obstacle that’s bedeviling municipalities nationwide.

Pennsylvania’s second-most-populous city faces an operating deficit next year for the first time since 2005, partly because of higher pension contributions after officials lowered assumptions for the retirement system’s investment returns.

Pittsburgh faces a month-end deadline to approve a plan to plug the shortfall, illustrating how even municipalities that have dodged bankruptcy struggle with pension burdens. The city, which teetered on the brink of insolvency a decade ago, earned its highest rating ever from Standard & Poor’s in February.

“We’ve come a long way; we see the light at the end of the tunnel,” said Michael Lamb, the city’s controller. “We have put more money in pensions than we’re required to, but we’re still not doing enough.”

Lower Target

In December, Pittsburgh decided to lower its pension-return target — adding $8 million to annual costs — to fall in line with national trends, according to consultants hired by the state to oversee the city’s recovery. The average assumed return rate last year for 150 U.S. public plans was 7.66 percent, compared with 8.08 percent in 2001, according to the Center for Retirement Research at Boston College.

More municipalities will lower targets as rating companies factor retirement liabilities into credit assessments, said Howard Cure, head of municipal research in New York at Evercore Wealth Management LLC, which oversees about $5.2 billion.

Pittsburgh has evolved from its industrial past, when plants producing coke used in steel-making would shower parked cars with ash. As manufacturing dwindled amid global competition, residents left. About 306,000 people live in the city at the confluence of the Ohio, Allegheny and Monongahela rivers, compared with about 604,000 in 1960.

By 2003, Pittsburgh was in crisis. It cut about 13 percent of its workforce that year, firing 446 employees, including almost 100 police officers. It also earned the dubious distinction of having the lowest credit rating of any major U.S. city. Pennsylvania officials placed it in the Act 47 program for distressed communities in December 2003, giving the state oversight over its finances and requiring recovery plans.

Turnaround Time

Since then, city officials have turned around Pittsburgh’s finances through steps such as taxing companies’ payrolls and temporarily freezing wages, said Dean Kaplan, a managing director at Public Financial Management Inc., one of the state-appointed consultants.

In a sign of the diversifying economy, U.S. Steel Corp. (X), which has been based in Pittsburgh since 1937, no longer ranks among the top 10 employers. The biggest is the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, and the city is also home to companies such as PNC Financial Services Group (PNC) and H.J. Heinz Co.

In November 2012, the state’s consultants said Pittsburgh was ready to exit the distressed program. Revenue had exceeded operating expenses every year since 2005, although transfers to pay debt and pensions in 2008 and 2010 generated shortfalls approved by the city’s fiscal overseers. State officials rejected the consultants’ recommendation in March, saying legacy costs such as pensions jeopardize the budget.

Deficit Ahead

That caution was borne out in the recovery plan consultants released last month in response to the state’s denial. The city faces a projected $14 million operating deficit in the year beginning in January and may use up its reserves by 2018, the report said.

The city’s change in how it levies real estate taxes curbed revenue, Kaplan said. At the same time, minimum pension contributions will jump to $43 million next year, or 8.6 percent of the general-fund budget, from $31 million, or 6.5 percent of this year’s plan. The swelling costs resulted from adjusting actuarial assumptions to reflect recipients’ longer life expectancy, and from lowering the target investment return on pension assets to 7.5 percent from 8 percent, Kaplan said.

Pay Up

The state’s consultants said the city should pay even more than required amounts over the next five years to sustain its pension system, which serves about 7,500 people and is about 58 percent funded. The average state and local plan had about 72 percent of the money needed to meet retirement obligations last year, the Center for Retirement Research said. In 2010, the city avoided a state takeover of its pensions by dedicating parking revenue through 2041 to the system.

The five-year road map recommends raising real-estate taxes and parking rates. Mayor Bill Peduto, a Democrat, wants to avoid the increases, and to do so, “all options are on the table,” said a spokesman, Tim McNulty, who declined to offer specifics. Officials have planned a public hearing on the consultants’ proposal for June 16, he said.

Kaplan said the city, which last sold municipal bonds in 2012, must also invest in roads and bridges. The consultants’ blueprint calls for selling $50 million of bonds in 2015 and again in 2017 for infrastructure.

Officials “are not going to have a hard time placing it” because of the city’s progress during the past decade, said Dennis Derby, who helps manage munis, including Pittsburgh debt, at Wells Capital Management in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin.

S&P raised Pittsburgh’s rating in February to A+, its fifth-highest level, citing its diverse economy.

Pittsburgh general-obligation bonds maturing in September 2021 traded June 6 at an average yield of 2.4 percent, the lowest in 14 months and 0.52 percentage point above benchmark munis, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

By Romy Varghese Jun 12, 2014

To contact the reporter on this story: Romy Varghese in Philadelphia at rvarghese8@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Alan Goldstein




New York City Gets Low Yields in First Bond Sale Since Union Deals.

(Reuters) – A scarcity of new paper in the U.S. municipal bond market helped New York City borrow more at lower rates on Wednesday, in its first bond deal since Mayor Bill de Blasio’s multibillion-dollar accord with labor unions in May.

Critics said they expected investors to shy away from the city’s debt because of the new mayor’s liberal, big-ticket policies. But the city suffered no blowback in this sale, at least in part because of technical market factors, including low yields and tight supply.

New York increased the size of the deal to $1.02 billion from a planned $850 million offering of general obligation refunding bonds.

In the longest maturity, 2034, the city was able to borrow at a yield of 3.87 percent – 30 basis points lower than it did in March, when the same maturity sold with a 4.17 percent yield, according to the Mayor’s Office of Management and Budget.

Morgan Stanley was the senior manager on the negotiated deal, which had a two-day retail order period beginning on Monday resulting in about $203 million of retail orders.

The deal priced for institutional investors on Wednesday, when the size of the offering was increased, the OMB said.

Some analysts sounded a note of alarm on the city’s finances and creditworthiness after de Blasio reached an agreement with teachers, who had gone for years without a contract under former Mayor Michael Bloomberg.

De Blasio’s labor deal could cost the city close to $20 billion through 2021, not including healthcare savings, when applied to all city workers. It has helped create budget gaps of $2.2 billion to $3.2 billion from 2016 to 2018, according to the city’s estimates.

(Reporting by Hilary Russ; Editing by Jonathan Oatis)




S&P: What Should the Market Expect from the Rating Process for Catastrophe Bonds?

For the first five months of 2014, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services rated $3.365 billion of catastrophe bonds (cat bonds). Included in this total is the largest cat bond issued to date, from Everglades Re (please see Everglades Re Ltd., published May 2, 2014, on RatingsDirect). Since 1999, we have rated more than $53 billion of cat bonds. Cat bonds have and continue to attract capital from new investors. Risk spreads continue to decrease as capital inflows increase. U.S. hurricanes remain the dominant exposure as all but $300 million of 2014’s rated issuance covers losses from this peril. For the first time, we rated a cat bond providing indemnified coverage for losses from typhoons in Japan (see Aozora Re Ltd., published May 30, 2014).

Frequently Asked Questions

Which office will rate a transaction and how does that affect the rating?

We have seven analysts in the U.S and U.K. that can be the lead analyst on a cat bond issuance. Typically, the office that rates a transaction will be the same as the office of the insurance company analyst. For example, Swiss Reinsurance Co. has global exposure, but because Swiss Re’s lead company analyst is located in the U.K., a cat bond it sponsored would be rated by a Standard & Poor’s U.K. analyst. This is irrespective of the covered peril. A U.K. or U.S. analyst can rate a bond covering losses from hurricanes in the U.S., earthquakes in Japan, or windstorms in Europe. For bonds sponsored by companies where the company analyst is not located in the U.K. or U.S., the analyst of a cat bond could be in either the U.S. or U.K., depending on availability.

The applicable criteria for this asset class does not differ between offices. In almost all cases, analysts from the U.S. and U.K. will participate in a rating committee for a cat bond. Our goal is to apply the criteria consistently regardless of the office or analyst, achieving a similar outcome in every case.

How long does the rating process take?

The time it takes to rate a cat bond generally ranges from three to five weeks, and much of this time overlaps the marketing period of a transaction. The periods are general ranges but the time frame can be shortened if the issuing parties are familiar with the process. We have had a couple of transactions that needed to be completed in a limited period where the 17g5 website was set up in two or three days, the requisite information was promptly posted, and we were able to complete our review and assign a final rating within two weeks.

The ratings on cat bonds are subject to SEC regulation 17g5. Before we begin the analytical process, an engagement letter must be in place between Standard & Poor’s and the arranger, following which a secure website must be set up to allow for controlled and confidential sharing of documentation between the deal counterparties and the designated rating agency. Only when a sufficient level of documentation is uploaded to the secure website can ratings analysis commence. This process to establish a secure website and have sufficient levels of documentation made available typically takes between two and three weeks. As issuers have become familiarized with the process, the time it takes to establish the website has been decreasing.

The typical process is for the underwriters to announce and market a transaction with a preliminary rating and we will assign a final rating by the closing date.

Once we begin the analytical review, we can typically assign a preliminary rating within two to three weeks. The preliminary rating typically involves review of the insurance risk being transferred via the cat bond. If the cat bond has a unique feature (e.g., the attachment point is based on indemnified losses versus previous issues, has a parametric trigger, or the attachment point was based on industry losses or covers a new peril such as flood), it could take more time for us to assign a preliminary rating.

Because cat bonds are subject to 17g5, all information needs to be posted to the transaction’s website. We will post any queries to the website as well. If there is a delay in posting information or a response, the time it takes to assign a rating could increase.

The review of the transaction documents takes a similar amount of time (two to three weeks), assuming receipt of blacklined (versus a transaction rated by Standard & Poor’s) documents and opinions. The document review is completed with the assistance of Structured Finance analysts to determine if our criteria related to special-purpose vehicles has been met.

Much of the information posted to the 17g5 website for our review is the same as that posted to the investor website.

Please note that all timings are indicative and the actual timing could vary depending on the specific characteristics of each transaction.

What information do you require to rate a natural peril catastrophe bond?

We usually request the following information:

For indemnity deals, we request:

What criteria do you use to rate catastrophe bonds?

The applicable criteria is Rating Natural Peril Catastrophe Bonds: Methodology And Assumptions, which was published Dec. 18, 2013, on RatingsDirect. The article sets forth the analytical process of rating cat bonds. The following is a brief synopsis of the process.

For bonds that have a robust legal structure, our rating is the weak-link (lowest) of three factors (see Assessing Credit Quality By The Weakest Link, published Feb. 13, 2012) subject to ratings caps.

These factors are:

Will Standard & Poor’s rate a deal in which a company uses its own model?

As set forth in our criteria, we would likely not rate a natural catastrophe bond that used a model generated by a ceding company. However, it is possible for us to rate a transaction where the ceding company did its own modeling using a model from either Risk Management Solutions Inc., EQECAT Inc., or AIR Worldwide Corp. However, this would increase the length of our review because we would have to review each adjustment and assumption made by the ceding company that differed from those that would have been used by the modeling firm, and be comfortable that they have the requisite experience to run the model and complete tasks typically performed by the modeling firm.

How does Standard & Poor’s incorporate property catastrophe risk and cat bonds quantitatively in its credit analysis?

Our capital model uses a company’s catastrophe-modeled exposures–the exceedance probability curve. We incorporate a tax-adjusted aggregate one-in-250-year property-line-only probable maximum loss (PML) catastrophe capital charge, net of reinsurance and other forms of mitigants (e.g., catastrophe bonds), and net of reinstatement premiums. The PML should also capture the impact of investments in catastrophe bonds. Unless a rating committee believes there is basis risk inherent in the cat bond, the company will typically receive full credit for reinsurance when determining its one-in-250-year property-line-only PML.

There are two premium adjustments. First, we remove risk charges related to catastrophe premiums (or the catastrophe load) to prevent double-counting catastrophe risk. In the absence of catastrophe loading provided by the (re)insurer, we assume a reduction in premium risk charges based on the company’s risk profile. The second adjustment is to reduce the net aggregate one-in-250-year modeled loss by 70% of the associated net property catastrophe premiums written (to account for a 30% expense ratio). We make this adjustment because the catastrophe losses would typically relate to current premium writings that reduce the impact of the loss.

This charge is also net of any applicable tax relief because tax-paying (re)insurers receive an income tax benefit from catastrophe losses that mitigates the potential capital impact. To tax-adjust the output, we use the company’s effective tax rate. We use the one-in-250-year charge across all rating levels in our capital analysis. In other words, the charge is not scaled for various rating levels. Furthermore, we apply the net aggregate PML property catastrophe charge-based one-in-250-year return period to all rated insurers and reinsurers globally.

Does Standard & Poor’s have to maintain an interactive rating on a cedant?

No. Paragraphs 64-68 of the criteria address this question. Examples of cat bonds we’ve rated but do not have an interactive rating on the cedant are Metrocat Re (Metropolitan Transportation Authority), Embarcadero Re (California Earthquake Authority), and Tar Heel Re (North Carolina Joint Underwriting Association & North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association).

When does Standard & Poor’s publish its ratings?

We publish a presale article for the preliminary rating and a closing article for the final rating. We publish a presale after a transaction is announced, and publish a closing article after the transaction closes. A rating letter is issued only for a final rating.

Under Standard & Poor’s policies, only a Rating Committee can determine a Credit Rating Action (including a Credit Rating change, affirmation or withdrawal, Rating Outlook change, or CreditWatch action). This commentary and its subject matter have not been the subject of Rating Committee action and should not be interpreted as a change to, or affirmation of, a Credit Rating or Rating Outlook.

Primary Credit Analyst: Gary Martucci, New York (1) 212-438-7217;
gary.martucci@standardandpoors.com
Secondary Contact: Maren Josefs, London (44) 20-7176-7050;
maren.josefs@standardandpoors.com




A Visit with BlackRock’s Muni Managers.

The New York offices of BlackRock, the giant fund manager, crackle with the energy of money. BlackRock is the largest fund complex in muniland, with over $100 billion in municipal fund assets along with undisclosed amounts of separately-managed accounts that hold municipal bonds.

Peter Hayes leads the BlackRock Municipal Bonds Group. He is also a member of the Americas Fixed Income Executive Team and BlackRock’s Global Operating Committee. Hayes is muniland’s biggest kahuna. When he and his team talk, people listen.

Hayes, BlackRock’s head of municipal credit research Jim Schwartz and head muni strategist Sean Carney hosted reporters for a discussion last week.

Hayes said that muniland was oversold at the end of 2013. Now he is seeing a bigger crossover presence chasing yield. Crossover refers to non-traditional buyers who don’t use the municipal tax exemption.

Tax hikes on high income earners have helped produce steady muni fund inflows since January 15, according to Hayes. BlackRock has also had good growth in separately managed accounts (SMA). Muniland issuance is down 25 percent in 2014. Relative value is lower than the pre-crisis level, and Hayes says we may be in this environment for the duration of 2014. It is the strongest technical environment in some time, says Hayes.

Before its downgrade to junk status, Puerto Rico was 10 percent of high-yield indices. Now it is about 22 percent, says Carney. There is a significant amount of zero coupon bonds that skew the indices. Hayes says that Puerto Rico bought about a year’s liquidity with the March $3.5 general obligation (GOs) offering. If there is a debt moratorium, it will ripple through all the Puerto Rico credits.

All three are uniform in their concerns about state tax revenues. Schwartz is closely watching Puerto Rico, Detroit, the Illinois budget negotiations and Connecticut, which has high debt. Overall in the U.S., state sales tax revenues were up only 1 percent year over year. Personal income taxes were down 0.5 percent, which was anticipated after personal gains were loaded in 2013 due to federal tax changes.

Schwartz believes that Detroit could have mediated COPs outside of bankruptcy and saved $100 million of legal fees. There has been no definitive legal decision on GOs in Detroit. He said the Illinois legislature had some fictitious budget numbers and that the state’s payables would go up from $5 to $10 billion again as a way to manage revenue shortfalls.

Schwartz echoed a statement made by Hayes about Puerto Rico buying time, but not fixing its problems. Puerto Rico now provides too much information and needs to be better organized. PREPA, the electricity monopoly, is the first issue that needs to be addressed. My sense is that Blackrock is keenly interested in buying Puerto Rico bonds when the situation stabilizes, but there are too many unknowns to do so now.

Small rural hospital issuers may have a rough year, says Schwartz. The new healthcare act is drawing revenues away from them. Nevertheless, demand for new bonds is so strong that a recent $60 million Texas hospital deal has $1 billion of orders.

Chapter 9 cases are another variable in muniland that have left a lot of uncertainty about general obligation bonds. You don’t know where you stand until you get in front of a specific judge, says Schwartz. Dealing with different underlying state laws and constitutions makes these situations more complex.

Hayes mentioned taking a recent driving tour of New York City and was astonished at how much residential building was happening and how helpful that will be for the city’s tax base.

Overall, the duration of muniland is down to 15.3 years from 16.3 years in 2013. This is due to shrinking issuance.

BlackRock has been buying MCDX municipal credit default indexes to hedge portfolio risk, but very few single names (credit default swaps that insure against default for a single entity like California or New York City). The MCDX indices have been more liquid since Puerto Rico brought its March GO deal because hedge funds have been more active players in muni credit default swaps.

BlackRock has also been buying in the secondary market where possible. The company changed the mandate of its intermediate municipal mutual fund to allow the purchase of taxable (corporate) bonds. The fund now has about 3 percent corporate bonds.

Hayes said that it is hard to see outflows beginning again unless interest rates go up or investors start taking gains. Muniland has gotten so rich, it is hard to sustain these high-fund inflow levels.

By Cate Long

JUNE 9, 2014




Reed Smith: Show Me The Money: For Water And Transportation Projects, the Question is Always How to Pay.

Two recent important developments in Congress illustrate the opportunities, and limits, in financing infrastructure projects in today’s Washington. First, the House of Representatives and the Senate, by overwhelming margins, agreed to a conference report ironing out the differences on H.R. 3080, the Water Resources Reform and Development Act of 2014 (“WRRDA”), which pays for navigation, dredging, and flood protection projects throughout the country. The legislation heads to the President’s desk for his expected signature. Second, the Senate Environment and Public Works Committee unanimously approved legislation reauthorizing the nation’s surface transportation program S. 2322, the MAP-21 Reauthorization Act. However, the circumstances behind each bill are not the same: the Harbor Maintenance Trust Fund (“HMTF”), which funds water projects, has a surplus of more than $8 billion. Meanwhile, the Highway Trust Fund (“HTF”), which funds highway and mass transit projects, is almost insolvent. The funding disparities between the two indicate the challenges in providing infrastructure funding in today’s Washington.

$5.4 billion to pay for 34 water projects through Fiscal Year 2019.

According to the Congressional Budget Office, WRRDA authorizes $5.4 billion for water projects, which includes 34 projects, through Fiscal Year 2019. The key, in this era of no congressional earmarking, is that funds must go to water infrastructure projects that have (1) a completed report by the Army Corps that indicates that the project is in the federal interest, and (2) a completed environmental impact statement (section 1005(a)). As we noted previously, the HMTF is supported entirely by user-fees, yet sees half of its revenue diverted from port projects to support the federal government’s activities. Section 2101(b) of WRRDA addresses this by requiring all trust funds to be used for water projects by Fiscal Year 2025, leading to a large supply of funds for water projects.

But what about highways and mass transit?

Compare the relatively easy passage of WRRDA with the reauthorization of the nation’s transportation infrastructure program. Bridge, highway and mass transit projects are financed federally by the HTF, which itself is funded primarily by the 18 cent gasoline tax. Unfortunately, the Department of Transportation estimates the HTF will face a shortfall before the end of this fiscal year: gas tax revenue has fallen, requiring transfers from the general fund (i.e., the United States taxpayer), with the latest being a $9.7 billion transfer shortly after the start of FY 2014. However, the balance has continued to drop. The DOT notes “as of April 25, 2014, the Highway Account cash balance was $8.7 billion,” which will likely require another cash infusion before September 30. The MAP-21 Reauthorization Act would reauthorize surface transportation projects for six years at the baseline level established by the CBO, which is equal to current funding plus inflation. Even that amount is unsustainable, without new funding to the HTF. Nor is it enough to address the nation’s infrastructure deficit, as noted by the American Society of Civil Engineers and others. Before the MAP-21 Reauthorization Act can become law, Congress will have decide whether additional transfers from the general fund are required or whether a long-term funding mechanism is possible.

The likelihood of Congress making any decision on raising revenue seems unlikely, given the pending midterm elections. What is more likely is that Congress, failing to pass any legislation on transportation funding, waits until the 114th Congress convenes in 2014 to start anew.

Last Updated: May 29 2014
Article by Christopher L. Rissetto and Robert Helland
Reed Smith




U.S. Municipal Bond Market Continued to Shrink in Q1 - Fed.

(Reuters) – The amount of outstanding U.S. municipal bonds continued shrinking in the first quarter to $3.661 trillion from $3.671 trillion in the final quarter of 2013, Federal Reserve data released on Thursday showed.

Households, the backbone of the market, held $1.604 trillion bonds in the first quarter, compared to $1.626 trillion the quarter before and $1.676 trillion in the first quarter of 2013.

The Federal Reserve does not seasonally adjust the levels of outstanding debt, but does seasonally adjust the flow of the funds data. That data shows households shed $110.9 billion bonds in the first quarter. Banks, however, acquired $36.2 billion and mutual funds $28.8 billion in the quarter.

(Reporting By Lisa Lambert; Editing by Meredith Mazzilli)




U.S. Housing Finance Agencies Use Alternative Financing To Meet Their Mission

U.S. housing finance agencies (HFAs) have filled a role as financiers of affordable single-family homeownership since the early 1970s. Traditionally, they did this by purchasing loans from lenders using proceeds from tax-exempt municipal bonds they issued. Because the interest rate on the bonds was typically lower than that on taxable debt, HFAs held an advantage over other loan financiers as long as the loan was for a first-time homebuyer and conformed to other qualifications regarding the borrower and the property.

The benefit of tax-exempt financing has disappeared since the financial crisis, to which the Federal Reserve responded in part by keeping market mortgage rates low. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services surveyed 32 HFAs in September 2013 about their experience with and thoughts on low interest rates. At the time, the rate on a 30-year fixed rate mortgage was 4.57%, according to Freddie Mac. Eighty-one percent of the HFAs responded that higher mortgage rates would be a benefit, but rates have fallen even lower, to 4.14% currently.

(Watch the related CreditMatters TV segment title, “Innovative Single-Family Home Financing And Stable Loan Performance Continue To Shape U.S. Housing Finance Agencies,” dated June 6, 2014.)

HFAs Respond With Various Ways Of Financing Loans

HFAs have adjusted to the new normal of low mortgage rates by financing loans without issuing bonds. Our survey, answered by 33 HFAs, shows that HFAs financed 89% of the dollar amount of loans ($8.1 billion total) that they did in 2008 ($9.2 billion total) despite issuing 61% fewer mortgage revenue bonds (MRBs) in 2013 than in 2008. So, while lower interest rates have hindered HFAs’ ability to meet their objective, the impact hasn’t been as great as one might expect. On the debt side, HFAs financed only $3.3 billion of loans with bonds in 2013 compared with $8.4 billion in 2008.

HFAs filled the gap with various financing techniques, primarily the sale of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) with backing from Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae. HFAs originate the loans in an MBS sale, but instead of warehousing them for a bond program, they package the loans into MBS and sell them on the “to-be-announced” (TBA) market, which is not limited to tax-exempt investors and avoids the problem of issuing bonds with the possibility of declining mortgage rates before the loans are purchased. The sale price typically includes a premium from buyers looking for a security that provides moderate yield with high credit quality. TBA sales surpassed MRB financing in 2012 and remain the most prevalent form of loan origination, with $3.6 billion in 2013, up from just $214 million in 2008. In six years, MBS sales went from the least-used loan origination method to the most common, increasing by 1,695% in par amount. Other loan-origination techniques that have supplanted MRBs are sales of non-MBS loans, which rose to about $800 million in 2013 compared with $235 million in 2008, and direct purchase loan participations, which increased to more than $400 million in 2013 from $300 million in 2008 but have slipped to fourth position in 2013 compared with second place in 2008.

These trends are in step with the responses from our 2013 survey. Forty-four percent of HFAs reported that they had sold MBS on the TBA market by 2013, and 22% had sold whole loans. Another 16% said they were considering entering the TBA market, and 3% said they might begin to sell whole loans.

MBS sales, in particular, seem to have found a permanent position in HFA loan financing. Once considered a method of last resort, HFAs now see MBS sales as a desirable way to diversify their revenue. Since the sale price comes with a premium paid at purchase, the HFAs receive the benefit of the transaction immediately. This contrasts with bond programs, which provide a steady stream of revenue over many years.

Balance Sheets Have Shrunk, But Equity Has Grown

Alternate loan origination methods have enabled HFAs to recover most of their lost loan production, but because the loans do not remain with the HFAs, the amounts of the individual loans are becoming smaller. Excluding the New York City Housing Development Commission, which does not have a significant single-family program, the average HFA had $3.4 billion in assets and $2.5 billion in loans in 2008. By 2013, HFA assets had decreased to $3 billion and loans had fallen to $2.1 billion; at the same time, HFA equity has increased. The equity-to-asset ratio reached 20.42% in 2012, up significantly from 16.39% in 2008. With the increase in equity, HFA ratings have generally crept upward with 11 upgrades and five downgrades since 2008.

HFAs have proven to be resilient and innovative in addressing affordable housing needs despite an environment that many consider suboptimal for affordable housing lending. Perhaps loan production would be stronger with higher interest rates, but the persistently low rates have caused HFAs to use different methods to stay on course with their mission. The new lending strategies have had the unintended effect of improving HFA credit quality despite their reduced balance sheets. Since Standard and Poor’s projects that interest rates will average less than 5% through 2015, we believe that HFAs will continue to originate loans outside of MRBs. Should prepayments continue on existing loans, causing further redemption of debt, equity ratios will likely strengthen, further supporting a climate that has allowed for the recent positive rating actions on housing finance agencies.

Chart 1  |  Download Chart Data

image

Chart 2  |  Download Chart Data

image

Related Criteria And Research

Related Research

A Survey Of U.S. Housing Finance Agencies Finds Many Would Welcome Higher Interest Rates, Sept. 3, 2013

Primary Credit Analyst: Lawrence R Witte, CFA, San Francisco (1) 415-371-5037;
larry.witte@standardandpoors.com
Secondary Contact: Mikiyon W Alexander, New York (1) 212-438-2083;
mikiyon.alexander@standardandpoors.com



Market Shrinking: Bank Holdings Up, MMF Holdings Down.

WASHINGTON — The total amount of outstanding municipal securities and loans in the market dropped .28% to $3.66 trillion in the first quarter this year from the fourth quarter of last year, as bank holdings rose 1.43% and money market fund holdings plummeted 3.86%.

These are the highlights from the Federal Reserve Board’s Flow of Funds report for the first quarter of this year, which was released Thursday.

Outstanding munis in the first quarter of this year decreased to $3.66 trillion from $3.67 trillion at the end of last year and were down 1.9% over a 12 month period.

The decline in outstanding munis has been a trend since the end of 2010, said Michael Decker, managing director and co-head of municipal securities for the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, outstanding munis peaked at about $3.77 trillion, but have dropped 2.9% through the first quarter of this year.

“The market is shrinking, even if a bit more slowly,” said Matt Fabian, a managing director at Municipal Market Advisors. “It makes it less comfortable for buyers because there is more competition.”

As for the reasons why, Decker said, “I think many issuers are still wrestling with a kind of anemic recovery and are fiscally not were they were before the financial crisis began. They’re de-leveraging,” reducing their amount of debt to shore up their finances.

While gross muni bond issuance was strong for part of the period since 2010, that was mostly due to refundings done to take advantage of low interest rates. But new money issuance hasn’t kept pace with redemptions and calls, Decker said.

Fabian agreed and said he has determined that 3.4% or about $105 billion of the current outstanding munis will mature before the end of the year and that new issuance won’t make up for that.

The drop in money market fund holdings and the increase in bank holdings also are trends.

Money market funds fell 3.86% to $296.4 billion in first quarter of this year from $308.3 billion at the end of last year and were down 5.15% from $312.5 billion in the first quarter of 2013.

Decker said there has been a 42% drop in money market fund muni holdings since the end of 2008 when they were $509.5 billion.

“That trend is likely to continue,” he said, adding, “It’s a trend directly related to the rise in bank holdings.”

“Many issuers have shifted at least part of their variable rate and short-term debt from public market products like variable rate demand notes to bank products like floating rate notes or loans with floating rate components,” he said.

VRDNs have liquidity features and can be put back to banks. During the financial crisis, liquidity banks’ ratings were downgraded, many below investment-grade, which caused investors to put bonds back to banks and that triggered penalty rates on the VRDNs for issuers. Also letters of credit and other liquidity products became hard to get and expensive.

While that situation has abated somewhat, issuers have found that issuing floating rate notes or taking floating rate loans from banks can be more cost-effective because they don’t to pay for remarketing agents or liquidity providers, Decker said.

Fabian added, “Low rates are wearing away many investors” from MMFs.

As money market fund muni holdings have plummeted, bank muni holdings have showed gains. Bank holdings rose 1.43% to $433.1 million in the first quarter of this year from $427.0 million at the end of last year. They have jumped 12.73% from $384.2 billion in the first quarter of 2013.

“This is also a very significant trend,” said Decker. “Banks have been getting involved in the municipal market in different ways.”

Not only are they providing fixed rate products to state and local governments, but Decker says he has heard anecdotally that some banks are buying fixed-rate muni bonds with maturities as far as 15 years out.

“It’s an attractive product for them,” he said. Munis have relatively low credit risk and general obligation bonds are particularly attractive under the capital requirements of bank regulators.

Also banks have faced fewer commercial lending opportunities during the recovery because the business sector has not be expanding and, as a result, banks have money to spend, he said.

But Fabian said the increase in bank holdings is the slowest since the first quarter of 2011. “They are not a limitless source of demand,” he said of banks.

BY LYNN HUME
JUN 5, 2014




MSRB to Unveil EMMA Price Discovery Tool.

WASHINGTON — The Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board plans to soon unveil a new price discovery tool on EMMA that will allow investors to compare the prices and yields of municipal securities that share the same characteristics.

The tool is designed to improve price transparency for retail investors and others in the municipal market, something regulators have called for.

In its Report on the Municipal Securities Market that was issued in July, 2012, the SEC recommended that the MSRB “promptly pursue enhancements to its EMMA website so that retail investors have better access to pricing and other municipal securities information.”

With the new tool, investors will be able to enter the nine-digit Cusip of any municipal security on the MSRB’s EMMA website and find other munis that have the same maturity dates, interest rates and other features.

Investors will be able to select up to five securities from those results and do a side-by-side comparison of prices and yields. They will also be able to graph up to five securities for a visual representation of trading trends that show the daily high and low prices over a period of time.

In addition, EMMA will show a graphical summary of the daily high and low price for every municipal security on EMMA, with a scatter plot of trade prices over time. The grid display of trade data for individual securities will provide a daily summary of trade prices, yields, principal amounts and other trade information.

These enhancements will be second set of EMMA changes the MSRB has announced this year.

In February, the board unveiled an updated look to the EMMA website, with a focus on improving ease of navigation for investors and other users.

A “pilot” feature was added to the site allowing users to search all state, city, county and other municipal securities issues in a particular site. This “issuer home page” is prominently presented via a map on the site’s landing page. A daily recap feature highlights the most actively-traded securities each day, and provides links to marketwide data.

The board has invited reporters to join a webinar scheduled for June 5 at 1:00 p.m. for a demonstration of the new price discovery tool.

BY LYNN HUME
JUN 3, 2014




Municipal Issuer Brief - June 2, 2014

Read the Brief.




Green Bonds Seen Tripling to $40 Billion on New Entrants.

With more than $16.6 billion issued worldwide this year, 2014 is on track to surpass $40 billion in green bonds as more companies issue the debt to finance clean energy projects, according to a report by Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

That’s only about 1 percent of the total $1.4 trillion U.S. corporate bond market, as asset-backed securities and self-labeled corporate bonds surge, the London-based research company said in a report yesterday.

Green bonds offer a simple method for investors to tap into fixed income markets and finance clean energy, including energy efficiency and sustainable business practices, and have already exceeded the $14 billion issued last year.

A coalition of banks, including Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Credit Agricole SA (ACA) and others created a common set of criteria for green bonds in January to act as a catalyst for the development of the market.

By Ehren Goossens Jun 3, 2014

To contact the reporter on this story: Ehren Goossens in New York at egoossens1@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Reed Landberg at landberg@bloomberg.net Will Wade, Robin Saponar




The 7 Deadly Sins of Public Finance.

There’s no sure-fire way to get fiscal policy right. But there are a few simple ways to get it disastrously wrong.

This is part of the ongoing Finance 101 series that breaks down the basics of public finance for public officials.

The temptation of the quick fiscal fix has seduced just about every lawmaker at one time or another. Scraping pennies together to balance the budget? Perhaps skipping a contribution to the public employee pension plan is the best way to get through the year. Can’t afford to pay for building maintenance? Push some of it off into the following year’s liabilities. Governments have been using these and other money-shuffling tricks since balanced budgets and municipal financing were invented. But in the aftermath of the Great Recession, short-sighted gimmicks like these became more common as governments looked for any solution to combat dwindling revenues. Revenue is back up now in most places, but some of the fiscal trickery has hardened into common practice.

“If it happens for a year or two in a down economy, that’s understandable,” says Tom Kozlik, an analyst with the finance firm Janney Montgomery Scott. “In 2009 and 2010, you didn’t want that to be the time you raise taxes. But, as an analyst, if I’m looking at a situation where the same things are happening pre- and post-recession, then it’s a significant problem.”

What follows is Governing’s list of the most tempting financial schemes that can severely weaken a government’s fiscal future when practiced as a matter of course. Although the consequences aren’t necessarily lethal, those that make heavy use of these 7 Sins of Public Finance find that they only succeed in digging deeper financial holes.

1. Balancing the Budget with One-Time Fixes

States and many cities have a legal obligation to balance their budgets each year. But there are all sorts of tricky maneuvers that can place a government in technical compliance with that rule. Shifting payments into the next fiscal year, for example, can instantly take the problem off the current books. But it serves only to make the following year’s budgeting that much more difficult. Borrowing money for operating costs, another common tactic, may be even more dangerous. It adds to the public’s long-term debt without creating any related future public benefit.

Bad Choice
One of the most perilous quick fixes is the practice of taking costs out of one fund and transferring them to another. New York did that in 1992, when it balanced its general fund budget by taking the state’s historic canal system and moving it to the Thruway Authority. The canal system, which includes the Erie Canal, has traditionally been a financial albatross — it costs up to $90 million to run each year but generates only a few million dollars in revenue. The deficiencies are highlighted every time the Thruway raises its tolls, particularly during a stretch in the 2000s when it raised tolls four out of five years to cover the canal system. The problem is that New York never solved the real issue — the canals are simply draining a different fund. “You’re creating the illusion that things are in balance but you haven’t actually changed any of the financial facts,” says Peter Hutchinson, a state and local government consultant for Accenture. “In the case of the Thruway Authority, the issues with the Erie Canal didn’t go away.”

Better Choice
DeKalb County, Ga., was downgraded by rating agencies in 2012 after years of transferring money from one fund to bail out another in an effort to meet operating costs. The result was an overall deficit that never seemed to go away. Finally officials in DeKalb took a painful but responsible step. They raised taxes, cut expenses (including a reduction in staff) and added to cash reserves. The county also imposed new controls on fund transfers. By the 2014 fiscal year, DeKalb had stopped cash-flow borrowing and its credit outlook was raised to positive.

2. Ignoring the Long-Term Consequences of a Deal

Few governments have a long-term financial plan and even fewer have multiyear budgets. Many don’t even require a fiscal analysis of proposed legislation. That’s made it possible for some, facing immediate demands for wage increases, to buy off public employee constituencies by increasing retirement benefits at an unsustainable long-term cost. Other governments have been wooed by the prospect of privatizing assets as a way to get quick cash, a move that some have called the governmental version of an unwise payday loan.

Bad Choice
In 2008, Chicago accepted a one-time fee of a little more than $1 billion in exchange for giving up control of its 36,000 parking meters for 75 years. The public outcry started almost immediately as the new private owners pushed through a substantial increase in parking rates. A report by an inspector general brought in to assess the consequences estimated that the process used to award the deal cost the city $974 million, and that the amount charged to the private purchaser should have been much higher.

Better Choice
Chicago learned a lesson. Five years later, Mayor Rahm Emanuel, elected in 2011, halted a possible deal to privatize Chicago’s Midway International Airport. Citing the problems with the city’s parking deal, he insisted that an airport privatization arrangement share revenue with the city and demanded a Travelers’ Bill of Rights to cap parking costs and food prices. The demands were enough to scare off the potential investors, almost certainly a benefit to the city in the long run.

3. Taking on Too Much

One of the reasons privatizing assets has become alluring to governments is because many of them have been burned by taking on more public investments than they could handle. This frequently involves development projects funded by municipal bonds. If a project’s tax revenues don’t deliver, governments have to pay the difference to bondholders out of their general fund budgets — a promise that becomes an embarrassing burden for some that can ill afford the actual risk. “It’s a question of scale,” says Julie Beglin, vice president of Moody’s Investors Service local government team. “Is the scale affordable for the government if the project doesn’t go well?”

Bad Choice
In 1996, Hamilton County, Ohio, got voters to approve a sales tax increase to help pay for two new Cincinnati sports stadiums by offering them a property tax break. But the stadiums, which cost more than $1 billion, never generated the downtown business that local officials had hoped to see. As the county found the stadium debt financing eating up an increasing share of its budget, it repealed the property tax break, then raised taxes. It sold off a hospital and refinanced the stadium debt. But the annual stadium costs — $30 million in 2008 — keep rising. In 2014, the county is projected to put as much as $50 million toward its two stadiums.

Better Choice
By contrast, the development of a downtown sports arena in Washington, D.C., in the mid-1990s has been heralded as the starting point of a hugely successful revitalization of the center of that city. The arena was privately developed; the city provided the land and infrastructure in what was then a barren and oft-times dangerous part of town. Now the area is home to retail, restaurants and hotels that churn out millions in annual tax revenue. The city is attempting to apply the same concept today with a major league soccer stadium after local officials refused to take on the main responsibility for developing the project.

4. Misapplying a Temporary Windfall

This is the sin that many governments commit when it seems like the good times will never end. Every economic boom is followed by a bust, but elected officials are often tempted to spend money as if that weren’t true, using one-time surpluses in especially good years to cover recurring expenses that they will have to meet in the bad years. When the downturn comes, the money to meet these expenses isn’t there. “State and local officials get into this over and over again,” says Steve Dahl, a consultant for Deloitte. “They make very generous decisions at the top of a bull market run instead of recognizing where they are in the economic cycle.”

Bad Choice
In the early 2000s, California reacted to its booming economy by granting pay raises and increased benefits to public employees, including some benefits that were awarded retroactively. Thanks to that decision and to the stock market crash later in the decade, the state and its localities have seen their entitlement bills multiply. In the first 10 years of this century, the state’s pension contribution mushroomed from $611 million to $3.5 billion. Had pensions been left alone, today’s bills would not be nearly as high.

Better Choice
Meanwhile, in Southern California’s Riverside County, the Eastern Municipal Water District was using its skyrocketing revenues from connection fees during the boom to pay only for one-time expenses. It expanded wastewater treatment plants and water storage facilities, and improved its recycled water program. “So, when everything went bust, their expenses were very affordable as they hadn’t incurred debt,” notes Suzanne Finnegan, chief credit officer of Build America Mutual. “It’s ironic sometimes that when you really need the discipline is when things are going well.”

5. Shortchanging Pension Obligations

The most serious threat to some government pension plans has been a chronic unwillingness by lawmakers to contribute what is necessary to keep the plans fully funded. To be sure, many governments skipped or pared down payments into pension plans during the recession. But some places did that for years prior to the downturn and continue to do it today. The longer they delay, the larger the long-term liability becomes.

Bad Choice
Over the last decade, New Jersey’s public employee pension system has gone from a fully funded enterprise to a roughly $56 billion unfunded liability. The financial crisis certainly played a part. But the situation in New Jersey is worse than in most other places mainly because the state wasn’t making its full pension payments even before the crisis began. In 2011, lawmakers passed a new pension law that legally spared the state a portion of its annual payments into the fund. It also gave New Jersey seven years before it had to start making its full contributions. “In other words,” says Howard Cure, director of bond credit research at Evercore Wealth Management, “rather than continue to fully fund the pension, they used it as an excuse. Now they’re back to the same hole.” This year, in response to that hole, Gov. Chris Christie retroactively changed the pension funding formula to allow the state to contribute $94 million less in order to help balance the 2014 budget. Now, thanks to the formula change, the state is slated to put a total of $900 million less into the fund by the time it’s required to start making its full payments. The likely outcome is that the unfunded liability will continue to grow.

Better Choice
Lexington, Ky., had a similar problem with habitually shortchanging its pension plan. But in 2012, it put together a pension task force made up of city officials and public employee union representatives, guided by an outside financial consulting firm. The result was a new agreement that guarantees Lexington will increase its annual contribution to the pension fund to $20 million from $11 million. In return, employees agreed to an older retirement age and increased paycheck deductions.

6. Making Unrealistic Projections About Rate of Return

Every budget or financial planning document has to start with some assumptions about the rate of interest that will be earned on an invested portfolio. It’s tempting — too tempting sometimes — to stretch those assumptions beyond what sensible economics can justify. Some pension funds still base their total liabilities owed on an expected annual investment return of more than 8 percent, a figure that affects the formula used in figuring out how much governments should contribute each year. “That means they’re targeting a pension funding level that’s lower than what most people might consider prudent,” says Donald Fuerst, a senior pension fellow at the American Academy of Actuaries. Similarly, a budget that expects too much from a volatile revenue stream like the sales tax can be burned in any given year if the economy hits the skids.

Bad Choice
In 2012, Rockland County, N.Y., faced a $40 million budget deficit and was hit with a credit rating downgrade to one step above junk status. In its downgrade action, Standard & Poor’s cited the county’s “vulnerable” management practices based on overly optimistic budgeting. The following year, the county based one-fifth of its revenue returns on sales tax receipts — and expected a 4 percent increase in those returns when consumer spending growth had been far slower. The financial practices prompted the state to step in, demanding that county officials scale back their estimates and develop a realistic financial plan to escape Rockland’s deficit woes, which had mounted to $125 million by 2014.

Better Choice
Many states that assumed at least an 8 percent return on investment from their pension funds have since reduced their expectations. New York state’s public pension funds, for example, lowered their target return rate to 7.5 percent from 8 percent in 2010 (in addition to other changes in actuarial assumptions concerning career duration, salaries and life expectancy). This had the effect of increasing the unfunded liability (and thus, the state’s required contribution) but it was more in line with the fund’s financial realities. Starting this year, pension funds throughout the country will have to follow new accounting rules that include a lower assumed rate of return on their unfunded liabilities.

7. Ignoring Financial Checks and Balances

Don’t lose track of the money you have. It seems like the most obvious advice in the world. But in government finance and fund accounting, where there are many different ways to count the same revenue, weak financial controls can lead to serious dollar losses. Governments can lose track of how much money they actually owe one of their special funds. Or lax internal monitoring can result in poor financial choices not getting flagged until it’s far too late.

Bad Choice
Earlier this year, a legislative audit criticized Idaho Treasurer Ron Crane for acting on investments without the guidance of others. At issue were $31 million worth of mortgage-backed securities that Crane transferred from the Local Government Investment Pool to the state’s Idle Pool in order to protect the credit rating of the local pool. (Both pools are vehicles for storing government cash that isn’t needed immediately.) Later, Crane took $31 million in cash from the Idle Pool and put it back in the local one. The problem cited by the audit was that while the securities had a face value of $31 million, their market value was only $19 million as the move was made during the depths of the recession. The audit concluded that the treasurer’s office overrode internal controls meant to contain financial risks, resulting in inappropriate transfers that cost at least $10 million in “a disproportionate share of investment losses.”

Better Choice
A number of organizations have published best practice guides that help governments limit their vulnerability to financial reporting problems. The Government Finance Officers Association recommends that reporting systems incorporate an antifraud program and that financial managers periodically evaluate internal control procedures to ensure they are still working as envisioned. The Association of Local Government Auditors recommends that, at a minimum, governments have an ethics policy, established performance measures and an audit committee. State governments also cite best practices for their local governments to follow. Vermont, for example, has fact sheets available to localities offering advice on financial management of fixed assets, cash receipts and accounts receivable.

BY LIZ FARMER | JUNE 2014




Record Debt Shrinkage Means Growing Bill for U.S. Roads.

The U.S. municipal-bond market is performing a vanishing act.

While businesses and consumers are borrowing more as the economy revives and the Federal Reserve holds its benchmark interest rate near zero, America’s local governments are doing the opposite. States, cities and public agencies have reduced their debt load by $111 billion since 2010, the biggest decline peak to trough since records began in 1945, according to Fed data released yesterday.

The $3.66 trillion market is on pace to contract for an unprecedented fourth straight year. Localities recovering from the recession that ended five years ago are paying down debt instead of pumping money into aging roads and bridges. The scarcity of bonds has helped fuel the longest rally in munis since 1991.

“There is a retrenchment going on, and I think that’s going to continue,” said Tom Kozlik, director of municipal credit analysis at Philadelphia-based brokerage Janney Montgomery Scott LLC. “One of the last things that an issuer wants to do, if it doesn’t have to, is add fixed costs in terms of debt.”

Municipalities have sold about $106 billion of long-term, fixed-rated bonds this year, a 25 percent decline from the corresponding period of 2013, data compiled by Bloomberg show.

Surprising BlackRock

“The low absolute level of gross issuance has caught the market, including ourselves, a little by surprise,” said Sean Carney, a muni strategist at New York-based BlackRock Inc., which manages $108 billion of local debt.

Issuers from California, the most-populous state, have offered 47 percent fewer bonds this year. The nation’s most-indebted state has focused on spending money raised in previous sales instead of borrowing more, said Tom Dresslar, spokesman for Treasurer Bill Lockyer.

Another reason for the borrowing dip: The state has fewer bonds to refinance after a wave of such deals last year. California has refunded $800 million of debt in 2014, down 72 percent from a year earlier, according to Dresslar. Meanwhile, sales of bonds for new projects have dropped 24 percent.

“We have taken a somewhat more conservative approach for the last couple of years or so,” Dresslar said.

1991 Redux

Even as the menu of muni offerings has diminished, individuals have been chasing the rally in tax-free bonds. Investors added $2.9 billion to muni mutual funds in May, Chris Mauro, a strategist at RBC Capital Markets in New York, wrote in a June 4 research note.

Munis have gained each month this year, the first time that’s occurred since 1991, according to Bank of America Merrill Lynch indexes. The market has earned 6.2 percent in 2014, compared with 5.1 percent for corporate bonds.

The performance is more a sign of dropping supply than surging interest in tax-exempt securities, said Chris Mier, chief muni strategist at Loop Capital Markets in Chicago. The market is dominated by individual investors, who own more than half of local-government debt.

“It’s not that the demand is inordinately high, it’s just that the supply impact is stronger,” said Mier.

2010 Peak

The market began to shrink after the end of the Build America Bonds program, an economic-stimulus measure that began in 2009 and subsidized interest costs of debt that localities sold for infrastructure projects. Issuance under the program tallied $188 billion by the time it lapsed at the end of 2010. Municipal issuance that year totaled $408 billion, the most since at least 2002, Bloomberg data show.

Borrowing has also waned as a result of a political shift among officials forced to cut budgets when tax revenue faltered during the recession that ended in June 2009.

“It is understandable given the pull-forward that had taken place in past years, coupled with post-crisis management styles and general aversion to adding new debt,” BlackRock’s Carney said.

California Governor Jerry Brown, a Democrat, has pledged to chip away at debt used to pay for prior shortfalls, and has moved to save surplus tax money. In Florida, Republican Governor Rick Scott has boasted of cutting $3.6 billion of debt.

Mier, the Loop analyst, said the aversion to borrowing will ebb as municipalities’ finances recover. It wasn’t until a year ago that state tax collections recovered to their 2008 peak, adjusted for inflation, according to the Nelson A. Rockefeller Institute of Government in Albany, New York.

Officials have a ready list of projects to tackle. Areas such as schools, roads, transit and water need about $3.6 trillion of investment by 2020, according to a report last year from the American Society of Civil Engineers.

“The political sentiment will move back in the other direction and you will see more debt issuance again,” Mier said.

By William Selway Jun 5, 2014

To contact the reporter on this story: William Selway in Washington at wselway@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Alan Goldstein




Fitch: Full-Spectrum Funding Needed for U.S. Water Projects.

Fitch Ratings-New York-02 June 2014: The recently passed Water Resources Reform and Development Act of 2014 (WRRDA) is an important step toward strengthening U.S. water infrastructure. Public sector and private sector participation are important to completing the $630 billion in water and sewer infrastructure needs projected over the long term. However, the ban on the use of tax-exempt bond proceeds for projects receiving Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) support will limit the reach of the program, Fitch Ratings says. Access to the full spectrum of funding options would improve project economics and could enlarge the number of projects under consideration within the WIFIA program.

WRRDA establishes a public-private partnership (PPP) that promotes private investment in much-needed water and wastewater infrastructure. WIFIA, modeled on the successful Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA) program for surface transportation, provides low-cost loans capped at 49% of a project’s cost. However, TIFIA doesn’t exclude the use of tax-exempt financing.

PPPs provide a useful alternative to advance project delivery for public service needs. Tax-exempt financing enables PPPs to lower the marginal cost of project development. Allowing tax-exempt private activity bonds and other financing tools to be used with WIFIA support would maximize access to diverse funding sources for critical infrastructure development and invite worthy proposals that might not apply for WIFIA under the current prohibition.

For example, the San Diego County Water Authority recently began a desalination project that leans heavily on tax-exempt bond proceeds. The Carlsbad Desalination Plant improves the water authority’s source diversification and drought tolerance. Proceeds for the plant are funded by the California Pollution Control Financing Authority (CPCFA) through a nearly $800 million bond issue of plant and pipeline bonds. Fitch rated the CPCFA’s bond issue ‘BBB-‘ with a Stable Outlook. This important project would not be eligible for WIFIA support due to its use of a tax-exempt financing option.

Contact:

Yvette Dennis
Senior Director
Global Infrastructure and Project Finance Group
+1 212 908-0668
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY

Cherian George
Managing Director
Global Infrastructure and Project Finance Group
+1 212 908-0519

Rob Rowan
Senior Director
Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-9159

Media Relations: Elizabeth Fogerty, New York, Tel: +1 (212) 908 0526, Email: elizabeth.fogerty@fitchratings.com.

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.

ALL FITCH CREDIT RATINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS. PLEASE READ THESE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS BY FOLLOWING THIS LINK: HTTP://FITCHRATINGS.COM/UNDERSTANDINGCREDITRATINGS. IN ADDITION, RATING DEFINITIONS AND THE TERMS OF USE OF SUCH RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE AGENCY’S PUBLIC WEBSITE ‘WWW.FITCHRATINGS.COM’. PUBLISHED RATINGS, CRITERIA AND METHODOLOGIES ARE AVAILABLE FROM THIS SITE AT ALL TIMES. FITCH’S CODE OF CONDUCT, CONFIDENTIALITY, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, AFFILIATE FIREWALL, COMPLIANCE AND OTHER RELEVANT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE ‘CODE OF CONDUCT’ SECTION OF THIS SITE. FITCH MAY HAVE PROVIDED ANOTHER PERMISSIBLE SERVICE TO THE RATED ENTITY OR ITS RELATED THIRD PARTIES. DETAILS OF THIS SERVICE FOR RATINGS FOR WHICH THE LEAD ANALYST IS BASED IN AN EU-REGISTERED ENTITY CAN BE FOUND ON THE ENTITY SUMMARY PAGE FOR THIS ISSUER ON THE FITCH WEBSITE.




Municipal-Bond Website Gets Makeover to Help Buyers.

Internet-Information Revamp Could Help Retail Investors Navigate the Muni-Bond Market

The Internet storehouse of free municipal-bond data and documents is getting a makeover, adding tools and information for retail investors in a market critiqued for years as opaque and unwieldy.

The website revamp could help retail investors navigate the $3.7 trillion municipal-bond market. Individuals own about 72% of the debt issued by cities, states and other municipalities, either directly or through mutual funds, according to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Many buy the bonds for tax-free income as a way to help fund their retirements. Individual ownership of municipal debt exceeds that of any other financial asset class except for the U.S. stock market, where trades are made mostly on exchanges and where prices are freely available and constantly updated.

One new tool coming this month to the Electronic Municipal Market Access site, known as EMMA, allows investors to compare the trade histories of bonds with similar characteristics, helping to establish comparable prices for securities that don’t change hands often. New features also let users graphically display what others are paying for a security on any given day.

“All of this is part of a long-range plan to bring greater transparency to the market,” said Daniel Heimowitz, chairman of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.

In 2012, the MSRB released a plan for improving transparency in the municipal-bond market, which included additions to the EMMA site, which gets about 90,000 unique visitors a month. The site, launched in 2008, stores municipal issuers’ disclosures, documents, trade data and other information.

For the past few years, the SEC has been pressing for the muni-bond market to improve and make it easier for individual buyers to assess their investments.

SEC Commissioner Daniel M. Gallagher praised the EMMA site in a speech last week at the MSRB’s Municipal Securities Regulator Summit in Washington before adding that retail investors still need more help.

“Despite these advances in post-trade price transparency, retail investors continue to face headwinds in the bond markets,” Mr. Gallagher said, adding that “the opacity of the markets, especially given the lack of a centralized collection and continuous dissemination of bid/ask quotes—that is, pretrade price transparency—makes it difficult for retail investors to feel confident that they received the best execution.”

The site will help investors who want some basic information about a bond and what it should cost, said Ron Valinoti, operating manager of Municipal Bond Information Services LLC, a consortium of 11 companies formed to improve municipal-bond valuations and price monitoring. “The little guy doesn’t always know how the muni market works, and the website is set up to help them learn,” Mr. Valinoti said.

Users of the new price-discovery tool can enter the nine-digit alphanumeric code that identifies a given bond and search for securities with recent trades that share its characteristics, such as maturity date, the bond’s source of repayment and interest rate.

Lynnette Kelly, executive director of the MSRB, said those new functions will help widen the view into the market that the website already provides.

By AARON KURILOFF
June 2, 2014 5:50 p.m. ET

Write to Aaron Kuriloff at aaron.kuriloff@wsj.com




FT: USAA Sells First Meteor Strike ‘Cat Bonds’

USAA, the US insurer, has sold $130m of catastrophe bonds that allow investors to collect yields of 15 per cent or more by betting on the chances of a meteor strike or volcanic eruption.

The bonds are the first to cater to these two types of natural disasters, but investors nevertheless clamoured to buy the new debt. The size of the deal was increased from a planned $100m, underscoring strong appetite for insurance-linked catastrophe bonds, sales of which are on course to reach record levels this year.

The USAA cat bonds, known as Residential Reinsurance 2014 Ltd Series 2014-I, met “robust” demand from investors, according to people close to the sale.
In addition to providing coverage for a meteor strike and the standalone risk of a volcanic eruption – two firsts for the insurance-linked industry – the USAA bonds also cover so-called “unmodelled” risks of wildfires, severe thunderstorms and blizzards in US states where such disasters are not typically assessed.

“They [USAA] have a number of larger cat bond deals still in effect,” said Steve Evans, owner of Artemis.bm, which collects data on insurance-linked debt. “What they tend to do is use these smaller issues in order to test the market a little bit. Last year they issued some of the riskiest notes ever, this year they’ve chosen to test by including meteor and volcanic eruption risk.”

The USAA sale comes on the back of continued strong demand for cat bonds, which offer investors higher yields as well as returns that are uncorrelated to other types of securities.

Such bonds allow insurers to transfer some of the risk that they will have to pay out billions of dollars in the event of a major natural disaster. While the debt offers juicy returns, investors are at risk of losing their principal if catastrophes such as earthquakes or hurricanes do occur.

The amount of cat bonds and insurance-linked debt sold so far this year has reached $5.5bn, according to Artemis.bm, taking the amount of the debt sold over the past 12 months to a record $9.2bn.

“In recent cat bond deals the majority have priced at the mid or upper-end of pricing guidance, which shows investors have reached a place where they feel they can’t go down any more on pricing,” said Mr Evans.

USAA’s debt deal was divided into two classes of bonds. The size of the riskiest class of the bonds, where investors receive a coupon of 15 per cent in exchange for an expected loss rate of about 11 per cent, was increased from $50m to $80m.

A third of these riskier bonds went to hedge funds while another third went to cat bond funds that specialise in investing in insurance-linked debt, said people familiar with the deal.

Almost two thirds of the $50m second class of the bonds, with a coupon of 3.5 per cent for an expected loss rate of less than 1 per cent, were sold to pension funds and money managers.

USAA declined to comm­ent on the sale, which was run by Goldman Sachs and Swiss Re Capital Markets.

By Tracy Alloway in New York




Nervous About Borrowing, U.S. States and Cities Alter Municipal Bond Landscape.

(Reuters) – U.S. cities and states are leery of borrowing more money despite near-record low interest rates, forcing bond funds to scour for investments and boosting returns on existing debt.

The drought in issuance is also slowing city and state capital projects and threatens to disrupt the summer high season for bond buying.

So far this year, sales are running 25.4 percent below the same period in 2013, according to preliminary Thomson Reuters data. May’s issuance, $22.41 billion of bonds sold in 907 deals, was the lowest for the month in three years and the smallest since January, when only $18.17 billion in bonds came to market.

The paltry pace of issuance has investors competing to get a slice of new deals and in many cases forcing them to bid on lower-quality credits than they would like.

“Many of the new issues that are coming to market are eight to 10 times oversubscribed. So it’s difficult getting bonds,” said Burton Mulford, portfolio manager at Eagle Asset Management, which emphasizes high-grade debt.

Eagle has begun buying more single-A credits, the mid-to-low end of the investment-grade scale. Instead of focusing on deals of at least $75 million, it has been looking at some $35 million and $40 million deals, Mulford said.

Cities and states’ refinancing binge, which was fueled by low interest rates, ended in 2013 as rates rose and retail buyers avoided the municipal market, spooked by bad financial news from Detroit and Puerto Rico. Issuance started falling.

As 2014 dawned, many expected bond sales to drop further, given that governments’ financial managers are gun-shy about taking out debt after the budget crises resulting from the 2007-09 recession. Political leaders facing elections in November, too, may want to appear conservative about borrowing.

Last year’s 0.4 percent growth in municipal bond sales was the smallest in 20 years, and the trend is set to continue “because of the slow and uneven pace of revenue recovery,” according to Moody’s Investors Service.

Most states are not fully utilizing their borrowing capacity and are spending less on infrastructure, which is primarily financed by bonds, the National Association of State Budget Officers said in a report released on Thursday. The growth in debt for infrastructure in almost all states has been “very minor or flat” despite the era of low interest rates, the group found.

Spending austerity and political attitudes, along with lack of federal policy supporting infrastructure spending and higher interest rates, will keep the year’s total bond sales between $250 billion and $275 billion, Janney Capital Markets estimated. Last year’s sales totaled $311.8 billion.

“It’s helping drive prices up and yields down, but demand is pretty strong as well,” J.R. Rieger, head of fixed income at S&P Dow Jones Indices said of the supply shortage. “The muni market started the year relatively cheap compared to Treasuries and corporates… I think investors recognized it.”

The S&P Municipal Bond Index has had a year-to-date return of 6.09 percent. The high-yield index has returned 9.65 percent, more than double its counterpart for U.S. corporate junk bonds.

Yields started 2014 fairly high but have recently fallen. Those on top-rated 10-year bonds began 2014 at 2.79 percent and on highly rated 30-year debt at 4.20 percent on Municipal Market Data’s benchmark scale. By the end of last week, 10-year bonds were at 2.16 percent and 30-years at 3.26 percent.

Meanwhile, yields on A-rated, 10-year bonds were 2.77 percent and on A-rated, 30-year issues were 3.89 percent on Thursday, according to MMD, a Thomson Reuters company.

With $8.6 billion in deals expected to come to market this week, the supply shortage could ease during the summer. Still, investors might be caught scrambling to find places for the cash they receive from bond redemption and coupon payments during the summer “reinvestment season.”

Loop Capital Markets expects the amount of cash coming available in June, July and August to total $151.53 billion, down slightly from $160.74 billion last year.

Loop has revised its forecast for 2014 issuance to $275 billion from the $300 billion it estimated in December. But Loop Managing Director Christopher Mier said the combination of large amounts of cash with short bond supply may not have a predictable impact on the market.

“You can’t just assume this money is coming back, and there’s a particular reason you don’t want to make that assumption this year: there’s been a significant decline in yields and a significant outperformance,” he said. Mier added that investors may opt to buy equities instead.

BY LISA LAMBERT
WASHINGTON Mon Jun 2, 2014 7:04am EDT




Florida Benefits as Yield-Thirsty Investors Line Up for Hurricane Bonds.

In 2008, Florida’s government-run property insurer paid Warren Buffett $224 million to agree to buy its debt if a major storm struck. Six hurricane-free years later, the state is turning investors away.

With hurricane season set to start June 1, municipal securities sold by Florida’s taxpayer-owned property insurers are rallying, and the state boosted a catastrophe-bond sale last month by almost four times, to $1.5 billion.

Florida, typically the nation’s most hurricane-prone state, is benefiting from a thirst for yield as investors seek higher returns with municipal interest rates close to generational lows. The demand is bolstering state-run Citizens Property Insurance Corp. and the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund Finance Corp., which have record cash reserves.

“We haven’t had a hurricane make landfall in eight years,” said Jack Nicholson, who runs the catastrophe fund from Tallahassee. The taxpayer-owned entity provides backup coverage for insurance companies. “I’d rather be lucky than smart any day.”

The last hurricane to strike Florida was Wilma in 2005. If the streak ends this year, the fourth-most-populous state may need to sell bonds for recovery costs. Dwindling issuance in the $3.7 trillion municipal market and investors’ search for yield bodes well for the catastrophe fund, according to Bank of America Corp., JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Wells Fargo & Co.

Andrew’s Legacy

The banks, which underwrite the reinsurer’s bonds, estimated on average that the fund would be able to sell $8.3 billion of debt within a year to meet its obligations after a hurricane. That’s more than twice what the fund would need to borrow if it runs out of cash.

The catastrophe fund was created by the state in 1993, a year after Hurricane Andrew ravaged Miami. The fund, which has about $11 billion in cash, is obligated to pay out as much as $17 billion for this hurricane season.

In 2008, it had $3.6 billion in cash to cover $29 billion in potential liabilities. The U.S. was in the first year of the longest recession since the 1930s and Nicholson wasn’t sure if investors would be willing to finance the gap after a major storm.

Buffett Deal

Florida cut a deal with Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway Inc., paying the Omaha, Nebraska-based company in exchange for a guarantee that it would buy the state’s bonds if a storm caused more than $16 billion in losses.

Buffett, 83, whose $65.3 billion net worth makes him the world’s third-richest person, didn’t respond to a request for comment sent to an assistant.

The state of about 19.6 million people won’t need special deals to attract investors this year because of pent-up demand for higher-yields, said Michael Schroeder, chief investment officer at Naples, Florida-based Wasmer, Schroeder & Co.

If the catastrophe fund were to issue federally taxable 30- year bonds this year, they’d probably carry interest rates about 2.50 percentage points more than benchmark Treasuries, Bank of America estimated in a May 1 letter. Benchmark Treasuries maturing in 2044 yield about 3.3 percent.

The fund’s bonds, which are exempt from state taxes, are rated Aa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, fourth-highest.

Interest Abounds

“If they had to do a deal today, it would not be a problem,” said Schroeder, whose firm manages about $3.5 billion in munis, including Florida hurricane bonds. “You’d have a significant number of players that would be interested.”

Texas, North Carolina and Louisiana also have systems to provide insurance in high-risk areas. California offers state- run earthquake insurance.

Citizens Property, which offers Florida homeowners direct coverage, is also benefiting from investors’ willingness to take on hurricane-linked risk. The insurer increased the size of its catastrophe bond offering to a record $1.5 billion last month, after initially marketing $400 million, said Jennifer Montero, its chief financial officer in Tallahassee.

“We were oversubscribed,” she said. “There’s so much money that investors don’t know where to put it.”

The taxable three-year bonds priced to yield 7.5 percent, she said.

Risk Appetite

Catastrophe bonds offer higher returns in exchange for risking the loss of principal. If hurricanes or other disasters cause a specified amount of damage, insurers can use the principal to cover recovery expenses. Holders of the Florida bonds face a 1.7 percent chance of losing their entire principal, according to Citizens.

More buyers are willing to take that risk, said Caleb Wong, who helps oversee catastrophe bonds at New York-based OppenheimerFunds Inc., which manages $237 billion.

“The fact that there has been no sizable event in Florida recently, I think that has had some impact in drawing some investors,” he said.

The catastrophe bonds helped Citizens’ balance sheet, which also includes a record $7.6 billion in cash and proceeds of $1.5 billion in munis issued in 2012. Fitch Ratings gave the Citizens debt its fifth-highest grade, pointing in part to the cash stockpile. Citizens, which was created in 2002, is the state’s largest property insurer, with 940,000 policies.

“They’re at the point that they could deal with what they estimate to be a once-in-100-year storm without having to go to the market,” said Karen Krop, a Fitch analyst.

Bond Backing

The catastrophe fund and Citizens repay bonds by levying assessments on owners of homes and cars.

Citizens last sold tax-exempt municipal bonds in June 2012. The catastrophe fund last sold debt in April 2013, raising $2 billion.

Federally taxable bonds issued by the catastrophe fund that mature in July 2020 traded this week with an average yield of 2.66 percent, matching the lowest since their issue last year, data compiled by Bloomberg show. The yield was about 0.9 percentage point above Treasuries, down from about 1.8 percentage points at issue.

Both the fund and Citizens have amassed record cash reserves during the eight-year span without hurricanes. Combined, they have more than $18.5 billion available to pay claims.

1992 Reminder

That may not be enough, as a direct hit to a population center like Miami could cause more than $80 billion of damage, according to state estimates. Andrew in 1992 caused more than $45 billion of damage in the Miami area, adjusting for 2010 prices, National Weather Service records show.

Three to six hurricanes will probably form in the Atlantic this year, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration predicted May 22. One or two may qualify as major, with winds of 111 miles (179 kilometers) per hour or more. The Atlantic season runs through November.

Florida’s streak of seasons with no hurricanes is a record, according to data from the National Hurricane Center. From 1851 to 2004, 273 hurricanes struck the U.S. mainland, according to the center. Florida was hit more often than any other state, with 110 hurricanes making landfall.

The unpredictability of hurricanes can be a draw, as weather isn’t correlated with financial risks such as recessions, said Schroeder. And with municipal issuance dwindling, buyers may pounce on bonds issued to pay for a destructive hurricane.

Schroeder doesn’t count himself among investors eager for that opportunity, he said from his office along the west coast of Florida.

“It would do a lot of damage,” he said.

By Toluse Olorunnipa | May 30, 2014

–With assistance from Noah Buhayar in New York.




Muni Market Starved for Bonds Gets Most Supply in Three Months.

Localities in the $3.7 trillion municipal market are planning the largest wave of debt sales in almost three months, bucking a trend of diminished borrowing that’s pushed yields to the lowest since June.

States and cities have set $8.6 billion of bond sales over the next 30 days, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. That’s 35 percent above this year’s average, and close to the highest since March, when Puerto Rico issued $3.5 billion of general obligations in the largest muni deal of 2014.

At 2.26 percent, benchmark 10-year muni yields are sinking as demand for tax-exempt securities outpaces the slowest period for bond sales since 2011. Investors have added $2.9 billion to muni mutual funds in the past four weeks, the most in 16 months, Lipper US Fund Flows data show. A wave of maturing and refinanced debt in coming months is poised to add to demand.

“We’re coming into the reinvestment season and there seems to be cash on the sidelines,” said Ken Kollar, a trader with Arbor Research & Trading Inc. in New York. “Supply will be easily absorbed.”

Next week, Phoenix, the Miami-Dade County Expressway Authority, the Chicago Park District and Portland, Oregon, join issuers offering $5.9 billion in debt, compared with almost $5 billion in this holiday-shortened week. Miami-Dade will borrow to upgrade highways and Portland’s debt will help finance a bridge.

Phoenix and the Chicago Park District are refinancing debt. Muni bondholders are set to receive $92 billion from maturing and refunded bonds in the three months through August, Citigroup Inc. estimates. That may exceed issuance by $20 billion.

By Elizabeth Campbell and Brian Chappatta

To contact the reporters on this story: Elizabeth Campbell in New York at ecampbell14@bloomberg.net; Brian Chappatta in New York at bchappatta1@bloomberg.net

To contact the editors responsible for this story: Stephen Merelman at smerelman@bloomberg.net Mark Tannenbaum, Alan Goldstein




Moody's: State Debt Survey Shows New Debt Issuance Falls to Lowest Level in 20 Years.

New York, May 22, 2014 — The rate of growth in the outstanding debt issued by the US states in 2013 slowed for a fourth consecutive year and was also the slowest growth in debt for the last 20 years, says Moody’s Investors Service in “2014 State Debt Medians: Appetite for Borrowing Remains Weak.” Moody’s expects state debt levels to continue to show only modest growth in 2014.

“The continued slowdown in the growth of net tax-supported debt primarily reflects a new conservative attitude toward debt among the states,” says Kimberly Lyons, a Moody’s Assistant Vice President and Analyst. “Growing spending pressures coupled with inconsistent revenue growth and uncertainty over future revenue trends have forced states to take a cautious approach when considering the addition of new debt service costs to their budgets.”

The combined 2013 total net-tax support debt (NTSD) for all 50 states increased to $518 billion from $516 billion in 2012, according to Moody’s. Approximately half of all states saw a decline in their NTSD, including some historically large debt issuers such as California.

Total NTSD growth slowed to 0.4%, slightly less than the 1.4% growth rate in 2012. The modest growth rate is well below the 10-year average of 6% growth and considerably lower than the high growth rates of some recent years such as the 9% rate in 2009 and 17% rate in 2004.

The lower borrowing also led to a decline in the median leverage ratios for the states, with NTSD per capita declining to $1,054 from $1,074 in 2012. Additionally, NTSD as a percentage of personal income declined to 2.6% from 2.8%, and NTSD as a percentage of gross state product also fell to 2.4% from 2.5%.

Debt service costs increased by 8% in 2013, up from the 3% increase in 2012. Growth in debt service costs reflects a return to normal debt service schedules after years of artificially low debt service, a result of higher than normal debt refunding for savings in a low interest rate environment, says Moody’s.

Moody’s also found very low levels in variable rate demand debt and privately placed bank loans among states. Variable rate demand debt comprises just $21.6 billion of outstanding state debt (4% of total) and private bank loans just $3.5 billion (0.01%). Moody’s said its review of the private agreements finds similar credit terms to those contained in bank-supported financings for state borrowers in the public market.

Moody’s 2014 state debt medians are based on the rating agency’s analysis of calendar year 2013 debt issuance and fiscal year 2013 debt service. For more information, Moody’s research subscribers can access the report at

https://www.moodys.com/viewresearchdoc.aspx?docid=PBM_PBM170895.

Global Credit Research – 22 May 2014

***

NOTE TO JOURNALISTS ONLY: For more information, please call one of our global press information hotlines: New York +1-212-553-0376, London +44-20-7772-5456, Tokyo +813-5408-4110, Hong Kong +852-3758-1350, Sydney +61-2-9270-8141, Mexico City 001-888-779-5833, São Paulo 0800-891-2518, or Buenos Aires 0800-666-3506. You can also email us at mediarelations@moodys.com or visit our web site at www.moodys.com.

Kimberly Lyons
Asst Vice President – Analyst
Public Finance Group
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
250 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Timothy F Blake
MD – Public Finance
Public Finance Group
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653

Releasing Office:
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
250 Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
U.S.A.
JOURNALISTS: 212-553-0376
SUBSCRIBERS: 212-553-1653




US Muni Treasurers Warn LCR Could Crimp Spending.

Municipal bonds are not highly liquid. To some, that’s stating the obvious, but if US regulators write it into their version of Basel III’s liquidity coverage ratio, state and city treasurers say their financing costs will rise.

It may seem unlikely, but if the residents of Cary in North Carolina notice public verges becoming unkempt, or pilots using Boston’s Logan International Airport start seeing potholes, there could be a single cause – a rule drawn up in Switzerland and implemented by the US Federal Reserve Board.

This rule is the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR). If last October’s Fed draft version is introduced unchanged, bonds issued by US states, cities and towns will not count towards the new liquidity buffers that banks are required to hold. This will reduce the value of the bonds and demand for them will drop, the argument goes. With banks currently holding around 10% of the stock of municipal debt, issuers fear they will have no choice but to pay higher coupons.

“As a muni issuer, we are concerned that if our bonds are not included it will reduce the market for them, increasing the interest we will have to pay, and increasing costs to our citizens and rate payers,” says Town of Cary’s finance director, Karen Mills. “We have service levels in Cary, such as how often we should sweep the streets or mow the medians, and it is a balancing act. If we have higher interest rates then we can’t spend as much on other things.”

We have service levels in Cary – such as how often we should sweep the streets or mow the medians – and it is a balancing act

The LCR is supposed to ensure banks can survive a short-term liquidity squeeze. It forces institutions to hold enough high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) to cover their liabilities over a 30-day period of stress. For an individual bank, the ratio is calculated as its total HQLA divided by the estimated net cash outflows – based on the run-off rates set by regulators. The Fed has proposed banks will need to have an LCR of 80% by the start of 2015, rising by an additional 10% each year until the minimum becomes 100% in 2017.

HQLAs are split into three categories, as in the international version of the LCR, finalised by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in January 2013 (Risk February 2013). Level 1 assets, such as US Treasury debt and other government agency debt that is unconditionally guaranteed by the US government, can be held without limit and not receive a haircut. Level 2a assets, including debt issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, receive a 15% haircut. Level 2b assets, which include investment-grade corporate bonds and stocks in the S&P 500 index, get a 50% haircut (Risk July 2011). Taken together, Level 2 assets can be no more than 40% of the buffer, with 2b assets alone capped at 15% of the total.

“The proposed rule likely would not permit covered bonds and securities issued by public sector entities, such as a state, local authority or other government subdivision below the level of a sovereign (including US states and municipalities), to qualify as HQLA at this time,” the rules say. The Fed argues municipal bonds are not “liquid and readily marketable”, citing low daily trading volumes as one justification.

Critics would like to see more of the Fed’s reasoning. “There was not much in the proposed rule that justified throwing out municipal bonds from the definition of HQLA. There were maybe two sentences and we were hoping they would show more careful consideration,” says Susan Collet, vice-president of government relations at Bond Dealers of America, a trade association representing bond brokers.

So, what was the Fed looking for? In short, assets that can be liquidated quickly in large volumes with little impact on prices. The rules say HQLAs must have a high potential to generate liquidity through sale or secured borrowing in a stressed environment. They also “exhibit low risk and limited price volatility, are traded in high-volume, deep markets with transparent pricing, and are eligible to be pledged at a central bank”, according to the draft US rules. Defenders of municipal bonds argue the market satisfies much of this. On one point there is no debate: research by Citi points out that all US municipal bonds are accepted as collateral by the Fed at a 2–5% haircut, depending on maturity – the same applies to US agency securities. By comparison, the Fed accepts US AAA corporate bonds at a 3–6% haircut and all other investment-grade corporate bonds at 5–8%.

The other points are debatable. On the subject of price volatility, Citi’s research claims that in 2008/2009, only Freddie Mac mortgage loans were subject to less depreciation – about 0.4% – over a 30-day period than AA-rated municipal obligations. This is because the sector, by and large, has robust ratings, its supporters say.

“Our rating has been pretty steady. We had one blip during 9/11, but other than that it has been AA-credit quality, even through the crisis,” says John Pranckevicius, chief financial officer at the Massachusetts Port Authority (Massport).

For the sector as a whole, research from Moody’s Investors Service shows the average rating for investment-grade munis between 1970 and 2012 was AA3. The average rating for investment-grade corporates was roughly Baa1. Municipalities that commented on the proposed LCR tended to be highly rated (see box, Corporates fear jump in commercial paper costs).

“The history of default is so vastly less than on the corporate side,” says George Friedlander, a municipal bond strategist at Citi and author of the bank’s recent research on this issue. “During a financial crisis credit spreads widen out. Sectors with a history of default widen out more. That is a measure of liquidity – it is what spreads try to reflect. On that basis, the fact so many muni credits are vastly higher in average rating and lower in average default experience makes a case for them to be included as a stronger sector.”

The two other main HQLA criteria are trading volume and depth of market. “As a purchaser, we manage a $400 million portfolio, and we try to purchase other North Carolina municipal bonds and have a hard time finding them,” says Town of Cary’s Mills.

This might suggest the secondary market for municipal bonds is illiquid, trading infrequently, and the head of one small private investment firm, says that was certainly the case following the collapse of Lehman Brothes in 2008, when investors had to sell at a discount to exit their positions.

But according to data from the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (Sifma), which is quoted in numerous municipalities’ comment letters to the Fed, 0.27% of the municipal market’s outstanding par value is turned over every day on average, which is the same as federal agency debt and higher than the 0.19% seen for corporate bonds.

“I think there are US credits in the muni market that are high quality and have high liquidity, and have as much liquidity as some of the other assets the Federal Reserve says it would be acceptable to be holding,” says Richard Ellis, state treasurer for Utah and chairman of the National Association of State Treasurers.

The argument matters because banks are becoming increasingly important as investors. As of September 2013, they held $413 billion of municipal securities and loans, according to the Fed’s flow of funds report – a year-on-year increase of 15.7% and a jump of more than 60% since the end of 2010. In total, roughly 11% of the market is held by banks.

“We have a lot of bonds outstanding, so a lot of folks have them, from big banks to regional players. All we are saying is if we’re not included as HQLAs, then possibly – we don’t know for sure – they could choose different assets to our bonds,” says a debt manager at another small municipality in North Carolina.

Some banks are already threatening to pull back, say state treasurers. Utah’s Ellis says he has spoken to financial advisers at Salt Lake City-headquartered Zions Bank who raised the possibility that the institution may have to cut its holdings. According to the bank’s most recent annual filing, it holds $558 million in held-to-maturity municipal securities with a further $66 million in the available-for-sale category. “Zions has a lot of local debt, with much of it coming from small issuers – some with only a hundred thousand dollars outstanding – and now the bank is asking, ‘What do we do? We have to unload these.’ These are issuers without good market access, so their borrowing costs would be significantly higher,” says Ellis. “Until now, the bank has bought some of these less-liquid bonds into its portfolio because they are assets it is happy to hold and it is supporting the local economy. Now there’s a disincentive for the bank to do that.”

One of those financial advisers is Jon Bronson, managing director at Zions Bank Public Finance, who confirms that if municipal bonds are not HQLAs then the bank will have less reason to hold them. This could affect other local investors, he adds. Bronson helps the bank to sell municipal bonds into the portfolios of several local community banks and sits on the board of one. “Every bank’s response will be different,” he says. “I’m on the board of a bank that buys munis in the secondary market and knowing the Basel III rules are coming – and those assets are currently not deemed HQLA – that little bank’s appetite for munis will probably change.”

There are other impacts too. Municipal debt can no longer be used to offset the potential cash outflows from municipal deposits, and Town of Cary’s Mills says North Carolina-headquartered BB&T declined to bid when the town was renewing a certificate of deposit.

One capital markets vice-president at a large regional bank confirms the new rules are having an impact: “On the periphery, yes, it certainly could have an impact. As far as our firm’s outlook goes, they have asked us to step back.”

State treasurers and municipal issuers worry where this will end up – if banks pull back, the market for municipal debt will shrink, increasing their financing costs. “If interest rates are higher, we will have less capital to maintain assets,” says Massport’s Pranckevicius

Massport maintains runways, terminals, parking garages, hangars, piers and cranes, he adds, and those facilities employ more than 20,000 people.

“We create jobs through our capital programme. With higher interest rates, our costs would be higher, resulting in less dollars around to do the work that needs to get done on our capital assets. It becomes a spiral. You don’t repair assets because costs have increased, so your assets deteriorate. If you could put money to work, and people to work, it would create jobs, and that has a spillover effect into the construction industry. That’s our concern,” he says

Some are less sympathetic, saying municipal issuers are confused about what the LCR is supposed to do. One regulatory specialist at a North American bank points to the default of Detroit last year, and other municipalities shortly before. The municipal market has also been historically reliant on monoline insurance to guarantee its bonds – an issue at the centre of a court battle involving Detroit’s outstanding swaps contracts – suggesting investors are not assured of their credit on its own terms (Risk September 2013).

“The LCR is not about yield or community reinvestment, or getting money to worthy borrowers. It is supposed to be about keeping cash in reserve, or other marketable securities that are high quality and liquid,” he says.

Treasurers reject any comparison to Detroit. “We have a triple-A bond rating from all agencies. To compare us to Detroit is a non-comparison,” says the second North Carolina municipality’s debt manager. In addition, those hoping to change the existing definition are not expecting the blanket inclusion of municipal debt as a Level 1 asset, says Citi’s Friedlander: “The proportion of muni assets that are below-investment grade is very small but no-one is asking that they are included.”

While the fight goes on, municipalities say they are not reflecting the rule’s potential impact in their funding forecasts. Instead, they are hoping amendments will make it into the final version of the LCR, which is expected within weeks.

“These bonds need to be included at Level 2a. Level 2b is already overcrowded with other assets and the restrictions are too tight. But there is a reasonable chance of getting that outcome,” says Friedlander. “The case for this is excellent. I am encouraged because it is so strong.”

Author: Joe Rennison
Source: Risk magazine | 28 May 2014




WSJ: Mom and Pop Investors Return to Municipal Bonds.

Muni Debt Prices Storm Back After Last Year’s Rout

Municipal-bond prices have come roaring back, reversing last year’s rout despite enduring financial challenges facing U.S. cities and states.

The resurgence in the $3.7 trillion market comes as bond buyers attempt to find higher investment returns amid a tumble in U.S. interest rates.

Long coveted by mom-and-pop investors for their tax benefits and relative stability, municipal bonds – debt sold by cities, states and local government-related entities – are benefiting from a broad bond-market rally and a decline in new debt being issued by municipalities that are still trying to tighten their belts.

The municipal-bond market posted its worst year in 2013 in almost two decades, registering losses in the wake of Detroit’s record municipal bankruptcy-protection filing, concerns over hefty pension costs in Illinois and economic worries in Puerto Rico.

Investors have poured $3.1 billion into municipal-bond mutual funds this year, compared with $2.96 billion over the same period in 2013, according to data from Lipper as of Wednesday. The gains mark a shift after investors pulled $39.9 billion from the funds in the last 31 weeks of 2013, the data show.

Yields on municipal debt fell to 2.325% on Wednesday, according to Barclays PLC, their lowest in almost a year. Yields fall when prices rise.

The gains have made the debt a star performer for investors this year, in a twist few predicted. Municipal bonds have returned 5.869% in 2014, reflecting interest payments and price appreciation. That compares with total returns of 5.769% on highly rated corporate bonds, 3.3% for the S&P 500 and 2.982% on U.S. Treasury debt, according to Barclays data.

“I don’t think the need for tax-exempt income ever went away, and there appears to be pent-up demand,” said John Miller, co-head of fixed income at Nuveen Asset Management LLC, which oversees about $90 billion in municipal bonds.

Cities and states aren’t borrowing enough to meet the demand from investors, said Vikram Rai, a fixed-income strategist at Citigroup Inc., which forecasts issuance will fall to $280 billion this year, from $334 billion in 2013. “The primary market supply is very anemic and that’s really driving down yields,” he said.

Many municipal bonds are still considered nearly as safe as Treasurys, because they are backed by the taxing authority of various governments. Their prices typically move in tandem with the U.S. government-debt market, and this year, Treasury bond prices have staged a surprising rally.

The riskiest municipal bonds are rallying the most, though many brokers and investment advisers still are steering retirees and other individual investors away from junk-rated municipal bonds, as their clients are looking for stable income and savings.

These buyers generally “are looking for the safety that muni bonds have and shy away from those municipalities that have lower credit ratings or are in trouble,” said Benjamin Chuckrow, a senior vice president with Wells Fargo Advisors in Saratoga Springs, N.Y.

He warns clients interested in municipal debt that there are two types of risks to consider: whether the issuer is in good financial health and what may happen to the bond’s value between now and when it matures. If interest rates rise before the bond matures, investors who want to sell beforehand could get lower prices.

To be sure, some state and local governments are struggling to mend their finances amid anemic U.S. economic growth. Many have cut their budgets and plugged pension gaps.

Puerto Rico is attempting to recover after its debt was downgraded to junk in February, but the bonds’ prices have risen since the U.S. territory sold $3.5 billion of debt in March. One Puerto Rico general obligation bond traded at 71.5 cents to the dollar this week, up from 63.75 in December. The S&P Municipal Bond Puerto Rico Index has returned 10.6% this year through Wednesday.

In comparison, high-yield municipal bonds have returned 9.33% this year, Barclays said.

Illinois, which has struggled to address its underfunded pension, in February sold $1 billion in general obligation bonds, paying less to borrow than the state did eight months earlier. The new deal came as lawmakers reached an agreement that would close the pension gap by about $100 billion.

“State and local governments were in a severe squeeze following the housing downturn and the deep recession,” said Dean Maki, chief U.S. economist at Barclays. “Now, that is stabilizing.”

Rising federal tax rates also have brought investors back to tax-exempt municipal debt, said George Rusnak, managing director of global fixed income at Wells Fargo Private Bank. “You’re seeing individuals have stronger demand for tax-free income,” he said.

By AARON KURILOFF
Updated May 29, 2014 8:12 p.m. ET




Clean Energy Bond Finance Model: Qualified 501(c)(3) Bonds.

The Clean Energy + Bond Finance Initiative created this recommended financing model factsheet for clean energy development. The Qualified 501(c)(3) model achieves low-cost capital for renewable energy installations at nonprofit facilities.




Groups: 501(c)(3) Bonds a Useful Tool for Financing Clean Energy Projects.

WASHINGTON – Qualified 501(c)(3) bonds are a financing tool that can be used to increase nonprofits’ clean-energy infrastructure and reduce their energy expenditures, the Clean Energy and Bond Finance Initiative said in a recently released paper.

The initiative, known as CE+BFI, was formed by the Council of Development Finance Agencies and the Clean Energy Group.

Qualified 501(c)(3) bonds can finance energy-efficiency or renewable-energy installations for nonprofit facilities. They are issued by state and local government entities, and their proceeds are loaned to nonprofit borrowers. The bonds are repaid by revenues of the nonprofits, and in some cases some of the debt service can be paid from the money the nonprofits save on their utility bills as a result of the clean-energy improvements, according to the paper.

At a webinar Thursday, Jason Rittenberg, CDFA director of research and advisory services, said that his group felt it was important to discuss 501(c)(3) bonds because a lot of the types of clean-energy projects that have been done by state and local governments through bond financing can similarly be done by nonprofits through 501(c)(3) bond financings. He noted there are fewer restrictions for 501(c)(3) bonds than other types of private-activity bonds, and data recently provided to Congress shows that most PABs are 501(c)(3) bonds.

“The flexibility and established investment reputation of this financing tool will encourage the spread of retrofits, installation of renewable energy infrastructure, reduce energy expenditures among donation-dependent nonprofits, and contribute to state and nonprofit clean energy goals,” CE+BFI said in the paper.

Nonprofits who have used 501(c)(3) bonds to finance clean-energy projects include Loyola University in Chicago, which used the bonds to finance facilities with energy saving features and Elmhurst College in Illinois, which used bonds to finance a student housing facility that achieved Leadership in Energy & Environment Design silver certification and a green surface parking lot. World Wildlife Fund also used the bonds to finance construction of its ‘green headquarters’ in Washington D.C.

One benefit to using these bonds for clean-energy projects is that they make marginal projects financially feasible, since bonds offer borrowers low interest rates over long periods of time. Another benefit is that investors are already familiar with 501(c)(3) bonds, so there would be a market for bonds of good quality. And 501(c)(3) bonds are repaid by revenues of the borrower, rather than by public funds as is the case with general obligation bonds, the paper pointed out.

“Bond financing can allow an organization to complete an eligible project sooner, at a larger scale, and with more favorable terms than would be feasible through capital fundraising efforts or other financing tools,” CE+BFI said. “Financing large projects through 501(c)(3) bonds also frees up cash flow in the short term to serve other purposes, providing the borrower greater flexibility in financing its operations.”

There are many potential projects that could be financed with 501(c)(3) bonds, because nonprofit facilities are common across the county and both new and older buildings could benefit from improvements that reduce monthly energy expenditures. Additionally, a single issuance could finance improvements for multiple facilities or nonprofit organizations.

“Whether combining multiple improvements to a single, large facility or pooling retrofit projects among several nonprofit owned facilities, 501(c)(3) bonds can scale clean energy investments to a considerable degree,” CE+BFI said.

The paper notes there are some limitations to using this type of financing. One limitation is that qualified 501(c)(3) bonds offer little cost benefit to smaller projects as a result of the administrative costs of structuring transactions, according to the paper.

Also, nonprofits have to demonstrate that they will be able to use future revenue to pay debt service, the paper said. Private, detailed assessments would need to be conducted to make sure the projects would produce enough cost savings to support repaying the bonds.

Further research should be done to determine whether energy cost savings equal to or greater than monthly debt service would serve as an acceptable credit enhancement, and what the potential is for issuers to collaborate to finance large-scale projects across a wide geographical area, CE+BFI said.

by Naomi Jagoda MAY 29, 2014 4:08pm ET




GASB Proposes Major Improvements for Reporting Health Insurance and Other Retiree Benefits.

The GASB recently voted unanimously to approve two Exposure Drafts proposing significant improvements to financial reporting by state and local governments of other postemployment benefits (OPEB), such as retiree health insurance. The GASB also approved a third Exposure Draft that would establish requirements for pensions and pension plans that are outside the scope of the pension standards the GASB released in 2012.

The most significant effect of the OPEB Exposure Drafts would be to require governments to recognize their net OPEB liabilities on the face of their financial statements – providing all financial statement users with a more comprehensive understanding of these significant OPEB promises than is currently available.

The Exposure Drafts, including instructions on how to submit written comments, are each expected to be available in mid-June on the GASB website.

May 29, 2014

Copyright 2014 Financial Accounting Foundation, All rights reserved.
You are receiving this because you indicated that you would like to be informed about Financial Accounting Foundation and Governmental Accounting Standards Board activities.




China Still Has Work To Do On The Municipal Bond Market.

China has just taken another step down the long road to a domestic municipal bond market. On May 19, 2014, the Ministry of Finance (MOF) expanded a trial that allows selected local and regional governments (LRGs) to tap the bond market. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services views this as an important step toward establishing a transparent LRG bond market. Such a market is vital to reducing the risks to China’s sovereign creditworthiness stemming from local governments’ use of off-balance-sheet debt. But a municipal bond market similar to those in developed economies and containing the risks of local government financing will need many more important changes, in our view. These include changes to the legal framework and greater restrictions on LRG off-balance-sheet borrowing.

A New Year, Another Municipal Bond Trial

The MOF’s latest move granted increased debt-issuing responsibilities to more LRGs than it did in 2013. In addition to organizing the process of bond issuance, the selected LRGs also take on the responsibility of making interest and principal payments to bondholders. The 2014 trial is extended to the Beijing municipality, Jiangxi province, Ningxia province, and Qingdao City. The LRGs of the six regions included in both the 2013 and 2014 trials are Shanghai municipality, Zhejiang province, Guangdong province, Shenzhen City, Jiangsu province, and Shandong province.

The latest LRG bond trial shows increased emphasis on transparency. A new requirement in the 2014 trial is the need for greater disclosure. The MOF requires the LRGs involved in the trial to publish news relevant to the bond issues–including the government debt situation as well as economic and fiscal developments–on a timely basis. The announcement on the trial also warned against inaccurate or misleading submissions as well as material omissions of information; this could be a reflection of the public’s doubt on the reliability of LRG data.

Still No Full Freedom To Borrow

Despite the latest change, the selected LRGs are still some way from having full freedom to sell bonds. The central government continues to control the LRG bond issuance process in a few ways. Most importantly, the amount of bonds LRGs are allowed to issue are subject to annual quotas assigned by the State Council (the Chinese cabinet). The LRGs are also only allowed to issue fixed-rate bonds with maturities of five, seven, and 10 years in the proportion 4:3:3.

Some investors could inevitably read the significant influence of the central government over this process as implying sovereign support for the LRG bonds. Bonds issued by local governments in the past few years were priced close to central government bonds. Secondary market activities also show LRG bonds trading at lower yields than the highest rated nongovernment bonds. The effort to develop the Chinese municipal bond market can only be considered a success if investors price debts of different LRGs according to their individual credit characteristics rather than the perception that the bonds have central government support.

More Changes Needed To Further Develop Municipal Bond Market

Getting investors to price bonds based on the LRGs’ differentiated credit metrics isn’t easy. Not least because it is difficult for the central government to absolve responsibility if an LRG defaults on its debt in a unitary state. A default by an LRG could also hurt confidence across the sector and affect the financing of other LRGs. Therefore investors will expect the central government to come to the rescue if an LRG comes close to defaulting.

Also, from the experience of other more developed bond markets, our view is new indirect restrictions to ensure fiscal stability may have to be in place before removing direct controls such as annual bond issuance quotas. Otherwise, there is the risk of a sudden uncontrolled growth in LRG debt. Measures to achieve this in other countries include public finance laws or rules that limit annual net bond issuances to a proportion of capital spending and prescribed ceilings on total LRG debt levels. These measures are effective if the government regularly publishes regional economic and fiscal indicators that are generally regarded as reasonably accurate. Changes to laws or rules governing government public finance may have to happen before the municipal bond market in China develops further.

Even a well-developed municipal bond market does not ensure fiscal stability. This objective is likely to be the main impetus for the MOF’s efforts but it requires off-balance-sheet LRG borrowing to be insignificant. Otherwise, allowing LRGs significantly more freedom to sell bonds will simply add to their borrowing capacity. Consequently, it is also likely that the municipal bond market development will not move far ahead unless the MOF is able to reduce LRGs’ access to off-balance-sheet financing.

Under Standard & Poor’s policies, only a Rating Committee can determine a Credit Rating Action (including a Credit Rating change, affirmation or withdrawal, Rating Outlook change, or CreditWatch action). This commentary and its subject matter have not been the subject of Rating Committee action and should not be interpreted as a change to, or affirmation of, a Credit Rating or Rating Outlook.

Primary Credit Analysts: KimEng Tan, Singapore (65) 6239-6350;
kimeng.tan@standardandpoors.com
Liang Zhong, Hong Kong (852) 2533-3573;
liang.zhong@standardandpoors.com

 




S&P: U.S. Not-for-Profit Health Care Sectors 2013 Pension Plan Medians: Time To Exhale?

The U.S. not-for-profit health care sector finally saw an improvement in the funded status of its pension plans in 2013 due to higher discount rates and stronger asset values. The increase is good news for an industry grappling with credit stress brought on by health care reform and other factors. A higher funded status should mean lower statutory minimum contributions to defined-benefit (DB) pension plans over time, although perhaps not immediately.

Read the full report.




S&P: U.S. Infrastructure Funding: How Insurance Companies and the Private Sector Could Bridge the Gap.

The U.S. infrastructure spending gap stands at a whopping $200 billion per year. Traditional funding sources, such as state and local governments, are no longer in a position to help. But Standard & Poor’s believes insurance company pension funds and private sector investment could spur significant funding capacity. In this CreditMatters TV segment, Senior Managing Director Jay Dhru discusses the possibilities.

Watch the video.




High-Yield Issuers Should Seize the Moment.

Investors’ ravenous demand for high-yield municipal bonds has created an optimal environment for lower-rated issuers, analysts say.

High-yield fund flows totaled $408.1 million for the week ending May 22, and have remained positive for all but one week this year, according to Lipper FMI data. High-yield funds reported outflows 69.2% of the time in 2013.

“It’s a good time for high-yield issuers, BBB category all the way down to nonrated,” Adam Buchanan, vice president of institutional sales and trading at Ziegler Capital Markets, said in an interview. “Due to this market environment, we’re telling issuers bring transactions to market.”

Investor’s desire for high-yield bonds increased this year because of the limited amount of deals coming to market. Volume as of April 30 totaled $89.34 billion, compared to $122.72 billion for the same period in 2013, according to The Bond Buyer’s and Ipreo’s data.

The lack of supply has allowed underwriters to price the few bonds that do come to market at relatively low yields.

“Issuers should look at this market and say yields are being driven lower by demand,” Jim Colby, chief municipal strategist at Van Eck Global, said in an interview. “There is an appetite for high-yield it’s a good time to bring deals to market.”

He said that Van Eck is proof of investors’ appetite for high-yield to a certain extent, since it’s attracted flows into its high-yield fund.

Buchanan also pointed to this year’s tightening credit spreads as another example for why it’s an ideal time to bring high-yield issuances to market.

“There has been a lot of chatter about recent yield transactions and how much their spreads have tighten[ed],” Buchanan said. “Higher-rated yield sector borrowers’ spreads have also come in, for example spreads on AA rated healthcare bonds have tightened 20-30 basis points since December of last year.”

Credit spreads between the Municipal Market Data’s benchmark AAA 10-year GO and its 10-year Baa GO has tightened by 29 basis points to 122 basis points from Jan. 2, 2013, to market close on Friday.

“The spread tightening in yield is from a supply and demand imbalance,” Buchanan said. “High-yield supply is down 50%-plus year-over-year, while the overall market supply is down 30%. Additionally, tax-exempt fund inflows are being driven by high yield funds. The supply/demand imbalance is geared towards the high yield sector and it’s creating an excellent environment for yield sector borrowers.”

Despite these favorable market conditions, analysts are not seeing a large or varied amount of high-yield issuers come to market.

“High-yield is now the domain of many Puerto Rico, many securitized tobacco, and many airports,” Colby said. “It’s a real opportunity for other types of issuers.”

Colby said investors want to see as many different types of investors as are able to come to market.

“I think if you’re building a portfolio and the mantra is diversification,” Colby said. “If you’re not forgetting you need to hedge your bet in some intelligent manner, you want [different high-yield] in your portfolio. What you want is broad diversification and in this kind of an asset class where you really need to pay attention to credit, a broad diversification of issuers is something to be desired.”

Michael Schroeder, president and chief investment officer at Wasmer, Schroeder & Co., said in an interview that this is an environment more high-yield issuers should take advantage of.

“A lot of BBB hospitals have not been issuing much in the high-yield department, and we are not seeing that they will be anytime soon,” he said. “Maybe that will change. It is a good time for issuers to be borrowing, people want high-yield.”

Colby said that in addition to hospitals, charter schools and transportation issuers should be borrowing more.

For the buyside there are credit dangers associated with high-yield bonds, analysts warn. High-yield issuers often have low ratings and therefore a greater chance of defaulting than issuers with investment-grade ratings.

Buchanan acknowledged that while high-yield credit conditions have improved, it is still the risk sector of the marketplace.

“Its credit by credit when you get to the high-yield sector, there are certainly well positioned good nonrated credits out there though, there’s no doubt about that,” he said.

Both Buchanan and Colby said that much of the risk associated with high-yield bonds can be avoided if investors do a credit analysis.

“The dangers are always there if you don’t do your credit work, you don’t do your homework,” Colby said. “[Many investors] just react to the apparent opportunity, which is a yield comparison. But investors, whether they are individual or ETF investors have to make sure your deals are properly protective of bondholder rights, and assert the responsibility of issuer to follow through on their commitments.”

Schroeder noted the inherent risks in high-yield sector, and said investors should be careful, especially in the current rich market.

Buchanan does not see anything that will change market conditions to make them less appealing for high-yield issuers in the immediate future.

“There continue to be dovish comments from [Federal Reserve chair Janet Yellen] and uneven economic data, which has given a bid to treasuries,” he said. “Couple that with low supply and fund flows, this is a unique combination.”

The Federal Open Markets Committee Meeting minutes released on Wednesday re-affirmed the Federal Reserve’s stance that it will not look to raise interest rates until housing data and the inflation rate are stronger.

He does acknowledge though that headline risk could disrupt the high-yield rally, and described it as the “one thing” market participants have to watch.

By HILLARY FLYNN
MAY 27, 2014




Groups Want Congress to Overturn Ban on Use of Bonds with WIFIA Program.

DALLAS – Water groups and state and local officials are already urging members of Congress to amend a new federal loan program for infrastructure projects to allow tax-exempt bonds to be used in conjunction with the financial assistance.

The Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act, included in the Water Resources Reform and Development Act Congress passed that President Obama is expected to sign this week, provides $350 million of low-cost loans and credit enhancement for ports, inland waterways, and water supply and treatment infrastructure projects in a five-year pilot program.

The bill limits WIFIA’s contribution to no more than 49% of a project’s cost and caps the overall federal share at 80%. Proceeds from tax-exempt municipal and private activity bonds cannot be used, directly or indirectly, for a project receiving WIFIA support.

Proponents of the WIFIA program hail it as an important new finance tool for funding large projects, while opponents say the prohibition of tax-free debt is a fundamental flaw that will lead to increased privatization of public infrastructure.

Conversations have begun with lawmakers on Capitol Hill in an attempt to amend the water bill in the remainder of this session of Congress or in 2015, said Tommy Holmes, legislative director at the American Water Works Association.

“We’ve already starting talking to Congress,” Holmes said. “We’d like to get that 49% cap raised and be able to use tax-exempt bonds as part of the financing.

“It’s going to be very difficult to get that bill amended this quickly, but it is not impossible,” Holmes said. “If we can’t, we’ll take it up again when the new Congress comes in next year.”

The ban on tax-exempt bond financing was part of the WIFIA proposal in the original Senate bill, and was included by the conference committee that reconciled the differences between Senate and House water bills that passed in 2013, Holmes said. The House bill did not contain any WIFIA program.

“It was a budget decision,” he said. “They wanted to avoid a hit on the U.S. Treasury from reduced revenue due additional tax-exempt debt.”

The National League of Cities, also said it was concerned about the ban on using tax-exempt bonds in conjunction with WIFIA assistance. “We vow to continue to work with Congress to improve this important provision in order to maximize its effectiveness for communities, NLC executive director Clarence Anthony said in a release.

The water bill, H.R. 3080, was approved by large margins in both chambers of Congress last week. The new WIFIA program is a significant breakthrough in confronting the water infrastructure, said David LaFrance, chief executive officer at AWWA. A 2012 report from association put the price tag for maintaining and expanding drinking water systems at $1 trillion over the next 25 years, with a similar amount for waste water systems.

“WIFIA will reduce the financing costs of critical infrastructure projects, allowing communities to fix and expand water systems at a lower cost to their customers,” LaFrance said.

However, the 49% limit and the ban on tax-exempt financing are mistakes that lawmakers should correct, LaFrance said.

“WIFIA will be most effective when communities can fund 100% of project costs, and any non-WIFIA share should be allowed to be financed with tax-exempt debt,” LaFrance said.

Saving just two percentage points on a 30-year loan can result in a savings of 25% of total borrowing costs, LaFrance said, which on a large project can amount to millions of dollars that would otherwise be absorbed through customer bills over many years.

Many utilities and communities won’t be able to take advantage of the low-interest WIFIA loans because of the ban on tax-exempt bonds as a funding method, said Diane VanDeHei, executive director of the Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies.

Utilities will have to issue taxable debt that carry higher interest rates than could be achieved with conventional government bonds or attract private investments to complete WIFIA projects, she said.

“The tax-exempt financing restriction was not conceived as a matter of policy, but was necessary to achieve a clean budget score,” VanDeHei said. “AMWA is confident that lawmakers who have consistently supported WIFIA will continue working with us to do so in the months ahead.”

The ban on tax-exempt debt for WIFIA projects is a “raw deal” and “a wolf in sheep’s clothing” for municipal water systems, said Wenonah Hauter, executive director of Food & Water Watch.

“WIFIA is anything but innovative,” she said.

“WIFIA will give low-interest loans primarily to private water corporations, compete with the state revolving funds for federal resources, and place inappropriate pressure on local governments to privatize their drinking water and wastewater systems,” Hauter said.

Water utilities have financed $1.7 trillion of water infrastructure needs over the last decade with tax-exempt bonds, she said.

“Cities and towns will not be able to use tax-exempt bonds to cover the portion of an infrastructure project that WIFIA doesn’t fund,” Hauter said. “This effectively makes WIFIA useless for most municipalities.”

Strengthening federal support of state water revolving loan programs would be more effective than the enacted WIFIA legislation, she said.

Federal funding for local water and sewer systems has dropped 80%, adjusted for inflation, since 1980, Hauter said. The Environmental Protection Agency has estimated that $384 billion is needed over 20 years to maintain deteriorating water systems, she said, but federal assistance over the last 16 years totals only $15 billion.

The ban on tax-exempt bonds for WIFIA opens the door to more public-private partnerships in water projects and more privatization of water suppliers, said Erin Diaz of watchdog group Corporate Accountability International.

“The privatization of water systems around the globe has often resulted in devastating results for the economy and people




Looming Public Pension Crisis Is Bigger Than It Appears.

Summary

  • Public pension plans are vastly underfunded and imperil state and local budgets over the long-term.
  • High credit ratings and optimistic actuarial assumptions mask the full extent of the looming crises.
  • Low yields on long-term municipal bonds reflect hunger for yield and obliviousness to underlying risks.

With 30-Year muni bonds yielding a paltry 3.39% on average (according toBloomberg), investors seem to be assuming both that inflation will remain historically low over that holding period and public pension costs will not imperil state and municipal budgets. In fact, the average muni yield of 3.39% was equivalent to the 30-year treasury yield as of 5/23/2014 despite the fact that the federal government has powerful options available to it to avert default (i.e. seigniorage). Even when factoring in munis’ favorable tax treatment, the effective 30-year muni-Treasury spread is small.

Famed investor Warren Buffett weighed in on public pensions in his 2013 shareholder letter:

“Local and state financial problems are accelerating, in large part because public entities promised pensions they couldn’t afford. Citizens and public officials typically under-appreciated the gigantic financial tapeworm that was born when promises were made that conflicted with a willingness to fund them….During the next decade, you will read a lot of news – bad news – about public pension plans.”

While there has been some public discussion about the looming public pension crisis, most of the conversation has been driven either by special interest groups that sought to deny pensioners the benefits they were promised or public sector unions advocating for their members. The reports produced by the state plans, themselves, use an accounting gimmick (overestimating future investment returns) to understate the amount of the unfunded liability. Using data from data.gov and the Boston College Center for Retirement Research, I estimate that there was at least a $1.1+ TRILLION cumulative unfunded liability in state and local plans, for which data is available, as of the 2010 plan year end (usually June 30, 2010). That represents more than half the entire aggregate annual budgets of all fifty US states. Detailed aggregate, state-by-state, and plan-by-plan data is presented at the bottom of the article.

Surprisingly, aggregate 2012 state-level data shows that most states underperformed all of the relevant benchmark indexes for their plan year periods. 2002-2010 plan-level data shows that not a single plan (out of the 120 analyzed) attained its assumed rate of return over that 9 year period; most were short by a large margin. All but one of the plans showed a funding shortfall as of year-end 2010, using my methodology (that does not give funds credit for returns assumptions that have proven to be wildly optimistic), and, in aggregate, plans had only about two-thirds of the assets required to be fully funded.

At a high level, the implication for muni-bond holders is clear. Many of the states with very high levels of unfunded liabilities sport high credit ratings. While most of the state plans’ actuarial reports assume a 7.5%-8% future rate of return on investments, the 2012 data shows that most pension plans underperformed both the Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index and major stock indexes over the 2012 fiscal year (July 2011 – June 2012)–and posted nowhere near their assumed rates of return. Estimating the individual plans’ annual rate of return between the 2001 fiscal year end and the 2010 fiscal year end (the most recent time period for which the BC data is available for many of the plans) shows that not a single plan (out of 120 for which data was available) achieved its assumed rate of annual return over that period; most underperformed by a considerable margin. While higher market returns in 2011-2013 may have closed some of that gap, the extent to which anticipated returns were overestimated for the 9 year period analyzed is very large.

Individual investors tend to have exposure to municipal bonds by either owning the bonds directly or through a mutual fund. In addition, there are a number of uninsured long-term or high yield muni-bond ETFs:

SPDR Nuveen Barclays Capital Muni Bond (TFI)

Market Vectors AMT-Free Long Municipal Index ETF (MLN)

SPDR Nuveen S&P High Yield Municipal Bond ETF (HYMB)

Market Vectors High-Yield Municipal Bond Index ETF (HYD)

However, taking a bearish position on the muni market is a challenging exercise. Long term puts do not seem to be available for any of the above-listed ETFs. While there is a Markit muni CDS (credit-default-swap) index (MCDX), it does not currently present a trading opportunity for most individual investors. Normal short positions (i.e. in the above-listed ETFs) are inherently risky, because of the unlimited downside exposure, and are not really suitable for most individual investors.

Analysis

The 2012 plan year, for most states, runs from July 2011 – June 2012. Over that period, stock and bond indexes posted returns from 3.14% to 7.48%:

Rate of Benchmark returns for June 2011 – June 2012

Closing Price

30-Jun-11

Closing Price

30-Jun-12

% Change

Source

NASDAQ

2,773.52

2,935.05

5.82%

Yahoo Finance

S&P500

1,320.64

1,362.16

3.14%

Google Finance

Dow Jones

12,414.34

12,880.09

3.75%

Google Finance

Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index

7.48%

Barclays

* Barclays index calculated as product of monthly reported (1+RoR) rates of return over the holding period

Surprisingly, most of the state pensions underperformed every single one of these indexes and Arkansas, Hawaii, and New Jersey even posted negative returns for the 2012 plan year. Below is the estimated (approximate) 2012 fiscal year annual return for the aggregate of each state’s (non-local) plans (as reported by Data.gov), calculated as the value of the investment returns divided by the ending plan balance less the net outflows for the year less the posted returns–and contrasted with the benchmark indexes. The number of plans that underperformed every single one of the indexes is staggering.

Est Rate of

Indexes

State

Return in 2012

Exceeded

Alabama

18.04%

4*

Alaska

1.11%

0

Arizona

1.23%

0

Arkansas

-0.42%

0

California

3.26%

1

Colorado

2.15%

0

Connecticut

3.52%

1

Delaware

4.72%

2

Florida

5.00%

2

Georgia

1.97%

0

Hawaii

-0.18%

0

Idaho

1.55%

0

Illinois

0.83%

0

Indiana

1.02%

0

Iowa

3.48%

1

Kansas

0.96%

0

Kentucky

1.43%

0

Louisiana

0.02%

0

Maine

0.72%

0

Maryland

0.92%

0

Massachusetts

-0.26%

0

Michigan

12.18%

4*

Minnesota

3.09%

0

Mississippi

0.51%

0

Missouri

3.41%

1

Montana

16.35%

4

Nebraska

1.04%

0

Nevada

3.14%

0

New Hampshire

2.29%

0

New Jersey

-1.34%

0

New Mexico

0.35%

0

New York

4.61%

2

North Carolina

7.61%

4

North Dakota

9.13%

4

Ohio

1.30%

0

Oklahoma

1.37%

0

Oregon

1.22%

0

Pennsylvania

2.86%

0

Rhode Island

1.72%

0

South Carolina

0.68%

0

South Dakota

1.81%

0

Tennessee

5.34%

2

Texas

8.11%

4*

Utah

2.65%

0

Vermont

19.53%

4

Virginia

1.76%

0

Washington

1.70%

0

West Virginia

1.61%

0

Wisconsin

1.04%

0

Wyoming

-0.70%

0

* Indicates plan has fiscal year that differs from that used to calculate the index

The Boston College data set has annual data points for 126 individual state and local pension plans between 2010 and 2011. However, there are many missing data points for 2011 and a number of artifacts/outliers that appear to be problematic. Removing those from the data set yields 2001-2002 through 2009-2010 performance data for 120 plans. Analyzing this data (estimating the annual rate of return in year X as the investment return for year X divided by the ending market value of investments in year X-1), alongside each plan’s assumed rate of return demonstrates that, over that time period, every single one of the plans dramatically overestimated their annual rate of return over the time period in question.

Recent Estimated Returns

Estimated Gross %

Estimated rate of

2010 Annual

Relative to Returns Assumption

Return (2002-2010)

return (2002-2010)

Returns Assumption

Alabama ERS

-3.58%

-0.40%

8.00%

Alabama Teachers

0.13%

0.01%

8.00%

Alaska PERS

-9.55%

-1.11%

8.00%

Alaska Teachers

-5.49%

-0.63%

8.00%

Arizona Public Safety Personnel

-3.67%

-0.42%

8.25%

Arizona SRS

12.05%

1.27%

8.00%

Arkansas PERS

11.11%

1.18%

8.00%

Arkansas Teachers

25.98%

2.60%

8.00%

California PERF

15.57%

1.62%

7.75%

California Teachers

7.45%

0.80%

7.75%

Chicago Teachers

9.64%

1.03%

8.00%

City of Austin ERS

41.27%

3.91%

7.75%

Colorado Municipal

39.85%

3.80%

8.00%

Colorado School

31.68%

3.10%

8.00%

Colorado State

28.22%

2.80%

8.00%

Connecticut SERS

-10.58%

-1.23%

8.25%

Connecticut Teachers

45.74%

4.27%

8.50%

Contra Costa County

28.42%

2.82%

7.75%

DC Police & Fire

21.56%

2.19%

7.00%

DC Teachers

22.07%

2.24%

7.00%

Delaware State Employees

18.48%

1.90%

7.50%

Denver Employees

27.03%

2.69%

8.00%

Denver Schools

31.36%

3.08%

8.00%

Duluth Teachers

-6.36%

-0.73%

8.50%

Fairfax County Schools

19.17%

1.97%

7.50%

Florida RS

11.33%

1.20%

7.75%

Georgia ERS

9.56%

1.02%

7.50%

Georgia Teachers

4.57%

0.50%

7.50%

Hawaii ERS

10.39%

1.10%

8.00%

Houston Firefighters

39.48%

3.77%

8.50%

Idaho PERS

19.07%

1.96%

7.25%

Illinois Municipal

46.38%

4.32%

7.50%

Illinois SERS

5.32%

0.58%

7.75%

Illinois Teachers

16.47%

1.71%

8.50%

Illinois Universities

20.43%

2.09%

7.75%

Indiana PERF

40.51%

3.85%

7.00%

Indiana Teachers

7.97%

0.86%

7.00%

Iowa PERS

23.84%

2.40%

7.50%

Kansas PERS

17.36%

1.79%

8.00%

Kentucky County

9.22%

0.98%

7.75%

Kentucky ERS

10.71%

1.14%

7.75%

Kentucky Teachers

-1.35%

-0.15%

8.00%

LA County ERS

-13.83%

-1.64%

5.00%

Louisiana SERS

20.42%

2.09%

8.25%

Louisiana Teachers

8.22%

0.88%

8.25%

Maine Local

39.03%

3.73%

7.25%

Maine State and Teacher

22.25%

2.26%

7.25%

Maryland PERS

14.08%

1.47%

7.75%

Maryland Teachers

14.89%

1.55%

7.75%

Michigan Municipal

43.92%

4.13%

8.00%

Michigan Public Schools

40.87%

3.88%

8.00%

Minneapolis ERF

19.58%

2.01%

6.00%

Minnesota PERF

-16.47%

-1.98%

8.50%

Minnesota State Employees

42.14%

3.98%

8.50%

Minnesota Teachers

-4.94%

-0.56%

8.50%

Mississippi PERS

3.47%

0.38%

8.00%

Missouri DOT and Highway Patrol

31.10%

3.05%

8.00%

Missouri Local

25.22%

2.53%

7.25%

Missouri PEERS

13.35%

1.40%

8.00%

Missouri State Employees

43.95%

4.13%

8.50%

Missouri Teachers

13.03%

1.37%

8.00%

Montana PERS

-3.96%

-0.45%

7.75%

Montana Teachers

-5.37%

-0.61%

7.75%

Nebraska Schools

16.74%

1.73%

8.00%

Nevada Regular Employees

7.13%

0.77%

8.00%

New Hampshire Retirement System

8.43%

0.90%

7.75%

New Jersey PERS

6.49%

0.70%

8.25%

New Jersey Police & Fire

6.87%

0.74%

8.25%

New Jersey Teachers

6.10%

0.66%

8.25%

New Mexico PERF

5.55%

0.60%

7.75%

New Mexico Teachers

14.77%

1.54%

7.75%

New York City ERS

4.76%

0.52%

8.00%

New York City Teachers

4.50%

0.49%

8.00%

New York State Teachers

10.69%

1.14%

8.00%

North Carolina Local Government

57.96%

5.21%

7.25%

North Carolina Teachers and State Employees

55.07%

5.00%

7.25%

North Dakota PERS

16.95%

1.76%

8.00%

North Dakota Teachers

9.97%

1.06%

8.00%

NY State & Local ERS

23.87%

2.41%

8.00%

NY State & Local Police & Fire

23.98%

2.42%

8.00%

Ohio PERS

26.43%

2.64%

8.00%

Ohio Police & Fire

30.85%

3.03%

8.25%

Ohio School Employees

7.59%

0.82%

8.00%

Ohio Teachers

12.21%

1.29%

8.00%

Oklahoma PERS

18.53%

1.91%

7.50%

Oklahoma Teachers

20.88%

2.13%

8.00%

Oregon PERS

27.69%

2.75%

8.00%

Pennsylvania School Employees

18.23%

1.88%

7.75%

Pennsylvania State ERS

57.45%

5.17%

8.00%

Phoenix ERS

5.95%

0.64%

8.00%

Rhode Island ERS

14.12%

1.48%

7.50%

Rhode Island Municipal

14.14%

1.48%

7.50%

San Diego County

32.88%

3.21%

8.00%

San Francisco City & County

20.41%

2.09%

7.66%

South Carolina Police

4.50%

0.49%

8.00%

South Carolina RS

6.63%

0.72%

8.00%

South Dakota PERS

19.90%

2.04%

7.75%

St. Louis School Employees

34.37%

3.34%

8.00%

St. Paul Teachers

37.72%

3.62%

8.50%

Texas County & District

44.55%

4.18%

8.00%

Texas ERS

8.49%

0.91%

8.00%

Texas LECOS

8.39%

0.90%

8.00%

Texas Municipal

21.60%

2.20%

7.00%

Texas Teachers

18.69%

1.92%

8.00%

University of California

2.86%

0.31%

7.50%

Utah Noncontributory

37.43%

3.60%

7.75%

Vermont State Employees

19.09%

1.96%

6.25%

Vermont Teachers

20.55%

2.10%

6.25%

Virginia Retirement System

24.73%

2.49%

7.00%

Washington LEOFF Plan 1

23.80%

2.40%

8.00%

Washington LEOFF Plan 2

25.03%

2.51%

8.00%

Washington PERS 1

23.17%

2.34%

8.00%

Washington PERS 2/3

24.28%

2.44%

8.00%

Washington School Employees Plan 2/3

24.07%

2.43%

8.00%

Washington Teachers Plan 1

23.33%

2.36%

8.00%

Washington Teachers Plan 2/3

24.19%

2.44%

8.00%

West Virginia PERS

37.88%

3.63%

7.50%

West Virginia Teachers

39.35%

3.76%

7.50%

Wisconsin Retirement System

48.69%

4.51%

7.20%

Wyoming Public Employees

23.12%

2.34%

8.00%

* Excludes MA (outlier w/-80%- returns in 2009)

* Excludes TN (missing actuarial data from 2010)

* Excludes plans with missing data

Michigan SERS

Nevada Police Officer and Firefighter

Note that the plans calculate their unfunded liabilities assuming the above (high) rate of returns on their investments and an actuarial methodology called asset smoothing. As a result, they are almost universally arguing that $1 of assets in their plan today actually offsets more than $1 of NPV worth of plan liabilities. To calculate my estimate of their unfunded liabilities, I assume that $1 of assets at their period end market value offsets $1 of NPV of liabilities (no asset smoothing). Below is a plan by plan account of the estimated unfunded liabilities according to my calculations versus each plan’s.

Actuarial vs. Market Value of Assets

Actuarial Assets

Market Value of

Actuarial Liabilities

Liabilities Less

% Shortfall

Market Value of Assets vs. Liabilities

2010 ($1000s)

Assets 2010 ($1000s)

2010 ($1000s)

Assets (at Market)

Alabama ERS

$ 9,739,331

$ 8,176,732

$ 14,284,119

$ 6,107,387

42.76%

Alabama Teachers

$ 20,132,779

$ 17,037,673

$ 28,299,523

$ 11,261,850

39.80%

Alaska PERS

$ 6,469,832

$ 5,391,527

$ 10,371,672

$ 4,980,145

48.02%

Alaska Teachers

$ 3,259,868

$ 2,716,557

$ 6,006,981

$ 3,290,424

54.78%

Arizona Public Safety Personnel

$ 5,591,304

$ 4,585,863

$ 8,255,185

$ 3,669,322

44.45%

Arizona SRS

$ 27,572,000

$ 22,146,960

$ 36,073,000

$ 13,926,040

38.61%

Arkansas PERS

$ 5,409,000

$ 4,728,500

$ 7,304,000

$ 2,575,500

35.26%

Arkansas Teachers

$ 10,845,000

$ 9,883,574

$ 14,702,000

$ 4,818,426

32.77%

California PERF

$ 257,070,000

$ 201,616,074

$ 308,343,000

$ 106,726,926

34.61%

California Teachers

$ 140,291,000

$ 129,768,107

$ 196,315,000

$ 66,546,893

33.90%

Chicago Teachers

$ 10,917,417

$ 8,947,470

$ 16,319,744

$ 7,372,273

45.17%

City of Austin ERS

$ 1,711,600

$ 1,711,577

$ 2,460,700

$ 749,123

30.44%

Colorado Municipal

$ 2,926,045

$ 2,883,504

$ 4,005,566

$ 1,122,062

28.01%

Colorado School

$ 20,321,736

$ 19,870,277

$ 31,339,754

$ 11,469,477

36.60%

Colorado State

$ 12,791,946

$ 12,487,105

$ 20,356,176

$ 7,869,071

38.66%

Connecticut SERS

$ 9,349,605

$ 7,791,337

$ 21,054,197

$ 13,262,860

62.99%

Connecticut Teachers

$ 14,430,200

$ 12,284,330

$ 23,495,900

$ 11,211,570

47.72%

Contra Costa County

$ 5,341,822

$ 5,027,157

$ 6,654,037

$ 1,626,880

24.45%

DC Police & Fire

$ 5,137,409

$ 2,925,742

$ 5,137,409

$ 2,211,667

43.05%

DC Teachers

$ 1,671,184

$ 1,317,470

$ 1,671,184

$ 353,714

21.17%

Delaware State Employees

$ 6,808,957

$ 5,909,159

$ 7,096,326

$ 1,187,167

16.73%

Denver Employees

$ 1,942,870

$ 1,725,680

$ 2,284,760

$ 559,080

24.47%

Denver Schools

$ 2,961,720

$ 2,940,926

$ 3,332,814

$ 391,888

11.76%

Duluth Teachers

$ 255,309

$ 192,403

$ 312,650

$ 120,247

38.46%

Fairfax County Schools

$ 1,822,603

$ 1,607,663

$ 2,384,061

$ 776,398

32.57%

Florida RS

$ 120,929,666

$ 107,179,990

$ 139,652,377

$ 32,472,387

23.25%

Georgia ERS

$ 13,046,193

$ 10,956,296

$ 16,295,352

$ 5,339,056

32.76%

Georgia Teachers

$ 54,529,416

$ 45,925,549

$ 63,592,037

$ 17,666,488

27.78%

Hawaii ERS

$ 11,345,600

$ 9,821,633

$ 18,483,700

$ 8,662,067

46.86%

Houston Firefighters

$ 3,116,848

$ 2,721,637

$ 3,337,473

$ 615,836

18.45%

Idaho PERS

$ 9,632,100

$ 9,599,892

$ 12,187,900

$ 2,588,008

21.23%

Illinois Municipal

$ 24,251,137

$ 25,141,889

$ 29,129,228

$ 3,987,339

13.69%

Illinois SERS

$ 10,961,540

$ 9,201,831

$ 29,309,464

$ 20,107,634

68.60%

Illinois Teachers

$ 37,439,092

$ 31,323,784

$ 77,293,198

$ 45,969,414

59.47%

Illinois Universities

$ 13,966,643

$ 12,121,542

$ 30,120,427

$ 17,998,885

59.76%

Indiana PERF

$ 12,357,199

$ 10,581,319

$ 14,506,052

$ 3,924,733

27.06%

Indiana Teachers

$ 8,804,964

$ 8,140,769

$ 19,896,625

$ 11,755,856

59.08%

Iowa PERS

$ 21,537,459

$ 19,878,080

$ 26,468,420

$ 6,590,340

24.90%

Kansas PERS

$ 13,589,658

$ 11,352,784

$ 21,853,783

$ 10,500,999

48.05%

Kentucky County

$ 7,296,322

$ 6,327,382

$ 11,131,174

$ 4,803,792

43.16%

Kentucky ERS

$ 4,712,945

$ 3,948,108

$ 11,692,945

$ 7,744,837

66.24%

Kentucky Teachers

$ 14,851,330

$ 12,456,619

$ 24,344,316

$ 11,887,697

48.83%

LA County ERS

$ 38,839,392

$ 33,433,888

$ 46,646,838

$ 13,212,950

28.33%

Louisiana SERS

$ 8,512,403

$ 8,064,543

$ 14,764,015

$ 6,699,472

45.38%

Louisiana Teachers

$ 12,868,484

$ 12,021,431

$ 23,674,842

$ 11,653,411

49.22%

Maine Local

$ 2,045,337

$ 1,781,153

$ 2,122,833

$ 341,680

16.10%

Maine State and Teacher

$ 8,369,763

$ 7,288,320

$ 12,676,367

$ 5,388,047

42.50%

Maryland PERS

$ 11,937,944

$ 10,983,303

$ 19,009,788

$ 8,026,485

42.22%

Maryland Teachers

$ 20,908,150

$ 19,256,510

$ 31,963,421

$ 12,706,911

39.75%

Michigan Municipal

$ 6,945,423

$ 5,973,039

$ 9,317,222

$ 3,344,183

35.89%

Michigan Public Schools

$ 43,294,000

$ 35,855,478

$ 60,927,000

$ 25,071,522

41.15%

Minneapolis ERF

$ 844,033

$ 844,033

$ 1,286,151

$ 442,118

34.38%

Minnesota PERF

$ 13,126,993

$ 11,338,582

$ 17,180,956

$ 5,842,374

34.00%

Minnesota State Employees

$ 8,960,391

$ 7,692,531

$ 10,264,071

$ 2,571,540

25.05%

Minnesota Teachers

$ 17,323,146

$ 14,939,540

$ 22,081,634

$ 7,142,094

32.34%

Mississippi PERS

$ 20,143,426

$ 16,788,214

$ 31,399,988

$ 14,611,774

46.53%

Missouri DOT and Highway Patrol

$ 1,375,845

$ 1,312,717

$ 3,258,867

$ 1,946,150

59.72%

Missouri Local

$ 3,592,226

$ 3,695,341

$ 4,432,332

$ 736,991

16.63%

Missouri PEERS

$ 2,892,411

$ 2,404,425

$ 3,658,713

$ 1,254,288

34.28%

Missouri State Employees

$ 7,923,377

$ 6,727,623

$ 9,853,155

$ 3,125,532

31.72%

Missouri Teachers

$ 28,931,331

$ 23,755,741

$ 37,233,602

$ 13,477,861

36.20%

Montana PERS

$ 3,889,890

$ 3,315,906

$ 5,241,819

$ 1,925,913

36.74%

Montana Teachers

$ 2,956,583

$ 2,521,446

$ 4,518,168

$ 1,996,722

44.19%

Nebraska Schools

$ 7,040,909

$ 5,940,537

$ 8,542,119

$ 2,601,582

30.46%

Nevada Regular Employees

$ 19,665,764

$ 16,604,769

$ 27,616,270

$ 11,011,501

39.87%

New Hampshire Retirement System

$ 5,233,838

$ 4,847,852

$ 8,953,932

$ 4,106,080

45.86%

New Jersey PERS

$ 28,734,593

$ 24,332,712

$ 41,347,836

$ 17,015,124

41.15%

New Jersey Police & Fire

$ 22,558,521

$ 19,844,138

$ 29,274,359

$ 9,430,222

32.21%

New Jersey Teachers

$ 33,265,327

$ 25,892,496

$ 49,543,348

$ 23,650,852

47.74%

New Mexico PERF

$ 12,243,713

$ 10,016,491

$ 15,601,461

$ 5,584,970

35.80%

New Mexico Teachers

$ 9,431,300

$ 8,232,523

$ 14,353,500

$ 6,120,977

42.64%

New York City ERS

$ 42,556,400

$ 35,383,794

$ 42,556,400

$ 7,172,606

16.85%

New York City Teachers

$ 31,135,400

$ 26,398,410

$ 31,135,400

$ 4,736,990

15.21%

New York State Teachers

$ 105,302,082

$ 76,844,937

$ 105,302,082

$ 28,457,145

27.02%

North Carolina Local Government

$ 18,570,514

$ 15,795,385

$ 18,646,430

$ 2,851,045

15.29%

North Carolina Teachers and State Employees

$ 57,102,198

$ 48,773,836

$ 59,876,066

$ 11,102,230

18.54%

North Dakota PERS

$ 1,621,723

$ 1,474,185

$ 2,208,386

$ 734,201

33.25%

North Dakota Teachers

$ 1,841,960

$ 1,437,950

$ 2,637,165

$ 1,199,215

45.47%

NY State & Local ERS

$ 158,159,164

$ 114,057,641

$ 158,159,164

$ 44,101,523

27.88%

NY State & Local Police & Fire

$ 28,605,772

$ 20,194,091

$ 28,605,772

$ 8,411,681

29.41%

Ohio PERS

$ 60,599,000

$ 63,515,006

$ 79,630,000

$ 16,114,994

20.24%

Ohio Police & Fire

$ 10,681,012

$ 10,075,500

$ 15,384,437

$ 5,308,937

34.51%

Ohio School Employees

$ 10,787,000

$ 8,953,363

$ 14,855,000

$ 5,901,637

39.73%

Ohio Teachers

$ 55,946,259

$ 54,140,413

$ 94,720,669

$ 40,580,256

42.84%

Oklahoma PERS

$ 6,348,416

$ 5,774,379

$ 9,622,628

$ 3,848,249

39.99%

Oklahoma Teachers

$ 9,566,700

$ 8,351,966

$ 19,980,600

$ 11,628,634

58.20%

Oregon PERS

$ 51,583,600

$ 47,685,015

$ 59,329,500

$ 11,644,485

19.63%

Pennsylvania School Employees

$ 59,306,848

$ 45,598,475

$ 79,005,428

$ 33,406,953

42.28%

Pennsylvania State ERS

$ 29,443,945

$ 25,886,102

$ 39,179,594

$ 13,293,492

33.93%

Phoenix ERS

$ 1,868,093

$ 1,535,174

$ 2,697,288

$ 1,162,114

43.08%

Rhode Island ERS

$ 6,405,209

$ 5,487,924

$ 13,238,855

$ 7,750,931

58.55%

Rhode Island Municipal

$ 1,196,385

$ 1,000,481

$ 1,626,621

$ 626,140

38.49%

San Diego County

$ 8,433,310

$ 6,868,944

$ 9,999,161

$ 3,130,217

31.30%

San Francisco City & County

$ 16,069,058

$ 13,136,786

$ 17,643,394

$ 4,506,608

25.54%

South Carolina Police

$ 3,612,700

$ 2,851,474

$ 4,850,457

$ 1,998,983

41.21%

South Carolina RS

$ 25,400,331

$ 19,681,137

$ 38,774,029

$ 19,092,892

49.24%

South Dakota PERS

$ 7,119,875

$ 6,496,635

$ 7,393,251

$ 896,616

12.13%

St. Louis School Employees

$ 944,357

$ 937,594

$ 1,066,271

$ 128,677

12.07%

St. Paul Teachers

$ 1,001,444

$ 815,307

$ 1,471,630

$ 656,323

44.60%

Texas County & District

$ 17,808,600

$ 17,729,760

$ 19,931,200

$ 2,201,440

11.05%

Texas ERS

$ 23,628,567

$ 19,580,610

$ 27,668,876

$ 8,088,266

29.23%

Texas LECOS

$ 802,897

$ 668,353

$ 930,747

$ 262,394

28.19%

Texas Municipal

$ 16,986,000

$ 17,992,494

$ 20,481,500

$ 2,489,006

12.15%

Texas Teachers

$ 111,293,000

$ 95,688,405

$ 134,191,000

$ 38,502,595

28.69%

University of California

$ 41,195,318

$ 34,574,454

$ 47,504,309

$ 12,929,855

27.22%

Utah Noncontributory

$ 16,895,039

$ 15,802,205

$ 20,544,827

$ 4,742,622

23.08%

Vermont State Employees

$ 1,265,404

$ 1,169,845

$ 1,559,324

$ 389,479

24.98%

Vermont Teachers

$ 1,410,368

$ 1,305,250

$ 2,122,191

$ 816,941

38.50%

Virginia Retirement System

$ 52,729,000

$ 44,645,816

$ 72,801,000

$ 28,155,184

38.67%

Washington LEOFF Plan 1

$ 5,560,900

$ 4,586,358

$ 4,393,300

$ (193,058)

-4.39%

Washington LEOFF Plan 2

$ 7,927,000

$ 5,081,657

$ 7,927,000

$ 2,845,343

35.89%

Washington PERS 1

$ 9,293,000

$ 7,626,486

$ 12,538,100

$ 4,911,614

39.17%

Washington PERS 2/3

$ 25,978,000

$ 16,368,663

$ 25,978,000

$ 9,609,337

36.99%

Washington School Employees Plan 2/3

$ 3,459,000

$ 2,237,385

$ 3,459,000

$ 1,221,615

35.32%

Washington Teachers Plan 1

$ 7,791,300

$ 6,404,061

$ 9,201,300

$ 2,797,239

30.40%

Washington Teachers Plan 2/3

$ 9,106,000

$ 5,547,281

$ 9,106,000

$ 3,558,719

39.08%

West Virginia PERS

$ 3,974,609

$ 3,866,588

$ 5,325,830

$ 1,459,242

27.40%

West Virginia Teachers

$ 4,143,540

$ 4,143,540

$ 8,904,312

$ 4,760,772

53.47%

Wisconsin Retirement System

$ 80,626,900

$ 75,872,072

$ 80,758,800

$ 4,886,728

6.05%

Wyoming Public Employees

$ 5,799,531

$ 5,495,337

$ 6,855,643

$ 1,360,306

19.84%

Total

$2,629,875,887

$ 2,231,596,280

$ 3,375,676,773

$ 1,144,080,493

33.89%

Overstatement of

Assets

$ 398,279,607

Estimated Unfunded Obligations

$ 1,144,080,493

In total, my calculations show over a $1.1 trillion unfunded liability in the 120 state and local plans excluding any unfunded liabilities in additional local plans within each state for which data is unavailable (the plans excluded from the plan-level analysis: MA, TN, etc. would increase this aggregate shortfall if included). While investment returns are likely to be higher in the 2012-2014 fiscal years, closing some of this gap, it would be imprudent to assume that the strong performance of the underlying investment indexes continues at that elevated rate.

Policymakers at the state and local levels will be forced to make difficult trade-offs in the years ahead. $1.1 trillion is more than half of the aggregate total state budgets for the most recent fiscal years for whichdata is available (5/25/2014). It is a very big number, and no amount of unreasonable assumptions or whitewashing will make it go away on its own. Retirees, future retirees, taxpayers, and municipal bond holders all deserve better than the uncertain future presented by the status quo. The political cost of taking action is high but the ultimate financial cost of inaction will be far higher.

If you are holding muni bonds (either directly or indirectly) in your search for yield, you should consider the specific risks of the state or municipality, and its unfunded obligations, in the context of your investment.

NOTE: The full excel workbook containing the raw data, and my calculations, is available upon request. If you make use of any of the data in this article, please cite the following sources:

1) Lenny Grover’s article on Seeking Alpha

2) Data.gov

3) Boston College Center for Retirement Research

May. 27, 2014 10:08 AM ET  

 




Toll Road Bonds Offer Rare Value In Pricey Muni Market – Citi.

Citi says the municipal-bond market looks rich and that it doesn’t see good things ahead for munis for the remainder of this year, with possibly one exception: the toll road sector. Citi’s muni strategy troika of Vikram Rai, Mikhail Foux and George Friedlander foresee a time soon, likely next year, “when the need for infrastructure investment overwhelms fiscal restraint,” and they expect a slew of new bond issuance to support municipal infrastructure needs. Citi says new projects in the toll-road sector already seem to be picking up, and sees investor opportunities ahead. From Citi today:

Toll road projects serving large metropolitan areas with high wealth levels and a diverse geographic and economic base (for instance, projects in the New York tri-state area and San Francisco Bay area) are typically blessed with relatively strong inelastic demand for their services and also possess strong independent rate setting ability. Thus, these highly rated issues have traded more like essential service revenue bonds and have richened fairly drastically with the rest of the high grade municipal sector. While there is no doubt that these bonds aren’t exactly suitable for investors looking for yield pick-up, we still consider them cheap vs. high grade bonds in essential service categories such as gas, power and electric utilities. These bonds also offer strong defensive play against a darkening of the municipal credit landscape.

But, for investors looking for yield pick-up while willing to slide down the credit spectrum, we would encourage exploring newly issued BBB/BB rated toll road bonds. While evaluating these new issues, we prefer projects which offer essentiality i.e. there is no threat from other toll free options which could force new toll roads to compete for business based on toll charges.

May 27, 2014, 12:01 P.M. ET
By Michael Aneiro




The Outlook on Pay for Success / Social Impact Bonds.

Pay for Success is an approach to funding social service programs designed to improve outcomes and ultimately reduce the costs of addressing these issues. In a Pay for Success contract, private investors provide funding for preventative or interventional services up-front, and government reimburses these investors with a return on their investment, only if results are achieved.

In doing so, private investors take on the initial risk, governments pay based on outcomes, and cost-saving programs with demonstrated effectiveness gain access to new and additional funding sources. Pay for Success projects are underway in several states in the U.S., including California.

The Housing California conference, an annual conference held in April with more than 1,000 participants involved in housing, included an informative session on the outlook on Pay for Success, or Social Impact Bonds, with LeSar Development Consultants, Corporation for Supportive Housing, Third Sector Capital Partners, Santa Clara County, and California State Assemblymember Toni Atkins’ office.

The audience, a mix of affordable housing developers, local government staff, and lenders, were receptive to Pay for Success, interested in learning how it could be applied to their programs, particularly around affordable housing.

Some of the key highlights of the panel looking at the outlook for Pay for Success included:

Change the Nomenclature to Gain More Understanding and Support – move away from the misnomer “social impact bond” to nomenclature that more accurately describes the tool –“Pay for Success” or “Pay for Performance”. Santa Clara County’s COO Gary Graves shared that upon hearing about “Social Impact Bonds”, he was skeptical, as the notion of floating a bond was unappealing. Once understanding that Pay for Success actually does not involve bond financing, but rather contracts that are paid upon outcomes being reached, and learning more, Mr. Graves became a proponent of the idea and Santa Clara County has a Pay for Success program under development.

Counties Are Key Partners, Along with Cross-Sector Community Partners – Pay for Success programs that are currently emerging in California have Counties serving as the public agencies that pay upon successful outcomes being reached, and a broad cross-sector of the community collaborating. In Santa Clara County, the County was spurred to action by the community, who advocated for the County to adopt a Pay for Success program. Community partners and the County worked in collaboration to complete a landscape analysis process to determine which services could fit into a Pay for Success model. Now, the County is issuing a Request for Proposals to select a lead agency for the program.

Homelessness, Workforce Development, Recidivism, Frequent Health Users, Supportive Housing, and Child Welfare are emerging areas where Pay for Success programs are being developed. Santa Clara County’s landscape analysis identified homelessness and acute mental health treatment as two areas where services could fit into a Pay for Success model. One success outcome measure will be keeping a homeless family housed for at least a year.

In Minnesota and Massachusetts, PFS projects are focused on supportive housing. Minnesota also has a workforce development PFS program underway. In Los Angeles, the PFS model is used by Just In Reach provides housing, workforce, and substance abuse services to homeless inmates to reduce recidivism. Success outcome measures include reducing bed days in incarceration.

Challenges remain for this burgeoning field. Some of the most significant challenges are:

Some of these challenges are being overcome by communities and local government seeing the benefits of a Pay for Success model and forging ahead despite the drawback. In Santa Clara County’s case, the County had difficulty identifying cashable savings from their acute mental health treatment Pay for Success program, because while they anticipated wait times at local emergency rooms would decrease, they did not anticipate it would equate to cash savings. Despite this, strong community support of paying for verifiable outcomes convinced County Supervisors and the County to move forward with the program. Another obstacle Santa Clara County is facing is a lack of provider capacity, so they have agreed to invest $1,000,000 upfront toward capacity-building for homeless providers and community-based organizations in preparation for program ramp-up, all with the goal of bolstering homeless health care. With community and political will, the Pay for Success challenges are being overcome.

For more information about Pay For Success, read the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco’s Community Development Investment Review – Pay For Success Financing (Volume 9, Issue 1, 2013).

MAY 23, 2014
By Leilani Barnett.

Leilani Barnett is Regional Manager of Community Development with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, covering California’s Central Valley.

 

 




Mayer Brown: New US Water Infrastructure Legislation Passed Today: Will WIFIA Repeat The Success Of TIFIA?

The US Department of Transportation’s TIFIA (Transportation Finance & Innovation Act) credit support program is by far the most successful federal program providing financial support for surface transportation public-private partnerships (P3). Few major P3 transportation projects in recent years would have been possible, and few P3s in the pipeline will go forward, without TIFIA assistance. Now, Congress has set out to try to repeat the success of TIFIA with a similar program—just substituting a “W” for the “T” in the acronym—to support major water infrastructure projects.

The new WIFIA (Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act) program is part of the Water Resources Reform and Development Act (WRRDA) that passed the House on May 21 and the Senate on May 22, and is expected to be signed by the President shortly.

WRRDA authorizes funding for the construction and repair of waterway and port projects across the United States. It also allows Congress to authorize the Army Corps of Engineers to spearhead the development, maintenance and support of vital US port and waterways infrastructure, as well as supporting targeted flood protection and environmental restoration needs.

Consciously building on the increased use of public-private partnerships for the financing, construction and operation of major surface transportation infrastructure, WRRDA encourages P3s for development of major water infrastructure projects. Specifically, the legislation establishes WIFIA in order to provide credit assistance for drinking water, wastewater and water resources infrastructure projects. WIFIA is designed to leverage federal funds by attracting substantial private or other non-federal investments to promote increased development of critical water infrastructure and to help speed construction of local projects.

WIFIA is very closely modeled on the USDOT TIFIA program and has many similar elements, including interest rate (tied to long-term Treasury rates) and maximum maturity (35 years); maximum percentage of eligible project cost that can be financed (generally 49 percent, although in contrast in TIFIA program, WIFIA legislation provides that up to 25 percent of each year’s financing assistance can be made be available for loans exceeding 49 percent of project cost); deferral of loan repayment for up to five years after substantial completion; credit rating requirements; and non-subordination/ “springing parity lien” in the event of bankruptcy.

Also consistent with the initial authorization of TIFIA program, WIFIA is established as a five-year “pilot” program, with the Comptroller General directed to report to Congress prior to the end of this period on status of program implementation and with recommendations for improvements, continuation authorization or termination.

The most significant difference between TIFIA and WIFIA is in the level of authorized spending. Authorized spending for the WIFIA program starts at $20 million in the first year and increases to $50 million in the fifth year. If “scored” for federal budget purposes similar to the scoring for the TIFIA program, this would provide for approximately $200 million in financing in the first year, increasing to approximately $500 million in the fifth year. That compares to TIFIA’s current funding level under MAP-21 legislation of $1 billion (which allows credit support of for loans of approximately $10 billion). By way of further comparison, the first year (1999) appropriation for the TIFIA program was $80 million. Given that the nation’s water infrastructure needs are, by most estimates, even larger in total than its transportation needs, this is clearly a “pilot” program—with a very small “p.”

WRRDA directs the Army Corps of Engineers and the Environmental Protection Agency to implement and manage the WIFIA program. The Army Corps of Engineers is authorized to carry out projects for flood damage reduction, environmental restoration, coastal or inland harbor navigation improvement, and inland and intracoastal waterways navigation improvement. The Environmental Protection Agency is authorized to carry out projects that are eligible for assistance under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act or the Safe Drinking Water Act in addition to projects that enhance energy efficiency or that repair, rehabilitate or replace public water systems or publicly owned treatment works. Amounts appropriated for WIFIA financing assistance are allocated jointly to the Corps of Engineers and the EPA, possibly with subsequent implementing regulations to clarify the specific amounts to be made available to each agency.

Given USDOT’s successful implementation and management of the TIFIA program, supporters of P3 can hope the Corps of Engineers and EPA learn from USDOT’s experience with the TIFIA program and build on established and now well-understood policies and program guidelines.

WRRDA has one other notable provision supporting the use of P3 approaches to water infrastructure projects. It establishes a Water Infrastructure Public-Private Partnership Program, authorizing the Corps of Engineers to enter into agreements with state and local governments and private entities to finance construction of at least 15 water resources development projects, including coastal harbor improvement, channel improvement, inland navigation, flood damage reduction, aquatic ecosystem restoration and hurricane and storm damage reduction.

To identify these projects, the Corps of Engineers must consider the extent to which the project is significant to the US economy, leverages federal investment by encouraging non-federal contributions to the project, employs innovative project delivery and cost-savings methods, has received federal funds in the past and experienced delays or missed scheduled deadlines, has unobligated Corps of Engineers funding balances and has not received federal funding for recapitalization and modernization since the project was authorized. The Corps of Engineers must then, in consultation with the non-federal applicant, develop a detailed project management plan.

To qualify for participation in the Water Infrastructure Public-Private Partnership Program, each project must also have specific Congressional authorization provided by subsequently enacted legislation. Projects qualifying for the Public-Private Partnership Program will benefit from potential waiver from or modification of applicable federal regulations as well as technical assistance from the Corps of Engineers.

As an initial project that might be implemented under this new Public-Private Partnership Program, Alaska Congressman Don Young is expected shortly to introduce House Resolution 4668 designed to promote a P3 framework for the privately financed development of a major new port facility in Alaska’s Seward Peninsula.

The final version of WRRDA does not change the existing requirements for issuance of private activity bonds (PABS) for water infrastructure projects. During the multi-year consideration of this legislation, various stakeholder groups advocated in particular for eliminating the state volume cap on water and wastewater infrastructure PABS and instead providing that they be treated in the same manner as PABS for airports, ports and certain solid waste disposal projects. This change would have allowed local communities to more effectively leverage the municipal capital markets and, in combination with other finance mechanisms, was estimated would have leveraged an additional $2 billion to $6 billion annually in private investment in water infrastructure projects.

WRRDA is further evidence of the strong and bipartisan support in Congress for the use of P3 structures for major US infrastructure projects. The next question will be how far and how fast states and localities, and the federal government itself, will partner with the private sector to take advantage of these new incentives.

Originally published on 22 May 2014

Last Updated: May 23 2014
Article by John R. Schmidt, David Narefsky, Joseph Seliga, George K. Miller and Natalie Veltman
Mayer Brown

Visit us at mayerbrown.com

Mayer Brown is a global legal services provider comprising legal practices that are separate entities (the “Mayer Brown Practices”). The Mayer Brown Practices are: Mayer Brown LLP and Mayer Brown Europe – Brussels LLP, both limited liability partnerships established in Illinois USA; Mayer Brown International LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated in England and Wales (authorized and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and registered in England and Wales number OC 303359); Mayer Brown, a SELAS established in France; Mayer Brown JSM, a Hong Kong partnership and its associated entities in Asia; and Tauil & Chequer Advogados, a Brazilian law partnership with which Mayer Brown is associated. “Mayer Brown” and the Mayer Brown logo are the trademarks of the Mayer Brown Practices in their respective jurisdictions.

© Copyright 2014. The Mayer Brown Practices. All rights reserved.

This Mayer Brown article provides information and comments on legal issues and developments of interest. The foregoing is not a comprehensive treatment of the subject matter covered and is not intended to provide legal advice. Readers should seek specific legal advice before taking any action with respect to the matters discussed herein.

 




Waller: Municipal Debtors: "Cram Down" of Special Revenue Debt.

Municipal financing differs in a number of significant ways from traditional commercial financing. Therefore, while chapter 9 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) incorporates many provisions applicable in cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, including section 1129(b), a/k/a the “cram down” section, it also contains its own provisions with respect to the confirmation of a plan of adjustment – i.e., sections 943 and 944 of the Bankruptcy Code. See 11 U.S.C. § 901(a) (incorporating sections of the Bankruptcy Code). When considering the differences between cram down scenarios in cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and cases under chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code, one must consider the prevalence of special revenue financing by municipal debtors and the protections that are built into chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code.

I. CAN SPECIAL REVENUE DEBT BE IMPAIRED?

A. Special Revenue Financing

Our system of federalism grants state governments the independence and the freedom (with the consent of their citizens) to authorize local governmental bodies to finance various governmental functions and necessary improvements through the issuance of municipal bonds. Municipalities issue their own debt obligations either based on their full faith and credit (general obligation bonds) or based upon the revenues to be collected by the municipality from the financed improvement (revenue bonds). Local government borrowing differs in a fundamental way from either individual or corporate borrowing. The municipal borrower is an entity having special characteristics that differ from those of private actors. See Joel A. Mintz et al., Fundamentals of Municipal Finance 45 (2010). The local government exists solely to provide governmental services; it does not exist for profit-making purposes. Id. Due to the public benefit of financed projects, like water and sewer systems, municipalities are limited in the actions they can take with these assets, including certain restrictions on the right to mortgage or transfer the property, or to allow foreclosure or possession of the property by a secured creditor in the event of default.1 Further, limitations exist due to the state’s interest in protecting the credit of the state and insuring that municipalities do not harm the state’s credit by undertaking obligations which cannot be repaid.

As municipalities have grown, so has their need for financing. Protecting the integrity of municipal financing is essential to the continued confidence of the municipal bond markets. Thus, municipalities have traditionally made every effort to honor their public debt obligations.

i. Protections for Special Revenue Creditors

Unlike general obligation bonds, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuer and, therefore, rely on the assessment and collection of taxes for repayment, revenue bonds do not increase the tax burden of the citizens. They are non-recourse obligations repaid solely from the revenues (and other specified pledged funds) generated by the project that is being financed, such as a sewer or water system, toll road, toll bridge, tunnel, or the like. Consequently, in many jurisdictions, revenue bonds may be issued without voter approval or other procedures often required for the issuance of general obligation bonds. See Fundamentals of Municipal Finance, at 3-4.

To entice the public to purchase revenue bonds in particular, states have enacted statutory provisions designed to promote this type of financing. Since repayment of the revenue bonds are limited to the stream of income from the financed public projects, states authorize the issuing municipality to irrevocably pledge (or set aside) the revenue stream (or net revenue stream) for the benefit of the revenue bondholders. Typically, the pledge includes the creation of a first lien on the revenue stream. Some states even provide that the pledged revenue streams are held in trust for the benefit of the special revenue creditors. For example, Alabama recognizes that pledged revenues “shall constitute a trust fund or funds which shall be impressed with a lien in favor of holders of the warrants to the payment of which such pledged funds are pledged” and that the pledged revenues are “irrevocably pledged for the payment of the principal and interest on such warrants as provided in Section 11-28-3.” Ala. Code §§ 11-28-2, 11-28-3.

Other protections that are authorized by state law and that are often contained in revenue bond documents are covenants in which the issuer pledges: (a) to issue all bonds necessary to finance the project; (b) to complete project construction expeditiously; (c) to maintain specified amounts of reserve funds; (d) to fix, establish, and collect appropriate fees, rates, tolls, or user charges; and (e) to restrict the investment of bond proceeds. Fundamentals of Municipal Finance, at 3-4. In addition, where revenue bonds are issued to finance a series of projects undertaken by the same issuer, the municipality that issued them will usually pledge not to issue any additional bonds that are secured by the same revenue stream, unless current revenues are sufficient to cover a specified percentage of both current and future debt service on both outstanding bonds and the new bonds. Id. Once entered into, the revenue bond covenants may not be modified or abandoned by the municipality. Id.2

Since bondholders are unable to take ownership of certain public assets, municipalities will often transfer certain control rights to bondholders to provide the holders with a meaningful remedy in the event of nonpayment. One such remedy is the right to the appointment of a receiver to oversee the particular project in question, and, if appropriate, raise rates sufficient to pay the special revenue debt issued to finance the project.

The states and their municipalities have designed these financing structures to guaranty that the revenue stream relied upon by special revenue bondholders will be protected and not impaired. These statutory provisions protect not only bondholders but also protect the overall credit of the state and all of its municipalities. See Fundamentals of Municipal Finance, at 4. As will be discussed in more detail below, given the prevalence of this type of financing, and with it being particular to municipal debtors, Congress, in amending chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code in 1988, intended to protect and preserve the bargain made between the municipal debtors, as issuers, and the holders of special revenue debt.

B. Chapter 9 And A Brief History Of Municipal Bankruptcy Legislation3

Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code is the sole chapter under which a municipality may seek bankruptcy relief. Chapter 9 has evolved since it was first enacted in 1934. Prior to 1988, chapter 9 lumped all of a municipality’s debt into one pot and did not distinguish between general obligation bonds and special revenue bonds. In 1988, Congress approved a series of amendments (the “1988 Amendments”) aimed at distinguishing between the two types of bonds. The intent of Congress in enacting the 1988 Amendments was to ensure that state laws protecting special revenue financing were honored in a chapter 9 proceeding and the rights of special revenue creditors would receive additional protections not granted prior to the 1988 Amendments. See S. Rep. No. 100-506, at 13 (1988) (the “Senate Report”). Specifically, the 1988 Amendments sought to ensure that special revenue bondholders would have unimpaired rights to the project revenues pledged to them.

The ultimate intent of Congress in enacting the 1988 Amendments was to provide assurances to the capital markets that special revenues essential to municipal financing remain unimpaired in the event of a Chapter 9 filing. The Senate Report for the 1988 Amendments noted that “[r]easonable assurance of timely payment is essential to the orderly marketing of municipal bonds and notes and continued municipal financing.” Id. at 21. The Senate Report further noted that:

To eliminate the confusion and to confirm various state laws and constitutional provisions regarding the rights of bondholders to receive the revenues pledged to them in payment of debt obligations of a municipality, a new section is provided in the amendment to ensure that revenue bondholders receive the benefit of their bargain with the municipal issuer and that they will have unimpaired rights to the project revenues pledged to them. . . .

Id. at 12 (emphasis added). For example, prior to the 1988 Amendments, special revenue bondholders were at risk that section 552(a) of the Bankruptcy Code would strip them of their liens on post-petition revenues. The Senate Report addressed that issue:

In the municipal context, therefore, the simple answer to the Section 552 problem is that Section 904 and the tenth amendment should prohibit the interpretation that pledges of revenue granted pursuant to state statutory or constitutional provisions to bondholders can be terminated by the filing of a chapter 9 case. Likewise, under the contract clause of the constitution (article I, section 10), a municipality cannot claim that a contractual pledge of revenue can be terminated by the filing of a chapter 9 proceeding.

Id. at 6 (emphasis added). The risk posed by section 552(a) was eliminated by the 1988 Amendments. See In re Cnty. of Orange, 179 B.R. 185, 191-92 (Bankr. C.D. Cal. 1995).

While protecting the integrity of special revenue bonds in chapter 9, Congress was also determined to protect the integrity of the state laws that authorize special revenue municipal financing. With revenue bonds, “the general taxpayers are usually not committed to repaying the bonds or funding operational deficits through general tax revenues . . . [and] it would be quite problematic and contrary to state law if a bankruptcy filing resulted in revenue bonds being converted into general obligation bonds.” Senate Report, at 5. With regard to the 1988 Amendments, one court has noted:

The 1988 Amendments to the Bankruptcy Code added the definition of “special revenues” in § 902(2). The 1988 Amendments were intended to preserve a dichotomy between general obligation and special revenue bonds for the collective benefit of bondholders (to secure the benefit of their bargain), municipalities (to maintain the effectiveness of the revenue financing vehicle) and taxpayers (to ensure that revenue obligations were not transformed into general obligations).

In re Heffernan Mem’l Hosp., 202 B.R. 147, 148 (Bankr. S.D. Cal. 1996).

C. Sections 927, 928(a) And 1111(b) Protect Special Revenue Debt From Impairment During the Case and From a Cram Down.

The confluence of sections 927, 928(a) and 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code demonstrate Congress’ intent to protect the benefit of the bargain made by a municipal debtor, as issuer, and the holders of special revenue debt obligations under chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code both during the case and at confirmation.

i. Congress preserved the extent, validity and priority of liens on special revenues post-petition.

Through section 928(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, Congress preserved the extent of the creditors’ liens on special revenues of a municipal debtor. Section 902 defines special revenues as:

(A) receipts derived from the ownership, operation, or disposition of projects or systems of the debtor that are primarily used or intended to be used primarily to provide transportation, utility, or other services, including the proceeds of borrowings to finance the projects or systems; (B) special excise taxes imposed on particular activities or transactions; (C) incremental tax receipts from the benefited area in the case of tax-increment financing; (D) other revenues or receipts derived from particular functions of the debtor, whether or not the debtor has other functions; or (E) taxes specifically levied to finance one or more projects or systems, excluding receipts from general property, sales, or income taxes (other than taxincrement financing) levied to finance the general purposes of the debtor[.]

11 U.S.C. § 902(2). In turn, section 928(a) of the Bankruptcy Code preserves the extent of a creditor’s lien on special revenues by granting such creditor a continuing post-petition lien on special revenues to the same extent as existed prepetition. Specifically, section 928(a) of the Bankruptcy Code provides:

Notwithstanding section 552(a) of this title and subject to subsection (b) of this section, special revenues acquired by the debtor after the commencement of the case shall remain subject to any lien resulting from any security agreement entered into by the debtor before the commencement of the case.

11 U.S.C. § 928(a). Whereas, in a chapter 11 case a secured creditor with a consensual lien will not maintain its liens on collateral of the same type generated post-petition, in a chapter 9 case a consensual lien secured by special revenues continues to attach to post petition revenues to the same extent it existed prepetition.

ii. Congress similarly preserved the value of liens on special revenues.

Through the combination of sections 1111(b) and 927 of the Bankruptcy Code, Congress also preserved the value of liens against special revenues. Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides:

(1)(A) A claim secured by a lien on property of the estate shall be allowed or disallowed under section 502 of this title the same as if the holder of such claim had recourse against the debtor on account of such claim, whether or not such holder has such recourse, unless – (i) the class of which such claim is a part elects, by at least two-thirds in amount and more than half in number of allowed claims of such class, application of paragraph (2) of this subsection; or (ii) such holder does not have such recourse and such property is sold under section 363 of this title or is to be sold under the plan.

(2) If such an election is made, then notwithstanding section 506(a) of this title, such claim is a secured claim to the extent that such claim is allowed.

11 U.S.C. § 1111(b). Congress enacted Section 1111(b) in an attempt to prevent the harsh results faced by non-recourse lenders in a cram-down scenario. See, e.g., Great Nat’l Life Ins. Co. v. Pine Gate Assocs., Ltd., 2 B.C.D. 1478 (Bankr. N.D. Ga. 1976). In Pine Gate, the court exercised its cram-down powers under Chapter XII to cash out a nonrecourse undersecured mortgagee at the appraised value of the property, rather than the amount of debt, at a time of depressed prices. In opposition to the debtor’s proposed plan, the lenders argued that their negotiated “benefit of the bargain” under the non-recourse financing arrangement was either (i) full payment or (ii) the right to foreclose on the property, and that their interests would not be adequately protected unless they were paid in full or allowed to foreclose. The Pine Gate court disagreed, holding that the proposed treatment of the secured claim through a cash payment equal to the appraised value of the collateral was sufficient. In reaching its decision, the court relied upon authority for the proposition that a secured creditor was entitled to receive no more than the appraised value of secured property as just compensation for the loss of the property and satisfaction of its security interest.” Pine Gate, 2 B.C.D. at 1478. Accordingly, while the debtor retained ownership of the property, the mortgagee was not paid in full, did not retain its lien, and was deprived of its right to sue for a deficiency. See In re S. Vill., Inc., 25 B.R. 987 (Bankr. D. Utah 1982) (discussing the Pine Gate decision).

As a result of Pine Gate, it became clear that a debtor could seek relief through bankruptcy during a period when property values were depressed, propose to repay secured indebtedness only to the extent of the then-appraised value, cram-down a non-recourse secured lender, and preserve all potential future appreciation for the debtor alone.” See In re DRW Prop. Co., 57 B.R. 987, 990 (Bankr. N.D. Tex. 1986). In addition, “[t]he undersecured nonrecourse lender would not be entitled to vote in the unsecured class, thereby making confirmation of the plan much easier.” Id. (citing In re S. Vill., 25 B.R. 987 (Bankr. D. Utah 1982); Jeffrey A. Stein, Section 1111(b): Providing the Undersecured Creditors with Post-Confirmation Appreciation in the Value of the Collateral, 56 Am. Bankr. L.J. 195 (1982)). Secured creditors were shocked by this result and sought relief from Congress when the Bankruptcy Code was proposed and debated. See Richard F. Broude, Cramdown and Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code: The Settlement Prerogative, 39 Bus. Lawyer 441 (1984).

As a result of the concern communicated to Congress, the final version of the Bankruptcy Code included section 1111(b) for purposes of alleviating the problem recognized under Pine Gate and restoring the “benefit of the bargain” expected by nonrecourse lenders. Kenneth N. Klee, All you Ever Wanted to Know About Cram Down Under the New Bankruptcy Code, 53 Am. Bankr. L.J. 133 (1979); Michael J. Kaplan, Nonrecourse Undersecured Creditors Under New Chapter 11 – The Section 1111(b) Election: Already a Need for Change, 53 Am. Bankr. L.J. 269 (1979). Accordingly, as codified in the Bankruptcy Code, section 1111(b) now represents Congress’ attempt “to create a balance between the debtor’s need for protection and a creditor’s right to receive equitable treatment.” See In re Trenton Ridge Investors, LLC, 461 B.R. 440, 505 (Bankr. S.D. Ohio 2011) (quoting In re Union Meeting Partners, 160 B.R. 757, 769 (Bankr. E.D. Pa. 1993)).

Section 1111(b) balances those interests in two ways. First, if a nonrecourse mortgagee is substantially undersecured, the mortgagee may retain the recourse status conferred by section 1111(b)(1)(A) and cause that class of claims to vote to reject the plan. Id. In such a circumstance, the undersecured creditor can make it impossible to confirm a plan absent a cramdown in accordance with section 1129(b)(2)(B), which would require that the unsecured claims be paid in full or that junior interests receive nothing under the plan. Id. In this way, the undersecured creditor can force the debtor into a situation where the debtor must propose a plan satisfying the unsecured debt or eliminate the debtor’s interest in the property. Id. (citations omitted).

Second, a secured creditor is permitted to make an election pursuant to section 1111(b)(2). Upon making such an election, the secured creditor forfeits its right to recourse against the debtor (i.e., the right to pursue an unsecured claim), but is instead granted an allowed secured claim in the amount of the debt rather than in a judicially determined amount. Id. Hence, the creditor may benefit from any future increase in the value of the property. Id.; see also Tuma v. Firstmark Leasing Corp., 916 F.2d 488 (9th Cir. 1990) (with section 1111(b), Congress sought to give creditors the opportunity to capture future appreciation in the value of their collateral); In re Bloomingdale Partners, 155 B.R. 961, 974 n.7 (Bankr. N.D. Ill. 1993) (“Congress [arguably] enacted section 1111(b) to prohibit debtors from cashing-out creditors at judicially determined values.”); In re Weinstein, 227 B.R. 284, 295 n.12 (B.A.P. 9th Cir. 1998) (“The real benefit of the [section 1111(b)] election is that it protects the creditor against a quick sale of its collateral. . . . By making the election, the creditor guards against an opportunistic sale . . . .”).

In 1988, Congress amended chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code, proposing “to clarify the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code applicable to municipalities and to correct unintended conflicts that currently may exist between municipal law and bankruptcy law.” Senate Report, at 1. Congress approved the 1988 Amendments to chapter 9 because it wanted to ensure that the market for municipal debts remained stable. Id. at 21 (Senate Judiciary Committee recognizing that “[r]easonable assurance of timely payment is essential to the orderly marketing of municipal bonds and notes and continued municipal financing.”). In approving the 1988 Amendments, Congress recognized that the pledges common to municipal finance must not be adversely affected, even where a bankruptcy filing has occurred, in order to ensure stability in the special revenue financing market. Id. at 3. Congress also recognized that there were restraints on the treatment of special revenue financing imposed by state constitutions. Accordingly, Congress included limitations on both the: (i) conversion of non-recourse obligations into recourse obligations; and (ii) the ability to impair the holders of special revenue debt obligations.

As part of the amendments in 1988, Congress addressed the non-recourse nature of special revenue financing. One of the main concerns that the 1988 Amendments sought to address was that “[s]ection 1111(b) provides that in some circumstances non-recourse debt may be treated as recourse debt.” Senate Report, at 22. The problem presented was that “[m]any municipal obligations are, by reason of constitutional, statutory, or charter provisions, payable solely from special revenues and not the full faith and credit of the municipality.” Id. Thus, to resolve this problem, the 1988 Amendments adopted section 927, prohibiting conversion of revenue bonds into general obligation bonds in a chapter 9 case. “[The 1988 Amendments] [therefore] avoid[] the potential conversion of revenue bonds into General Obligation bonds under Section 1111(b).” Senate Report, at 2; see also H.R. Rep. No. 100-1011 (1988), at 7 (new section 927 to be added to ensure that non-recourse revenue bonds cannot be converted under section 1111(b) into recourse, or general obligation, debt because allowing such may violate some state constitutions and statutes). The reasoning behind Section 927 has been summarized as follows:

The amendments protect the future effectiveness of revenue bond financing against the possibility of an adverse judicial determination in connection with a municipal bankruptcy. Specifically, the amendments insure that in the event of a municipal bankruptcy, taxpayers will not be required to pay bondholders for bankrupt municipal projects that were intended to be funded exclusively through project revenues. The amendments insure that state constitutional and statutory debt limits will not be preempted by the application of bankruptcy laws. Finally, the amendments insure that revenue bondholders receive the benefit of their bargain with the municipal issuer, namely, they will have unimpaired rights to the project revenues pledged to them.

Senate Report, at 12-13 (emphasis added).

Section 927 of the Bankruptcy Code reads as follows:

The holder of a claim payable solely from special revenues of the debtor under applicable nonbankruptcy law shall not be treated as having recourse against the debtor on account of such claim pursuant to section 1111(b) of this title.

11 U.S.C. § 927. While adding section 927 to chapter 9, Congress could also have elected to remove the incorporation of section 1111(b) into chapter 9. However, pursuant to section 901, Congress incorporated section 1111(b), but chose merely to limit it. Section 1111(b), subject to the limitations imposed by section 927, still stands. Thus, in the context of special revenue bonds, the section 1111(b) election is automatic, not requiring any affirmative act by the secured creditor. The ability to elect full recourse treatment for non-recourse debt has been statutorily removed by section 927.

Although Congress recognized that the existing chapter 11 choice for full recourse treatment of non-recourse debt would be unavailable to chapter 9 creditors due to state constitutional limitations on recourse financing, it did not intend for the result to be the continued impairment of special revenue financing by results such as that reached in Pine Gate. Indeed, the existing structure of the Bankruptcy Code prevents such an impairment. By incorporating section 1111(b) into chapter 9, but also limiting the conversion of nonrecourse debt to recourse debt, Congress made the section 1111(b)(2) election automatic, providing that the debtor must pay the full value of the claim. Any other reading would render the incorporation of section 1111(b) and the limitation set forth in section 927 superfluous. Further, it makes no sense to read chapter 9 as taking both the recourse protection as well as the section 1111(b)(2) protection away from secured lenders when Congress could have achieved such a result by simply not including section 1111(b) in section 901. Accordingly, in a case under chapter 9, a special revenue finance creditor must be treated as having an allowed secured claim in the full amount of the outstanding debt.

D. In Addition To The Foregoing Provisions Of The Bankruptcy Code, Municipal Debtors Face Additional Constitutional Limitations.

In addition to Congress’s intent to protect the bargains made with respect to special revenue financing, municipal debtors, as governmental units, are also subject to certain limitations imposed by the United States Constitution (the “Constitution”) and the municipality’s applicable state constitution.

Limitations set forth in the Fifth Amendment to the Constitution may impose obstacles or otherwise prohibit a cramdown with respect to a creditor whose claim is secured by special revenues. The Fifth Amendment provides:

No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in actual service in time of war or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.

U.S. Const. amend. V. (emphasis added). The limitations of the Fifth Amendment also apply, through the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, to takings by state governments and their subdivisions. See, e.g., Lucas v. S.C. Coastal Council, 505 U.S. 1003 (1992). As a result, the Fifth Amendment is applicable to municipal debtors, and a municipal debtor may not take property without just compensation.

The protections afforded by the Fifth Amendment are not abrogated by the Bankruptcy Code. The legislative history of the Bankruptcy Code indicates that the drafters of the Bankruptcy Code considered the Fifth Amendment to be a limitation upon the impairment of property rights in bankruptcy, and current bankruptcy law gives great deference to property rights. Julia Patterson Forrester, Bankruptcy Takings, 51 Fla. L. Rev. 851, 863 (Dec. 1999). The Supreme Court of the United States has addressed the takings issue in the context of bankruptcy on several occasions, holding each time that the bankruptcy power is limited by the Fifth Amendment. See United States v. Security Indus. Bank, 459 U.S. 70, 75, 78 (1982); Wright v. Vinton Branch of Mtn. Trust Bank, 300 U.S. 440, 456-58 (1937); Louisville Joint Stock Land Bank v. Radford, 295 U.S. 555, 589 (1935); see also Continental Ill. Nat’l Bank & Trust Co. v. Chicago, Rock Island, & Pac. Ry., 294 U.S. 648, 669 (1935) (stating that the bankruptcy power is not unlimited); Holt v. Henley, 232 U.S. 637, 639 (1914) (holding that an amendment to bankruptcy law must be applied prospectively to avoid affecting existing property rights). In the context of a chapter 9 case, it is important to determine the scope of the property rights held by a creditor where the debt at issue is secured by special revenues, and the impact that may have on the debtor’s ability to effect a cramdown.

While most people think of property as a thing that is owned by someone, bankruptcy specialists understand property as a collection of rights with respect to things. Stephen J. Ware, Security Interests, Repossessed Collateral, and Turnover of Property to the Bankruptcy Estate, 2002 Utah L. Rev. 775, 776 (2002). A sophisticated understanding of property dissolves the unitary conception of ownership into a metaphorical “bundle” of rights reflecting the fact that more than one person can have rights with respect to a particular thing. Id. Consistent with this understanding, courts have held that contractual rights are cognizable property interests protected under the Takings Clause of the Fifth Amendment. Century Exploration New Orleans, Inc. v. United States, 103 Fed. Cl. 70, 76 (Fed. Cl. 2012) (citing Lynch v. United States, 292 U.S. 571, 579 (1934) (stating that valid contracts are property protected by the Fifth Amendment); Lion Raisins, Inc. v. United States, 416 F.3d 1356, 1370 (Fed. Cir. 2005)). Even further, courts have generally classified as property, or rights to property, transferable interests generating pecuniary value. 21 West Lancaster Corp. v. Main Line Restaurant, Inc., 790 F.2d 354, 357 (3d Cir. 1986) (citing United States v. Bess, 357 U.S. 51, 55 (1958) (for tax lien purposes, life insurance policies are property to the extent of their cash surrender value, since policy holder could compel payment of that amount); Note, Property Subject to the Federal Tax Lien, 77 Harv. L. Rev. 1485, 1486–87 (1964) (federal classifications have focused on transferability and leviability of interest)). In the words of one court, the question to be asked is, “[is] the interest . . . bargainable, [is] it transferable, [does] it have value?” Randall v. Nakashima & Co., Ltd., 542 F.2d 270, 278 (5th Cir. 1976). Based upon the foregoing, the question then becomes, “Which parts of the contract – of the bargain – constitute property subject to the protections afforded by the Fifth Amendment?”

While it is clear that the Fifth Amendment provides certain protection, there is no set formula for determining when justice and fairness require that economic injuries caused by public action be compensated by the government, rather than remain disproportionately concentrated on a few persons. Penn Central Transp. Co. v. City of N.Y., 438 U.S. 104, 124 (1978). Rather, a takings analysis depends on the facts of each case, as the Supreme Court of the United States has explained:

[T]he Court’s decisions have identified several factors that have particular significance. The economic impact of the regulation on the claimant, and, particularly, the extent to which the regulation has interfered with distinct investment-backed expectations are, of course, relevant considerations. . . . So, too, is the character of the governmental action. A “taking” may more readily be found when the interference with property can be characterized as a physical invasion by government . . . than when interference arises from some public program adjusting the benefits and burdens of economic life to promote the public good.

Id. (citations omitted). Consistent with the Penn Central opinion, the Supreme Court of the United States has further explained that, when considering whether an impermissible taking has occurred, courts should consider: (i) the economic impact of the action; (ii) its interference with reasonable investment-backed expectations, and (iii) the character of the governmental action. Kaiser Aetna v. United States, 444 U.S. 164, 175 (1979).

Based upon the foregoing, many questions arise in the context of a chapter 9 debtor seeking to cramdown the holders of debt, particularly special revenue debt. Can a municipal debtor impair covenants, such as the covenant to control the value of the stream of special revenues – i.e., covenants with respect to controlling the proverbial spigot – without violating the Fifth Amendment? Is a municipal debtor entitled to divert special revenues to pay additional obligations for the good of the municipality? To the extent certain provisions of the contractual relationship between a municipal debtor and a creditor secured by special revenues are deemed property, the Fifth Amendment arguably prohibits such actions or, at least, imposes obstacles to the debtor’s ability to do so.

E. State Trust Law May Remove Special Revenues From A Municipal Debtor’s Control and Its Ability to Impair in a Case Under Chapter 9.

As mentioned above, some state laws provide that special revenues pledged to the repayment of special revenue obligations are pledged and held in trust. For example, the Supreme Court of Alabama has stressed, a pledge “means set apart, appropriated, or charged with the payment of a specific obligation authorized by law. . . . That the pledge may, by appropriate remedy, require such revenues conserved and applied to the secured demand . . . needs no citation of authority.” Heustess v. Hearin, 104 So. 273, 274 (Ala. 1925). See also Sylvan G. Feldstein, et al., The Handbook of Municipal Bonds 1295 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. eds., 2008) (defining “pledged revenues” as “revenues legally pledged to the repayment” of the warrants).

It is fundamental that a debtor can only restructure “claims” against it in accordance with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code. “[A] debtor owes a ‘debt’ to [a] creditor, who has a ‘claim’ against the debtor.” In re Threatt, No. 04-82082C-13D, 2004 WL 2905344, at *2 (Bankr. M.D.N.C. Dec. 13, 2004) (quoting 8 Collier on Bankruptcy ¶ 1300.12[5] (15th ed. 2d. rev. 2004)). “Claims against a debtor” are defined as including “claims against the property of the debtor.” 11 U.S.C. § 102(2) (emphasis added).4 These fundamental principles of bankruptcy law were incorporated into chapter 9. When special revenues are by state law transferred to be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of the debt secured by the special revenues, the municipal debtor may not be able to impair the creditors’ property interests in the revenues.

A bankruptcy court must look to state law to determine the debtor’s interest in a particular piece of property. Under settled principles of state trust law, property held in trust by one for the benefit of another is deemed to be property belonging to the beneficiary, not the trustee. Because, under state law, trust assets belong to the beneficiaries, the trust assets are not debtor’s property or property of the debtor’s estate, and shall not be distributed to any other creditors or sold unless all trust beneficiaries have been paid. See, e.g., In re Monterey House, Inc., 71 B.R. 244 (Bankr. S.D. Tex. 1986) (“That the corpus of a trust is not property of the estate is so widely accepted as to be beyond dispute.”); Matter of Vacuum Corp., 215 B.R. 277, 280 (Bankr. N.D. Ga. 1997) (“Because the debtor does not own an equitable interest in property he holds in trust for another, that interest is not ‘property of the estate’ and is also not ‘property of the debtor’ for purposes of § 547(b).”); Matter of Quality Holstein Leasing, 752 F.2d 1009 (5th Cir. 1985) (“Congress did not mean to authorize a bankruptcy estate to benefit from property that the debtor did not own.”); United States v. Whiting Pools, Inc., 462 U.S. 198, 205 n. 10 (1983) (“Congress plainly excluded property of others held by the debtor in trust at the time of the filing of the petition.”); Pearlman v. Reliance Ins. Co., 371 U.S. 132, 135-36 (1962) (“[Bankruptcy law] simply does not authorize a trustee to distribute other people’s property among a bankrupt’s creditors.”).5

Courts have treated numerous types of municipal debtors as “trustees” of funds held on behalf of municipal bondholders. See, e.g., State ex rel. Central Auxiliary Corp. v. Rorabeck, 108 P.2d 601, 603 (Mont. 1941) (officers of irrigation district responsible for levy and collection of tax sufficient to pay principal and interest on bonds of the district, as well as county treasurer who is custodian of those funds, are trustees for district bondholders); Blackford v. City of Libby, 62 P.2d 216, 217-18 (Mont. 1936) (city becomes trustee on behalf of warrantholders of special improvement district); Fidelity Trust Co. v. Vill. of Stickney, 129 F.2d 506 (7th Cir. 1942) (holding the money which municipality collects in payment of special assessments is trust fund). In those cases, the courts held that the municipality merely served as a custodian of the funds held for the bondholders, and could not apply the funds toward other purposes. See, e.g., In re City of Columbia Falls, Mont., 143 B.R. 750, 762 (D. Mont. 1992) (“A fund that is derived from a special levy or one created for a specific purpose is in the hands of municipal officials in trust. The municipality is merely a custodian, and its duties relative to such funds are purely ministerial. . . .”; holding funds held in trust may not be applied to purchase of other property). In addition, courts have found a fiduciary relationship exists between the municipality and the bondholders. See, e.g., Vill. of Brookfield v. Prentis, 101 F.2d 516 (7th Cir. 1939) (municipality issuing special assessment bonds for local improvement is a trustee of the special assessment funds charged with all duties of such a fiduciary, including the obligation to spread the assessment, collect it, and make disbursement thereof in conformity with the statutory provisions to those holding bonds payable out of the assessments); Sampson v. Vill. of Stickney, 173 N.E.2d 557 (Ill. App. 1961) (holding special assessments bondholder entitled to accounting from municipality who acted as trustee; “[t]he rule is that when a municipality issues special assessment bonds it becomes a trustee of the funds resulting from the collection under the special assessments, and is charged with all attending fiduciary duties.”).

Based upon the foregoing, a bankruptcy court could find that, because the holders of debt secured by special revenues hold an ownership interest solely in the special revenues, and because the special revenues are held in trust and are not property of the debtor, such holders do not have a claim against the debtor or the debtor’s property. See, e.g., Ni-Fuel Co. v. Jackson, 257 B.R. 600, 619 (N.D. Okla. 2000) (remanding to state court those claims which are not “property of the estate,” and involved “no claims” against the bankrupt debtors); In re Threatt, 2004 WL 2905344, at *2 (holding the movant has “no claim” against the debtor or against any property of the debtor; hence, there is no debt owed to movant and movant is not a creditor in the case). Without a claim against the debtor or the property of the debtor, the holder of debt secured by special revenues is arguably not subject to the cram-down provisions contained in the Bankruptcy Code.

To read this article in full, please click here.

Footnotes

1 U.S. Secs. & Exch. Comm’n, Field Hearing on the State of the Municipal Securities Market, Distressed Communities, Remarks of James E. Spiotto, July 29, 2011, at 36 (generally, foreclosure is not permitted for essential governmental property as it would be against public policy). http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/municipalsecurities/statements072911/spiotto.pdf (the “Spiotto Statements”).

2 See also Spiotto Statements.

3 For an excellent discussion of the history or chapter 9 and the 1988 Amendments, see Spiotto Statements.

4 11 U.S.C. § 101 also defines the term “claim” to mean—(A) right to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured.”

5 Further, the Senate Report on the 1978 Bankruptcy Act and statements of the floor managers of the Act in both the House and Senate demonstrate that the Bankruptcy Act “will not affect various statutory provisions . . . that create a trust fund for the benefit of a creditor of the debtor.” See S. Rep. No. 989 at 82, 95th Cong., 2d Sess. (1978). U.S. Code Cong. & Admin. News 1978, pp. 5787 at 5868; 124 Cong. Rec. S17.413 (daily ed. Oct. 6, 1978) (remarks of Sen. DeConconcini); 129 Cong. Rec. H11.096 (daily ed. Sept. 28, 1978) (remarks of Rep. Edwards).

Last Updated: April 28 2014
Article by David Lemke, Blake D. Roth and Courtney Rogers
Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis

For further information visit Waller




Hedge Funds Take Muni-Bond Market By Storm.

Something big is cooking in Puerto Rico, and it demands our immediate investment attention.

For the last seven years, the beleaguered Puerto Rican economy has been mired in the muck, enduring GDP contraction in five of those seven years.

To keep the commonwealth afloat, policymakers have suffered through innumerable debt offerings, which now tally roughly $73 billion, according to bond documents.

But did Puerto Rico just hit rock bottom in February?

Likely so.

In February, the three largest rating firms slashed Puerto Rico’s credit below investment grade, citing “liquidity problems” as the culprit.

Since then, however, the commonwealth has been getting tons of “big money” attention.

Puerto Rico’s mid-March bond issue (valued at $3.5 billion) is now the largest U.S. municipal junk bond sale in history.

Trading of the bonds has been fast and furious, with demand outstripping supply by a huge margin.

Orders totaled more than $16 billion from 270 different accounts.

The second-most-popular bond in the first quarter had orders totaling only $131 million.

Yields on the bonds have spiked as high as 9.425%.

 

But here’s where the story really gets juicy . . .

Hedge funds accounted for roughly 70% of the Puerto Rican bond issue.

Why is that significant? Because hedge funds rarely dip their toes into the municipal bond pool.

Och-Ziff Capital Management, Paulson & Co, Fir Tree Partners, Perry Capital LLC and Brigade Capital Management each bought more than $100 million of the bonds.

Billionaire hedge fund manager, John Paulson, is among the believers, saying that “Puerto Rico will become the Singapore of the Caribbean.”

Paulson has municipal debt interests in Puerto Rican hotels and continues to strategically add to his Puerto Rican portfolio. In fact, he’s on pace to invest $1 billion in the territory over the next two years, mostly through real estate.

The fact that Puerto Rico’s governor just announced that it will balance the budget without selling debt – for the first time in 20 years – only adds to the investment appeal.

One particular stock now stands ready to explode as a result of the situation.

Onward and Upward,

Robert Williams

Founder, Wall Street Daily






Copyright © 2026 Bond Case Briefs | bondcasebriefs.com